Syllabus MG University PDF

Mahatma Gandhi University
Course Regulations
of
B.Tech. Degree Courses (Revised)
(With effect from 2010 admissions)
B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

1. Conditions for Admissions
Candidates for admission to the B.Tech. Engineering degree course shall be required to
have passed the Higher Secondary Examination of State Board of Kerala or 12th
Standard V.H.S.E., C.B.S.E., I.C.S.E. or examinations recognized equivalent by any
Universities of Kerala thereto with mathematics, physics and chemistry as optional
subjects, with 50% marks in Mathematics and 50% marks in Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics put together. Candidates belonging to scheduled caste and scheduled tribe
need only a pass in the qualifying examination.
Candidates have to qualify the State Level Entrance examination conducted by the
Commissioner of Entrance Examinations or State level/National level Entrance
Examination approved by the Government of Kerala as equivalent. They shall also
satisfy the conditions regarding age and physical fitness as prescribed by the Mahatma
Gandhi University
Criteria for selection and method of admission to merit/management seats for
Engineering degree courses conducted by Government/Aided/Self-financing colleges
affiliated to Mahatma Gandhi University shall be governed by the rules/regulations
framed by the Commissioner of Entrance Examinations or other competent authority
appointed by the Government of Kerala, in consultation with the University and without
contravening with the stipulation of the All India Council for Technical Education
(AICTE). In all matters related to selection and admission, the decisions of the University
shall be final. The students admitted by affiliated colleges violating the above regulations
will not be eligible for registration to University Examinations and contravention of the
regulations shall lead to withdrawal/suspension of affiliation.
2. Admission to Diploma Holders
A candidate who has a diploma in engineering awarded by the State Board of

Technical Examination or an examination recognized equivalent by the State Board of
Technical Education after undergoing regular course of 3 years in an institute approved
by AICTE, securing a cumulative minimum of 50% marks in the second and third years
diploma examination shall be eligible to be admitted to the first year B.Tech. programme
of the Mahatma Gandhi University (hereafter, the University, unless otherwise specified)
if he/she has qualified the entrance examination conducted by the Commissioner of
Entrance Examinations or State level/National level Entrance Examination approved by
the Government of Kerala as equivalent.
Diploma holders with 60% marks (50% in case of SC/ST) are also eligible for
admission to the 3rd semester (regular full-time batch) engineering degree course
(B.Tech.) under the lateral entry scheme provided they qualify the Entrance Examination
conducted for the lateral entry scheme by the state Government. These students are not
required to study any deficiency papers of the combined first and second semesters.
Admission of all candidates under the lateral entry scheme shall be completed latest by
commencement of 3rd semester classes.

3. Subjects of Study
The subjects of study, both theory and practical, shall be in accordance with the
prescribed scheme and syllabi of each branch of study.
4. Duration of the Course
The course for the B.Tech degree shall extend over a period of four academic years
comprising of eight semesters. The first and second semesters shall be combined; the
scheme and syllabi for combined first and second semesters (S1&S2) will be common for
all branches of study. The maximum duration permissible for taking the B.Tech. Degree
is fixed as 8 years. For lateral entry students maximum duration permissible for taking
the B.Tech. Degree is fixed as 7 years.
Classes of combined first and second semesters shall be started latest by 1st August
in all affiliated engineering colleges of Mahatma Gandhi University; however admission
to first year shall be completed by 31st August.
The minimum number of working days in combined first and second semesters
shall be 150 days. In 3rd to 8th semesters, there shall be minimum 90 working days.
5. Branches of Study
1. Civil Engineering (CE)

2. Mechanical Engineering (ME)
3. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EE)
4. Electronics and Communication Engineering (EC)
5. Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering (EI )
6. Instrumentation and Control Engineering (IC)
7. Applied Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (AI)
8. Computer Science and Engineering (CS)
9. Information Technology (IT)
10. Polymer Engineering (PO)
11. Automobile Engineering (AU)
12. Aeronautical Engineering (AN)
13. Production Engineering (PE)
6. Course Calendar
The course calendar, published by the University, shall be followed by all

affiliated engineering colleges. Within a week after the commencement of classes of each
semester, Head of each Institution should forward the list of faculty members working in
the college along with their qualification and years of teaching experience, to the
University. This is a mandatory requirement which should be strictly followed by Head
of each Institution. Head of each Institution shall ensure the availability of sufficient
number of regular faculty members having experience and qualifications (as per AICTE
guidelines) in the institution.

7. Assessment of Students
Assessment of students for each subject will be done by internal continuous

assessment and Semester-End examinations. Internal assessment shall be conducted
throughout the semester. It shall be based on internal examinations, assignments (such as
home work, problem solving, group discussions, quiz, literature survey, seminar, term-
project, software exercises, etc.) as decided by the faculty handling the course, and
regularity in the class. Assignments of every semester shall preferably be submitted in
Assignment Book, which is a bound book similar to laboratory record.
Semester-End examinations of theory and practical subjects will be conducted by
the University. Semester-End examinations of combined first and second semesters and
3rd to 6th semesters will be conducted only once in a year; failed or improvement
candidates will have to appear for the Semester-End examinations along with regular
students. However, Semester-End examinations of 7th and 8th semesters will be
conducted once in every semester. Head of institution should take necessary steps to
prevent any malpractices in the Semester-End examinations. If any such instances are
detected, they should be reported to the University without any delay.
Internal assessment marks of each theory subject should have a class average
limited to 80%. If the class average of internal assessment marks of any theory subjects is
greater than 80%, existing normalization procedure should be applied to limit it to 80%.
If the class average is not greater than 80%, absolute marks should be given.
For practical subjects, internal assessment marks and Semester-End examination
marks individually should have a class average limited to 80%. If the class average of
internal assessment marks or Semester-End examination marks of practical subjects is
greater than 80%, the existing normalization procedure should be applied to limit the
class average to 80%. If it is not greater than 80%, absolute marks should be given.
All the students in the nominal roll of the class on the closing day of semester
should be considered for normalization of internal marks. All the students who have
passed the Semester-End practical examination should be considered for normalisation of
marks of Semester-End practical examinations.
Internal assessment marks of theory and practical subjects, both absolute and
normalised, should be published in the college 10 days before sending it to the University
so as to enable the students to report any corrections.
(a) Assessment in Theory Subjects
The marks allotted for internal continuous assessment and Semester-End university
examinations shall be 50 marks and 100 marks respectively with a maximum of 150
marks for each theory subject.
The weightage to award internal continuous assessment marks should be as follows:
Test papers (minimum two) – 60%
Assignments (minimum two) such as home assignments,

problem solving, group discussions, quiz,

literature survey, seminar, term-project,
software exercises, etc. – 20%
Regularity in the class – 20%
The sessional marks awarded for attendance shall be awarded in direct proportion to the
percentage of attendance secured by the candidate in the subject. Full credit for regularity
in the class can be given only if the candidate has secured minimum 90% attendance in
the subject.
(b) Assessment in Practical Subjects
Internal continuous assessment and Semester-End practical examinations will

have weightage in the student’s performance of practical subjects, with 50 marks
allotted for internal continuous assessment and 100 marks for Semester-End
examinations.
The weightage to award internal continuous assessment marks should be as follows:
Test papers – 30%
Regular work/drawing/workshop record/lab record/

Class performance – 50%
Regularity in the class – 20%
An external examiner and an internal examiner, appointed by the University, shall

conduct the Semester-End examinations of practical subjects. These examiners should
necessarily have minimum two years teaching experience at engineering degree level.
Award of marks in the Semester-End practical examinations (except Project)
should be as follows:
Viva voce – 30%
Procedure and tabulation form,
Conducting experiment, results and inference – 70%
No candidate will be permitted to attend the Semester-End practical examinations

unless he/she produces certified record of the laboratory.
Strict measures will be taken by the University to monitor the laboratory facilities,
laboratory experiments conducted, standard of Semester-End practical examinations, etc.
in every affiliated engineering college. In this regard, an expert team comprising of at
least three subject experts from government/government-aided engineering colleges from
within/outside the University shall be formulated to assess these aspects in affiliated
engineering colleges. This expert team should visit each engineering college at least once
in a semester and submit a detailed report to the University regarding the laboratory
facilities, laboratory experiments conducted, and standard of Semester-End practical
examinations in each college.

8. Pattern of Questions for Semester-End Examinations of Theory
Subjects
The question papers of Semester-End examinations of theory subjects shall be able

to perform achievement testing of the students in an effective manner. The question
paper shall be prepared
(a) covering all sections of the course syllabus

(b) unambiguous and free from any defects/errors
(c) emphasizing knowledge testing, problem solving & quantitative methods
(d) containing adequate data/other information on the problems assigned
(e) having clear and complete instructions to the candidates.
Duration of Semester-End examinations will be 3 hours. The pattern of questions for

theory subjects shall be as follows:
PART A: Short answer questions (one/two sentences) 5 x 3 marks=15 marks

All questions are compulsory. There should be at least
one question from each module.
PART B: Analytical/Problem solving questions 5 x 5 marks=25 marks

PART C: Descriptive/Analytical/Problem solving questions 5 x 12 marks=60 marks

Two questions from each module with choice to
answer one question.
Maximum Total Marks: 100
Weightage for categories such as problem solving, descriptive, drawing, or diagrammatic

questions shall be specified along with the syllabus of any subject, if necessary. Model
question paper shall be prepared for each subject at the time of framing the syllabus. This
same model question paper along with the syllabus must be sent to the question-paper
setter every time for framing the questions. The model question paper shall be made
available to students.
It is permitted to have an entirely different pattern of questions especially for
subjects involving drawing, design, etc. However, the modified pattern to be followed
shall be clearly specified along with the syllabus of the particular subject. All question
paper setters should supplement the scheme and key for the evaluation
9. Minimum for Pass
A candidate shall be declared to have passed in an individual subject of a semester

examination if he/she secures not less than 40% marks for the subject in the university

examination and not less than 50% of the total marks of the subject i.e. university
examination marks and sessional marks in that subject put togather.
A candidate shall be declared to have passed in a semester examination in full in first

appearance (first registration is considered as first appearance) if he satisfies the above
criteria for each theory and practical subject.
Candidates will be assigned grades according to the marks scored.
For Seminar, Project, and Viva Voce (in 8th semester), the minimum for a pass
shall be 50% of the total marks assigned to the respective examination.
If a candidate has passed all examinations of B.Tech. course (at the time of
publication of results of eighth semester) except Viva-Voce in the eighth semester, a re-
examination for the Viva-Voce should be conducted within one month after the
publication of results. Each candidate should apply for this ‘Save a Semester
examination’ within one week after the publication of eighth semester results.
10. Credit System
Each subject shall have a certain number of credits assigned to it depending upon
the academic load and the nature and importance of the subject. The credit associated
with each subject will be shown in the prescribed scheme and syllabi. Each course shall
have an integer number of credits, which reflects its weightage.
11. Grading
The university shall award the letter grade to students based on the marks secured
by them in both internal assessment and Semester-End examinations taken together in the
subjects registered. Each letter grade indicates a qualitative assessment of the student’s
performance and is associated with a specified number of grade points. The grading
system along with the grade points for each grade, applicable to passed candidates is
shown below. All passed candidate will be allotted a grade S, A, B, C, D, or E according
to the total marks scored by him/her.
If a candidate does not pass a subject as per the conditions given in Section (9),
he/she will be assigned an Unsatisfactory grade ‘U’ irrespective of his/her total marks. If
a student does not pass a subject in two attempts, the maximum grade he/she can get is
‘C’ when he/she passes the subject in any subsequent examination, whatever be the
marks scored by him/her.
A student is considered to have completed a subject successfully and earned the
credits if he/she secures a letter grade other than ‘U’ in that course. Letter grade ‘U’ has
zero grade point and the candidate has to write the examination again to improve the
grade. A student's performance is measured by the number of credits that he/she has
earned and by the cumulative grade point average (CGPA) maintained by him/her.

Total marks scored by the Corresponding
Grade Points
passed candidate Grade allotted
136-150 S 10
121-135 A 9.0
106-120 B 8.0
91-105 C 7.0
83-90 D 6.0
75-82 E 5.5
Failed U 0.0
12. Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) and Cumulative Grade

Point Average (CGPA)
(a) A Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) shall be computed for all the students
for each semester, as follows:
n
∑ Ci G i
i =1
SGPA = n
∑ Ci
i =1
where, n is the number of subjects registered during the semester, Ci is the

number of credits allotted to ith subject as per the scheme, and Gi is the grade
points corresponding to the grade awarded to the student for the subject.
(b) A Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) shall be computed for all the
students at the end of each semester by taking into consideration their
performance in the present and the past semesters as follows:
m
∑ Ci G i
i =1
CGPA = m
∑ Ci
i =1
where, m is the number of courses registered up to that semester, Ci is the

number of credits allotted to ith subject as per the scheme, and Gi is the grade
points corresponding to the grade awarded to the student for the subject.
An up-to-date assessment of overall performance of a student is obtained by

calculating CGPA. CGPA is weighted average of the grade points obtained in all
the subjects registered by the students since he entered the B.Tech. course.

(c) Both the SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to the second place of decimal
and recorded as such for ease of presentation. Whenever the CGPAs are to be
used for the purpose of determining the merit ranking in a group of students,
only the rounded off values shall be made use of.
13. Improvement
Candidates shall be allowed to improve the grade of any two theory subjects in a
semester. This can be done only in the immediate subsequent chance. If the candidate
gets more marks in the improvement chance, marks scored in the improvement chance
will be considered for grading in the subject; otherwise marks scored in the first attempt
will be retained. No candidate shall be permitted to improve the marks scored in practical
examinations and internal continuous assessment.
14. Attendance
A candidate shall be permitted to appear for the Semester-End examinations only

if he/she satisfies the following requirements:
(a) He/she must secure not less than 75% attendance in the total number of working
periods during the first year and in each semester thereafter; and shall be
physically present for a minimum of 60% of the total working periods. In
addition, he/she also shall be physically present in at least 20% of total
attendance for each subject.
(b) He/she must earn a progress certificate from the head of the institution stating
that he/she has satisfactorily completed the course of study prescribed in the
semester as required by these regulations.
(c) His/her conduct must be satisfactory
It shall be open to the Vice Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance

on the recommendation of the head of the institution in accordance with the following
norms.
• The shortage shall not be more than 10%
• Shortage shall not be condoned more than twice during the entire
course.
• Candidate who is not eligible for condonation of shortage of
attendance shall repeat the semester.
15. Eligibility for Promotion to Higher Semester – Procedure for

completing the course
(a) A student who has secured 75% of attendance and has exhibited satisfactory
progress in the class will be eligible for promotion to the next higher semester.

(b) However, before being admitted to the VIII semester classes, the student should
have passed in all subjects in the combined first and second semester examination in
full.
Note: As this is an academic prerequisite, no exemption should be granted in this

case, whatever be the causes.
A candidate shall complete the programme and pass all examinations within Eight (8)
years since his first admission to the B.Tech programme.
16. Registration for end Semester examination

Every candidate should register for all subjects of the Semester-End examinations
of each semester. A candidate who does not register will not be permitted to attend the
Semester-End examinations; he/she shall not be permitted to attend the next semester.
A candidate shall be eligible to register for any higher semester (i.e. 3rd semester
onwards) if he/she has satisfactorily completed the course of study and registered for the
examination of the immediate previous semester. He/she should register for the semester
at the start of the semester before the stipulated date. University will notify the starting
and closing dates for each semester.
17. Additional Requirements for the degree
In addition to the requirement prescribed for the award of B.Tech. degree, each
student must complete compulsory social service for a total duration of 15 days during
3rd to 7th semesters of the course. A record is to be kept showing the details of social
service activities undertaken and it should be approved by the Staff Advisor. Head of
Institution should verify this compulsory requirement before permitting the student to
register for the eighth semester.
Students are expected to undertake industrial training(s) of total 10 days minimum

duration or industrial visits (to minimum 2 industries) for studying about the industries of
importance to the branch concerned during 4th to 7th semester. Students may also
undertake an educational tour, the tour period shall be considered as part of the working
periods of a semester. The tour maybe conducted during the vacation/holidays taking not
more than 3 working days, combined with the vacation/holidays if required, between 5th
and 8th semesters for visiting industries (at least two) of importance to the branch
concerned. Faculty members shall accompany the students for the industrial
visits/educational tour. Each student shall submit detailed bound report(s) of the
training/visit/tour to the Head of Department within two weeks after the programme.
These bound report(s), signed by the staff advisor or faculty in charge of
tour/training/visit and by the head of department, shall also be brought during the final
Viva-Voce.
18. Examination Monitoring Cell

Head of the each institution should formulate an Examination Monitoring Cell at
the institution for supervising all examinations, especially the internal examinations. This
cell, with a senior staff member as Convener, shall consist of minimum three members
(one shall be a lady).
The collective responsibilities of the examination monitoring cell are
(a) officiate as the examination squad to keep a vigil on all Semester-End examinations.
If any malpractices are found/reported by invigilators, inform these to the Head of
Institution along with a report about the incident. Head of Institution shall forward
all such complaints to the University.
(b) schedule all examinations conducted as part of internal assessment of students.
(c) to receive any complaint from students regarding issues like out-of-syllabus
questions, printing mistakes, etc. of Semester-End examinations of theory and
practical subjects. The cell shall investigate these complaints and if necessary
forward it to university with specific comments.
(d) to receive any complaints from students regarding internal examinations, enquire
such incidents, and give a report to the Head of Institution for necessary action.
To conduct all the theory examinations, a Chief Superintendent and Senior

Assistant Superintendent should be appointed internally by the Head of Institution. At
least one external Additional Chief Superintendent from government/government-aided
engineering colleges within the University should be appointed by the University for
conducting theory examinations in all affiliated self financing Engineering Colleges.
19. Electives
All students shall choose four elective subjects, one in the sixth, one in the seventh
and two in eighth semesters from a set of elective subjects prescribed in the syllabus and
offered by the institution. There should be at least 25% students of the class for an
elective subject to be offered. However, any student having a CGPA of not less than 7.5
shall be permitted to select an elective of his/her choice and register under a faculty
subject to the permission from the faculty and Head of Department. The student will have
to study this subject on his own (self-study mode) or the classes of this subject shall be
taken during off-hours.
A student can opt for interdisciplinary electives, termed as global electives in the
syllabus, maximum one during 8th semesters subject to the permission from both Heads
of Departments and the faculty handling the elective subject. Minimum number of
students for a global elective shall be 15 and maximum 60.
New electives may be introduced according to the needs of emerging fields in
technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be approved by the
university before the subject is offered as an elective.
20. Class Committee
Head of institution shall take necessary steps to form a class committee for each class
at the start of classes of each semester. This class committee shall be in existence for the

semester concerned. The class committee shall consist of the Head of Department, Staff
Advisor of the class, a senior faculty member of the department, a faculty member from
another department, and two student representatives (one of them should be a girl in a
mixed class). There should be at least two meetings of the class committee every
semester; it shall be the responsibility of the Head of Department to convene these
meetings. The decisions of the Class Committee shall be recorded in a register for further
reference. Each class committee will communicate its recommendations to the Head of
Institution.
The responsibilities of the class committee are:

(a) to review periodically the progress and conduct of students in the class.
(b) to discuss any problems concerning any subjects in the semester concerned.
(c) to identify weaker students of the class and suggest remedial measures.
(d) to review teaching effectiveness and coverage of syllabus.
(e) discuss any other issue related to the students of the class.
21. Eligibility for the Degree
No candidate shall be eligible for the B.Tech. degree unless he has undergone the
prescribed course of study for a period of not less than four academic years in an
institution affiliated to the Mahatma Gandhi University and has passed all subjects as per
the prescribed syllabus.
No candidate under lateral entry scheme shall be eligible for the B.Tech. degree
unless he has undergone the prescribed course of study for a period of not less than three
academic years in an institution affiliated to the Mahatma Gandhi University and has
passed all subjects of 3rd to 8th semesters as per the prescribed syllabus.
22. Classification of Successful Candidates
(a) A candidate who qualifies for the degree, passing all the subjects of the eight
semesters within 5 academic years after the commencement of his course of study
and secures not less than a CGPA of 8.0 of all the semesters shall be declared to
have passed the B.Tech. degree examination in First Class with Honours.
(b) A candidate who qualifies for the degree, passing all the subjects of the eight
semesters within 5 academic years after the commencement of his course of study
and secures not less than a CGPA of 6.5 of all the semesters shall be declared to
have passed the B.Tech. degree examination in First Class.
(c) All other candidates who qualify for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight
semesters and not covered as per Sections 22 (a) and (b) shall be declared to have
passed the B.Tech. degree examination in second class.
(d) Classification of the lateral entry student can be given based on the CGPA of 3rd to
8th semesters. The final mark-list of lateral entry students should indicate that (i)
the student was admitted through lateral entry scheme (ii) classification is based on
CGPA of 3rd to 8th semesters. He/she should have passed all the subjects of the 3rd
to 8th semesters within 4 academic years after the commencement of the course of
study.

It may be indicated in each mark-list that the internal assessment marks and Semester-
End examination marks of practical subjects are normalised.
23. Grievance Cell
Each college should setup a Grievance Cell with at least four faculty members to
look into grievances of the students, if any.
24. Anti-Ragging Cell
Head of Institution shall take necessary steps to constitute anti-ragging committee

and squad at the commencement of each academic year. The committee and the squad
shall take effective steps as specified by the Honorable Supreme Court of India, to
prevent ragging.
Notwithstanding all that has been stated above, the University has right to modify any
of the above regulations from time to time as per University rules.
Annexure
Equivalency of Diploma Streams for Part-Time B.Tech. Admission
Sl. Branch Equate for B.Tech.

Specialisation in Diploma
No. Admission
1 Applied Electronics
2 Electronics
3 Medical Electronics
4 Electronics and Avionics
5 Telecommunication Technology
Electronics and Communication
6 Electronics and Instrumentation
Engineering
7 Electronics and Medical Instrumentation
8 Electronics Production Technology
9 Medical Instrumentation
10 Power Electronics
11 Biomedical Engineering

12 Civil
13 Architecture Civil Engineering
Quantity Survey and Construction
14
Management
15 Mechanical
16 Automobile
Mechanical Engineering
17 Tool and Die
18 Wood and Paper Technology
19 Computer Engineering
Computer Application and Business
20 Computer Science and
Management
Engineering
21 Computer Hardware Maintenance
22 Information Technology
23 Electrical Electrical and Electronics
24 Instrument Technology Engineering
25 Chemical Engineering Chemical Engineering

Mahatma Gandhi University Revised Scheme For
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Civil Engineering)
Common for All Branches
SCHEME S1&S2
Hours/week Marks End-sem

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- duration- Credits
rnal sem hours
EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I 2 1 - 50 100 3 5
EN010 102 Engineering Physics 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 103 Engineering. Chemistry & 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
Environmental Studies
EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 50 100 3 6
EN010 105 Engineering Graphics 1 3 - 50 100 3 6
EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. & 2 1 - 50 100 3 5
Information Technology
EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop - - 3 50 - 3 1
EN110 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops - - 3 100 - 3 1
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester
Hours/week Marks End-

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- sem Credits
rnal sem duration
hours
EN010 301 Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 302 Economics and Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Skills (3+1)
CE010 303 Fluid Mechanics 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 304 Mechanics of Solids I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 305 Surveying I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 306 Engineering Geology 3 1 50 100 3 4
CE010 307 Material Testing Lab I - - 3 50 100 3 2
CE010 308 Surveying Practical I - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 402 Construction Engineering and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Management
CE010 403 Mechanics of Solids II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

CE010 404 Open Channel Flow and Hydraulic 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Machines
CE010 405 Surveying II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 406 Civil Engineering Drawing 4 50 100 3 4
CE010 407 Surveying Practical II - - 3 50 100 3 2
CE010 408(ME) Hydraulics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 501A Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 502 Computer Programming

3 1 50 100 3 4
CE010 503 Design of Concrete Structures I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 504 Geotechnical Engineering I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 505 Quantity Surveying and Valuation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 506 Structural Analysis I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 507 Computing Techniques Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CE010 508 Geotechnical Engineering Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
CE010 601 Design of Steel Structures 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 602 Geotechnical Engineering II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 603 Structural Analysis II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 604 Transportation Engineering I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 605 Water Resources Engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 606Lxx Elective I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 607 Computer Aided Design and - - 3 50 100 3 2
Drafting Lab
CE010 608 Material Testing Lab II - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
Elective I
CE010 606L01 Advanced Surveying
CE010 606L02 Open Channel and Coastal Hydraulics
CE010 606L03 Airport Engineering
CE010 606L04 Advanced Mechnics of Materials
CE010 606L05 Concrete Technology
CE010 606L06 Soil Stability Analysis.
7th Semester

rnal sem hours
CE010 701 Design of Hydraulic Structures 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 702 Environmental Engineering I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 703 Design of Concrete Structures II 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
CE010 704 Architecture and Town Planning 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
CE010 705 Transportation Engineering II 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
CE010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 707 Computer Applications Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CE010 708 Transportation Engineering Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CE010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
CE010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
CE010 706L01 Building Automation and Smart Structures
CE 010 706L02 Ground Improvement Technicques
CE 010 706L03. Prestressed Concrete.
CE 010 706L04 Environmental Impact Assessment
CE 010 706L05 Theory of Plates and Shells
CE 010 706L06 Traffic Engineering and Management
8th Semester

Code Subject L T P/D Inte-rnal End-sem duration Credits
-hours
CE010 801 Advanced Structural Design 3 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 802 Building Technology and 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Management
CE010 803 Environmental Engineering II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CE010 806 Environmental Engineering Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CE010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
CE010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
CE010 804L01 Advanced Foundation Design

CE010 804L02 Environmental Geotechniques
CE010 804L03 Earthquake Engineering and Design
CE010 804L04 Advanced Hydrology and System Analysis
CE010 804L05 Highway and Airfield Pavements
CE010 804L06 Structural Dynamics and Stability Analysis
Electives IV
CE010 805G01 Finite Element Analysis

CE010 805G02 Environmental Pollution Control Techniques
CE010 805G03 Optimization Techniques
CE010 805G04 Land Use Planning
CE010 805G05 Numerical Methods
CE010 805G06 Remote Sensing and GIS Applications
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Mechanical Engineering)
SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
EN010 301A Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Skills (3+1)
ME010 303 Fluid Mechanics 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 304 Metallurgy & Material Science 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 305 Programming in C 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 306(CE) Strength of Materials & 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Structural Engineering
ME 010 307 Computer ProgrammingLab - - 3 50 100 3 2
ME 010 308 Fluid Mechanics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 402(ME) Principles of Management 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 403 Hydraulic Machines 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 404 Manufacturing Process 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 405 Machine Drawing 4 50 100 3 4
ME 010 406(EE) Electrical Technology 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 407 Hydraulic Machines Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
ME 010 408(CE) Strength of Materials Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
ME 010 502 Computer Aided Design & 3 1 50 100 3
Manufacturing 4
ME 010 503 Advanced Mechanics of Materials 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 504 Kinematics of Machinery 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 505 I.C.Engines & Combustion 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 506 Thermodynamics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 507 CAD/CAM Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
ME 010 508 Electrical & Electronics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
ME 010 601 Mechanics of Machines 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 602 Heat & Mass transfer 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 603 Thermal Systems & Applications 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 604 Metrology & Machine Tools 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 605 Mechatronics & Control System 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 606Lxx Elective I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 607 Heat Engines Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
ME 010 608 Machine Tools Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
Elective I
ME 010 606L01 Computational Fluid Dynamics
ME 010 606L02 Composite Matérials Technology
ME 010 606L03 Automobile engineering
ME 010 606L04 Advanced strength of materials
ME 010 606L05 Industrial Hydraulics
ME 010 606L06 Project management
7th Semester

L T P/D Inte- End- sem
Code Subject Credits
rnal sem duration
-hours
ME 010 701 Design of Machine Elements 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 702 Dynamics of Machines 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 703 Gas Dynamics & Jet Propulsion 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
ME 010 704 Refrigeration & Air Conditioning 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
ME 010 705 Industrial Engineering 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
ME 010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME 010 707 Mechanical Measurements Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
ME 010 708 Advanced Machine Tools Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
ME 010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
ME 010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
ME010 706L01 Plant Engineering & Maintanance
ME010 706L02 Turbomachines
ME010 706L03 Theory of vibration
ME010 706L04 Sales& Marketing Management
ME010 706L05 Failure analysis & design
ME010 706L06 Foundary & Welding Technology
8th Semester

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- duration- Credit
rnal sem hours s
ME010 801 Design of Transmission Elements 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

ME010 802 Operations Management 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME010 803 Production Engineering 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
ME010 806 Mechanical Systems Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
ME010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
ME010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
ME010 804L01 Aerospace Engineering

ME010 804L02 Advanced Machining Process
ME010 804L03 Cryogenics
ME010 804L04 Acoustics & noise control
ME010 804L05 Non Destructive Testing
ME010 804L06 Advance operations research
Electives IV
ME010 805G01 Industrial Safety

ME010 805G02 Disaster Management
ME010 805G03 Nano Technology
ME010 805G04 Finite element analysis
ME010 805G05 Optimization methods in design
ME010 805G06 Petrochemical Engineering
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010
Electrical & Electronics Engineering.

SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem duratio
EN010 302 Economics and 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

Communication Skills (3+1)
EE 010 303 Electric Circuit Theory 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE010 304 Electrical Measurements and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Measuring Instruments
EE 010 305 Electronic Circuits 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 306(ME) Mechanical Technology 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE010 307 Electrical Measurements Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EE 010 308 Mechanical Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- duration Credits
rnal sem -hours
EE 010 402 DC Machines and Transformers 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 403 Linear System Analysis 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE010 404 Electromagnetic Theory 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 405 Digital Systems and Computer 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Organization
EE 010 406 Computer Programming 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 407 Computer Programming Lab 3 50 100 3 2
EE 010 408 Electronic Circuits Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 501A Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3
4
EN 010 502(ME) Principles of Management 3 1 50 100 3 4

EE 010 503 Signals and Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE010 504 Power Electronics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 505 Linear Integrated Circuits 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 506 Microprocessors and Applications 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE010 507 Electrical Machines Lab I - - 3 50 100 3 2
EE010 508 Integrated Circuits Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
EE 010 601 Power Generation and 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Distribution
EE 010 602 Induction Machines 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 603 Control Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 604 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 605 Microcontrollers and Embedded 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Systems
EE 010 606Lxx Elective I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 607 Power Electronics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EE 010 608 Microprocessor and - - 3 50 100 3 2
Microcontroller Lab
Total 15 9 6 28
Elective I
EE 010 606L01 High Voltage Engineering
EE 010 606L02 VLSI systems
EE 010 606L03 Artificial Neural Networks
EE 010 606L04 Object Oriented Programming
EE 010 606L05 Bio - medical engineering
EE 010 606L06 Renewable energy Sources
7th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
EN010 701 Electrical Power Transmission 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 702 Synchronous Machines 2 1 - 50 100 3 4
EE010 703 Drives and Control 2 2 - 50 100 3 3
EE010 704 Modern Control Theory 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EE010 705 Communication Engineering 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EE 010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE010 707 Electrical CAD - - 3 50 100 3 2
EE 010 708 Electrical Machines Lab II - - 3 50 100 3 2
EE010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
EE 010 710 Project - - - 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
EE010 706L01 H V D C Transmission
EE010 706L02 Industrial Instrumentation
EE010 706L03 Power Quality
EE010 706L04 PLC Based systems
EE010 706L05 MEMS Technology
EE010 706L06 Special Electrical Machines
8th Semester

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- duration- Credi
rnal sem hours ts
EE010 801 Power System Analysis 2 2 2 50 100 3 4
EE010 802 Switch Gear and Protection 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 803 Electrical System Design 3 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EE 010 806 Control and Simulation Lab - - 3 50 100 3 4
EE010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 2
EE 010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
EE010 804L01 Advanced Power System
EE010 804L02 Computer Networks
EE010 804L03 Generalized Machine Theory
EE010 804L04 Finite Element applications in Electrical Engineering.
EE010 804L05 Digital Signal Processors
EE010 804L06 Opto Electronics
Electives IV
EE010 805G01 Soft Computing Techniques

EE010 805G02 Intellectual property rights
EE010 805G03 Advanced Mathematics
EE010 805G04 Virtual Instrumentation
EE010 805G05 Digital Image Processing
EE010 805G06 Distributed Power Systems
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Electronics & Communication
Engineering)
SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop 0 - 3 50 - 3 1
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem hours
Skills (3+1)
EC010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 304 Solid State Devices 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 305 Analog Circuits - I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 307 Analog Circuits Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 308 Programming Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 402(ME) Principles of 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Management(C,M,P,L,A,T)
EC010 403 Signals and Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 405 Analog Communication 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 406 Analog Circuits -II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EC010 502 Control Systems 2 2 50 100 3 4
EC010 503 Digital System Design 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 504(EE) Electrical Drives and Control 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 505 Applied Electromagnetic Theory 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 506 Microprocessors and Applications 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 508(EE) Electrical Drives and Control Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
EC010 601 Digital Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Techniques
EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 604 Computer Architecture and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Parallel Processing
EC010 605 Microcontrollers and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Applications
EC010 606Lxx Elective I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 607 Microprocessor and - - 3 50 100 3 2
Microcontroller Lab
EC010 608 Mini Project Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
Elective I
EC010 606L01 – Data Structures and Algorithms
EC010 606L02 – Data Base Management Systems
EC010 606L03 – High Speed Digital Design
EC010 606L04 – Medical Electronics
EC010 606L05 – Soft Computing Techniques
EC010 606L06 – Television and Radar Engineering
7th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
EC010 701 VLSI Design 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 702 Information Theory and Coding 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 703 Microwave Engineering 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EC010 704 Electronic Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EC010 705 Embedded Systems 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EC010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 707 Advanced Communication Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 708 Signal Processing Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
EC010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
EC010 706L01 – Optimization Techniques
EC010 706L02 – Speech and Audio Processing
EC010 706L03 – Digital Image Processing
EC010 706L04 – Wavelets and Applications
EC010 706L05 – Antenna Theory and Design
EC010 706L06 – System Software
8th Semester

rnal sem hours s
EC010 801 Wireless Communication 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

EC010 802 Communication Networks 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 803 Light Wave Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 806 VLSI and Embedded Systems Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
EC010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
EC010 804L01 – Nano Electronics

EC010 804L02 – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems
EC010 804L03 – Secure Communication
EC010 804L04 – Management Information Systems
EC010 804L05 – Pattern Recognition
EC010 804L06 – R F Circuits
Electives IV
EC010 805G01 – Test Engineering
EC010 805G02 – E-Learning
EC010 805G03 – Mechatronics
EC010 805G04 – Bio Informatics
EC010 805G05 – Intellectual Property Rights
EC010 805G06 – Professional Ethics
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Electronics & Instrumentation
Engineering)

SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem hours
Skills (3+1)
EI010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 304 Electronic Devices and Circuits I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 305 Basic Instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 307 Electronic circuits lab I - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 308 Programming Lab(C,C++,Matlab) - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
EI010 403 Signals&Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 405 Electronic instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 406 Elecronic Devices and Circuits II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 407 Electronic circuits Lab II - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 408 Basic Instrumentation Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EI010 502 Industrial electronics and 3 1 50 100 3
applications
4
EI010 503 Linear integrated circuits and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
applications
EI010 504 Transducer engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 505 Control engineering I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 506 Microprocessors and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Microcontrollers
EI010 507 Instrumentation lab I - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 508 Integrated circuits lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
EI010 601 Process Control Instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 602 Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 603 Industrial instrumentation I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 604 Data acquisition and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
communication
EI010 605 Control engineering II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 606Lxx Elective I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 607 Microprocessor and - - 3 50 100 3 2
Microcontroller Lab
EI010 608 Mini Project - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
Elective I
EI010 606L01 – Digital system design
EI010 606L02 – Data Base Management Systems
EI010 606L03 – Computer networks
EI010 606L04 – micro controller based system design
EI010 606L05 – Telimetry and remote control
EI010 606L06 – Robotics and automation
7th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
EI010 701 Fibre Optics and Laser 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Instrumentation
EI010 702 Computerised Process Control 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 703 Biomedical Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EI010 704 Analytical Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EI010 705 Industrial Instrumentation II 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EI010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 707 Instrumentation lab II - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 708 System simulation lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
EI010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
EI010 706L01 – Optimization Techniques
EI010 706L02 – VLSI Technology
EI010 706L03 – Digital Image Processing
EI010 706L04 – Applied soft computing
EI010 706L05 – Instrumentation in petrochemical industries
EI010 706L06 – Reliability and safety engineering
8th Semester

rnal sem hours s
EI010 801 Instrumentation System Design 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 802 Instrumentation in Process Industries 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 803 Advanced Instrumentation and 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Applications
EI010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 806 Process control lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
EI010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
EI010 804L01 – Nano Electronics

EI010 804L02 – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems
EI010 804L03 –Biomedical signal processing
EI010 804L04 –Real time embedded systems
EI010 804L05 –Environmental monitoring instruments
EI010 804L06 –Air craft instrumentation
Electives IV
EI010 805G01 – Test Engineering
EI010 805G02 – Total quality management
EI010 805G03 –Human factors engineering
EI010 805G04 – Bio Informatics
EI010 805G05 – Intellectual Property Rights
EI010 805G06 – Professional Ethics
Instumentation & Control Engineering
SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem -hours
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem hours
Skills (3+1)
IC010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 304 Analog Devices & Circuits 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 305 Basic Instrumentation & 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Measurements Engineering
IC010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 307 Basic Electronics Laboratory - - 3 50 100 3 2
IC010 308 Programming Lab(C,C++,Matlab) - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
IC010 403 Transducer Engineering 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 405 Electrical Engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 406 Mechanical Engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 407 Electrical Machines Laboratory - - 3 50 100 3 2
IC010 408 Digital IC Laboratory - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
IC010 502 Industrial Electronics & Applications 2 2 50 100 3 4
IC010 503 Electronic Instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 504 Linear Integrated Circuits 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 505 Linear Control System 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 506 Microprocessors and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Microcontrollers
IC010 507 Microprocessor & Microcontroller - - 3 50 100 3 2
Lab
IC010 508 Linear Integrated Circuits Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
IC010 601 Process Control Instrumentation 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 602 Principles of Telemetry & 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Communication
IC010 603 Industrial Instrumentation – I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 604 Signals & Systems with 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Processing
IC010 605 Advanced Control Systems 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 606Lxx Elective-I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 607 Industrial Instrumentation - - 3 50 100 3 2
Laboratory
IC010 608 Mini Project - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
Elective I
IC010 606L01 – Mechatronics
IC010 606L02 – Computer Networks & Protocols
IC010 606L03 – Advanced Microcontrollers
IC010 606L04 – Embedded System Design
IC010 606L05 – Digital System Design
IC010 606L06 – Data Structures & Algorithm
7th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
IC010 701 Computer Control of Industrial 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Process
IC010 702 Optical and opto Electronic 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Instrumentation
IC010 703 Biomedical Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
IC010 704 Analytical Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
IC010 705 Industrial Instrumentation-II 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
IC010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 707 Process Control Laboratory - - 3 50 100 3 2
IC010 708 Mechanical Measurements - - 3 50 100 3 2
Laboratory
IC010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
IC010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
IC010 706L01 – Artificial Intelligence & Expert Systems
IC010 706L02 – Robotics & Automation
IC010 706L03 – Embedded Instrumentation System
IC010 706L04 – Ultrasonic Instrumentation
IC010 706L05 – VLSI Design
IC010 706L06 – Virtual Instrumentation
8th Semester

rnal sem hours s
IC010 801 Instrumentation System Design 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

IC010 802 Power Plant Instrumentation 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 803 Instrumentation & Control in 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Petrochemical Industries
IC010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IC010 806 System Simulation Laboratory - - 3 50 100 3 2
IC010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
IC010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
IC010 804L01 – Intelligent Control System
IC010 804L02 – Automotive Instrumentation
IC010 804L03 – Instrumentation & Control Paper Industries
IC010 804L04 – Digital Image Processing techniques
IC010 804L05 – Instrumentation & Control in Aerospace & Navigation
IC010 804L06 – Telecommunication & Switching networks
Electives IV
IC010 805G01 – Test Engineering
IC010 805G02 – Multimedia Systems
IC010 805G03 – Total Quality Management
IC010 805G04 – Bio Informatics
IC010 805G05 – Intellectual Property Rights
IC010 805G06 – Professional Ethics
Applied Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering

SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem duratio
EN010 302 Economics and 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

Communication Skills (3+1)
AI010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 304 Solid State devices 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 305 Analog Circuits I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 307 Analog circuits Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AI010 308 Programming Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem -hours
AI010 403 Signals and Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 405 Signal Communication 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 406 Analog circuits II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 407 Analog circuits II lab 3 50 100 3 2
AI010 408 Digital IC lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 501A Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3
4
AI010 502 Industrial Electronics and 3 1 - 50 100 3

Applications 4
AI010 503 Basic Instrumentation & recording 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
system
AI010 504 Data Acquisition system 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 505 Control Engineering I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 506 Microprocessors and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
microcontrollers
AI010 507 Industrial Electronics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AI010 508 Measurements lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
AI010 601 Process Control Instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 602 Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 603 Industrial Instrumentation I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 604 Microcontroller based system 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
design
AI010 605 Control Engineering II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 606Lxx Elective I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 607 Microprocessors & - - 3 50 100 3 2
microcontrollers lab
AI010 608 Mini Project - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
Elective I
AI 010 606L01 Mechatronics
AI 010 606L02 Micro Electronics
AI 010 606L03 Digital system design
AI 010 606L04 Industrial safety engineering
AI 010 606L05 Reliability Engineering
AI 010 606L06 Energy management
7th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
AI010 701 VLSI 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 702 Computerised Process control 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 703 Biomedical Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
AI010 704 Analytical instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
AI010 705 Industrial Instrumentation II 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
AI010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 707 Industrial Instrumentation Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2

AI010 708 DSP lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AI010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
AI010 710 Project - - - 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
AI010 706L01 Robotics
AI010 706L02 Real Time system
AI010 706L03 Optimization techniques
AI010 706L04 Fuzzy Logic
AI010 706L05 Digital Image processing
AI010 706L06 Advanced microcontrollers
8th Semester

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- duration- Credi
rnal sem hours ts
AI010 801 Instrumentation system design 3 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 802 Instrumentation in process industries 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 803 Computer Networks 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 804 Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AI010 805 Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

AI010 806 Process Control Lab - - 3 50 100 3 4
AI010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 2
AI010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
AI010 804L01 Neural networks
AI010 804L02 Advanced DSP
AI010 804L03 Embedded systems
AI010 804L04 Artificial Intelligence
AI010 804L05 VHDL
AI010 804L06 BioInformatics
Electives IV
AI010 805G01 Total quality management

AI010 805G02 Human factors engineering
AI010 805G03 System engineering
AI010 805G04 Professional Ethics
AI010 805G05 Industrial Pollution control
AI010 805G06 Simulation and modelling
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Computer Science & Engineering)

SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
EN010 103 Engineering Chemistry & 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engg. & 2 1 - 50 100 3 5
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester
Hours/week Marks
Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End-
rnal sem
EN010 301B Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Skills (3+1 )
CS010 303 Problem Solving and Computer 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Programming
CS010 304 Computer Organization 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 305 Switching Theory and Logic Design 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 306(EC) Electronics Devices and Circuits 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 307 Programming lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CS010 308(EC) Logic Design lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
4th Semester
Hours/week Marks
End-
sem Cred
Code Subject
L T P/D Inte- End- duration its
rnal sem -hours
CS010 402 Object Oriented Programming 3 1 50 100 3 4
CS010 403 Data Structures and Algorithms 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 404(EC) Communication Systems 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 405 Microprocessor Systems 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 406 Theory of Computation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 407 Data Structures lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CS010 408(EC) Electronic Circuits lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem dura Cred
Code Subject
tion- its
hour
s
EN010 501B Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 502(ME) Principles of Management 3 1 50 100 3 4
CS010 503 Database Management Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 504(EC) Digital Signal Processing 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 505 Operating Systems 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 506 Advanced Microprocessors & 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Peripherals
CS010 507(P) Database Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CS010 508(P) Hardware & Microprocessors lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- duration Cred
rnal sem -hours its
CS010 601 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

CS010 602 Internet Computing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 603 System Software 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 604 Computer Networks 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 605 Software Engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 606Lxx Elective I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 607 Operating Systems Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CS010 608 Mini Project - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
Elective I
CS010 606L01 Distributed Systems

CS010 606L02 Micro controller Based Systems
CS010 606L03 User Interface Design
CS010 606L04 Unix Shell Programming
CS010 606L05 Embedded Systems
CS010 606L06 Advanced Software Environments
7th Semester
Hours/week Marks
End-
sem
L T P/D Inte- End- dura Cred
Code Subject
rnal sem tion- its
hour
s
CS010 701 Web Technologies 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

CS010 702 Compiler Construction 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 703 Computer Graphics 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
CS010 704 Object Oriented Modelling & 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
Design
CS010 705 Principles of Programming 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
Languages
CS010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 707 Systems Programming Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CS010 708 Networking lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
CS010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
CS010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
CS010 706L01 Real Time Systems
CS010 706L02 Data Mining and Data Warehousing
CS010 706L03 Operating System Kernel Design
CS010 706L04 Digital image processing
CS010 706L05 Data Processing and File Structures
CS010 706L06 Client Server and Applications
8th Semester

L T P/D Inte- End- Cre
Code Subject duration-
rnal sem dits
hours
CS010 801 High Performance Computing 3 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 802 Artificial Intelligence 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 803 Security in Computing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
CS010 806 Computer Graphics Lab - - 3 50 100 - 2
CS010 807 Project - - 6 100 0 3 4
CS010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Elective III
CS010 804L01 E-commerce
CS010 804L02 Grid Computing
CS010 804L03 Biometrics
CS010 804L04 Optimization Techniques
CS010 804L05 Mobile Computing
CS010 804L06 Advanced Networking Trends
Elective IV
CS010 805G01 Multimedia Techniques
CS010 805G02 Neural networks
CS010 805G03 Advanced Mathematics
CS010 805G04 Software Architecture
CS010 805G05 Natural Language Processing
CS010 805G06 Pattern Recognition
SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. 2 1 - 50 100 3 5
& Information Technology
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

Code Subject rnal sem duration Credits
-hours
EN010 301B Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Skills (3+1)
IT010 303 (EC) Discrete and Integrated 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Electronic Circuits
IT010 304 Switching Theory and Logic 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Design
IT010 305(EC) Principles of Communication 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Engineering
IT010 306 Problem Solving and Computer 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Programming
IT010 307 (EC) Electronic Circuits and - - 3 50 100 3 2
Communication Lab
IT010 308 Programming Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
IT010 403 Computer Organisation and 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Architecture
IT010 404 Theory of Computation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 405 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 406 Object Oriented Techniques 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 407 Logic Design Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
IT010 408 Data Structures and Programming Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 501B Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 502 Microprocessors and 3 1 50 100 3 4
Microcontrollers
IT010 503 Data Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 504 Operating Systems 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 505 Language Translators 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 506 Database Management Systems 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 507 PC Hardware and Microprocessors - - 3 50 100 3 2
Lab
IT010 508 Systems Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

-hours
IT010 601 Computer Networks 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 602(EC) Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 603(EC) Information Theory and Coding 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 604 Software Engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 605 Design and Analysis of 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Algorithms
IT010 606Lxx Elective I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 607 Network Programming Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
IT010 608 Mini Project - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
Elective I
IT010 606L01 Simulation and Modelling
IT010 606L02 Management Information Systems
IT010 606L03 UNIX Shell Programming
IT010 606L04 Advanced Database Systems
IT010 606L05 Parallel Computing
IT010 606L06 Optimization Techniques
7th Semester

-hours
IT010 701 Financial Management and 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
E-Banking
IT010 702 Object Oriented Modelling and 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Design
IT010 703 Computer Graphics and Multimedia 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
Systems
IT010 704 Internetworking 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
IT010 705 Web Applications Development 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
IT010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 707 Internetworking Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
IT010 708 Computer Aided Software - - 3 50 100 3 2
Engineering Lab
IT010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
IT010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
IT010 706L01 Software Project Management
IT010 706L02 Optical Communication Networks
IT010 706 L03 Digital Speech and Image Processing
IT010 706L04 Real Time Systems
IT010 706L05 Operating System Kernel Design
IT010 706L06 Data Mining and Data Warehousing
8th Semester

rnal sem hours s
IT010 801 Wireless Communication 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

IT010 802 Cryptography and Network Security 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 803 Artificial Intelligence 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
IT010 806 Web Applications Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
IT010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
IT010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
IT010 804L01 Software Testing

IT010 804L02 Information Retrieval
IT010 804L03 High Speed Networks
IT010 804L04 Network Administration and Management
IT010 804L05 Enterprise Resource Planning
IT010 804L06 Grid Computing
Electives IV
IT010 805G01 Software Architecture

IT010 805G02 Advanced Mathematics
IT010 805G03 Ad Hoc and Sensor Networks
IT010 805G04 Electronic Business and Services
IT010 805G05 Neural Networks
IT010 805G06 Soft Computing
1

B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Polymer Engineering)

SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
EN010 103 Engineering Chemistry & 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop 0 - 3 50 - 3 1
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
Economics and Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 302
Skills (3+1)
PO010 303 Polymer Science - I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 304 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Computer Programming
(CS)
PO010 305 Organic Chemistry 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 306 Strength of Materials & 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
(CE) Structural Engineering
PO010 307 Chemistry Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PO010 308 - - 3 50 100 3 2
Computer Lab
(CS)
Total 15 9 6 28
2
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
Principles of Management 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 402(ME)
(ME,AU,PO,EC,IT)
PO010 403 Polymer Physics 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 404 Polymer Science - II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 405 Chemical Engineering - I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 406 (EE) Electrical Technology 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Polymer Preparation & - - 3 50 100 3 2
PO010 407
Characterisation Lab
PO010 408 (EE) Electrical Machines Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 501 Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 502 Plastics – Science & Technology 3 1 50 100 3 4
PO010503 Polymer Processing - I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 504 Chemical Engineering - II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 505 Latex Technology 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 506 Rubbers – Science & Technology 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 507 Specification Tests Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PO010 508 Polymer Analysis Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
3
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
PO010 601 Engineering Statistics & Quality 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Control
PO010 602 Polymer Processing –II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 603 Industrial Engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 604 Chemical Engineering - III 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 605 Polymer Blends & Composites 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 606L Elective I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 607 Latex Product Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PO010 608 Product Manufacturing Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
Elective I
PO010 606L01… Bio Medical & Bio Polymers

PO 010 606L02…… Information Technology
PO 010 606L03..........Engineering Economics & Industrial Management.
PO 010 606L04..........Total Quality Management & Reliability Engineering
PO 010 606L05...........Production Engineering
PO 010 606L06...........Project Management
7th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
PO010 701 Polymer Machinery, Moulds & Dies 2 2 - 50 100 3 3
PO010 702 Polymer Testing 2 2 - 50 100 3 3
PO010 703 Plastic Products - Design &Testing 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
PO010 704 Chemical Engineering - IV 2 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 705 Tyre Technology 2 1 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 706 L Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 707 Chemical Engineering Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PO010 708 Polymer Testing Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PO010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
PO010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
4
Elective II
PO 010 706L01… Paints & Surface Coatings

PO 010 706L02.........Plastics Packaging Technology
PO 010 706L03.........Process Engineering Economics & Management
PO 010 706L04.........Process Control & Instrumentation
PO 010 706L05…… Object Oriented Programming
PO 010 706L06.........Introduction to Photonics
8th Semester

rnal sem hours s
PO010 801 Polymers & Environment 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

PO010 802 Rubber Products - Design &Testing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 803 Speciality Polymers 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 804 L Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 805 G Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PO010 806 Polymer Blends & Composites Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PO010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
PO010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
PO 010 804L01… Adhesive Technology

PO 010 804L02 …Dynamics of Machinery
PO 010 804L03 …Computer Aided Design & Manufacturing
PO 010 804L04 …Combustion
PO 010 804L05 …Industrial Hydraulics
PO 010 804L06… Cryogenics
Electives IV
PO 010 805G01…… Fibre Technology

PO 010 805G02…… Marketing & Sales Management
PO 010 805G03… Structural Analysis
PO 010 805G04…… Environmental Impact Analysis
PO 010 805G05 …… Air Pollution Control
PO 010 805G06 …… Nanotechnology
Automobile Engineering
SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
Skills (3+1)
AU010 303 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Machinery
AU010 304(ME) Metallurgy & Material Science 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 305(ME) Programming in C 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 306(CE) Strength of Materials & 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 307 Computer Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AU010 308(ME) Fluid Mechanics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
AU010 403 Auto Power Plant 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 404(ME) Manufacturing Process 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 405 Machine Drawing 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 406(EE) Electrical Technology 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 407 Auto Workshop I - - 3 50 100 3 2
AU010 408(CE) Strength of Materials Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
AU010 502 Computer Aided Design & 3 1 50 100 3
Manufacturing 4
AU010 503 Auto Chassis 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 504(ME) Kinematics of Machinery 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 505(ME) I C Engines & Combustion 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 506(ME) Thermodynamics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 507 Computer Graphics & Drafting - - 3 50 100 3 2
AU010 508(EE) Electrical & Electronics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
AU010 601 Mechanics of Machines 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 602(ME) Heat & Mass Transfer 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 603 Automotive Transmission 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 604(ME) Metrology & Machine Tools 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 605(ME) Mechatronics & Control Systems 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 606Lxx Elective I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 607 Heat Engines Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AU010 608 Machine Tool Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
Elective I
AU010 606L01 Vehicle Transport Management
AU010 606L02 Computer Aided vehicle Design
AU010 606L03 Computer Simulation of I C Engines
AU010 606L04 Tribology
AU010 606L05 Alternate Fuels and Energy systems
AU010 606L06 Quantitative Techniques
7th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
AU010 701(ME) Design of Machine Elements 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 702 Advanced Automotive Technology 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 703 Auto Electrical & Electronics 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
AU010 704(ME) Refrigeration & Air Conditioning 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
AU010 705(ME) Industrial Engineering 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
AU010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 707(ME) Mechanical Measurements Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AU010 708 Auto Workshop II - - 3 50 100 3 2
AU010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
AU010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
AU010 706L01 Vehicle Body Engineering
AU010 706L02 Vehicle Performance and Testing
AU010 706L03 Automotive Pollution and Control
AU010 706L04 Project Management
AU010 706L05 Industrial Safety
AU010 706L06 Non Traditional Machining Processes
8th Semester

rnal sem hours s
AU010 801(ME) Design of Transmission Elements 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

AU010 802(ME) Operations Management 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 803 Special Types of Vehicles 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AU010 806 Auto Workshop III - - 3 50 100 3 2
AU010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
AU010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
AU010 804L01 Transport Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

AU010 804L02 Engineering Economics and Automotive Cost Estimation
AU010 804L03 Vehicle Dynamics
AU010 804L04 Finite Element Method
AU010 804L05 Microprocessor Application in Automobiles
AU010 804L06 Foundry and Welding Technology
Electives IV
AU010 805G01 System Modeling and Simulation

AU010 805G02 Robotics and Robot Application
AU010 805G03 Farm Machinery and Equipment
AU010 805G04 Aerospace Engineering
AU010 805G05 Management Information systems
AU010 805G06 Petrochemical Engineering
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Aeronautical Engineering)
SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

-hours
Skills (3+1)
AN010 303 Fluid Mechanics 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 304 Basic Thermodynamics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 305 Elements of Aeronautics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN010 306 Basic Strength of Materials 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 307(CE) Basic Strength of materials Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AN 010 308(ME) Fluid Mechanics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
AN010 402 Gas Dynamics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 403 Propulsion I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 404 Aerodynamics I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 405 Aircraft Structures I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 406 Electrical technology & Machines 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 407 Structures Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AN 010 408 Propulsion Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN 010 502(ME) Principles of Management 3 1 50 100 3 4
AN 010 503 Computer Programming 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 504 Flight Dynamics I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 505 Aerodynamics II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 506 Propulsion II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 507 Wind tunnel Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AN 010 508 Propulsion LabII - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
AN 010 601 Avionics 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 602 Experimental Aerodynamics 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 603 Aircraft Structures II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 604 Heat Transfer 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 605 Theory of Vibration 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 606Lxx Elective I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 607 Heat Engines Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AN 010 608 Aero EnginesLab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
Elective I
AN 010 606L01 Composite structures
AN 010 606L02 Fatigue and fracture
AN 010 606L03 Finite Elément Analysis
AN 010 606L04 Operation Research
AN 010 606L05 Ecology & Environment
AN 010 606L06 Non Destructive Testing
7th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
AN 010 701 Computational Fluid Dynamics 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 702 Experimental stress analysis 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 703 Aircraft design 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
AN 010 704 Flight dynamics II 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
AN 010 705 Aircraft systems and 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
instrumentation
AN 010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 707 Experimental stress analysis Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AN 010 708 Vibration Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AN 010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
AN 010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
AN 010 706L01Theory of plates and shells
AN 010 706L02 Advanced Materials in aircraft manufacturing
AN 010 706L03 Failure analysis
AN 010 706L04 Helicopter Aerodynamics
AN 010 706L05 Optimization methods in Design
AN 010 706L06 Rotor Dynamics
8th Semester

rnal sem hours s
AN 010 801 Rockets & Missiles 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

AN 010 802 Introduction to space technology 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 803 Air transportation & Aircraft 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
maintenance
AN 010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
AN 010 806 Aerodynamics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
AN 010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
AN 010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
AN 010 804L01 Project management & TQM

AN 010 804L02 Air navigation
AN 010 804L03 Aircraft rules & regulations
AN 010 804L04 Industrial aerodynamics
AN 010 804L05 Acoustics & Noise control
AN 010 804L06 Transport process in reacting flows
Electives IV
AN 010 805G01 Boundary layer theory

AN 010 805G02 Disaster Management
AN 010 805G03 Cryogenics
AN 010 805G04 Advanced strength of materials
AN 010 805G05 High temperature gas dynamics
AN 010 805G06 Turbo Machines
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Production Engineering )
SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
Skills (3+1)
PE010 303 Fluid Mechanics 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 304 Metallurgy & Material Science 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 305 Programming in C 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 306(CE) Strength of Materials & 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 307 Strength of Materials Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PE 010 308 Fluid Mechanics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
PE 010 403 Hydraulic Machines 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 404 Manufacturing Process 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 405 Machine Drawing 4 50 100 3 4
PE 010 406(EE) Electrical Technology 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 407 Hydraulic Machines Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PE 010 408 Computer Programming Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
PE 010 502 Theory of Metal Cutting 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 503 Advanced Mechanics of Materials 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 504 Industrial Engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 505 Metrology &Instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 506 Thermodynamics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 507 Thermal Engineering Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PE 010 508 Electrical & Electronics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
6th Semester

rnal sem duration
hours
PE 010 601 Kinematics of Machinery 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 602 Heat & Mass Transfer 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 603 Control & Automation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 604 Computer Aided Design & 3 1 50 100 3 4
Manufacturing
PE 010 605 Production Engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 606Lxx Elective I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 607 Metrology Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PE 010 608 Machine Tools Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
Elective I
PE 010 606L01 Computational Fluid Dynamics
PE 010 606L02 Foundry and Welding Technology
PE 010 606L03 Finite Elément Analysis
PE 010 606L04 Financial Management
PE 010 606L05 Industrial Hydraulics
PE 010 606L06 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS)
7th Semester

rnal sem duration
-hours
PE 010 701 Tool Engineering & Design 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 702 Operations Management 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 703 Bulk Deformation Processes 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
PE 010 704 Theory of Metal Forming 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
PE 010 705 Advanced Manufacturing Process 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
PE 010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE 010 707 Metallurgy Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PE 010 708 CAD/CAM Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
PE 010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
PE 010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
Elective II
PE010 706L01 Design of Cellular Manufacturing
PE010 706L02 Industrial Tribology
PE010 706L03 Lean and Agile Manufacturing
PE010 706L04 Supply Chain Management
PE010 706L05 Plant Engineering & Maintenance
PE010 706L06 Rapid Prototyping
8th Semester

rnal sem hours s
PE010 801 Composite Matérials & 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

Manufacturing
PE010 802 Non Conventional Machining 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Processes
PE010 803 Machine Design 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
PE010 806 Production Process Laboratory - - 3 50 100 3 2
PE010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
PE010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
PE010 804L01 Surface Engineering

PE010 804L02 Advanced Machining Process
PE010 804L03 Cost Estimation and Optimization
PE010 804L04 Management Information Systems
PE010 804L05 Non Destructive Testing
PE010 804L06 Simulation of Manufacturing Systems
Electives IV
PE010 805G01 Industrial Safety

PE010 805G02 Disaster Management
PE010 805G03 Nano Technology
PE010 805G04 Human Resources Management
PE010 805G05 Optimization methods in design
PE010 805G06 Reliability engineering
M.G. University
EN010 101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I
Teaching Scheme Credits: 5

2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week
Objectives
• To impart mathematical background for studying engineering subjects.
MODULE I (18 hours) - MATRIX
Elementary transformation – echelon form – rank using elementary transformation by

reducing in to echelon form – solution of linear homogeneous and non – homogeneous
equations using elementary transformation. Linear dependence and independence of
vectors – eigen values and eigen vectors – properties of eigen values and eigen
vectors(proof not expected) – Linear transformation – Orthogonal transformation –
Diagonalisation – Reduction of quadratic form into sum of squares using orthogonal
transformation – Rank, index, signature of quadratic form – nature of quadratic form
MODULE 2 (18 hours) - PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
Partial differentiation : chain rules – statement of Eulers theorem for homogeneous

functions – Jacobian –Application of Taylors series for function of two variables –
maxima and minima of function of two variables (proof of results not expected)
MODULE 3 (18 hours) - MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
Double integrals in cartesian and polar co-ordinates – change of order of integration-

area using double integrals – change of variables using Jacobian – triple integrals in
cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates – volume using triple integrals – change
of variables using Jacobian – simple problems.
MODULE 4 (18 hours) - ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Linear differential equation with constant coefficients- complimentary function and

particular integral – Finding particular integral using method of variation of parameters –
Euler Cauchy equations- Legenders equations
MODULE 5 (18 hours) - LAPLACE TRANSFORMS
Laplace Transforms – shifting theorem –differentiation and integration of transform –

Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals – inverse transform – application of
convolution property – Laplace transform of unit step function – second shifting
theorem(proof not expected) – Laplace transform of unit impulse function and periodic
function – solution of linear differential equation with constant coefficients using
Laplace Transform.
M.G. University
REFERENCES
1. Erwin Kreyszig ;Advanced Engineering Mathematics Wiley Eastern Ltd
2. Grewal B.S ;Higher Engineering Mathematics ,Khanna Publishers
3. N. P. Bali ;Engineering Mathematics ,Laxmi Publications Ltd
4. Goyal & Gupta ; Laplace and Fourier Transforms
5. Dr. M.K.Venkataraman ;Engineering Mathematics Vol. I,National Publishing Co.
6. Dr. M.K.Venkataraman Engineering Mathematics Vol. 2, National Publishing Co
7. T.Veerarajan ,Engineering Mathematics for first year, Mc Graw Hill
8. S.S.Sastry Engineering Mathematics Vol. I,Prentice Hall India
9. S.S.Sastry Engineering Mathematics Vol. 2, Prentice Hall India
10. B.V. Ramana Higher Engineering Mathematics, Mc Graw Hill
M.G.University
EN010 102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS

I hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week
Objectives
• To provide students knowledge of physics of a problem and an overview of
physical phenomena.
MODULE I (12 hours) LASERS AND HOLOGRAPHY
Lasers- Principle of laser- Absorption- Spontaneous emission- Stimulated emission-

Characteristics of laser - Population inversion- Metastable states- Pumping- Pumping
Methods- Pumping Schemes- 3 level and 4 level pumping- Optical resonator-
Components of laser- Typical laser systems like Ruby laser- He-Ne laser- Semiconductor
laser- Applications of laser-
Holography- Basic principle -Recording and reconstruction- comparison with ordinary

photography-Applications of Hologram
MODULE II (12 hours) NANOTECHNOLOGY AND SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
Introduction to nanoscale science and technology- nanostructures-nanoring, nanorod,

nanoparticle, nanoshells- Properties of nanoparticles- optical, electrical, magnetic,
mechanical properties and quantum confinement- Classification of nanomaterials- C60,
metallic nanocomposites and polymer nanocomposites- Applications of nanotechnology
B. Superconductivity- Introduction- Properties of super conductors- Zero electrical

resistance- Critical temperature- Critical current- Critical magnetic field- Meissner effect-
Isotope effect- Persistence of current- Flux quantization - Type I and Type II
superconductors- BCS Theory (Qualitative study) – Josephson effect- D.C Josephson
effect- A.C Joseph son effect- Applications of superconductors.
MODULE III (12 hours) CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND MODERN

ENGINEERING MATERIALS
A. Crystallography – Space lattice- Basis- Unit cell- Unit cell parameters- Crystal
systems- Bravais lattices- Three cubic lattices-sc, bcc, and fcc- Number of atoms per unit
cell- Co-ordination number- Atomic radius- Packing factor- Relation between density and
crystal lattice constants- Lattice planes and Miller indices-Separation between lattice
planes in sc- Bragg’s law- Bragg’s x-ray spectrometer- Crystal structure analysis.
Liquid crystals- Liquid crystals, display systems-merits and demerits- Metallic glasses-
Types of metallic glasses (Metal-metalloid glasses, Metal-metal glasses) – Properties of
metallic glasses (Structural, electrical, magnetic and chemical properties)
Shape memory alloys- Shape memory effect, pseudo elasticity

M.G.University
MODULE IV (12 hours) ULTRASONICS
A. Ultrasonics- Production of ultrasonics- Magnetostriction method – Piezoelectric

method- Properties of ultrasonics- Non destructive testing- Applications
B. Spectroscopy- Rayleigh scattering (Qualitative) - Raman effect – Quantum theory of

Raman effect- Experimental study of Raman effect and Raman spectrum- Applications of
Raman effect
C. Acoustics- Reverberation- Reverbaration time- Absorption of sound- Sabine’s

formula(no derivation)- Factors affecting acoustics properties
MODULE V (12 hours) FIBRE OPTICS
Principle and propagation of light in optical fibre- Step index (Single Mode and Multi
Mode fibre) and graded index fibre- N.A. and acceptance angle—Characteristics of
optical fibres (Pulse dispersion, attenuation, V-number, Bandwidth-distance product) –
Applications of optical fibres- Fibre optic communication system (Block diagram)-

Optical fibre sensors (any five) – Optical fibre bundle.
REFERENCES
1) A Text book of Engineering Physics – M.N.Avadhanulu and P.G.Kshirsagar

S.Chand& Company Ltd.
2) Nanomaterials- A.K.Bandhopadyaya – New Age International Publishers
3) Engineering Physics – A. Marikani
4) Engineering materials –V Rajendran and Marikani-Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited
5) Engineering physics- Dr. M Arumugam - Anuradha Agencies
6) Nano ; The Essentials- T. Pradeep
7) Material Science-M Arumugham- Anuradha Agencies
8) Lasers and Non-Linear optics By B.B Laud- New Age International (P) Limited
M G University
EN010 103 Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies

(Common to all branches)
Teaching scheme Credits:4

1hr lecture and 1hr tutorial per week (total 60 hrs)
Objectives
• To impart a scientific approach and to familiarize the applications of chemistry in the
field of technology
• To create an awareness about the major environmental issues for a sustainable
development.
Module 1 Electrochemical Energy Systems (13 hrs)

Electrochemical cells - Galvanic cell - Daniel cell – EMF - determination by potentiometric
method - Nernst equation – derivation- Single electrode potential-Types of electrodes-
Metal/metal ion electrode, Metal/metal sparingly soluble salt electrode, Gas electrode and
Oxidation/reduction electrode - Reference electrodes - Standard hydrogen electrode and
Calomel electrode - Glass electrode – Determination of pH using these electrodes -
Concentration cell – Electrolytic concentration cell without transfer - Derivation of EMF
using Nernst equation for concentration cell - Cells and Batteries - Primary and secondary
cells - Lead acid accumulator, Ni-Cd cell, Lithium–MnO2 cell and Rechargeable Lithium ion
cell – Polarization – Overvoltage - Decomposition potential - Numerical problems based on
Nernst equations and pH determination.
Module 2 Corrosion and Corrosion Control (10 hrs)

Introduction - Types of corrosion – Chemical and Electrochemical corrosion – Chemical
corrosion – Oxidation corrosion, By other gases and Liquid metal corrosion – Pilling-
Bedworth rule - Electrochemical corrosion – Mechanism - absorption of O2 and evolution of
H2 - Types of electrochemical corrosion- Galvanic corrosion, Concentration cell corrosion,
Differential aeration corrosion, Pitting corrosion, Waterline corrosion and Stress corrosion -
Factors influencing the rate of corrosion - Nature of the metal and Nature of the environment
- Corrosion control methods – Selection of metal and proper design, Cathodic protection
(Sacrificial anodic protection and Impressed current cathodic protection), Modifying the
environment, corrosion inhibitors and Protective coating - Metallic coating – Anodic coating
and cathodic coating - Hot dipping (Galvanizing and Tinning), Electroplating, Electroless
plating, Metal spraying, Metal cladding Cementation- sheradizing - chromizing- calorizing
and Vacuum metallization - Non-metallic coating - Anodization
Module 3 Engineering Materials (13 hrs)

High polymers – Introduction - Degree of polymerization – Functionality – Tacticity - Types
of polymerization (mechanisms not required) – Addition, Condensation and
Copolymerization - Glass transition temperature-(Tg) Definition only, Compounding and
moulding of plastics - Compression, Injection, Extrusion, Transfer and Blow moulding.
Fiber Reinforced Plastics - Glass reinforced plastics (GRP) - Manufacturing methods -
Hand lay up, Spray up and Filament winding - properties and uses.
Conducting Polymers – Polyacetylene and Polyaniline - Applications (mechanism not
required)
Rubber - Natural rubber – Properties – Vulcanization - Synthetic rubber - Preparation,
properties and uses of Polyurethane rubber, NBR and Silicone rubber.
M G University
Carbon Nanotubes - Single walled (SWCNT) and Multi walled (MWCNT) - Properties and
uses.
Module 4 Environmental Pollution (12 hrs)

Pollution - Types of pollution – a brief study of the various types of pollution - Air pollution -
Sources and effects of major air pollutants – Gases - Oxides of carbon, nitrogen and sulphur –
Hydrocarbons – Particulates -Control of air pollution - Different methods - Water pollution -
Sources and effects of major pollutants - Inorganic pollutants- heavy metals cadmium , lead,
mercury - Ammonia, Fertilizers and Sediments (silt) - Organic pollutants – Detergents,
pesticides, food waste, - Radioactive materials - Thermal pollutants - Control of water
pollution - General methods
Eutrophication - Definition and harmful effects
Desalination of water - Reverse osmosis and Electrodialysis
Module 5 Environmental Issues (12 hrs)

An overview of the major environmental issues - Acid rain – Smog - Photochemical smog -
Green house effect - Global warming and climate change - Ozone layer depletion –
Deforestation - Causes and effects - Wet land depletion – Consequences, Biodiversity –
importance and threats, Soil erosion - Causes and effects, Solid waste disposal -Methods of
disposal - Composting, Landfill, and Incineration, E-Waste disposal - Methods of disposal –
recycle( recovery) and reuse
Renewable energy sources - Solar cells – Importance - Photo voltaic cell - a brief
introduction
Bio fuels - Bio diesel and Power alcohol.
Note: This course should be handled and examination scripts should be evaluated by the
faculty members of Chemistry
Text Books
1. A text book of Engineering Chemistry - Shashi Chawla, Dhanpat Rai and Co.
2. A text book of Engineering Chemistry - Jain & Jain 15th edition .
3. A text book of Engineering Chemistry – S. S. Dhara.
4. Modern Engineering Chemistry – Dr. Kochu Baby Manjooran. S.
References
1. Chemistry - John E. McMurry and Robert C. Fay, Pearson Education.
2. Polymer science –V. R. Gowariker, New Age International Ltd.
3. A text book of polymer - M. S. Bhatnagar Vol I, II,& III, S. Chand publications.
4. Nano materials – B. Viswanathan, Narosa publications.
5. Nano science & Technology – V. S. Muralidharan and A. Subramania, Ane Books
Pvt. Ltd.
6. Nanotechnology - Er. Rakesh Rathi, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
7. Environmental Studies - Benny Joseph (2nd edition), Tata Mc Graw Hill companies.
8. Environmental Chemistry - Dr. B. K. Sharma, Goel publishers.
9. Environmental Chemistry – A. K. De, New age International Ltd.
10. Industrial Chemistry – B. K. Sharma, Goel publishers.
11. Engineering Chemistry – O. G. Palanna, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
M.G. University
EN010 104 ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Objective:
• To develop analytical skills to formulate and solve engineering problems.
Module I ( 23 hrs)
Introduction to Mechanics – Basic Dimensions and Units – Idealization of Mechanics – Rigid
Body – Continuum – Point force – Particle – Vector and Scalar quantities.
Principles of Statics – Force Systems – Coplanar, Collinear, Concurrent and Parallel – Free
body diagrams – Resolution of forces – Moment of a Force – Varignon’s Theorem – Couple
– Resolution of a force into force couple system – Conditions of static equilibrium of Rigid
bodies – Solutions of problems using scalar approach
Force Systems in Space – Introduction to Vector approach – Elements of Vector algebra –
Position vector – Moment of a Force about a Point and Axis – Resultant of Forces –
Equilibrium of forces in space using vector approach
Module II (23 hrs)

Principle of Virtual work – Elementary treatment only – application of virtual work in beams,
ladders
Centroid of Lines, Areas and Volumes – Pappus Guldinus Theorems
Moment of Inertia of laminas – Transfer theorems – radius of Gyration – problems
Centre of Gravity – Mass moment of Inertia of circular and rectangular plates – solid
rectangular prisms – Cylinders – Cones
Module III (23 hrs)

Friction – Laws of friction – Contact friction problems – ladder friction – Wedge friction –
Screw friction.
Introduction to Structural Mechanics – Types of Supports, loads, frames – Static
Indeterminacy – Support reactions of beams – Analysis of perfect trusses by method of joints,
method of sections.
Module IV (28hrs)
Kinematics – Rectilinear motion of a particle under Variable Acceleration
Relative Velocity - problems
Circular motion with Uniform and Variable Acceleration – Relations between Angular and
Rectilinear motion – Normal and Tangential accelerations
Combined motion of Rotation and Translation – Instantaneous centre of zero velocity –
Wheels rolling without slipping
Introduction to Mechanical Vibrations – Free vibrations – Simple Harmonic motion
Module IV (23 hrs)

Kinetics of particles – Newton’s laws of Motion of Translation – D’Alembert’s Principle –
Motion of connected bodies – Work Energy Principle – Principle of Momentum and Impulse
– Collision of Elastic bodies
Newton’s laws of Rotational motion – Angular Impulse and Torque – Conservation of
Angular Momentum – Centrifugal and Centripetal forces – Applications – Work done and
Power by Torque and Couple.
M.G. University
References:
1. Engineering Mechanics – S. Timoshenko, D.H. Young – Mc Graw Hill International

Edition
2. Engineering Mechanics – Statics and Dynamics – Irving H Shames, G Krishna
Mohana Rao – Pearson Edutcation
3. S. Rajasekararn & G.Sankarasubramanian, Engineering Mechanics, Vikas Publishing
Co.
4. Engineering Mechanics – Prof.J.Benjamin
5. Engineering Mechanics – G.S. Sawheney PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi
6. Engineering Mechanics – K. L. Kumar, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi
M.G. University
EN010 105: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

I hour lecture and 3 hour drawing per week
Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering with fundamental knowledge of
engineering drawing
• To impart drawing skills to students
MODULE 1 (24 hours)

Introduction to Engineering Graphics: Drawing instruments and their uses-familiarization
with current BIS code of practice for general engineering drawing.
Scales-Plain scales-Diagonal Scales-Forward and Backward Vernier Scales.
Conic Sections:-Construction of conics when eccentricity and distance from directrix are
given .Construction of ellipse (1) given major axis and foci (2) given major axis and
minor axis (3)given a pair of conjugate diameters (4) by the four centre method.
Construction of parabola given the axis and base. Construction of hyperbola-(1) given the
asymptotes and a point on the curve. (2) Given ordinate, abscissa and transverse axis.
Construction of rectangular hyperbola. Construction of tangents and normals at points on
these curves.
Miscellaneous curves:-Cycloids, Inferior and superior Trochoids-Epicycloid-
Hypocycloid-Involute of circle and plain figures-Archimedian Spiral and Logarithmic
Spiral- Tangents and normals at points on these curves.
MODULE 2 (24 hours)
Orthographic projections of points and lines:-Projections of points in different quadrants-
Projections of straight lines parallel to one plane and inclined to the other plane-straight
lines inclined to both the planes-true length and inclination of lines with reference planes
using line rotation and plane rotation methods – Traces of lines.
Orthographic projections of planes-Polygonal surfaces and circular lamina.
MODULE 3 (24 hours)
Orthographic projections of solids:-Projections of prisms , cones ,cylinders ,pyramids
,tetrahedron ,octahedron and spheres with axis parallel to one plane and parallel or
perpendicular to the other plane-the above solids with their axes parallel to one plane and
inclined to the other plane –axis inclined to both the reference planes-use change of
position method OR auxiliary method.
Sections of solids:-Sections of prisms ,cones , cylinders ,pyramids ,tetrahedron and
octahedron with axis parallel to one plane and parallel or perpendicular or inclined to the
other plane with section planes perpendicular to one plane and parallel , perpendicular or
inclined to the other plane –True shapes of sections.
MODULE 4 (24 hours)
Developments of surfaces of (1)simple solids like prisms ,pyramids , cylinder and cone
(2) sectioned regular solids (3)above solids with circular or square holes with their axes
intersecting at right angles.-Developments of funnels and pipe elbows.
Isometric Projections:-Isometric Scales-Isometric views and projections of plane
figures,simple&truncated solids such as prisms, pyramids, cylinder, cone, sphere,
hemisphere and their combinations with axis parallel to one the planes and parallel or
perpendicular to the other plane.
M.G. University
MODULE 5 (24 hours)

Perspective projections:-Perspective projections of prisms,pyramids,cylinder and cone
with axis parallel to one plane and parallel or perpendicular or inclined to the other plane
by visual ray method OR vanishing point method
Intersection of surfaces:-Intersection of prism in prism &cylinder in cylinder-Axis at
right angles only.
REFERENCES
1. Engineering Graphics-Unique Methods easy solutions-K.N Anilkumar
2. Engineering Graphics-P I Varghese.
3. Engineering Drawing-N D Bhatt
4. Engineering Graphics-P S Gill
5. Engineering Graphics-T S Jeyapoovan.
M.G.University
EN010 106: BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING

Teaching scheme: Credits: 4

Objective:
To familiarize all engineering students with the basic concepts of civil engineering so
that they can perform better in this great profession “Engineering”.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Introduction to civil engineering : various fields of civil engineering- Engineering
materials: Cement – Bogues compounds, manufacture of Portland cement-wet and dry
process, grades of cement, types of cement and its uses – steel– types of steel for
reinforcement bars ,structural steel sections,built-up sections,light gauge sections.
Aggregates: Fine aggregate:- pitsand, riversand, M- sand--Coarse aggregate: natural and
artificial , requirements of good aggregates. Timber: varieties found in Kerala –
seasoning and preservation. Bricks: classification, requirements, tests on bricks.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Cement mortar- preparation and its uses– concrete –ingredients, grades of concrete –
water cement ratio, workability, curing, ready mix concrete. Roofs - roofing materials -A.
C, aluminium, GI, fibre, tile, reinforced concrete (brief description only)- reinforcement
details of a one way slab, two way slab and simply supported beams.
Module 3 (12 hours)

Building Components: Foundation: Bearing capacity and settlement - definitions only-
footings- isolated footing , combined footing - rafts, piles and well foundation , machine
foundation (Brief description only).
Superstructure: Walls - brick masonry – types of bonds , English bond for one brick -
stone masonry-Random Rubble masonry.
Module 4 (12 hours)

Surveying: Classification –principles of surveying- chain triangulation- instruments used,
field work – bearing of survey lines –WCB and reduced bearing -Leveling: field work -
reduction of levels - height of instrument method.
Introduction to total station- basic principles of remote sensing, GPS and GIS.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Site plan preparation for buildings (Sketch only) – Kerala Municipal Building Rules
(1999)-general provisions regarding site and building requirements – coverage and floor
area ratio – basic concepts of “intelligent buildings” and “green buildings”- disposal of
domestic waste water through septic tank and soak pit. Classification of roads- basics of
traffic engineering – road markings , signs, signals and islands, road safety-accidents,
causes and remedies– (brief description only)
M.G.University
Internal Continuous Assessment (Maximum Marks-50)

60% - Tests (minimum 2)
20% - Assignments (minimum 2) such as home work, problem solving, group
discussions, quiz, literature survey, seminar, term-project, software exercises, etc.
20% - Regularity in the class
References
1. Jha and Sinha, Construction and foundation Engineering, Khanna Publishers

2. Punmia B. C., Surveying Vol –I, Laxmi Publications
3. Rangwala, Building Materials, Charotar Book stall
4. K. Khanna ,C. E. G. Justo., Highway Engineering, Khanna Publishers
5. Nevile., Properties of Concrete, Mc Graw Hill
6. B C Punmia.,Basic Civil Engineering, Khanna Publishers
7. Kerala Municipal Building Rules – 1999
M G University
EN010 107 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Teaching scheme Credits- 4
1hour lecture and1hour tutorial per week
Objective
To impart basic knowledge in mechanical engineering
Module 1(12 hours)
Thermodynamics: Basic concepts and definitions, Gas laws, specific heat –Universal gas
constant- Isothermal, adiabatic and polytrophic processes, work done, heat transferred,
internal energy and entropy - Cycles: Carnot, Otto and Diesel- Air standard efficiency.
Basic laws of heat transfer (Fourier’s law of heat conduction, Newton’s law of cooling
Steffen Boltzmann’s law)
Module 2 (12 hours)
I.C. Engines: Classification of I.C Engines, Different parts of I.C engines, Working of two
stroke and four stroke engines-petrol and diesel engines-air intake system, exhaust system,
fuel supply system, ignition system, lubrication system, cooling system and engine starting
system-Performance of I.C. engines, advantage of MPFI and CRDI over conventional
system.
Refrigeration: Unit of refrigeration, COP, Block diagram and general descriptions of air
refrigeration system, vapour compression and vapour absorption systems- Required
properties of a refrigerant, important refrigerants– Domestic refrigerator- Ice plant.
Air conditioning system: Concept of Air conditioning, psychometry, psychometric properties,
psychometric chart, psychometric processes, human comfort– winter and summer air
conditioning systems (general description), air conditioning application.
Module 3 (12 hours)
Power transmission elements: Belt Drive - velocity ratio of belt drive, length of belt, slip in
belt- simple problems– Power transmitted– Ratio of tensions– Centrifugal tension Initial
tension– Rope drive, chain drive and gear drive-Types of gear trains (simple descriptions
only)
Module 4 (12 hours)
Power plants: General layout of hydraulic, diesel, thermal and nuclear power plants-
nonconventional energy sources (general description only).
Hydraulic turbines and pumps : Classifications of hydraulic turbines –types of hydraulic
turbines –runaway speed, specific speed, draft tube, cavitations, selection of hydraulic
turbines .Classification of pumps– positive displacement and rotodynamic pumps (description
only)- applications
Steam turbines: Classification of steam turbines, description of common types of steam
turbines: Impulse and reaction, compounding methods.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Simple description of general purpose machines like lathe, shaping machines, drilling
machines, grinding machines and milling machines, Basic concepts of CNC, DNC, CIM and
CAD/CAM
Manufacturing Processes: Moulding and casting, forging, rolling, welding- arc welding-gas
welding (fundamentals and simple descriptions only)
M G University
Internal continues assessment ( Maximum Marks –50)

60% Test (minimum2)
20% Assignments (minimum 2) such as home work, quiz, seminar.
20% regulatory in class
Text book
1 P.L. Bellany, Thermal Engineering, Khnna Publishes
2 Benjamin J., Basic Mechanical Engineering, Pentx
Reference Books
1 R.C.Patal, Elements of heat engines, Acharya Publishers -
2 G.R Nagapal, Power plant engineering, Khnna publishes
3 P.K.Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill
4 Dr.P.R Modi &Dr.M.S. Seth, Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulic
Machines, Standard Book House
M.G. University
EN010 108: Basic Electrical Engineering


I hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week
Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering with an overview of all the fields of
electrical engineering
• To prepare students for learning advanced topics in electrical engineering
Module I (10 hours)

Kirchhoff’s Laws – Formation of network equations by mesh current method – Matrix representation
– Solution of network equations by matrix method – Star delta conversion.
Magnetic circuits – mmf, field strength, flux density, reluctance, permeability – comparison of
electric and magnetic circuits – force on current carrying conductor in magnetic filed.
Module II (12 hours)

Electromagnetic Induction – Faraday’s laws – lenz’s law – statically and dynamically induced emf –
self and mutual inductance – coupling coefficient.
Alternating current fundamentals – generation of AC –frequency, period, average and r m s value,
form factor, peak factor, phasor representation – j operator – power and power factor – solution of
RLC series and parallel circuits.
Module III (13 hours)

DC machine – principle of operation of DC generator – constructional details – e m f equation –
types of generators.
DC motor – principle of operation of DC motor – back emf – need for starter – losses and efficiency
– types of motors – applications – simple problems.
Transformer – principle of operation – e m f equation Constructional details of single phase and
three phase transformer – losses and efficiency – application of power transformer, distribution
transformer, current transformer and potential transformer.
Module IV (13 hours)

Three phase system – generation of three phase voltage – star and delta system – relation between
line and phase voltages and currents – phasor representation of three phase system - balanced delta
connected system – three wire and four wire system – simple problems. Three phase power
measurement – Single wattmeter, two wattmeter and three wattmeter methods.
Induction motors – principle of operation of three phase induction motors – applications of cage and
slip ring induction motor – single phase induction motors – capacitor start / run, shaded pole –
universal motors - Applications.
Synchronous generator (Alternator) – principles of operation and types.
Module V (12 hours)

Generation of electric power – types of generation – hydroelectric, thermal and nuclear (Block
schematic and layout only) - Non conventional energy sources – solar, wind, tidal, wave and
geothermal.
Transmission – need for high voltage transmission – Transmission voltage – Distribution –
Underground versus overhead – Feeder – Distributor – Service mains – conductor materials – one
line diagram of typical power system.
M.G. University
Requirements of good lighting system – working principle of incandescent lamp, Fluorescent lamp
and mercury vapour lamp-energy efficient lamps (CFL,LED lights) – need for energy management
and power quality – home energy management.
Text Books
1. D.P. Kothari & I.J. Nagrath – Basic Electrical Engineering – Tata McGraw Hill
2. D.C. Kulshreshta – Basic Electrical Engineering - Tata McGraw Hill
3. Hughes – Electrical and Electronic Technology – Pearson Education
Reference Books
1. R.V. Srinivasa Murthy – Basic Electrical Engineering – Sunguine Technical
2. J.B.Gupta – Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering & Electronics – S.K.Kataria
3. V.K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta – Basic Electrical Engineering – S.Chand.
4. Bureau of Engineering Efficiency – Guide book for national certification examination for
energy managers and auditors.
5. Rajendra Prasad – Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Prentice Hall India.
6. Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar & Chackrabarty – A text book on power system engineering –
Dhanapt Rai
7. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals – Vincent Del Toro, Pearson Education.
M.G. University
EN010 109: Basic Electronics Engineering and Information Technology

Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering with an overview of all the fields of electronics
engineering and information technology
MODULE 1 (18 hours): Basic Circuit Components: Diode: Germanium, Silicon, Zener,
LEDs (working principle only). Forward and reverse characteristics. [2hr.] Rectifiers: Half
wave, fullwave , Bridge circuits, DC Power supply: Capacitor filter, Zener regulator. [3hrs.]
Transistors :Different configurations - CE characteristics-β and ∝, concept of Amplifiers:
Common emitter RC coupled amplifier, Frequency response, Bandwidth.(No analysis
required)
Comparison of BJT,FET,MOSFET, IGBT. [2hr.]. Integrated circuits: Advantages,
classification of Linear and Digital ICs. Basics of Op-amps, inverting and non-inverting
amplifiers.Family of IC’s(Function diagram of 7400 & CD4011) [4hrs.] .Specifications of TTL
and CMOS.[] –Comparison.
MODULE 2 (18 hours): Basic communication Engineering:Communication: Frequency

bands: RF, VHF, UHF, x, ku, ka, c. Modulation – need for modulation, basic principles of
amplitude, frequency and pulse modulation. [6hrs.]. Block schematic of AM transmitter ,
Super-hetrodyne receiver, FM receiver.-function of each block.[3hrs.] .Wireless
communication: Satellite Communication-Earth station, transponder and receiver.Mobile
Communication: GSM-BSC, Cell structure, frequency re-use, hands-of, establishing a call.
MODULE 3 (18 hours):Basic instrumentation and Consumer electronics: Electronic
instrumentation: Transducers: Basic principles of Strain guage, LVDT, Thermistor,
Photodiode, Typical moving coil microphones and Loud speaker.Block diagram of Digital
Multimeter .[8hrs].CONSUMER ELECTRONICS: Basic principles of TV –Interlaced
Scanning-Block Diagram of PAL TV receiver(color).Basic principles of DTH, brief
descriptions of MP3,multichannel audio 5.1,7.1.
MODULE 4 (18 hours):Introduction: Definition and Scope of IT-Digital Computer, Von

Neumann Architecture-Basic Operational Concepts-CPU-single Bus and Multi Bus
Organization, A typical Instruction set, Execution of Instructions. Memory and I/O-Main
Memory, Virtual Memory-Cache memory-Secondary Memories-Printers, Plotters, Displays
,Key board, Mouse, OMR and OCR-Device Interface-I/O Processor-I/O Channel
MODULE 5 (18 hours) :Computer software-System Software and Application Software-

Machine Language-Assembly Language-High Level Language-Language Translators-
Operating System, Procedural Programming and Object Oriented Programming.Computer
M.G. University
Networks-Concepts of Networking-Network Topologies-WAN-LAN-MAN, Protocol-

Internet-working concept, Internet Architecture, IP addresses, Routing, Domain Name
System(Basic concepts only)
References
1.Basic Electronics – Devices, Circuits and IT fundamentals.Santiram Kal,PHI( Module 1to 5)

2. Basic Electronics: Bernad Grob, Mc Graw Hill Publication(Module 1)
3. Electronic Devices: Floyd, Pearson Education (Module 1)
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits: J.B. Gupta,S.K.Kataria & Sons (Module 1 , 2,3)
5. Digital Principles: Malvino & Leach, Mc Graw Hill Publication(Module 1)
6. Electronic Instrumentation: H.S Kalsi, Mc Graw Hill Publication(Module 2)
7. Communication Systems: Sanjay Sharma, S.K.Kataria & Sons (Module 2)
8. Satellite Comunication : Robert M.Gagliardi,CBS Publishers & Distributors.(Module 2)
9.Basic Radio and TV; S.P. Sharma,Tata McGrawhill(Module 2 &3)
10.Wireless Communication; T.S. Rappaport, Pearson(Module 3)
11.Computer Organization, Hamacher, Vranesic and Zaky, Mc Graw Hill (Module 4)
12.Systems Programming, JJ Donovan ,Mc Graw Hill (Module 5)
13.Computer Networks,Andrew.S Tanenbaum,Pearson Education(Module 5)
M G University
EN010 110: Mechanical Workshop

Teaching scheme Credits: 1
3 hours practical per week
Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering in house experience of basic
mechanical instruments and activities
Carpentry Planing – cutting – chiselling, marking – sawing – cross and tee joints –
dovetail joints – engineering application, Seasoning, Preservation –
Plywood and ply boards.
Fitting Practice in chipping – filing – cutting – male and female joints.
Smithy Forging of square and hexagonal prism. Study of forging principles,

materials and operations.
Foundry Preparation of simple sand moulds – moulding sand characteristics,

materials, gate, runner, riser, core, chaplets and casting defects.
Demonstration and study of machine tools – lathe, drilling, boring, slotting, shaping, milling
and grinding machines, CNC machines and machining centers.
Demonstration and study of arc and gas welding techniques.

M G University
EN010 111: Electrical and Civil Workshops


3 hours practical per 2 weeks for each
Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering in house experience of basic
electrical and civil instruments and activities
Electrical Workshop
1. Wiring and estimation of one lamp and one plug, Control of two lamps in series and in
parallel.
2. Staircase wiring.
3. Godown wiring.
4. Insulation megger - earth megger , measurement of insulation resistance and earth

resistance .Study of volt meter, ammeter , watt meter and energy meter.
5. Working principle and wiring of Fluorescent , CFL and Mercury vapour lamp .
6. Study and wiring of distribution board including power plug using isolator, MCB and
ELCB – Estimation of a typical 1BHK house wiring system.
7. Familiarization , soldering, testing and observing the wave forms on a CRO of a HW and
FW Uncontrolled Rectifier (using diodes) with capacitor filter.
8. Observing the wave forms on a CRO of Experiment 7 without capacitor filter and find
the average and RMS value of the voltage waveform.
9. Visit your college substation and familiarize the supply system, Transformer, HT Panel
and Distribution etc.
Civil Workshop
Masonry : English bond – Flemish bond – wall junction – one brick – one and a half brick –
two brick and two and a half brick – Arch setting.
Plumbing: Study of water supply and sanitary fittings – water supply pipe fitting – tap
connections – sanitary fittings – urinal, wash basin – closet (European and
Indian), Manholes.
Surveying: Study of surveying instruments – chain – compass – plane table – levelling –

minor instruments. Demonstration of Theodolite and Total Station.
Familiarization of latest building materials : Flooring materials – Roofing materials –

Paneling boards.
Civil Engineering (CE)
EN010301A ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II
(Common to all branches except CS & IT)

2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week
Objectives
• To apply standard methods and basic numerical techniques for solving problems and to
know the importance of learning theories in Mathematics.
MODULE 1 Vector differential calculus ( 12 hours)
Scalar and vector fields – gradient-physical meaning- directional derivative-divergence an

curl - physical meaning-scalar potential conservative field- identities - simple problems
MODULE 2 Vector integral calculus ( 12 hours)
Line integral - work done by a force along a path-surface and volume integral-application
of Greens theorem, Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem
MODULE 3 Finite differences ( 12 hours)
Finite difference operators and - interpolation using Newtons forward and

backward formula – problems using Stirlings formula, Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided
difference formula
MODULE 4 Difference Calculus ( 12 hours)
Numerical differentiation using Newtons forward and backward formula – Numerical

integration – Newton’s – cotes formula – Trapezoidal rule – Simpsons 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – Difference
equations – solution of difference equation
MODULE 5 Z transforms ( 12 hours)
Definition of Z transforms – transform of polynomial function and trignometric

functions – shifting property , convolution property - inverse transformation – solution of 1st and 2nd
order difference equations with constant coifficients using Z transforms.
Reference
1. Erwin Kreyszing – Advance Engg. Mathematics – Wiley Eastern Ltd.

2. B.S. Grewal – Higher Engg. Mathematics - Khanna Publishers
3. B.V. Ramana - Higher Engg. Mathematics – McGraw Hill
4. K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National publishing co
5. S.S Sastry - Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis -PHI
6. T.Veerarajan and T.Ramachandran- Numerical Methods- McGraw Hill
7. Babu Ram – Engg. Mathematics -Pearson.
8. H.C.Taneja Advanced Engg. Mathematics Vol I – I.K.International
EN010 302 Economics and Communication Skills
Teaching scheme
2hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week Credits: 4(3+1)
Objectives
• To impart a sound knowledge of the fundamentals of Economics.
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Reserve Bank of India-functions-credit control-quantitative and qualitative techniques
Commercial banks-functions- Role of Small Industries Development Bank of India and
National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development
The stock market-functions-problems faced by the stock market in India-mutual funds
Module II (6 hours)
Multinational corporations in India-impact of MNC’s in the Indian economy
Globalisation-necessity-consequences
Privatisation-reasons-disinvestment of public sector undertakings
The information technology industry in India-future prospects
Direct and indirect taxes- impact and incidence- merits of direct and indirect taxes-
progressive and regressive taxes-canons of taxation-functions of tax system-
tax evasion-reasons for tax evasion in India-consequences-steps to control tax evasion
Deficit financing-role-problems associated with deficit financing
Module IV (5 hours)
National income-concepts-GNP, NNP, NI, PI and DPI-methods of estimating national
income-difficulties in estimating national income
Inflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of inflation-government measures to control
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
International trade-case for free trade-case for protectionism
Balance of payments-causes of disequilibrium in India’s BOP-General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade-effect of TRIPS and TRIMS in the Indian economy-impact of WTO
decisions on Indian industry
Text Books
1. Ruddar Datt, Indian Economy, S.Chand and Company Ltd.
2. K.K.Dewett, Modern Economic Theory, S.Chand and Company Ltd.
References
1. Paul Samuelson, Economics, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Terence Byres, The Indian Economy, Oxford University Press
3. S.K.Ray, The Indian economy, Prentice Hall of India
4. Campbell McConnel, Economics, Tata McGraw Hill
Communication Skills
Objectives
• To improve Language Proficiency of the Engineering students
• To enable them to express themselves fluently and appropriately in social
and professional contexts
• To equip them with the components of different forms of writing
MODULE – 1 (15 hours)

INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION
Communication nature and process, Types of communication - Verbal and Non verbal,
Communication Flow-Upward, Downward and Horizontal, Importance of
communication skills in society, Listening skills, Reading comprehension, Presentation
Techniques, Group Discussion, Interview skills, Soft skills
MODULE – II (15 hours)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION
Technical writing skills- Vocabulary enhancement-synonyms, Word Formation-suffix,
affix, prefix, Business letters, Emails, Job Application, Curriculum Vitae, Report writing-
Types of reports
Note: No university examination for communication skills. There will be internal

evaluation for 1 credit.
REFERENCES
1. The functional aspects of communication skills, P.Prasad and Rajendra K.
Sharma, S.K. Kataria and sons, 2007
2. Communication skills for Engineers and Scientists, Sangeeta Sharma and Binod
Mishra, PHI Learning private limited, 2010
3. Professional Communication, Kumkum Bhardwaj, I.K. International (P) House
limited, 2008
4. English for technical Communication, Aysha Viswamohan, Tata Mc Graw
Publishing company limited, 2008
CE010 303: FLUID MECHANICS

2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week
Objective
• This course gives an introduction to the fundamentals of fluid flow and its
behavior so as to equip the students to learn related subjects and its application
in the day to day life in a very effective manner.
Module 1(12hours)
Properties of fluids: Definition and Units- Mass density, Specific weight,
Viscosity – Classification of fluids – Ideal and real fluids, Newtonian and non –
Newtonian fluids.
Fluid pressure – Atmospheric, Absolute, Gauge and Vacuum pressure,
Measurement of pressure – Piezometer, manometer, mechanical gauges.
Total pressure and centre of pressure on a submerged lamina, pressure on a
submerged curved surface – pressure on lock gates, pressure on gravity dams.
Module 2(12hours)
Buoyancy – Centre of buoyancy – Metacentre – Stability of floating and
submerged bodies – Determination of metacentric height – Analytical &
experimental methods.
Kinematics of fluids : Methods of describing fluid motion:Legrangian& Eulerian
methods-Types of flow – Streamline, Path line and Streak line, Velocity potential
function, Stream function, Circulation and Vorticity, Laplace’s Differential
equation in rectangular co-ordinates for two dimensional irrotational flow.
Flow Net – Orthogonality of stream lines and equipotential lines.
Stream tube – continuity equation for one dimensional flow.
Module 3(12hours)
Forces influencing motion – Energy of fluids, Euler’s equation, statement and

derivation of Bernoulli’s equation and assumptions made.
Applications of Bernoulli’s equation – Venturi meter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube.
Orifices and Mouth Pieces – Different types of orifices,flow over a sharp edged
orifice- flow through large rectangular orifice- flow through submerged orifice-
Hydraulic Coefficients-External and internal mouthpiece.
Notches and weirs – Rectangular, triangular, trapezoidal notches, Cippoletti
weir, submerged weir, broad crested weir.
Module 4(12hours)
Flow through pipes: Two types of flow-Laminar and Turbulent flow –

Reynold’s experiment, loss of head due to friction, Darcy – Weisbach equation,
Other energy losses in pipes.
Hydraulic Gradient and Total Energy Lines: Flow through long pipes – Pipes
in series and parallel, Siphon, Transmission of power through pipes –nozzle
diameter for maximum power transmission.
Laminar Flow in circular pipes: Hagen poiseuille equation.
Turbulent flow through pipes:Establishment of flow in pipes-hydro-
dynamically smooth and rough boundary, Velocity distribution for turbulent flow
in pipes.
Drag and lift for immersed bodies:
Module 5(12hours)
Dimensional Analysis and Model studies: Units and dimensions of physical

quantities, Dimensional Homogeneity of formulae and its application to common
fluid flow problems, Dimensional Analysis-Rayleigh’s method, Buckingham’s
method. Derivations of dimensionless parameters, Froude’s, Reynold’s, Webber,
Mach numbers.
Hydraulic Models: Need, Hydraulic Similitude, Geometric, Kinematic, Dynamic
similarity, Scale ratios of various physical quantities for Froude’s and Reynold’s
model laws – problems, Types of models-Undistorted and Distorted models,
Scale effects in models, Spillway models and Ship models.
References
1. Streeter V. L., Fluid Mechanics, Mc Graw Hill, International Students Edition.

2. Dr. P. N. Modi & Dr. S. M. Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, Standard
Book House Delhi.
3. Jagdishlal, Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics, Metropolitan Book Co., Delhi.
4. R. J. Garde and A. G. Mirajoaker, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Nem Chand &
Bross., Roorkee.
5. Dr.D S Kumar,S K. “Fluid Mechanics and Fluid power Engineering”,
Kataria& Sons,NewDelhi
6. Dr. R.K Bansal,A Text book of Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machines,
Laxmi Publications
7. Douglas,”Fluid mechanics” 4/e Pearson Education.
8. K Subramanya, Fluid Mechanics&Hydraulic Machines, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
Education Private Limited NewDelhi
9. S Ramamrutham”Hydraulics Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines”,
Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company.
CE010 304: MECHANICS OF SOLIDS I
Objective
• To understand the strength characteristics of various structural members subjected to
axial, bending, shearing and torsional loads
Module 1(12hours)
Simple stresses and strains: Elastic constants – relation between them – Bars of varying
cross section - Deformation due to self weight – Bars of uniform strength - Temperature
stresses – Composite members – equilibrium & compatibility conditions.
Compound stresses: Two dimensional problems-normal & tangential stresses on an
inclined plane - principal stresses and planes-maximum shear stresses & planes –
Analytical &Mohr’s circle methods.
Module 2(10hours)
Bending moment and shear force: Types of supports, beams &loads - Shear force and
Bending moment diagrams for various types of statically determinate beams with various
load combinations – relation between load, shear force and bending moment.
Module 3(12hours)
Stresses in beams: Theory of simple bending- modulus of section – bending stress &
strain distribution for cross-sections symmetrical about Y-Y axis - built up sections -
Composite sections Beams of uniform strength.
Shear stresses in beams: shear stress distribution in cross-sections symmetrical about Y-Y
axis.
Module 4(14hours)
Stresses due to torsion: Torsion of solid and hollow circular shafts- power
transmitted - stresses due to axial thrust, bending and torsion.
Shear centre- shear flow (basic concepts only)
Springs: Close coiled and open coiled
Module 5(12hours)
Columns and struts: Short and long columns-Elastic instability-Euler’s formula for
long columns with various end conditions – effective length - slenderness ratio-
limitations - Rankine’s formula
Combined bending and direct stresses in short columns
Pressure vessels: Thin and thick cylinders-Lame’s equation (derivation not required)-
stresses in thick cylinders due to internal pressure.
References
1. Timoshenko.S.P, Strength of Materials, Part-1, D. Van Nostrand company,

Inc. Newyork.
2. Nag&Chanda, Fundamentals of Strength of Materials, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Bansal R.K., Strength of Materials, Lakshmi Publications, New Delhi.
4. Bhavikatti S.S , Strength of Materials, Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.

5. Sadhu Singh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers
6. D.S. Prakash Rao, Strength of Materials, Vol. I, University Press (India) Ltd.
7. Popov E.P., Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
8. Punmia B.C, Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures, Vol.1, Lakshmi
Publications, New Delhi.
9. Vazirani V.N., Ratwani N. M., Analysis of Structures, Vol.1, Khanna Publishers,
New Delhi.
10. Kazimi S.M.A., Solid Mechanics, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
11.Singh, Mechanics of Solids, , Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
12. Arthur Morley, Strength of Materials, ELBS, Longman’ s Green& Company.
13.T.S.Thandavamoorthy,Analysis of Structures Strength and Behaviour,Oxford
University Press,Chennai.
CE010 305 SURVEYING – I
Teaching Scheme Credits : 4

3 hour lecture and 1hour tutorial per week
Objective
To ensure that the student develops knowledge of the basic and conventional surveying
instruments, principles behind them, working of the instruments, plotting of the area from the
field measurements, determination of the area and the theory behind curves.
Module 1 (12hours)
Compass surveying – Prismatic compass – surveyor’s compass – bearings – systems
and conversions – local attraction – Magnetic declination – dip – traversing –latitude
and departure - omitted measurements – errors in compass surveying
Plane table surveying – Accessories - Different methods – radiation, intersection,
resection and traversing – two and three point problems and their solutions –
advantages and disadvantages - errors
Module 2 (12hours)
Levelling: levels and staves – spirit levelling – bench marks – temporary and
permanent adjustments – booking - methods of reduction of levels – arithmetic
checks-differential, fly, check and profile leveling - cross sectioning – curvature and
refraction – difficulties in leveling - reciprocal levelling – errors in leveling –
sensitiveness of bubble tube.
Contouring – characteristics and uses of contours – Locating contours- plotting.
Module 3 (13hours)
Theodolite Surveying: Transit theodolite – vernier, micrometer and micro-optic
theodolites – description and uses – fundamental lines of a transit theodolite –
temporary and permanent adjustments – horizontal angle – reiteration and repetition
methods– booking. Vertical angle measurements.
Traversing: Methods of traversing – loose needle and fast needle methods - plotting
– closing error - adjustment of closing error by graphical and analytical methods –
Bowditch’s rule-conditions of closure – closing error and distribution – Gales traverse
table.
Tacheometric surveying: - General principles Stadia method – distance and
elevation formulae for staff held vertical – Instruments constants – analytic lens –
tangential method – use of subtense bar.
Module 4 (10hours)
Areas and volumes Areas – by latitude and departure - meridian distance method –
double meridian distance method – co-ordinate method – trapezoidal and Simpson’s
method – area by planimeter. Volume – trapezoidal and prismoidal rule. Volume from
contours. - Capacity of reservoirs – Mass haul curve.
Module 5 (13hours)
Curves: Elements of a simple curve – setting out simple curve by chain and tape
methods – Rankine’s method – two theodolite method – compound and reverse curve
(parallel tangents only) – transition curves – different kinds – functions and
requirements – setting out the combined curve by theodolite – elements of vertical
curve.
References
1. Dr. B. C. Punmia, Surveying Vol. I & II, Laxmi Publications (P) LTD, New Delhi.
2. T.P. Kanetkar & Kulkarni, Surveying and leveling Vol. I&II A.V.G.Publications,
Pune.
3. S.K. Duggal – Surveying Vol I & II Tata Mc Graw Hill Ltd, 2006.
4. Dr. K. R. Arora, Surveying Vol. I, Standard Book House New Delhi.
5. C. Venkatramaiah, Text Book of Surveying, Universities Press (India) LTD.
Hyderabad.
6. S.K.Roy, Fundamental of Surveying, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
7. S.K. Hussain & M.S. Nagaraj, Surveying, S.Chand & Company Limited.
8. B.N. Basak – Surveying.
9. Alak De, Plane Surveying, S.Chand &Co.
CE010 306 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY

Objectives
To make the students familiar with physical and structural geology as well as the basics of
mineralogy and petrology which help them to plan accordingly for the construction of Civil
engineering structures.
Module 1 ( 10Hrs)
Introduction: Various branches of geology - Relevance of Geology in Engineering.
Geologic time scale.
Physical Geology: Geomorphic processes-Rock weathering-Formation of soils, soil
profiles-soils of India – Geologic work and engineering significance of rivers
and oceans.
Module 2( 10Hrs)
Dynamic Geology: Interior constitution of the earth-Various methods to study the
interior-crust, mantle, core-lithosphere-asthenosphere-major discontinuities-
Moho, Guttenberg, Lehmann- composition of different layers-sima & sial.
Plate tectonics: Lithospheric plates-diverging, converging and transform
boundaries-their characteristic features-midoceanic ridge, benioff zone and
transform faults-significance of plate tectonic concept.
Earthquake: Elastic rebound theory-types of seismic waves-cause of earthquake
intensity and magnitude of earthquake-Locating epicentre and hypocenter-effect
of earthquake-distribution of earthquake-earthquake resistant structures.
Module 3( 14Hrs)
Mineralogy: Definition and classification-important physical properties of
minerals-colour, streak, lusture, transperancy, cleavage, fracture, hardness, form,
specific gravity and magnetism. Study of the diagnostic physical properties and
chemical composition of the following rock forming minerals: 1.Quartz,
2.Feldspar, 3.Hypersthene, 4.Auguite, 5. Hornblende, 6. Biotite, 7.Muscovite,
8.Olivine, 9.Garnet, 10.Fluorite, 11.Tourmaline, 12.Calcite, 13.Kyanite, 14.
Kaolin, 15. Serpentine.
Petrology: Definition and classification-important structures and textures of
igneous sedimentary and metamorphic rocks-diagnostic texture, mineralogy,
engineering properties and uses of following rocks:
Igneous rocks: 1. Granite, 2. Syenite, 3. Diorite, 4. Gabbro, 5. Peridotite,
6.Dolerite, 7.Basalt 8.Pegmatite.
Sedimentary rocks: 1. Conglomerate, 2. Breccia, 3. Sandstone, 4. Limestone, 5.
shale.Metamorphic rocks: 1. Gneiss, 2. Schist, 3. Slate, 4. Marble, 5. Quartzite, 6.
Mylonite, 7. Pseudotachyllite.
Special Indian rock types: 1. Charnockite, 2. Khondalite, 3. Laterite.
Module 4( 14Hrs)
Structural Geology: Definition-outcrop-stratification-dip and strike. Folds-definition-
parts of fold-classification-recognition of folds in the field- Faults-definition-
parts of a fault-classification-recognition in the field-effects of faulting
and subsequent erosion on outcrops. Joints-definition-classification.
Unconformites-definition-classification recognition in the field. Effects of all the
above described structures in the major engineering projects like reservoirs, dams,
tunnels and other important structures.
Module 5(12 Hrs)

Engineering Geology: Mass movement of earth materials-Landslides-definition,
classification, causes of land slides and their corrections-Geological
considerations in the selection of sites for reservoirs and dams. Geological
considerations in Tunnel constructions and mountain roads-rocks as building
materials.
Hydrogeology: Groundwater table-abundance and advantages-aquifer-acquiclude-
acquifuge-artesian conditions and artesian wells-cone of depression–
perched water table.
Recommended field work: Field trip to quarries or geologically significant
places to learn - in site character of rocks in quarries/outcrops-measuring strike
and dip of a formation-tracing of outcrops.
References
1. Arthur Holmes, Physical geology, Thomas Nelson.
2. Parbin Singh, Engineering & general geology, K.Katria & sons, New Delhi.
3. HH.Read, Rutleys elements of mineralogy, George Allen & Unwin Ltd, London.
4. G.W.Tyrell, Principles of petrology, B.I. Publications, Bombay.
5. M.P.Billings, Strucutural geology, Aisa publishing house, New Delhi.
6. Krynine&Judd, Engineering geology & geotechniques, Tata McGraw hill, New
Delhi.
7. David Keith Todd, Groundwater hydrology, John Wiley & sons, New York.
CE010 307 MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY - I

Objective:
To study properties of various materials
List of Experiments
1. Tests on springs (open and close coiled)

2. Bending Test on Wooden Beams using U. T. M.
3. Verification of Clerk. Maxwell's Law of reciprocal deflection and
Determination of Youngs modulus’E ‘for steel.
4. Torsion Pendulum (M.S. wires. Aluminum wires and brass wires)
5. Tension test using U. T. M. on M. S. Rod, torsteel and High Tensile steel.
6. Torsion Test on M. S, Road
7. Shear Test on M.S. Rod.
8. Fatigue Test
9. Impact Test (Izod and Charpy)
10. Hardness Test (Brinell, Vicker’s and Rebound)
11. Strut Test.
Note
All tests should be done as per relevant BIS.
References
1. Timoshenko.S.P, Strength of Materials, Part-1, D.Van Nostrand company,
Inc.Newyork.
5. Popov E.P., Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Deihi.
CE010 308 SURVEYING PRACTICAL– I
Teaching Scheme Credits :2

3 hours practical per weak
Objective: To impart training in surveying using Chain, Compass, Plane table ,

Level and theodolite.
List of Exercises
1. Compass Survey- Traversing with compass and plotting

2. Plane table Survey- Solving Two Point Problem
3. Plane table Survey -Solving Three Point Problem
4. Leveling -Fly leveling- plane of collimation method
5. Leveling- Fly leveling- rise and fall method
6. Leveling -Longitudinal and cross sectioning
7. Leveling -Contour surveying
8. Study of Minor instruments: Planimeter, pantagraph, clinometer, hand levels,
Quick setting level, Cylon Ghat Tracer, sextent
9. Theodolite : study of instrument, temporary adjustments, measurement of
horizontal and vertical angles.
10. Theodolite surveying - horizontal angle by repetition & reiteration methods.
11. Heights and distances by solution of triangles
References
1. Dr.B.C.Punmia, Surveying Vol. I & II, Laxmi Publications (P) LTD, New
Delhi.
2. T.P.Kanetkar & Kulkarni, Surveying and leveling Vol. I&II A.V.G.Publications,
Pune.
3. Dr.K.R.Arora, Surveying Vol. I, Standard Book House New Delhi.
4. S. K. Duggal, Surveying Vol I, Mc Graw Hill,
EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III

Objectives: Apply standard methods of mathematical &statistical analysis
Module 1 (12 hours)

Fourier series: Dirichlet conditions – Fourier series with period 2 π and 2l – Half range sine and cosine
series – Harmonic Analysis – r.m.s Value.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Fourier Transform : Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transforms – derivative of
transforms- convolution theorem (no proof) – Parsevals identity.
Module 3 (12 hours)

Partial differential equations : Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions –
solution of Lagrange’s equation – Charpits method –solution of Homogeneous partial differential
equations with constant coefficients.
Module 4 (12 hours)

Probability distribution : Concept of random variable , probability distribution – Bernoulli’s trial –
Discrete distribution – Binomial distribution – its mean and variance- fitting of Binominal distribution –
Poisson distribution as a limiting case of Binominal distribution – its mean and variance – fitting of
Poisson distribution – continuous distribution- Uniform distribution – exponential distribution – its mean
and variance – Normal distribution – Standard normal curve- its properties.
Module 5 (12 hours)

Testing of hypothesis : Populations and Samples – Hypothesis – level of significance – type I and type II
error – Large samples tests – test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportion, single
mean, difference of mean – chi –square test for variance- F test for equality of variances for small
samples.
References
1. Bali& Iyengar – A text books of Engg. Mathematics – Laxmi Publications Ltd.

2. M.K. Venkataraman – Engg. Mathematics vol II 3rd year part A & B – National Publishing
Co.
3. I.N. Sneddon – Elements of partial differential equations – Mc Graw Hill
4. B.V. Ramana – Higher Engg. Mathematics – Mc Graw Hill
5. Richard A Johnson – Miller Fread’s probability & Statistics for Engineers- Pearson/ PHI
6. T. Veerarajan – Engg. Mathematics – Mc Graw Hill
7. G. Haribaskaran – Probability, Queueing theory and reliability Engg. – Laxmi Publications
8. V. Sundarapandian - probability ,Statistics and Queueing theory – PHI
9. H.C.Taneja – Advanced Engg. Mathematics Vol II – I.K.International
10. A.K.Mukhopadhyay-Mathematical Methods For Engineers and Physicists-I.K.International
CE010 402 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT

Objective:
Imparting fundamental knowledge in network scheduling techniques, details of execution
of works, principles of functional planning of buildings, mechanization in construction,
project cost analysis and industrial relations
Module 1 (12 Hours)

Fresh concrete – Workability-factors affecting-measurement of workability-different
tests for workability-segregation-bleeding-process of manufacture of concrete-batching-
mixing-transportation-compaction-curing methods-admixtures in concrete-special
concretes
Joints – Construction joints – expansion joints – contraction joints – sliding joints
– joints in water retaining structures etc.
Scaffolding and Formwork (elementary concepts only).
Flooring – different types – Mosaic – marble – granite – roofing – pitched and
flat roofs – domes and folded plate roofs
Damp prevention – Causes – Material used – Damp proofing of floors – walls –
roofs.
Finished works – plastering, painting – white washing – distempering –
application of Snowcem – Concrete repairs-construction and constructed
facilities.
Module 2 (12 Hours)

Functional planning of buildings – general principles of site plan – principles of
functional planning – orientation of buildings – shading principles.
Modern construction materials – Intelligent buildings – building automation.
Construction management –
Mechanisation in construction – earth moving,handling, pneumatic and hoisting
equipment – pile driving equipment – Earthwork computation – mass diagram – soil
compaction & stabilization – owning and operating works of construction equipment.
Module 3 (12 Hours)

Introduction to job planning and Management: Bar charts and mile stone
charts - work breakdown structure - C P M and PERT networks - Network and
time estimates - Earliest expected time - Forward pass and backward pass - Time
estimates - related problems.
Module 4 (12 Hours)

Project costs analysis: Cost Vs Time curve - optimum duration- related problems
- updating, resource allocation - resource smoothing – resource leveling -
Network compression - Compression limited by crashing - float- parallel critical
paths - crashed critical paths – most economical solution.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Industrial Relations: Payment of wages Act - Minimum wages Act - Employees
State Insurance Act –Workers participation in management – labour welfare and
social security – Industrial safety and welfare provision – role of state in labour
welfare – role of labour welfare officers social security principles and practice.
References
1. M. S. Shetty, Concrete technology, S.Chand & Co.
2. S. P.Arora, Building construction, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi.
3. Dr.Mahesh Varma, Construction Equipment and its Planning and Application,
Metropolitan Book Company.
4. R.L.Peurifoy, W.B.Ledbetter, Construction Planning, Equipment, and methods,
Tata Mc Graw Hill.
5. Chitkara, Construction Project Management Planning scheduling and control Mc
GrawHill
6. B.L.Gupta, Amit Gupta, Construction Management and Accounts, Standard
publishers and Distributors.
7 James.D.Steevens, Techniques for Construction Network Sheduling, McGraw
Hill.
8. S.C.Sharma, Management of Systems, Khanna Publishers.
9. L. S. Srinath, PERT and CPM Principles and Applications, East – West Press.
10. Subir K. Sarkar,Subhajit Sarasswati ,Construction Technolgy, Oxford University
press.
11. A.R. Santhakumar, Concrete Technology, Oxford university Press.
CE010 403: MECHANICS OF SOLIDS- II
Objectives:
• To understand the basic strength and energy theorems of Structural Mechanics and its
applications
• To study deformations of bodies caused by externally applied forces and the internal effects
produced due to moving loads.
.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Deflection of determinate beams: Differential equation of the elastic curve- slope
& deflection of beams by Double integration method (concept only)-Macaulay’s method
- Conjugate beam method
Deflection due to shear (concept only).
Module 2 (12 hours)

Energy Theorems: Strain energy due to axial load( gradual, sudden & impact), bending,
shear and torsion-principle of super position- Betti’ s theorem -Maxwell’ s reciprocal
theorem-principle of virtual work(deformable bodies)-Castigliano’ s first theorem-
deflection of statically determinate beams & pin jointed frames by strain energy, virtual
work and unit load methods
Module 3 (12 hours)

Moving loads and influence lines: effect of moving loads-influence lines for reaction,
shear force and bending moment for determinate beams
Absolute maximum bending moment (basic concept only).
Module 4 (12 hours)

Arches: Theoretical arch-Eddy’ s theorem- analysis of three hinged arches –support
reactions-normal thrust-radial shear
Cables and suspension bridges: General cable theorem-analysis of cables under
concentrated and uniformly distributed loads-anchor cables
Suspension bridges with stiffening girders(basic concepts only).
Module 5 (12 hours)

Theories of Elastic Failure: Maximum principal stress theory-maximum shear stress
theory - maximum principal strain theory – Mohr’s theory. Principle of stationary and
minimum potential energy, Castigliano’s theorems (theory only)
Unsymmetrical bending: Product of inertia-principal axes (basic concepts only)
References:
1.Devdas Menon, Structural Analysis, Vol.1, Narosa, Chennai.
2. Bhavikatti S.S , Structural Analysis Vol. I, Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.
3. Reddy C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.1996.
4. C. K. Wang, Intermediate Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private
Ltd.
5. Smith J.C. Structural Analysis, Macmillian Pub.Co.1985.
6. Rajesekharan &Sankarasubramanian,G., Computational Structural Mechanics,
Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
7. Wang C.K.& Solomon C.G., Introductory Structural Analysis, McGraw
Hill.1968.
8. Sadhu Sindh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers, 1988.
9. Seeli F.B.& Smith J.P., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John Wiley &Sons,
1993.
10. Norris & Wilbur, Elementary Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill.
11. Junarker S.R., Mechanics of Structures, Vol. II, Charorbar Book Stall.
12. Timoshenko S.P, Young D.H., Theory of structures, McGraw Hill
13. Thadani B.N, Desai J.P, Structural mechanics, Weinall Book Corporation.
14. Punmia B.C., Strength of materials and theory of structures, Vol.II, Laxmi
publications.
CE010 404 OPEN CHANNEL FLOW AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES

Objectives:
• The problems that man encountered in the field of water supply, irrigation,
navigation and water power resulted in the development of fluid mechanics
• It enables us to understand the interesting phenomenon in nature and it empowers
us to design and to create variety of fluid flow equipment for the benefit of
mankind
Module 1 (12 Hours)

Flow in open Channel – Types of flow, – Velocity distribution in open channels,
Uniform flow in open channels– Chezy’s , Manning’s and Kutter’s formula, Most
economical cross sections – computation of uniform flow- conveyance - Normal
depth. Energy in open channel flow- specific energy. Momentum in open channel
flow-specific force , Critical flow and its computation-critical flow in rectangular
channels Application of specific energy and discharge diagrams to channel
transitions,
Module 2 (12 Hours)

Measurent of flow in open channels-mean velocity-pitot tube,current meter,floats.
Discharge in flumes and rivers
Gradually varied flow- Dynamic Equation for gradually varied flow- in wide
rectangular channels-different forms of the dynamic equation, channel bottom slopes-
Study of surface profiles and its Characteristics in prismatic channels, backwater
computation by direct step method.
Module 3 (10 Hours)

Rapidly varied flow, hydraulic jump – initial and sequent depths, non-
dimensional equation, Practical application of hydraulic jump, Types of jump in
horizontal floor, Basic characteristics of the jump, Energy loss, efficiency, height
of jump, jump as energy dissipater, stilling basins, Location of hydraulic jump.
Module 4 (14 Hours)

Hydraulic Machines – Impulse momentum principle, Impact of jet, Force of jet
on stationary and moving plates –
Turbines – Classification, velocity triangle for Pelton, Francis, Kaplan turbines,
Specific speed, selection of turbines, draft tube – types,
Module 5 (12 Hours)

Centrifugal Pumps – Types, Velocity triangle for pumps-Work done- Head of
pump, Losses and efficiency, Minimum starting speed, Specific speed, Multistage
pump, Pumps in parallel.
Positive displacement pumps – working principle, types of reciprocating pumps,
work done- effect of acceleration and frictional resistance, slip and coefficient of
discharge. Indicator diagram, separation in suction and delivery pipes. Air vessel
– rate of flow into and from air vessel.
References
1. Ven Te Chow, Open Channel Hydraulics, Mc Graw Hill Ltd.

2. K. Subrahmanya, Flow in open channel vol.1, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
3. Dr. P. N. Modi & Dr. S. M. Seth, Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics, Standard Book
House, Delhi.
4. Jagadheesh Lal, Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitian Book Co., New Delhi.
5. Dr. R.K Bansal,A Text book of Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic
machines,Laxmi Publications
6. K.G Rangaraju, Flow through openchannel Tata Mc Graw Hill
7 . Shivkumar, “Fluid Mechanics& Fluid Machines Basic concepts& Principles;
Ane Books Pvt. Ltd
CE010 405 SURVEYING - II
Teaching Scheme Credits : 4
3 hour lecture and 1hour tutorial per week
Objective
To impart knowledge in triangulation, aerial photogrammetry and modern Electro
Magnetic Distance Measurement instruments.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Triangulation: triangulation figures – classification of triangulation systems –
selection of triangulation stations – intervisibility and heights of stations – station
marks – signals and towers – base line – choice – measurement of base lines –
instrument- extension of base- satellite stations – need, reduction to centre.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Theory of errors and triangulation Adjustments: Kinds of error – laws of weights
– principles of least squares – determination of most probable value of quantities –
probable error – distribution of error to the field measurements – normal equation –
Method of correlatives – Adjustment of simple triangulation figures.
Module 3 (10 hours)

Hydrographic surveying –Equipment – Methods of locating soundings – reduction
and plotting of soundings – use of sextants and station pointer.
Electro Magnetic Distance Measurement (EDM): - Principle of EDM – Types of

EDM instruments – Distomat – Total Station – principles – procedure and surveying
using Total Station – data retrieval and processing.
Module 4 (12 hours)

Terrestrial photogrammetry – General principles – photo theodolite – horizontal
position of a point from photogrammetric measurements – elevation of a point –
determination of focal length of lens. Aerial photogrammetry – aerial camera – scale
of vertical photograph – relief displacement on a vertical photograph – principle of
parallax – stereoscopic pairs – flight planning – radial line method – flying height and
overlaps – remote sensing – concepts of remote sensing – ideal remote sensing
system.
Module 5 (14 hours)

Geodesy – shape of earth – effects of curvature – spherical excess – convergence of
meridians.
Field Astronomy: - Definitions – celestial sphere – astronomical triangle - co-

ordinate systems. Determination of time, azimuth, latitude and longitude.
References:
1. T. P. Kanetkar and Kulkarni, Surveying and leveling Vol. II, A.V.G. Publications,
Pune.
2. B. C. Punmia, Surveying and leveling Vol. II, Laxmi Publications (P) LTD, New
Delhi.
3. Thoms M. Lillerand, Remote sensing and image interpretation, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc. New York.
4. Dr. K.R. Arora, Surveying Vol. II, Standard Book House, New Delhi.
5. Alak De, Plane Surveying, S.Chand &Co.
6. S. K. Duggal – Surveying Vol I & II Tata Mc Graw Hill Ltd, 2006.
7. R. Sathikumar, Satheesh Gopi and N. Madhu, Advanced Surveying: Total Station,
GIS and remote Sensing, Pearson Education, India
CE010 406 CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING
Teaching scheme Credit -4

4 hours drawing per week
Objectives:
To create awareness among students regarding the principles of building drawing and
equip them to prepare plan , section, elevation , site plan and service plan of buildings
as per Kerala Building Rules.
PART A
Detailed drawing of panelled door with wooden frame. (1 sheet).

Reinforced concrete staircase (1 sheet).
Roof truss using standard steel sections (1 sheet).
Roof lines (1 sheet).
Detailing of Mangalore pattern tiled roofing (1 Sheet).
PART B
Working drawings – Preparation of plan, section and elevation from line sketches (single
and double storied buildings)(8 sheets).
Preparation of line sketches and working drawings of single storied RCC residential
buildings, as per area and functional requirements. ( 2 sheets)
Preparation of site plan as per Kerala Building Rules. (1sheet)
Plumbing services-
Layout of water supply and sanitary connections for residential buildings.(1 sheet)
Mark distribution
Part A - 30 marks.
Part B - 70 marks.
References:-
1. Balagopal & T. S. Prabhu, Building drawing & detailing, Spades Publishers and
distributors, Calicut.
2. Shah & Kale, Building Drawing, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.
3. B.P.Varma, Civil Engineering drawing and House Planning, Khanna Publishers,
Delhi.
4. Gurucharan Singh, Subhash Chander Sharma, Civil Engineering drawing,
Standard Publishers distributors, Delhi.
5. National Building code, Kerala building byelaws.
CE010 407 SURVEYING PRACTICAL II

Objective
• To give a practical knowledge in different aspects of Theodolite Surveying &
Tacheometry
List of exercises
1. Determination of tacheometric constants
2. Heights and distances by stadia tacheometry(2classes)
3. Heights and distances by tangential tacheometry(2classes)
4. Three point problem.
5. Setting out of simple curves - angular method
6. Theodolite traversing
7. Setting out of building plans
8. Study of Total station
9. Total station – Horizontal and vertical angles, Horizontal distance, Level
difference.
References :
1. Dr. B. C. Punmia, Surveying Vol. I & II, Laxmi Publications (P) LTD, New
Delhi.
2. T.P. Kanetkar & Kulkarni, Surveying and leveling Vol. I&II A.V.G.Publications,
Pune.
3. Dr. K. R. Arora, Surveying Vol. I, Standard Book House New Delhi.
4.. S. K. Duggal , Surveying Vol I& II, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
CE010 408(ME) HYDRAULICS LABORATORY

Objectives
To impart practical knowledge in heat engines and hydraulics laboratories
PART-A (FLOW)
1. Study of taps, valves, pipe fittings, gauges, pitot tubes, watermeters and current meters.
2. Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies.
3. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouthpieces under constant head method and time of
emptying method.
4. Calibration of venturimeter, orifice meter and watermeter.
5. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches.
6. Determination of Darcy s and Chezy s constant for pipe flow.
7. Determination of Chezy s constant and Mannings number for open channel flow.
8. Determination of discharge coefficient for plug-sluices.
PART –B (MACHINERY)
1. Study of reciprocating pump and components-single cylinder and multicylinder, self priming
pumps and centrifugal pumps.
2. Study of impulse and reaction turbines.
3. Performance characteristics of self priming pump.
4. Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump.
5. Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump
6. Performance characteristics of Pelton wheel.
7. Performance characteristics of Francis Turbine.
8. Performance characteristics of Kaplan Turbine.
References
1. Hydraulic Machines-Jagadishlal
EN010 501A ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV
Objectives: Use basic numerical techniques to solve problems and provide scientific techniques
to decision making problems.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Function of Complex variable : Analytic functions – Derivation of C.R. equations in cartision
co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real
or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal mapping of z2 , - Bilinear transformation
– cross ratio – invariant property (no proof) – simple problems.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Complex integration: Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula –
Taylor’s series- Laurent’s series – Zeros and singularities – types of singularities – Residues –
Residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals in unit circle – contour integral in semi circle
when poles lie on imaginary axis.
Module 3 (10 hours)

Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method
– Regula –falsi method – Newton –Raphson method - Secant method – solution of system of
linear equation by Gauss – Seidel method.
Module 4 ( 10 hours)
Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations: Taylor’s series method – Euler’s
method – modified Euler’s method – Runge – Kutta method (IV order) - Milnes predictor –
corrector method.
Module 5 (16 hours)

Linear programming problem: Definition of L.P.P., solution, optimal solution, degenerate
solution – graphical solution –solution using simplex method (non degenerate case only) Big -M
method – Duality in L.P.P. – Transportation problem –Balanced T.P. – initial solution using
Vogel’s approximation method - modi method (non degenerate case only)
References
2. M.R.Spicgel , S.Lipschutz , John J. Schiller, D.Spellman – Complex variables, schanm’s
outline series - Mc Graw Hill
3. S.Bathul – text book of Engg.Mathematics – Special functions and complex variables –
PHI
4. B.S. Grewal – Numerical methods in Engg. and science - Khanna Publishers
5. Dr.M.K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National publishing co
7. P.K.Gupta and D.S. Hira – Operations Research – S.Chand
8. Panneer Selvam– Operations Research – PHI
CE010 502 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Teaching Scheme Credit: 4

3 hours lecture and 1hour tutorial per week.
Objective:
To provide a strong foundation in the basics of C-Programming so that students can
develop the ability to design software’s.
Module I (15 Hours)

Introduction to C: The C character set- identifiers and keywords- data types-user
defined data types-constants and variables-declarations- operators-expressions-
statements-library input-output functions
Control statements: if, if-else, switch, -conditional and comma operators.
Module II (15 Hours)

Iterative statements: ’while’, ’do-while’, for ‘statements-nested loops, break
and continue statements.
Functions: Declarations, definition and access-passing arguments to a function –
pass by value and pass by reference-recursion.
Storage classes: automatic variables-external variables-register variables-scope
and lifetime of variables-macros
Module III (12 Hours)

Arrays: Single dimensional arrays-multidimensional arrays-definition-initializing
arrays-passing arrays to a function- matrix operations-addition, transpose and
multiplication. Pointers-declaration-operations.
Strings: definition –string handling function-comparison, concatenation and
sorting of strings
Module IV (10 Hours)

Structures and union: definition –initialization-accessing structure members-
array of structures-passing structure to a function –sorting of structures –binary
files-reading and writing of data blocks-union.
Dynamic memory allocation - self referential structures - basic concepts of linked
lists.
Module V (8 Hours)
Files :File pointers-data files-opening and closing-reading and writing-appending-
error handling function-handling data in blocks-command line arguments.
References
1.B.S. Gotterfield Theory and Problems of Programming with C.TMH
2. Balaguruswamy, Programming in C, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
3. Kern Ingham , Ritchie, The C programming language, Prentice Hall.
4. Byron S Gottfried, Programming with C, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
5. Y. Kenetker, Let us C, BPB Publications.
6. V. Rajaraman, Programming with C.
7. Y. Kenetker, Exploring C, BPB Publications.
CE010 503 DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES – I

2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.
Objective
• To provide the students with the knowledge of behaviour of reinforced concrete
structural elements in flexure, shear, compression and tension and to enable them to
design such elements.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Working stress method: Introduction- permissible stresses-factor of safety –
behaviour of R.C.C beams –assumptions-under reinforced –over reinforced and
balanced sections. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced beams.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Limit state method: Concepts-assumptions –characteristic strength and load partial
safety factors-limit states-limit state of collapse –limit state of
serviceability. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular sections in
flexure-design of simply supported and flanged beams.
Module 3 (15 hours)

Behaviour and design of one way and two way slabs-Continuous slabs-analysis
using method recommended by BIS -arrangements of reinforcement in slabs.
Design of flat slab (Concept only).
Module 4 (8 hours)
Design of columns: Limit state method- I S specifications-design of columns
with lateral and helical reinforcement-members subjected to combined axial load
and bending.
Module 5 (13 hours)

Design of footings-Isolated footing with axial and eccentric loading-combined
footing. Stair cases-introduction to different types-design of simply supported
flights-cantilever steps.
Note: Sketches only required for reinforcement details. Detailed drawing in drawing
sheets not required.
References
1. Relevant IS codes. (I.S 456, I.S 875,SP 16)

2. Park R and Pauloy T, Reinforced concrete structures, John Wiely & sons Inc.
3. Purushothaman P, Reinforced concrete structural elements-Behaviour, Analysis
and Design, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd.
4. Unnikrishna Pillai S. & D.Menon, Reinforced concrete design, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing company Ltd.
5. Mallick S.K., Reinforced concrete, Oxford & IBH Publishing company.
6. Varghese P.C., Limit state design of Reinforced concrete, Printice Hall of India
Pvt Ltd.
7. Ashok .K. Jain, Reinforced concrete- Limit state design, New Chand & Bose.
8. S.S Bhavikatti, Design of Reinforced concrete structures, I.K.International Publishing
house Pvt.Ltd
CE010 504 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING – I

Objective:
Geotechnical Engineering is one of the important disciplines of Civil Engineering
involving the study of behaviour and engineering properties of soil.
The objective of the course is to present different laws and principles of Soil Mechanics
so that the strength and settlement of the foundation soil can be evaluated.
Module 1 (15 Hours)

Soil formation and soil types: Residual soil and transported soil-Soil structure-
Basic structural units of clay minerals. Simple soil properties: three phase systems
- void ratio - porosity - degree of saturation - moisture content - specific gravity -
unit weight relationships.
Laboratory and field identification of soils: Determination of water content,
specific gravity, determination of field density by core cutter and sand
replacement method, grain size analysis by sieve, hydrometer analysis
- Atterberg limits and indices - field identification of soils.
Classification of soils: Principles of classification - I. S. classification - plasticity
chart.
Module 2 (13 Hours)

Permeability of soils: Darcy’s law - factors affecting - constant head
and falling head test - permeability of stratified deposits. soil- water system -
classification of soil water - capillarity of soils - principles of effective stress.
Seepage of soils: seepage pressure, critical hydraulic gradient - quick
sand condition - flownet diagram for isotropic and anisotropic soils
.
Module 3 (10 Hours)
Shear strength: Shear strength parameters - Mohr’s circle – Mohr Coulomb
strength theory -direct, triaxial, unconfined and vane shear tests- Drainage
conditions - UU, CD and CD tests - choice of test conditions for field problems -
measurement of pore pressure-critical void ratio and liquefaction. - Activity
,sensitivity and thixotropy
Module 4 (12 Hours)

Compaction: Objects of compaction - proctor test and modified proctor test -
concept of OMC and Max. dry density - Zero air void line - factors affecting
compaction - effect of compaction on soil properties - field methods-.of
compaction - control of compaction.
Stability of slopes: types of failures of soil slopes - Analysis of finite slopes
only-Swedish circle method - = 0 analysis and c - analysis. -Taylor’s
stability number and stability charts
.
Module 5 (10 Hours)
Compressibility and consolidation of soils: void ratio - pressure relationship -
concept of coefficient of compressibility - coefficient of volume change and
compression index - normally loaded and pre loaded deposits - determination of
preconsolidation pressure - Terzaghi’s theory of one dimensional consolidation -
time rate of consolidation - time factor - degree of consolidation - square root time
and log time - fitting methods - coefficient of consolidation - calculation of void
ratio - height of solids methods and change in void ratio method - settlement
analysis.
References
1. Murthy V. N.S, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Nai Sarak, Delhi.
2. Gopal Ranjan and A .S .R .Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age
International Publishers.
3. Punmia B. C., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Laxshmi
4. Arora K. R., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers,
Distributors.
5. V. Narasimha Rao and Venkatramaiah, Numerical Problems, Examples and
Objective Questions in Geotechnical Engineering, Orient LongMan Publishers.
6. Lambe & Whitman, Soil Mechanics, John Wiely Publications
7. S. K. Garg, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Khanna Publishers.
CE010 505 QUANTITY SURVEYING AND VALUATION

3 hours lecture and 1hour tutorial per week.
Objective
To make the students proficient in preparing the rates and thereby adapting them to
estimate the entire project.
Module 1 & 2 (26 Hours.)

Purpose of estimates- different methods-Preparation of detailed estimates and
abstracts for RCC Single storey buildings - R C. Footings, Columns – T- Beams.
Preparation of bar bending schedule for R. C. works such as beams and slabs.
Module 3 (12 hours.)

Preparation of specification for common materials of construction and its items of
works with reference to IS specifications. Cost of materials at source -
different types of conveyance and rates - head loads - preparation of conveyance
statement- cost of materials at site.
Module 4 (12 hours)

Analysis of rates for earth works, mortars, RCC Works, plastering, brick works,
stone works, laterite work, Pointing, form work, flooring - different types, wood
works - reinforcement works.
Module 5 (10 hours)

Valuation - explanation of terms - material value, rate, years purchase - freehold
and lease hold purchase - depreciation - methods of calculating depreciation -
straight line method - constant percentage method, sinking fund method - and
quantity survey method. Methods of valuation of land - comparative method -
abstractive method. Methods of valuation of property - rental method - direct
comparison with capital cost - valuation based on profit - valuation based on cost
- development method - depreciation method.
References
1. Schedule of rates, KPWD

2. PWD Data Book
3. Dutta, Estimating and costing,S Dutta & Company, Lucknow
4. Rangawala S.C., Estimating & costing, Charator Anand, Delhi
5. I.S: 1200- 1968 - Methods of measurements of building and civil engineering
University Examination Pattern
Module1&2
Quantity calculation-4 items 4x10 marks
Module 3
Specification of any 4 items
or conveyance statement as per PW D norms and 4x5 marks
cost of any 6 materials at source
Module 4
Rate analysis of any two items 2x10 marks
Module 5
Problem connected with depreciation of cost 2x10 marks
Note:-choice should be given to questions from all the 5 modules

CE 010 506 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS I
3hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week
Objective:
To study the force and displacement methods of structural analysis of indeterminate
structures , the influence line diagrams and an introduction to Finite Element Method.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Indeterminate structures- force and displacement methods of structural analysis.
Force method of analysis of indeterminate structures - static indeterminacy
Method of consistent deformation, Clapyron’ s theorem of three moments- analysis
of fixed and continuous beams
Module 2 (12 hours)

Displacement method of analysis: Kinematic indeterminacy
Slope deflection method-fundamental equations-analysis of continuous beams &
portal frames (with sway and without sway)
Moment distribution method - analysis of continuous beams & portal frames (with
sway and without sway).
Module 3 (14 hours)

Matrix methods: Stiffness method-stiffness-equilibrium equation
Direct stiffness method - structure stiffness matrix-assembly of structure stiffness
matrix from element stiffness matrix-equivalent joint load – incorporation of
boundary conditions –analysis of beams and pin-jointed frames.
Module 4 (10 hours)

Flexibility method: Flexibility –compatibility equation-flexibility influence
coefficients – force transformation matrix-flexibility matrix-analysis of beams &
frames (rigid and pin-jointed).
Module 5 (12hours)
Finite element method: Introduction to FEM-Historical development-Idealization of
actual structures- Boundary conditions. General procedure of FEA-Displacement
approach - shape functions
References
1.Devdas Menon, Structural Analysis, Vol.1&II, Narosa, Chennai.

2. Bhavikatti S.S , Structural Analysis Vol. I, Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.
3. Weaver &Gere, Matrix Analysis of Structures, East West Press.
4. Moshe F. Rubinstein – Matrix Computer Analysis of Structures- Prentice Hall,
1969.
5. Meek J.L., Matrix Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill,1971.
6. Reddy C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.1996.
7. Smith J.C. Structural Analysis, Macmillian Pub.Co.1985.
8. Rajesekharan & Sankarasubramanian,G., Computational Structural Mechanics,
9. Mukhopadhyay M., Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis,
Oxford & IBH,1984.
10. Wang C.K.& Solomon C.G., Introductory Structural Analysis, McGrawHill.1968.
11. Pezemieniecki, J.S, Theory of Matrix Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill Co., 1984
13. Seeli F.B.&Smith J.P., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John Wiley &Sons,
1993.
14. Norris & Wilbur, Elementary Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill.
15. Junarker S.R., Mechanics of Structures, Vol. II, Charorbar Book Stall.
16.O C Zienkiewicz,.Finite Element Method, fourth Edition,McGraw Hill,
17. R.D.Cook, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley
&Sons.
19. C.S.Krishnamoorthy, Finite Element Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill .New Delhi,
1987.
20. S.Rajasekharan, Finite Element Analysis, Wheeler Publishing Co., &Sons.1993.
CE010 507COMPUTING TECHNIQUES LAB
3 hours Practical per week.
Objective:
To make the students aware of recent application softwares and to develop
programming skills in C language.
List of Experiments:
1. Familiarization of computer hardware, peripherals and network components.

Study of operating systems like DOS, Windows. Linux etc. Commands for use of
files and directives.
2. Familiarization with packages like MS Word, MS Excel, and power point.
3. Programming examples related to control statements, arrays, structures,
functions, pointers and files in accordance with syllabus of C like,
a. Solution of quadratic equations
b .Preparation of conversion tables
c. Summation of series
d. Arrays manipulation
e. Functions
f. Recursive functions
g. String manipulations
h. Matrix operations
i. .Preparation of mark lists of students, bills etc. using structures
j. Input and out using files
k. Simple programs of linked lists and command lime arguments
References
1. Balaguruswamy, Programming in C, Tata Mc Graw Hill.

2. Kern Ingham , Ritchie, The C programming language, Prentice Hall.
3. Byron S Gottfried, Programming with C, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
4. Y. Kenetker, Let us C, BPB Publications.
5. V. Rajaraman, Programming with C.
CE010 508 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Teaching Scheme Credit:2

3 hours practical per week.
Objective:
To practice the different experiments for determination of index properties and
strength of soil and to develop confidence in students to assess the suitability of soil for
various construction activities
List of Experiments:
1. Determination of specific gravity, water content and particle size distribution by

hydrometer method / pipette method.
2. Determination of field density of soil by sand replacement method and core cutter
method.
3. Determination of Atterberg limits.
4. Proctor’s compaction tests (light and heavy).
5. Permeability tests for cohesive and cohesionless soil.
6. Direct shear test.
7. Triaxial shear test.
8. Unconfined Compression test.
9. Vane shear Test.
10. Consolidation test.
11. Study on Collection and Field Identification of Soil and Sampling Techniques.
References
1. Gopal Ranjan and A .S .R .Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age
International Publishers.
2. Punmia B. C., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Laxshmi
3. Arora K. R., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers,
Distributors.
4. V. Narasimha Rao and Venkatramaiah, Numerical Problems, Examples and
Objective Questions in Geotechnical Engineering, Orient LongMan Publishers.
CE010 601 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
Objective:
To familiarize the fundamental aspects of structural behaviour and design of steel
structures satisfying the requirements such as safety,feasibility and economy of steel
structures.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Loading standards - I.S structural sections - I.S specifications –Design Philosophies-
Working stress method and Limit state method - design of tension members –bolted
and and welded connections - design of simple and compound beams - laterally
supported and unsupported.(Design examples based on Limit state method only. )
Module 2 (12 hours)

Compression members - design of columns - short and long columns - axial and
eccentric loading - built up columns-moment resisting connections - lacing and
battening - column base - slab base - gusseted base.
Module 3 (15 hours)

Water tanks – rectangular and circular steel tanks – connections - analysis
and design of supporting towers.
Module 4 (10 hours)

Light gauge steel structures - introduction - type of sections - local buckling -
stiffened and multiple stiffened elements – Design of beams with lateral
supports only.
Module 5 (11 hours)

Chimneys- types - self supporting and guyed – stresses in chimneys – design of
chimney stack, breech opening, base plate, connections and foundations.( Design
of self supporting chimney only.)
Note: Only Sketches required. Detailed drawing in drawing sheets not required
References
1. Relevant IS Codes. (IS 800-2007 , IS 875, IS 805, IS 801, IS 811,IS 6533 Part 1,
Part 2,Steel Tables)
2. Subramanian N, Design of steel structures,Oxford University Press
3.S.S Bhavikatti, Design of steel structures, I.K.International Publishing house Pvt.Ltd.
4. Ramchandra, Design of steel structures Vol. I & II, Standard book house, Delhi.
5. S.K. Duggal, Design of steel structures ,Tata Mc Graw-Hill
6. B.C.Punmia, Design of steel structures, Laxmi publications.
CE010 602 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING – II
Objective:
Civil Engineer has many diverse and important encounters with soil. The knowledge of soil
Mechanics is helpful in the design of foundations, earth retaining structures ,pavements
,excavations, embankments and dams.
The objective of the course is to make the students aware of various soil investigation
methods, theoretical and practical approach to calculate the bearing capacities of different
foundations and the design of various sub structural elements.
Module 1 (12 Hours)

Site investigation and Soil exploration: Objectives - Planning – Stages of Explorations-
- Depth and spacing of borings-Methods of explorations- test pits, borings (auger boring
and wash boring)- sub surface soundings ( standard penetration and cone penetration ) -
geophysical methods (seismic refraction and electrical resistivity methods) –Samples-
disturbed and undisturbed samples -sampling tools- - Bore log - Soil profile - Location of
water table.
Stress Distribution: Boussinesque's equations for vertical
pressure due to point loads, line load and uniformly loaded circular area. - assumptions
and limitations - Pressure bulb- Newmark charts and their use.Wetergaard’s equation for
point loads-appriximate methods of stress distribution.
Module 2 (12 Hours)

Earth Pressure: General & local State of plastic equilibrium. Earth pressure at
rest , active and passive. Rankine's and Coulomb's theories of cohesion less and
cohesive soils - Iinfluence of surcharge and water table.Rehban’s and Culman’s graphical
methods. Sheeting and bracings in excavations.
Sheet Piles: Common types of sheet Piles – Uses of sheet pile walls
Module 3 (12 Hours)

Bearing capacity: Definitions - ultimate and allowable - plate load test -
- Terzaghi’s and Skempton’s analysis - bearing capacity factors and
charts - effect of water table - bearing capacity from building codes and SPT values-
Methods of improving bearing capacity - vibroflotation and sand drains.
Settlement analysis: Distribution of contact pressure- estimation of immediate
and consolidation settlement - causes of settlement - permissible, total and
differential settlement - methods of reducing differential settlement.
Module 4 (12 Hours)

Foundation: General consideration - Functions of foundation - shallow and deep
foundation - different types of foundation -Selection of type of foundation-steps
involved.
Footings: Design of individual, continuous and combined footings - footings
subjected to eccentric loading - proportioning footings for equal settlement.
Module 5 (12 Hours)

Raft foundation: Types of rafts- bearing capacity equations - design procedure –
floating foundation.
Pile foundation: Uses of piles - Classification of piles - Determination of load
carrying capacity of axially loaded single vertical pile (static & dynamic
formulae) -Pile load tests - Negative skin friction - Group action & pile spacings -
Settlement of pile group.
Caissons: Open, box, and pneumatic caissons, construction details of well
foundation - problems of well sinking.
Note: Structural design of foundations is not contemplated in this course.
References
1. Arora K. R, Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers ,

Distributors.
2. Joseph E.Bowles, Foundation Analysis and Design, McGraw Hills Publishing
Company.
3. Ninan P. Kurian, Modern Foundations, Tata McGraw Hills Publishing Company.
4. Peck, Hansen & Thornburn, Foundation Engineering.Wiley Eastern Limited
5. W.C. Teng, Foundation Design.Prentice Hall of India
6. Hans. F. Winterkorn & Hsai Yang Fang, Foundation Engineering Hand Book,
Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.
7. B. C Punmia,Soli Mechanics and Foundation Engineering,Laxmi Publications.
8. V.N.S. Murthy,Text book of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering,CBS
Publishers
CE010 603 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS II
Objective:
To equip the students with the comprehensive methods of structural analysis of
indeterminate structures
To give an introduction to Theory of Elasticity and Structural Dynamics.
Module 1 (10 hours)

Plastic theory – ductility of steel- plastic bending of beams- evaluation of fully
plastic moment – plastic hinge – load factor – method of limit analysis- basic
theorems- collapse load for beams and portal frames.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Approximate methods of frame analysis: Frames under lateral loading-portal
method – cantilever method. Frames under vertical loading –substitute frame
method.
Space frames – tension coefficients-tension coefficient method applied to
space frames
Module 3 (12 hours)

Kani’s method-continuous beams & frames (without sway only).
Influence line diagrams for statically indeterminate structures: Muller Breslau’ s
principle-Influence lines for reactions-shear force-bending moment-propped
cantilever& two span continuous beams.
Module 4 (14 hours)

Elementary theory of elasticity: State of stress at point- stress tensor-
equilibrium
Equations - stresses on arbitrary plane- principal stresses-strain components –
strain tensor- compatibility equations- boundary condition equations Two
dimensional problems- plane stresses - plane strain – compatibility equations in
two dimensional cases- Airy’s stress functions
Module 5 (12 hours)

Introduction to Structural Dynamics-Dynamic systems and loads-Free or
natural vibrations-Natural Frequency- Inertia force- -D’Alembert’s principle-
Mathematical modeling of single degree of freedom systems- equivalent spring
stiffness of combination of springs
References
1. Timoshenko S.P., Theory of Elasticity, McGraw Hill.

2. Sreenath L. S, Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw Hill Education P. Ltd.
4. Bhavikatti S.S , Structural Analysis Vol. II, Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.
5. Seeli F.B.&Smith J.P., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John Wiley & Sons,
1993.
6. Vazirani & Ratwani, Analysis of Structures, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
7. B.C. Punmia, Theory of Structures, Vol. II, Laxmi Publishers, New Delhi.
8. Prakash Rao D.S., Structural Analysis, Universal Press Ltd, Hyderabad, 1997.
9. Ameen A, Computational Elasticity, Narosa Publishers.
10. Ray W Clough, Joseph Penzien, Dynamics of structures, Mc Graw Hill,
Kogabusha Ltd.
11. Madhujith Mukopathyay, Structural Dynamics, vibrations&systems, Ane Books Pvt.
Ltd, 2008.
12. V.K.Manicka Selvam, Elementary Structural Dynamics, Dhanpat Rai Publications
Pvt.Ltd.
13. Mario Paz, William Leigh, Structural Dynamics, Springler.
CE010 604 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING - I
Objective: To gain an in-depth knowledge on operating characteristics of facilities such

as railways and water transportation
Module 1(15 hours)

Introduction: Transportation modes - comparison and characteristics of highway
and railway. Modern developments – Surface, elevated and tube railways, light
rail transit, high speed tracks - technologies
Railway track: Alignment- basic requirements and factors affecting selection,
Component parts of a railway track - requirements and functions - Typical cross
section - Rails – functions and requirements, Type of rail sections, rail fastenings,
wear and creep of rails - coning of wheels, Train resistances and evaluation of
hauling capacity and tractive effort of locomotive.
Geometric design of railway track: Horizontal curves, radius – super elevation -
cant deficiency - transition curves - gradients - different types - Compensation of
gradients.
Module 2 (10 hours)

Railway operation and control: Points and Crossings – Design features of a turn
out – Details of station yards and marshalling yards – Signaling, interlocking of
signals and points - Principles of track circuiting - Control systems of train
movements – ATC, CTC – track circuiting
Module 3 (10 hours)

Tunnel Engineering: Tunnel - sections - classification - tunnel surveying -
alignment, transferring centre, grade into tunnel – tunnel driving procedure -
shield method of tunneling, compressed air method, tunnel boring machine,
Tunnel lining, ventilation - lighting and drainage of tunnels.
Module 4 (15 hours)

Harbour Engineering: Harbours – classification, features, requirements, winds
and waves in the location and design of harbours.
Break waters - necessity and functions, classification, alignment, design
principles, forces acting on break water – construction, general study of quays,
piers, wharves, jetties, transit sheds and
warehouses - navigational aids - light houses, signals - types - Moorings
.
Module 5 (10 hours)
Dock Engineering: Docks - Functions and types - dry docks, wet docks – form
and arrangement of basins and docks – design and construction – dock entrances -
floating dry docks, slip ways, dock entrances and caissons. Dredging – functions -
general study of dipper dredger, grapple dredger, ladder dredger and hydraulic
dredger.
References
1. Rao G. V, Principles of Transportation and Highway Engineering, Tata McGraw

Hill
2. Mundrey J. S, Railway Track Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill
3. S.C. Rangawala, Railway Engineering, Charotor Publishing House
4. S. C Saxena and S. P Arora., Railway Engineering, Dhanpat rai & Sons
5. Subhash C. Saxena, Railway Engineering, Dhanpat rai & Sons
6. R. Srinivasan, Harbour, Dock & Tunnel Engineering, Charotor Publishing House
7. S.P.Bindra, A course in docks and Harbour Engineering, Dhanpat rai & Sons
CE010 605 WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING
Teaching scheme: Credits:4
Objective :
Students are expected to realize the importance of water resources and its application
in irrigation engineering.
Module 1 (15 hours)

Irrigation: Definition-necessity of irrigation - environmental effects of irrigation
- sources of water - irrigation systems- lift and flow irrigation – modes of irrigation -
layout of irrigation schemes -historical development of irrigation in India through ages.
Soil-water-plant relation – water requirement for crop -optimum moisture for crop
growth - depth of water and frequency of irrigation -crop seasons and important crops in
India. Crop period and base period - duty,delta and their relationship - factors affecting
duty - commanded areas and intensity of irrigation. Consumptive use of water -
evapotranspiration -determination of consumptive use - irrigation efficiencies.
Module 2 (15 hours)

Basic concepts of hydrology: Hydrological cycle and its components - rainfall -
rain gauge- mean precipitation over a catchment area - run off - factors affecting
runoff - hydrograph - direct run off and base flow - unit hydrograph - S.
hydrograph – applications of unit hydrograph.
Estimation of runoff: Empirical formula, infiltration method, rational method -
flood estimation - flood frequency, unit hydrograph method and empirical
formula.
Module 3 (15 hours)

Ground water: Definitions- porosity - specific yield - specific retention - storage
coefficient-coefficient of permeability and transmissibility. Ground water
velocity- Darcy's equation - flow towards wells - Dupit's theory of aquifers.
Wells-shallow wells - deep wells - yield of an open well - constant level pumping
test and recuperation test - tube wells - strainer, cavity and slotted tube wells- factors
governing the selection of site and type of tube wells. Infiltration galleries and wells.
Module 4 (15 hours)

Flow irrigation: canal system - classification of canals and their alignment -
requirements of a good distribution system-balancing depth - section of canal.
Design of canals in alluvial soils - silt theories - non silting and non scouring
velocity. Kennedy's theory -Lacey's theory - design of unlined canal using the
two theories in alluvial soils - bed load and suspended load - canal outlets -
requirements of good canal outlets - non modular - semi modular - modular
outlets.
Module 5 (12 hours )

Reservoir planning: Investigation - selection of site - storage zones in a
reservoir - mass inflow curve - demand curve - calculation of reservoir capacity
and safe yield from mass inflow curve - reservoir sedimentation - reservoir
sediment control - single purpose reservoirs - multi purpose reservoirs - useful
life of a reservoir. River training works: guide banks, groynes and marginal bunds
– flood control - causes - methods of flood control - principles of flood routing.
Soil conservation: water logging and its control - reclamation of salt affected
land.
References
1. P.M.Modi, Irrigation-water recourses and water power, Standard book house,

Delhi.
2. S.K Garg, Irrigation and hydraulic structures, Khanna Publishers, Delhi
3. R.K.Linsley, M.A.Kholar&J.L.H.Paulhur, Hydrology for Engineers, Mc Grawhill
bookco., New York.
4. Bharat Singer, Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering.
5. V.B.Priyani, Irrigation and Waterpower Engg, Charota Book stall Anand.
6. Dr.B.C.Punmia&Dr.Pande.B.B.Lal, Irrigation & Water Power Engineering, Laxmi
Publications
CE010 606L01 ADVANCED SURVEYING
(ELECTIVE I)
Objective:
To make the students aware of the advanced methods of surveying.
Module 1(12 Hours)

Total station surveying-study of instrument-measurement of parameters-methods of surveying-
transferring data-software’s-auto plotter-plotting (assignment).
Module 2 (12 Hours)

Arial photogrammetry: Definition- types of photographs- geometry of
photographs – parallax - pair of photographs- height determination- flight
planning- stereoscopy.
Module 3 (12 Hours)

Remote sensing: Introduction and definition of remote sensing
terminology- principles and methods of remote sensing- electro-magnetic
radiation and spectrum- radiation sources-interference- atmospheric effects on
remote sensing- atmospheric window –energy interaction with surface features-different
types of platforms- sensors and their characteristics-orbital parameters of a
satellite- multi concepts in remote sensing.
Module 4 (12 Hours)

Interpretation of images: Aerial photo interpretation – basic elements -techniques
of photo interpretation- application of aerial photo interpretation-photographs
versus maps- interpretation of satellite images- ground truth
collection and interpretation and verification- advantages of multi date and multi
band images.
Module 5 (12 Hours)

Applications: Applications in water resources management- land use mapping
and monitoring- soil sciences- geology- agriculture- forestry - oceanography.
References
1. Thomas M. Lillesand & Raiph W. Kiefer, “Remote sensing and image
interpretation”, John Wiley Sons.
2. Floyd F. Sabins, “Remote sensing principles and interpretation”, Freeman and
company.
3. Campbell J. B, “Introduction to remote sensing”, The Guilford press, London.
4. Curran P.J., “Principles of remote sensing”, Longman, London.
5. Engmen E.T and Gurnay R. J.,”Remote sensing in hydrology”, Chapman and
Hall.
6. Wolf P.R., “Elements of photogrammetry”, McGraw Hills.
CE010 606L02 OPEN CHANNEL AND COASTAL HYDRAULICS
(ELECTIVE - 1)

Objective:
To develop theoretical and practical knowledge on open channel flow and to acquire
basic knowledge on Ocean Engineering and related applications.
Module 1(12 Hours)

Open channel flow-Definition-Importance-Classification of flows
Uniform flow- Resistance equation-Chezy’s and Manning’s equation-roughness
coefficient.-factions affecting roughness coefficient- normal depth and its
computation-conveyance – section factor - specific energy - specific force -
diagram – critical flow - section factor -hydraulic exponent for critical flow
computation and its use for trapezoidal channel-Application of specific energy
and specific force in open channel
.
Module 2( 12 Hours)
Non-uniform flow - friction slope - differential equation of non-uniform flow -
types of surface profiles - the point of control - computation by Bresse's method
and the simplified step method.
.Module 3( 12 Hours)
Hydraulic jump - sequent depths - dimensionless equation of the jump - loss of
head - the jump at the foot of a spillway - criteria for the formation of a jump - use
of jump as an energy dissipater. Control of jump by sills - stilling basins
Module 4( 12 Hours)
Water waves - classification into periodic oscillatory, periodic progressive,
uniformly progressive, solitary and stationary waves.
Ocean waves – Introduction-characteristics-classification based on wave period.
Small amplitude wave theory .expression for the celerity of deep water gravity
wave and shallow water gravity wave - determination of the wave length and
celerity for any water depth given the deep water wave amount as wave energy
(no proof).
Wave Transformations –shoaling- refraction- reflection-diffraction –wave
breaking (description only.
Module 5( 12 Hours)
Long period waves-astronomical tide-tsunami, basin oscillations, storm surge,
climatologic effects, geologic effects(description only)
Wave forecasting - SMB method.
Coastal erosion with special reference to the Kerala Coast
Shore protection measures – break waters of different types-sea walls – tetrapods,
groynes and beach nourishment.
References
1. S.M.Woodword, C.J.Posey, Hydraulic of Steady Flow in Open Channels
2. F. N. Henderson, Open Channel Flow
3. A. I. Ippen, Estuary and Coast line Hydrodynamics
4. K. E. R. I. Peechi, Coastal Engineering Publications
5. V. T. Chow, Open Channel hydraulics, Mc Graw Hill
6. Robert .M. Sorensen, Basic coastal engineering, John Willey & Sons
CE010 606 L03 AIRPORT ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE I)
Credits 4
Teaching scheme: 2 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week
Objective: To understand the various aspects of air transportation and airport operation and
design.
Module 1 (15 hours)
Introduction – history of air transport - structure and organization –- selection of site –

surveys – drawings to be prepared - Airport planning – components of airport system
– airport planning studies – elements of study – forecasting - levels – methodologies –
extrapolation methods – market analysis models – forecasting requirements –
applications
Aero plane component parts - Aircraft characteristics – classification of airports
Airport obstructions - clear zone and turning zone - zoning laws - regional planning –
airport architecture – environmental considerations
Module 2 (12 hours)
Runway design – orientation - windrose and layout of runways - basic runway length
and corrections required - geometric design - balanced field concept - Terminal area
– planning and design – passenger flow – size of apron – apron turntable - hangars –
protection from jet blast
Module 3 (12 hours)
Airport capacity – capacity and delay – runway capacity related to and not related to
delay - Air traffic control – flight rules - service station – Air Traffic Control network
– aids for the control of air traffic – automation in air traffic control
Module 4 (11 hours)
Airport pavements – design factors – design methods for flexible and rigid pavements
– CBR method – McLoad method – Burmister method – Analytical method –design
charts – Load Classification Number System – Joints in cement concrete pavements
Module 5 (10 hours)
Taxiway design - loading aprons - holding aprons - separation clearances – visual

aids - airport markings - marking of runways, taxiways - Airport lighting - lighting of
runways approaches, taxiways and aprons.
References
.
1. S.K. Khanna, M. G. Arora, S.S. Jain, Airport Planning & Design, Nem Chand
Publishers
2. S. C. Rangwala, Airport Engg., Charotar Publishing Co.
3. Robert Horenjeff & Francis X McKelvy, Planning and design of airports,
Mc Graw Hill.
CE010 606L04 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF MATERIALS
(ELECTIVE-1)

Objective
To review and make more useful methods and results presented in the previous courses on
Mechanics of materials.
To understand the limitations of the ordinary formula of Strength of materials and to extend
the subject to include a variety of important topics more complex than those usually involved
in earlier courses.
Module 1 (13 Hours)

Basic concepts – Body force – Surface force – Stresses and strains – Three dimensional
stresses and strains – Transformation equations of 3D stresses and strains – Principal stresses
& strains – States of stresses and strain – Equilibrium equations – Generalised Hooke’s Law
– Compatibility Conditions – Boundary conditions.
Module 2 (13Hours)
Two dimensional problems – Plane stress and plain strain – Transformation equations –
Stress–strain relations – Equilibrium equations in cartesian and polar co-ordinates –
Airy’s stress function – Biharmonic Equilibrium – 2D problems in Cartesian coordinate –
Cantilever with concentrated load at free end – Simply supported beam with uniformly
distributed load.
Module 3 (12Hours)
Torsion – Torsion of prismatic bar – General solution – Warping function approaches –
St. Venant’s theory – Membrane analogy – Sand heap analogy – Torsion of Non Circular
sections – Torsion of multi cell and thin walled open and closed sections.
Module 4 (11Hours)
Curved flexural members – Winkler- Bach formula – Equivalent area methods –
Circumferential stress in curved beams having, I,T or similar cross sections – Closed ring
with circumferential load and uniform loads – Chain links.
Module 5 (11Hours)
Beam on Elastic foundation – General theory – Infinite beam subjected to concentrated
load – Beam with uniformly distributed loads – Short beams.
References:–
1. Timoshenko S P and Goodier J. N, Theory of Elasticity, Tata Mcgraw Hill International

Student Edition.
2. Sadhu Singh, Theory of elasticity, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
3. Srinath L. S, Advanced mechanics of solids, Tata McGraw– Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Arthur P Boresi & Omar M SideBottom, Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John Wiley
& Sons.
5. Hetenyi, Beam on elastic foundation
CE010 606L05 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
(ELECTIVE - I)
Objective:
Concrete technology is one of the important disciplines of Civil Engineering involving
the study of engineering properties and behaviour of concrete.
Module 1(13 hours)

Concrete materials: cement: Bough’s chemical compositions, Additives, Test for
properties of cement- Physical, Chemical, Relevance and IS specification.
Hydration – Product of hydration, Phases of concrete, Structure of Hydrated
cement paste (HCP), Solids in HCP, Voids in HCP, Water in HCP. Structure
property relationship in HCP: Strength, Dimensional stability and Durability.
Transition Zone in concrete:- Significance of transition zone, Structure of
transition zone ,Strength of transition zone and Influence of transition zone.
Aggregates: - requirements, size , shape and texture, Grading of aggregate,
Aggregates crushing strength, Specific gravity, Flakiness index, Elongation
Index, Impact value, Abrasion value, IS specification. Alkali aggregate reaction.
Water: - General requirement, Quality.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Fresh Concrete: Workability - factors affecting - measurement of workability -
different tests for workability - segregation - bleeding - process of manufacture of
concrete - Batching - mixing - transportation - compaction - curing of concrete -
curing methods - admixtures in concrete - air entraining agents - Accelerators –
Retarders -workability agents - Damp proofing agents - Miscellaneous admixtures
- quality control.
Module 3 (12 hours)

Elastic properties of Concrete - factors affecting modulus of elasticity – Strength
of concrete: w/c ratio - gel/space ratio - Gain of strength with age. - accelerated
curing tests - maturity concept of concrete - effect of maximum size of aggregate
on strength - relation between compressive and tensile strength - revibration -
high speed slurry mixing - creep - shrinkage - factors affecting.
Module 4 (12 hours)

Durability of concrete: - sulphate attack - methods of controlling sulphate attack.
Durability of concrete in sea water - action of organic acids, mineral oils, sugar
etc. on hard concrete - thermal properties of concrete - Fire resistance cracks in
concrete–Remedies, Testing of Hardened concrete, flexural strength - comparison
of cuube test and cylinder test - Indirect tension test methods -concrete mix design
- IS methods - ACI methods - mean strength - characteristic compressive strength
- Non distructive testing of concrete.
Module 5 (11 hours)
Special aggregates: light weight - artificial - natural - special concrete - no - fine
concrete- high density concrete - Sulphur infilterated concrete - fibre reinforced
concrete - polymer concrete polymer impregnated concrete - polymer cement
concrete - properties of polymer concrete - special concreting methods - cold
Weather concreting, hot weather concreting - Ferrocement.
References
1. Krishna Raju N, Concrete Technology
2. A.M. Neville, Properties of concrete
3. M.S. Shetty, Concrete Technologyeferences:
4. A.R Santhakumar-Concrete Technology- Oxford University Press
CE010 606L06 SOIL STABILITY ANALYSIS
(ELECTIVE - 1)

2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week.
Objective:
Slope stability problem like,slides,flows and falls often produce extensive property
damage and therefore geotechnical engineers frequently need to evaluate the stability
of existing slopes and proposed slopes. The objective of the course is to make the
students aware of various causes of failures of slopes and study the remedial measures
.
Module 1 (12 hrs.)
Ground water seepage- Laplace’ s equations for two dimensional flow- quick
sand condition- construction of flownets- confined and unconfined flow-seepage
in anisotropic soil conditions-piping-design of filters.
Module 2 (12 hrs.)

Stability of earth slopes-modes of slope stability- analysis of slope stability
problems- Swedish circle method- Friction circle method- Taylor’ s stability
chart-
Bishop’ s method- stabilization measures- instrumentation.
Module 3 (12 hrs.)

Landslides: Introduction- movements associated with landslides-causes of
landslides-consequences, classification and analysis of landslides-investigation of
landslides-instrumentation-methods of preventing landslides.
Module 4 (12 hrs.)

Earthquake effects on soil foundation system: earth quakes- ground
shakingliquefaction-ground deformations-seismic provisions in building codes
Module 5 (12 hrs.)

Underpinning: Introduction-reasons-pit underpinning-pile underpinning-driven
underpinning piles-shoring-special underpinning methods-moving structures
References
1. Hans.F.Winterkorn and Hsai Yang Fang Foundation Engineering handbook -
Van Nostrand Reinhold Company
2. Bowles E.J. Foundation analysis and Design. Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co.
3. Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R.Rao Basic and applied Soil mechanics New Age
International Publishing Company
4. Donald.P.Coduto Geotechnical Engineering –Principlesand practices, Prentice
Hall India
CE010 607 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LAB

Objective
To provide familiarity with functional requirements and regulations related to buildings and
to enable students to prepare neat building drawings with CAD software so as to minimize
effort and maximize output.
Exposure to different categories of building (Private, Public, Residential, Flats, Offices,

Clubs/Recreational buildings etc.- Local visit and preparation of sketches
Functional requirements of buildings – Different functional units of a building- Requirements

regarding Area, Height, Head room, Width of passage way, Lighting, Ventilation, Public
amenities, Setback, Parking, clearance from electric lines, Provision and location of septic Tank-
clearance from well, Familiarity with norms in National Building Code and local building rules.
Study of building plans (Residential / Commercial / Public buildings / Office/Flats / Cottages
etc. ) sanctioned by local authority.
Preparation of 2D drawing- Advantages of CAD over manual drafting- Features of CAD

software-menus and tool bars-Concept of drawing in true size- Drawing units- Drawing tools-
Editing tools- Controlling display-(zoom, pan, regeneration, redraw) Productivity tools-
mirror,copy,block,array,Detailing-layers,color,linetype,ltscale,hatch Inquiry –area, dimension
Plotting- scale. Specifications for drawings
Preparation of 3D drawings- Concept of 3D drawing- viewpoint, real-time 3D rotation, 3D

modeling techniques- wire modeling, surface modeling, surface revolution, 3D face. Elevation
and thickness - addition and subtraction of 3d objects. Shading - rendering.
Application of CAD to Civil Engineering Drawing with emphasis on architectural appearance.

Residential, Public buildings complete in all aspect including layout plan, section, elevation,
details/specifications/joinery and site plan taken in standard scale with title block.
Exposure to 3D studio and 3D Max
A term project submitted individually and suitable for submitting to local bodies for approval
incorporating local building rules and NBC provisions is compulsory for external evaluation.
Assignments:- Submission of neat dimensioned line sketches from local visit

Collection and study of approved building plan
Preparing an Elevation for given plans
Preparing Plans based on requirements of clients.
References
1. Reference manual of the package.

2. National building code of India.
3. Shah & Kale, Building Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Balgopal T.S.Prabhu, Building Drawing and Detailing, SPADES Calicut.
5. Sham Tickoo, Understanding Auto CAD2002, Tata McGraw Hill.
6. Sham Tickoo, Auto CAD2002 with applications, Tata McGraw Hill.
CE010 608 MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY - II
Objective:
To study properties of concrete and its various constituent materials.
1. Tests on cement.
a) Standard consistency, initial and final setting time.
b) Compressive strength of mortar cubes.
c) Specific gravity. d) Soundness. e) Fineness.
2. Tests on fresh concrete.

a) Compaction factor test.
b) Slump test.
c) Vee-Bee test.
d) Flow table test.
e) Ball penetration test.
3. Tests on hardened concrete.
a) Compressive strength of concrete cubes.
b) Compressive strength of concrete cylinder.
c) Splitting tensile strength.
d) Modulus of elasticity.
e) Flexural strength.
4. Tests on RC beam
5. Tests on aggregates.
a) Aggregate crushing value for coarse aggregate.
b) Specific gravity of coarse and fine aggregate.
c) Bulking of fine aggregate.
d) Bulk density and percentage voids of coarse aggregate.
e) Grain size analysis of coarse and fine aggregate.
6. Tests on bricks.
a) Compressive strength. b) Water absorption. c) Efflorescence.
7. Tests on roofing tiles.
a) Transverse strength. b) Water absorption.
8. Tests on flooring tiles.
a) Transverse strength. b) Water absorption. c) Abration tests.
9. Compression tests on Laterite blocks
10. Study of
a) Strain measurements using electrical resistance- strain gauges.
b) Nondestructive test on concrete.
Note
References
1.A.R.Santhakumar,Concrete Technology,Oxford University Press,Chennai.
2. M. S. Shetty, Concrete technology, S.Chand & Co.
Mechanical Engineering (ME)

Objectives


difference formula


Reference

Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
Objectives


Types of reports

REFERENCES
limited, 2008
ME010 303: Fluid Mechanics

(Common with AN010 303 & PE010 303)

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of fluid mechanics by providing exposure to diverse
real world engineering examples.
• To develop understanding about basic laws and equations used for analysis of
static and dynamic fluids.
Module I (15 hours)

Introduction and basic concepts-properties of fluids-density, specific gravity, specific weight,
specific volume, capillarity, surface tension, compressibility, bulk modulus, viscosity-
Newtonian and non Newtonian fluids.
Fluid statics: pressure-variation of pressure-absolute and guage pressure- Pascal’s law,
manometers- hydrostatic force on plane and curved surfaces-buoyancy and floatation-
stability of submerged and floating bodies-metacentric height.
Euler’s momentum equation-Bernoulli’s equation and its limitations-momentum and energy
correction factors-applications of Bernoulli’s equation-venturimeter, orifice meter, pitot tube,
orifices and mouthpieces, notches and weirs-rotameter.

Flow through pipes-laminar and turbulent flow in pipes-critical Reylond’s number- Darcy
Weisbach equation-hydraulic radius-power transmission through pipes-losses in pipes-pipes
in series pipes in parallel-hydraulic gradient line and total energy line-equivalent pipe--
moody’s diagram-water hammer.
Open channel flow-Chezy’s equation-most economical cross section-hydraulic jump.
Fluid kinematics-Eulerian and Lagrangian approaches-classification of fluid flow-graphical
description of flow pattern-stream lines, path lines, streak lines, stream tubes-velocity and
acceleration in fluid flow-continuity equation.
Ideal fluids-rotational and irrotational flow-circulation and vorticity-potential function and
stream function, basic flow fields-uniform flow. Source, sink, doublet, vortex, spiral flow,
flow past a cylinder with circulation-Magnus effect-Joukowski theorem.
Module V (11 hours)

Boundary layer-boundary layer flow theory- boundary layer over flat plate- boundary layer
thickness-displacement, momentum and energy thickness-boundary layer separation-methods
of controlling-wake-drag force on a rectangular plate-pressure drag-friction drag-total drag-
streamlined body-bluff body, lift and drag force on an aerofoil-characteristics-work done.
Hagen-Poiseuille equation.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Applied Electronics & Instrumentation Engg.

Text Books
1. Yunus A. Cengel and John M. Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
2. R.K.Rajput, Fluid Mechanics, S Chand and Company, New Delhi
Reference Books
1. Douglas, Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education, New Delhi
2. Shames I.H, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
3. D. S .Kumar , Fluid Mechanics, S. K. Kataria & Sons, New Delhi
4. White F.M, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
5. S. K. Som & G Biswas, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
6. R. K. Bhansal, Fluid Mechanics& Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi
7. B.S Massey, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
8. Mody & Seth, Fluid Mechanics& Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi
9. F.M. Streeter, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
10. Jagdishlal , Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics, Metropolitan Book Co., New Delhi

ME010 304: Metallurgy and Material Science

(Common with PE010 304 and AU010 304)
Objectives
• To provide physical concepts of atomic radius, atomic structure, chemical bonds,
crystal structure, grain size, work hardening,, heat treatment etc. of metals with
mechanical behaviour.
• To understand the causes of metal failure and deformation
• To determine properties of unknown materials and develop an awareness to apply
this knowledge in material design.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Atomic structure:- Correlation of atomic radius to strength, electron configurations (basic
only) - Primary bonds:- Covalent and Ionic bond: bond energy with strength, cohesive force,
density, directional and non-directional bonding; Metallic bond: conductivity, ductility,
opaque, lustrous, density, non directional bonding – Specific properties of bonding:- Deeper
energy well bond and shallow energy well bond, melting temperature, modulus of elasticity,
coefficient of thermal expansion and attributes of modulus of elasticity in metal cutting
process - Secondary bonds:- classification, hydrogen bond, specific heat etc.
Crystallography:- Crystal, space lattice, unit cell - BCC, FCC, HCP structures - short and
long range order - Effects of crystalline and amorphous structure on mechanical properties -
Determination of atomic packing factor of SC, BCC, FCC, coordination number; densities -
Polymorphism and allotropy - Miller Indices:- slip system, brittleness of BCC, HCP and
ductility of FCC - Modes of plastic deformation:- Slip, twinning, Schmid's law, correlation
of slip system with slip in metals.
Module 2 (12 hours)
Classification of crystal imperfections: - types of dislocation, source of dislocation, cross slip,
climb, jog, kink, forest of dislocation, role of surface defects on crack initiation - Burgers
vector - Correlation of dislocation density with strength and nano concept - Significance of
Frank and Read source in metals deformation - Mechanism of crystallization:
Homogeneous and heterogeneous nuclei formation, under cooling, dendritic growth, grain
boundary irregularity - Effects of grain size, grain size distribution, grain shape, grain
orientation on dislocation/strength and creep resistance - Hall - Petch equation; significance
high and low angle grain boundaries on dislocation - – polishing and etching to determine the
microstructure - crystal structure determination by X - ray diffraction method - Diffusion in
solids, fick’s laws, mechanisms, applications of diffusion in mechanical engineering.
Module 3 (12 hours)
Phase diagrams: - Limitations of pure metals and need of alloying - classification of alloys,
solid solutions, Hume Rothery`s rule - single phase, multi-phase equilibrium diagrams - lever
rule and Gibb`s phase rule - Coring - Equilibrium diagrams reactions:- monotectic, eutectic,
eutectoid, peritectic, peritectoid - Detailed discussion on Iron-Carbon equilibrium diagram
with microstructure and properties changes in austenite, ledeburite, ferrite, cementite,
interlamellar spacing of pearlite to strength etc, special features of martensite transformation,
bainite, spheroidite etc..
Heat treatment:- Definition and necessity - TTT diagrams - critical cooling rate (CCT) -
annealing, normalizing, hardening, spheroidizing - Tempering:- austermpering, martempering
and ausforming - Hardenability, Jominy end quench test, applications – hardness and micro-
hardness tests - surface hardening methods:- carburizing processes; Nitriding; Flame,
induction, laser and electron beam hardening processes; applications - Types of
Strengthening mechanisms:- grain size reduction, work hardening, Solid solution hardening,
precipitation strengthening and over ageing, dispersion hardening - Cold working: Detailed
discussion on strain hardening; recovery; re-crystallization, effect of stored energy; re-
Syllabus - B.Tech. Mechanical Engineering.

crystallization temperature, effect of grain size; driving force for grain growth - hot working
- Bauschiner effect and attributes in metal forming.
Module 4 (12 hours)
Alloy steels:- Effects of alloying elements on: dislocation movement, polymorphic
transformation temperature, formation and stability of carbides, grain growth, displacement of
the eutectoid point, retardation of the transformation rates, improvement in corrosion
resistance, mechanical properties – Nickel steels, Chromium steels etc. - Enhancement of
steel properties by adding alloying elements:- Molybdenum, Nickel, Chromium,
Vanadium, Tungsten, Cobalt, Silicon, Copper and Lead – High speed steels:- Mo and W
types, effect of different alloying elements in HSS - Cast irons: Classifications, grey, white,
malleable and spheroidal graphite cast iron, composition, microstructure, properties and
applications – Principal Non ferrous Alloys: - Aluminum, Copper, Magnesium, Nickel,
Titanium, study of composition, microstructure, properties, applications, reference shall be
made to the phase diagrams whenever necessary.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Fracture: – Brittle and ductile fracture - Griffith theory of brittle fracture - stress
concentration, stress raiser – Effect of plastic deformation on crack propagation –
transgranular, intergranular fracture - Effect of impact loading on ductile material and its
application in forging etc.- Fatigue:- Stress cycles – Primary and secondary stress raisers -
Characteristics of fatigue failure, S-N curve - Factors affecting fatigue strength: stress
concentration, size effect, surface roughness, change in surface properties, surface residual
stress -Ways to improve fatigue life – effect of temperature on fatigue, thermal fatigue and its
applications in metal cutting – Mechanism of fatigue failure – structural features of fatigue:-
crack initiation, growth, propagation – fatigue tests - Fracture toughness (definition only) -
Ductile to brittle transition temperature (DBTT) in steels - Creep:- Creep curves – creep
tests- Structural change:- deformation by slip, sub-grain formation, grain boundary sliding –
Mechanism of creep deformation - threshold for creep - prevention against creep- Super
plasticity: applications.
Text Books
1.Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – Tata McGraw Hill.
2.Callister William. D. – Material Science and Engineering – John Wiley.
3.Dieter George E. – Mechanical Metallurgy – McGraw Hill.
4.Higgins R.A. – Engineering Metallurgy part - I – ELBS.
5.Raghavan V. - Material Science and Engineering - Prentice Hall.
6. Van Vlack – Elements of Material Science - Addison Wesley.
Reference Books
1.Anderson J.C. et.al. – Material Science for Engineers – Chapman and Hall.
2.Clark and Varney - Physical metallurgy for Engineers – Van Nostrand.
3.Manas Chanda - Science to Engineering Materials - Vol I, II and III - Macmillan India.
4.Reed Hill E. Robert – Physical Metallurgy Principles – East West Press.
5.Richards C.W. – Engineering Material Science.

ME010 305: Programming in C


Objectives
• To impart advanced knowledge in programming in C language
Module I (15 hours)

Introduction to computer programming; Various I/O functions; Data types; Constants and
Variables; Escape Sequences; Type Casting; Preprocessor Directive; Storage Classes; Scope
of Variables; Mathematical Operators; Relational Operators; Branching Instructions; Logical
Operators; Conditional Operator; Precedence of Operators; Loops – for, while and do-while,
break and continue instructions, Nested Loops; Switch statement; Evaluation of ex, sin(x),
cos(x) Numerical Integration using Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rules.

Arrays; One Dimensional Arrays; Selection Sorting; Binary Searching; Various String
Handling Functions; Multidimensional Arrays; Matrix Operations (Addition, Transpose and
Multiplication); Sorting of Strings; Structure and Union; Array of Structures;

Functions; Call by Value Method; Stack; Passing One Dimensional and Multidimensional
Arrays to a Function; Recursion; Writing Different String Handling Functions Using Simple
Functions and Functions with Recursive Calls; Quick Sorting; Macros; Writing Macros for
Simple Operations;

Declaration of Pointers; Call by Reference Method; Pointer to a Structure; Pointer to an
Array; Array of Pointers; Pointer to a Pointer; Self Referential Structure; Dynamic Memory
Allocation; Reallocation of Memory; Linear Linked List; Circular Linked List; Double
Linked List; Addition, Insertion and Deletion of Nodes from a Linked List; Command Line
Arguments
Module V (10 hours)

Different types of Files; Reading, Writing, Appending and Rewriting of Text and Binary
Files; Transfer of Data in Blocks; Moving of File Pointer in a File; Usage of bitwise AND,
OR, NOT, XOR, Shift Left and Shift Right Operations
Text Books
1. Bryon S.Gottfried, Programming with C Language.
Reference Books
1. Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C,
2. Deitel, How to Program C
3. Kamthane, Programming with ANSI and Turbo C

ME010 306(CE) Strength of Materials & Structural Engineering

(Common with PE010 306(CE), AU010 306(CE) and PO010 306(CE))
Teaching Scheme:-
3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week Credits: 4
Objectives
• To study internal effects produced and deformations of bodies caused by externally
applied forces.
• To understand the stresses and strains in different materials and analyse strength
characteristic of structural members.
Module I (15 hours)

Introduction to analysis of deformable bodies:-
stresses due to normal, shear and bearing loads-Axial and shear strains –
Simple stresses and strains: Material behavior - uniaxial tension test - stress-strain diagrams.
Hooke's law for linearly elastic isotropic material.
Elastic constants - relation between them - Bars of varying cross section -Composite sections-
Equilibrium and compatibility conditions- Temperature stresses

Bending moment and shear force: Cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams -
concentrated and U.D loading(analytical method) Relation between load shear force and
bending moment.

Stresses in beams: Pure bending - flexure formula for beams - assumptions and limitations
-section modulus - flexural rigidity - economic sections beams of uniform strength. Shearing
stress formula for beams - assumptions and limitations.
Deflection of beams: Moment-curvature relation - assumptions and limitations singularity
functions - Macaulays method - moment area method for simple cases.

Torsion: Torsion theory of elastic circular bars – solid and hollow shaft assumptions
and limitations - polar modulus- torsional rigidity - economic cross-sections.
Pressure vessels: Thin and thick cylinders-Lame's equation-stresses in thick cylinders
due to internal pressure – compound pipes.
Module V (10 hours)

Combined stresses: Principal stresses and planes-Mohr's circle representation of stress in 2D
problems. Use of strain gage rosettes. Combined axial, flexural and torsional loads.
Theory of columns: Buckling theory -Euler's formula for long columns - assumptions and
limitations - effect of end conditions - slenderness ratio - Rankine's formula for intermediate
columns -Eccentric loading of columns - kern of a section (rectangular and circular section).

Text Books
1. Timoshenko.S.P, Strength of Materials, Part 1,D.Van Nostrand company, Inc.Newyork.
3. Mott, Robert L, Applied strength of materials, 5th Edn, Prentice Hall of India.
4. Popov E.P., Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi..
Reference Books
1. Nash.W.A , Strength of Materials, Schaum’s Outlines,$th Edn, TMH
2. Gere, James M , Mechanics of Materials, Cengage Learning.
3. Shames IH , Pitarresi, James.M, Introduction to Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall of India.

ME010 307: Computer Programming Lab

(Common with PE010 408 and AU010 307 )
Objectives
• To provide experience in programming with C language
• To familiarize with operating systems. file directories, editors, compilers
and file managers etc.
• To obtain exposure to computer programming languages for technical
computation like MatLab
• Programming experiments in C to cover control structures functions, arrays,
structures, pointers and files
i. Counting characters, lines and words

ii. Checking leap year
iii. Finding sum of digits and reversing a number
iv. Generating Prime numbers, Fibonacci numbers and Angstrom numbers
v. Sine and Cosine series generation
vi. Implementation of Numerical Integration using Simpson’s and Trapezoidal
rules
vii. Sorting of numbers, strings and records
viii. Matrix addition and multiplication
ix. Implementation of dynamic memory allocation
x. Implementation of linked lists
xi. Problems related to files
xii. Problems related to command line arguments
Syllabus – B.Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering

ME010 308: Fluid Mechanics Lab

(Common with AN010 308 , PE010 308 and AU010 308 )

Objectives
• To provide exposure to the actual flow process and various instruments adopted for
flow measurement .
¾ Study and acquire a thorough knowledge of the various pipe fittings and plumbing
tools.
¾ Study the use of different types of taps, valves.
¾ Study the various measuring instruments like gauges, pitot tube, watermeters and
current meters.
¾ Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies.
¾ Determination of hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouthpieces under constant
head method and time of emptying method.
¾ Calibration of discharge measuring equipments in closed conduits like venturimeter,
orificemeter, watermeter etc.
¾ Calibration of discharge measuring equipments in open channel flow like rectangular
and triangular notches.
¾ Determination of Darcy’s constant and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow.
¾ Determination of critical velocity in pipe flow.
¾ Determination of minor losses in pipe flow.
¾ Experimental verification of Bernoulli’s theorem.
¾ Determination of Chezy’s constant and Manning’s number for open channel flow.
¾ Calibration of Plug –Sluices.

50%-Laboratory practical and record
30%- Test/s
20%- Regularity in the class
End Semester Examination (Maximum Marks-100)

70% - Procedure, conducting experiment, results, tabulation, and inference
30% - Viva voce
Syllabus – B.Tech. Mechanical Engineering

EN010401 Engineering Mathematics III

MODULE 1 Fourier series ( 12 hours)
Dirichlet conditions – Fourier series with period 2 π and 2l – Half range sine and cosine series –
Harmonic Analysis – r.m.s Value
MODULE 2 Fourier Transform ( 12 hours)
Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transforms – derivative of transforms- convolution

theorem (no proof) – Parsevals identity
MODULE 3 Partial differential equations ( 12 hours)
Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – solution of Lagrange’s equation –
Charpits method –solution of Homogeneous partical differential equations with constant coefficients
MODULE 4 Probability distribution ( 12 hours)
Concept of random variable , probability distribution – Bernoulli’s trial – Discrete distribution – Binomial
distribution – its mean and variance- fitting of Binominal distribution – Poisson distribution as a limiting
case of Binominal distribution – its mean and variance – fitting of Poisson distribution – continuous
distribution- Uniform distribution – exponential distribution – its mean and variance – Normal
distribution – Standard normal curve- its properties
MODULE 5 Testing of hypothesis ( 12 hours)
Populations and Samples – Hypothesis – level of significance – type I and type II error – Large samples
tests – test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportion, single mean, difference of mean
– chi –square test for variance- F test for equality of variances for small samples
References

Co.
EN010 402(ME): Principles of Management

(Common with EN010 502(ME))

Objectives
• To develop an understanding of different functional areas of management.
• To understand the functions and duties an individual should perform in an
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)

Management Concepts: Vision, Mission, Goals and Objectives of management-MBO-
Scientific management- Functions of management- Planning- Organizing- Staffing-
Directing- Motivating- Communicating- Coordinating- Controlling- Authority and
Responsibility- Delegation- Span of control- Organizational structure- Line, Line and staff
and Functional relationship.

Personnel Management: Definition and concept- Objectives of personnel management-
Manpower planning- Recruitment and Selection of manpower- Training and development of
manpower- Labour welfare- Labour turnover- Quality circle- Industrial fatigue- Industrial
disputes-Method of settling disputes- Trade unions.

Production management: Objectives and scope of production management- Functions of
production department- production management frame work- product life cycle-Types of
production- Production procedure- Project planning with CPM and PERT- Basic concepts in
network.

Financial Management: Objectives and Functions of Financial Management- Types of
Capital- Factors affecting working capital- Methods of financing.
Cost Management: Elements of cost- Components of cost- Selling Price of a product.
Module V (12 hours)

Sales and Marketing Management: Sales management- Concept- Functions of sales
department- Duties of sales engineer- Selling concept and Marketing concept- Marketing-
Definition and principles of marketing- Marketing management and its functions- Sales
forecasting- Pricing- Advertising- Sales promotion- Channels of distribution- Market
research.
Text Books
1. Koontz and Weihrich, Essentials of Management, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Mahajan M., Industrial Engineering and Production Management, Dhanpat Rai and Co.
3. Kemthose and Deepak, Industrial Engineering an Management, Prentice Hall of India.
Reference Books
1. Martand Telsang, Industrial Engineering and Production Management.
2. Khanna O.P., Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpat Rai and Co.
3. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall of India.
4. Sharma S. C. & Banga T. R., Industrial Organisation and Engineering Economics,
Khanna Publishers.
5. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Mechanical Engineering

ME010 403: Hydraulic Machines

(Common with PE010 403)
Objectives
• To impart knowledge regarding principles and operations of various
hydraulic machines.
Module I (12 hours)

Dynamic Action of Fluid: Impulse Momentum equation- applications– impact of jet – flow of
an incompressible fluid over fixed and moving vanes – workdone and efficiency – reaction
principle – propulsion of ships. Basic equation of energy transfer in rotodynamic machines-
components of energy transfer-Classification-Axial flow, radial flow, impulse and reaction
machines.

Hydraulic turbines: Classification-– impulse and reaction turbines – Euler`s turbine equation-
velocity triangles - Pelton wheel, Francis turbine Kaplan turbine – construction features and
performance characteristics – theory of draft tube – speed regulation of turbines – run away
speed- selection, type and speed of turbines

Pumping machinery: General classification –Rotodynamic pumps - construction features-
classification of impellers, impeller shapes – types of casings -working of centrifugal pumps,
priming, Euler`s head equation – velocity triangles – losses, head and efficiencies–
performance pump characteristics: main, operating characteristics curves- selection of pumps
from performance curves – NPSHrequired– NPSHavailable– multistage pumps – pumps in parallel
& series operation- propeller pumps.

Dimensional analysis – Rayleigh’ s method – Buckingham’s Pi theorem – non diamesional
parameters in fluid mechanics and fluid machinery – principle of similitude, geometric,
kinematic and dynamic similarity – model studies. Non dimensional numbers (Reynold’s
number, Froude’s number, Euler’s number, Weber’s number and Mach’s number) Non
dimensional parameters for incompressible flow machines –Capacity coefficient, Head
coefficient, Power coefficient, Reynolds number, shape number, specific speed – Non
dimensional performance curves for pumps- effect of change of outlet vane angle, impeller
diameters and speed–Principle of similitude- Non dimensional parameters for comparative
study of turbine performance – unit speed, unit power, unit quantity, geometric similarity –
model laws – effect of specific speed on runner speed, runner size, flow type etc. Cavitation
in fluid machines – installations susceptible to cavitation – collapse of bubble theory –
Thoma`s prameter – factors affecting cavitation in pumps and turbines –prevention of
cavitation damage.
Module V (12 hours)

Positive displacement pumps: reciprocating pump, effect of vapour pressure on lifting of
liquid – indicator diagram – acceleration head – effect of friction – use of air vessels – work
saved – Slip - efficiency – pump characteristics – applications.
Theory & application of self-priming pump, jet pump, airlift or compressor pump, slurry
pump, hydraulic ram - Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear, screw, vane pumps.

Hydraulic accumulator, intensifier, fluid coupling & lift – principle of operation- hydraulic
cranes, hydraulic press- Hydraulic symbols (Description only, no problems).
Text Books
1. Jagadishlal, Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitan Publishers.
Reference Books
1. Abdulla Sheriff ,Hydraulic machines, standard publishers.
2. Govinda Rao N. S, Fluid flows machines, TMH.
3. Pippinger, Industrial hydraulics.
4. Stepanoff John A. J, Centrifugal and axial flow pumps, iley & sons
5. Lewitt E. H, Hydraulic & Fluid Mechanics
6. Som S K and Biswas G, Introduction to fluid mechanics and fluid machines, TMH.
7. Yahya S M, Turbines fans and compressors, TMH.
8. R.K.Rajput, Hydraulic Machines, S.Chand & Company.
9. Modi & Seth, Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi

ME010 404: Manufacturing Process

(Common with AU010 404)

Objectives
1. To gain theoretical and practical knowledge in material casting processes and
develops an understanding of the dependent and independent variables which control
materials casting in a production processes.
2. Provide a detailed discussion on the welding process and the physics of welding.
Introduce students to different welding processes weld testing and advanced
processes to be able to appreciate the practical applications of welding.
3. The course will also provide methods of analysis allowing a mathematical/physical
description of forming processes.
Module I (12 hours)

Patterns: - types, allowances, color code – Molding sand:- constituents, types, properties,
testing, types of mould, molding machines – Cores:- sands, types prints, machines, chaplets,
forces acting on molding flasks - Gating system:- fluid flow and heat transfer in metal casting,
elements and design of gating system, sprue, gating ratio, slag trap system – Risering:-
risering design, chills, feeding devices - Cupola operation -pouring and cleaning of castings -
defects in castings - inspection and quality control - Casting:- continuous, strip, shell mold,
vacuum, investment, slush, pressure, die, centrifugal, precision investment, squeeze casting
and semi solid metal forming, economics and surface finish obtainable - casting machines -
comparison of casting with other production processes. (Include necessary figures and
equations).

Welding:- diffusion, definition of welding, metallurgy of welding, applications, classification,
mechanism - welding design:- effect of weld parameters on weld quality, heat input, heat flow
and distortions - Gas welding:- details, equipment, fluxes and filler rods – flame cutting - Arc
welding:- applications, equipment, polarity, governing factor in fusion welding - electrodes
and types – TIG - GMA - CO2 process - Submerged arc, electroslag, plasma arc and flux
cored arc welding - Resistance, thermit solid state welding - Electron and laser beam welding
– explosive welding - inspection and defects in welding - heat affected zone, grain size
variations in joint strength - Brazing and soldering - adhesive bonding – Extrusion: Metal
flow – mechanism and types – extrusion defects.

Rolling:- principles - types of rolls and rolling mills - mechanics of flat rolling, roll pressure
distribution - neutral point - front and back tension, roll forces in hot rolling, roll torque and
power, friction, deflection and flattening - friction and lubrication in metal forming - defects -
hot and cold rolling - rolling machines - strip velocity and roll velocity - roll and roll pass
design - theories of rolling and effect of parameters - load calculation - rolling of tubes,
wheels, axles, I-beam thread, gear rolling.
Module IV 12 hours)
Forging:- classification - open die forging, forces and work of deformation - Forging methods
analysis:- slab method only, solid cylindrical, rectangular work piece in plane strain, forging
under sticking condition - deformation zone geometry – die forging:- impression, close,

coining, skew rolling etc. – defects in forging – forgeability tests – die design and materials –
equipments - heating in forging - quality assurance for forging -non destructive testing -
mechanics of rod and wire Drawing:- ideal deformation, ideal deformation and friction,
drawing of flat strips etc – drawing defects – drawing practices.
Module V (12 hours)

Locating methods:- methods, degrees of freedom - principle of clamping:- clamping types -
work holding principle – Die cutting:- Different types - shearing - types of presses –cutting
action in punch and die operations – die clearances – types of die:- progressive, compound,
combination die – Bending dies:- bending methods, minimum bend radius, bendability, spring
back, forces, bend allowances – Forming dies:- solid form, curling, embossing, coining,
bulging dies - Shear and tube spinning - High energy rate forming:- need, energy sources -
material behavior - pneumatic, mechanical, electrohydraulic, electromagnetic, and explosive
forming – Deep drawing:- deep drawability, punch forces.
Text Books
1. Manufacturing Science - Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallick
2. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology - Kalapakjian and Schmid
Reference Books
1. Principles of Metal Casting - Hine and Rosenthal
2. Foundry Technology - P.R.Beeley

ME010 405: Machine Drawing
3 hours practical and 1 hour theory per week
Objectives :
• To impart the fundamental concepts of machine drawing.
• To develop primary knowledge of working drawings.
• To produce orthographic drawing of different machine parts.
• To develop skill to produce assembly drawings.
• To develop skill to produce detailed drawings of machines parts from assembly drawing.
Module-1(15hrs)
Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views-dimensioning techniques-preparation of drawing- -
Limits and tolerances of machine parts - Hole system and shaft system of tolerances - Designation of
fundamental deviation - Types of fits and their selection - Indication of dimensional tolerances and fits on
simple machine parts - Geometrical tolerances – Recommended symbols - Indication of geometrical tolerances
on simple machine parts - Surface roughness – Indication of surface finish on drawings - Preparation of shop
floor drawings of simple machine parts.
Types of screw threads-different forms-conventional representation-sketching orthographic views of
hexagonal bolts and nuts -dimensional drawing-square headed bolts and nuts –sketching of different
types of lock nuts and locking devices- foundation bolts.
Forms of rivet heads – riveted joints-lap and butt joints with single and multiple riveting in chain and
zig – zag arrangements –dimensional drawing. Sketching of conventional representation of welded joint.
Module-2 (20 hrs)

Fully dimensioned and sectional drawing of the following Joints-
knuckle joint-jib and cotter
shaft couplings-types of keys- protected types of flanged couplings-bushed pin type flexible coupling-
Oldham’s coupling
Pipe joints-spigot and socket joint-flanged joint-
Shaft bearings and support-Plummer block IC engine parts-piston-connecting rod
Module-3(25hrs)
Assembly and working drawings of the followingValves
-stop valve-spring loaded safety valve –dead weight safety valve-feed check valve-feed check valve
Machine elements-screw jack –lathe tool post-spindle-tailstock
Note:
• Drawing practical classes have to be conducted by using any standard CAD software and using
drawing instruments in alternate weeks (3Hours) preferably for each half of the student.
Semester End examination (3Hours) shall be conducted by using drawing instruments only
• All drawing exercises mentioned above are for class work. Additional exercises wherever necessary
may be given as homework
•
References:
1. N.D.Bhatt and Panchal, Machine Drawing, Charator Publishing House
2. P I.Varghese, Machine Drawing, VIP Publishers, Thrissur
3. Ajeet Singh, Machine Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd
4. P.S.Gill , Machine Drawing, S.K.Kataria &Sons
University examination pattern
Question I: Two questions of 7.5 marks each out of three questions from module-1
Question II: One questions of 25 marks from module-2.
Question III:One question of 60 marks from module-3
.
ME 010 406(EE) Electrical Technology

(Common with PE010 406 (EE) and AU010 406 (EE))

Objectives
Understanding the basic working principles of DC machines Ac machines and its drives
Module I (8 hours)
D.C. Generator - O.C.C. – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical
speed - Load characteristics of generators- Losses- power flow diagram- efficiency- condition
for maximum efficiency- Application.

D.C. Motors: Back emf – speed and torque equation- starting and speed control – testing of
D.C. Motors – brake test – Swinburn’s test- Performance characteristics of Shunt, Series and
Compound motors. - Applications
Transformer – Emf equation: No load current – equivalent circuit – regulation- efficiency.
Determination of regulation and efficiency from O.C. and S.C. tests – cooling of transformer.
Basic principle of 3 phase transformer - Applications

Alternators - Construction details: Type – emf equation (winding factor need not be derived)
– synchronous impedance – regulation by emf and mmf method.
Synchronous Motors: Principle of operation – method of starting.
Three phase induction motor: Production of rotating magnetic field - equivalent circuit –
torque equation – torque slip characteristics – no load and blocked rotor tests – starting and
speed control – Application
Single Phase motor: Different types - Application.

Industrial drives – electric drives – advantages – individual drive and group drive – factors
affecting choice of motor – mechanical characteristics of a.C. and D.C. motors – motors for
particular application like textile mill, steel mill, paper mill, mine, hoists, crane etc. – size and
rating of motor . Electric traction – Different systems of traction – comparison – track
electrification – different systems – traction motor characteristics – electric braking –
plugging – Dynamic and regenerative braking.
Module V (10 hours)

Power semiconductor devices: power diodes – SCR’s - principle of operation of SCR’s – two
transistor analogy of SCR – characteristics – SCR rating (basic principle only). High
frequency heating – induction and dielectric heating – resistance heating resistance welding-
block schematic of resistance welding scheme.

Text Books
1. Dr. P S Bimbra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publishers
2. J B Gupta, Electrical Machines , S K Kataria and Sons
3. Dr. P S Bimbra, Power Electronics, Khanna Publishers
Reference Books
1. Alexander Langsdorf A S: Theory of AC Machinery, Mc-Graw Hill
2. Say M G: Performance and design of AC Machines, ELBS
3. Electrical machines, Drives and Power Systems: Thoedore Wildi, Pearson Ed.
4. P.C. Sen, Thyristor DC Drives, Wiley-Interscience Publication 1984
5. Joseph Vithayathil, Power Electronics-Principles and applications, TMH, 2010
6. B. K. Bose, Modern Power Electronics and A.C. Drives, PHI, 2002.
7. G.K. Dubey, Fundamentals of Electrical Drives, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,2005

ME010 407: Hydraulic Machines Laboratory


Objectives
• To provide experience on various Hydraulic machineries.
• To acquaint the students with the measurement of various parameters.
Experiments
Performance characteristic tests on Pelton wheel (Load test & best speed).
Performance characteristic tests on Francis turbine (Load test & best gate
opening).
Performance characteristic tests on Kaplan turbine (Load test & best gate,
vane angle opening).
Performance characteristic tests on single stage, multi stage centrifugal pumps
at constant speed & at variable speed. Actual & predicted curves.
Performance characteristic tests on self-priming pump, Jet pump, Airlift pump
and deep well pump
Performance characteristic tests on axial flow pump.
Performance characteristic tests on Hydraulic ram.
Performance characteristic tests on reciprocating pump at constant speed.
Performance characteristic tests on Gear pump.
Performance characteristic tests on Screw pump.
Text Books
1. Abdulla Sheriff, Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Standard Publ.
2. R.K Bansal, Fliud Machines and Hydraulic Machines , Lakshmi publications New
Delhi
Reference Books
1. K Subramanya , Fluid Machines and Hydraulic Machines , TMH.
2. Govinda Rao N.S, Fluid Flows Machines, TMH.
3. Shiv Kumar, Fluid Mechanics & Fluid machines , Ane books.
4. Massey B. S, Fluid Mechanics, ELBS
5. Stepanoff John A. J, Centrifugal and Axial Flow Pump, Wiley & Sons

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

ME010 408 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB

Objective: To study properties of various materials
List of Experiments

6. Torsion Test on M. S. Rod.
8. Fatigue Test
11. Strut Test.
Note
References
Inc.Newyork.
EN010501A ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV

Objectives: Use basic numerical techniques to solve problems and provide scientific techniques to
decision making problems.
MODULE 1 Function of Complex variable (12 hours)
Analytic functions – Derivation of C.R. equations in cartision co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal
properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential –
conformal mapping of z2 , - Bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property (no proof) –
simple problems
MODULE 2 Complex integration (12 hours)
Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s series- Laurent’s series
– Zeros and singularities – types of singularities – Residues – Residue theorem – evaluation of real
integrals in unit circle – contour integral in semi circle when poles lie on imaginary axis.
MODULE 3 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations (10 hours)
Successive bisection method – Regula –falsi method – Newton –Raphson method - Secant method –
solution of system of linear equation by Gauss – Seidel method
MODULE 4 Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations ( 10 hours)
Taylor’s series method – Euler’s method – modified Euler’s method – Runge – Kutta method (IV order) -
Milnes predictor – corrector method
MODULE 5 Linear programming problem (16 hours)
Definition of L.P.P., solution, optimal solution, degenerate solution – graphical solution –solution using
simplex method (non degenerate case only) Big -M method – Duality in L.P.P. – Transportation problem
–Balanced T.P. – initial solution using Vogel’s approximation method - modi method (non degenerate
case only)
References
2. M.R.Spicgel , S.Lipschutz , John J. Schiller, D.Spellman – Complex variables, schanm’s outline
series - Mc Graw Hill
3. S.Bathul – text book of Engg.Mathematics – Special functions and complex variables –PHI
ME010 502 Computer Aided Design & Manufacturing


Objectives
• To provide a comprehensive concepts of the design aspects and its importance in
computer assisted design and manufacture.
• To examine technologies those have been developed to automate manufacturing
operations.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Evolution of CAD/CAM and CIM, computers and workstation, elements of interactive
graphics, input/ out put display, storage devices in CAD, – networking of CAD systems -
2D Graphics: line drawing algorithms, DDA line algorithm – circle drawing,
bressnham`s circle drawing algorithm– 2D Transformation: translation, rotation, scaling,
reflection – clipping -3D Graphics (basic only).
Module 2 (12 hours)

Geometric modeling: Wire frame, surface and solid modeling - Engineering analysis;
design review and evaluation, automated drafting.
Numerical control: Need - advantages and disadvantages – classifications – Point to
point, straight cut and contouring positioning - incremental and absolute systems – open
loop and closed loop systems – DDA integrator and Interpolators – resolution – CNC and
DNC.
Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC): need – relays - logic ladder program –
timers, simple problems only - Devices in N.C. systems: Driving devices - feed
back devices: encoders, moire fringes, digitizer, resolver, inductosyn, and
tachometer.
Module 3 (12 hours)

NC part programming: part programming fundamentals - manual programming – NC co-
ordinate systems and axes – tape format – sequence number, preparatory functions,
dimension words, speed word, feed world, tool world, miscellaneous functions –
programming exercises.
Computer aided part programming: concept and need of CAP – CNC languages – APT
language structure: geometry commands, motion commands, postprocessor commands,
compilation control commands – programming exercises – programming with interactive
graphics.
(At least one programming exercise should be included in the University
examination)
Module 4 (12 hours)

Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP): concepts; traditional and CAPP; automated
process planning: process planning, general methodology of group technology, code

structures of variant and generative process planning methods, AI in process planning,

process planning software.
Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS): Introduction, types, concepts, need and
advantages of FMS - cellular and FMS - JIT and GT applied to FMS.
Module 5 (12 hours)

Robot Technology: overview, basic components - robot end effectors – sensors in
robotics – control of actuators in robotic mechanisms (basic only) – control of robo joint,
stepper motor, direct drive actuators – hydraulic and pneumatic systems (basic only) –
robot arm kinematics, direct and inverse kinematics solution robot arm dynamics – robot
applications: material transfer, machine loading and unloading, pre cutting operations,
assembly, inspection and welding.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Newman and Sproull - Principles of interactive Graphics, McGraw – Hill.
2. Yoram Koren - Numerical control of machine tools, McGraw-Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Craig John - Introduction to Robotics
2. Groover M.P. - CAD/CAM, PHI.
3. Hearn and Baker - Computer graphics (in C version), Prentice Hall.
4. Petruzella Frank.D. - Programmable logic controllers.
5. Jonn Craig - Introduction to Robotics

ME010 503: Advanced Mechanics of Materials
Objectives
1. To impart concepts of stress and strain analysis in a solid.
2. To study the methodologies in theory of elasticity at a basic level.
3. To acquaint with energy methods to solve structural problems.
Module I (12 hours)

Basic equations of Elasticity, Stress at a point with respect to a plane - normal and tangential components
of stress - stress tensor - Cauchy’s equations - stress transformation - principal stresses and planes - strain
at a point - strain tensor - analogy between stress and strain tensors - constitutive equations - generalized
Hooke’s law - relation among elastic constants – equations of equilibrium -strain-displacement relations –

Compatibility conditions - boundary conditions - Saint Venant’s principle for end effects –uniqueness
condition. 2-D problems in elasticity. Plane stress and plane strain problems – Airy’s stress function – solutions
by polynomial method – solutions for bending of a cantilever with an end load and bending of a beam under
uniform load.

Equations in polar coordinates - Lame’s problem - stress concentration problem of a small hole in a
large plate. Axisymmetric problems - thick cylinders - interference fit - rotating discs. Special
problems in bending: Unsymmetrical bending - shear center - curved beams with circular and rectangular
cross-section

Energy methods in elasticity: Strain energy of deformation - special cases of a body subjected to
concentrated loads, due to axial force, shear force, bending moment and torque – reciprocal relation -Maxwell
reciprocal theorem - Castigliano’s first and second theorems - virtual work principle -minimum
potential energy theorem - complementary energy
Module V (12 hours)

Torsion of non-circular bars: Saint Venant’s theory - Prandtle’s method - solutions for circular and
elliptical cross-sections - membrane analogy - torsion of thin walled open and closed sections- shear flow
Text Books
1. L. S. Sreenath, Advanced Mechanics of Solids, McGraw Hill
2. S. M. A. Kazimi, Solid Mechanics, McGraw Hill
3. S. P. Timoshenko, J. N. Goodier, Theory of elasticity, McGraw Hill
Reference Books
1. J. P. Den Hartog, Advance Strength of Materials, McGraw Hill

2. C. K. Wang, Applied Elasticity, McGraw Hill
ME010 504: Kinematics of Machinery

Objectives
1. To understand the basic components and layout of linkages in the assembly of
a system/machine.
2. To understand the principles involved in assembly the displacement, velocity
and acceleration at any point in a link of a mechanism.
3. To understand the motion resulting from a specified set of linkages.
4. To understand and to design few linkage mechanisms and cam mechanisms
for specified output motions.
5. To understand the basic concepts of toothed gearing and kinematics of gear
trains.
Module I (14hours)
Classification of mechanisms – Basic kinematic concepts and definitions – Degree of

freedom, Mobility – Kutzbach criterion, Gruebler’s criterion – Grashof’s Law –Kinematic
inversions of four-bar chain, slider crank chains and double slider crank chains – Limit
positions –Mechanical advantage – Transmission Angle -Coupler curves – Description of
some common Mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms, Straight line generators, Dwell
Mechanisms, Ratchets and Escapements, Universal Joint, steering mechanisms
Module II (12hours)
Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms – Graphical method –

Velocity and acceleration polygons – Velocity analysis using instantaneous centers –
Kennedy’s theorem, kinematic analysis by complex algebra methods – Vector approach –
Computer applications in the kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms – Coincident points –
Coriolis component of Acceleration.
Module III (10hours)
Kinematic synthesis ( Planar Mechanisms) - Tasks of kinematic synthesis – Type, Number

and dimensional synthesis – Precision points - Graphical synthesis for four link mechanism
Function generator – 2 position and 3 position synthesis – Overlay Method - Analytical
synthesis techniques
Cams and Followers: - types-follower motion-SHM-uniform velocity and acceleration-

Cycloidal - displacement, velocity and acceleration curves-Cam profile-Reciprocating and
oscillating followers-Tangent cams-Convex and concave cams with footed followers.
Introduction to Polynomial cams.
Module V (12 hours)
Law of toothed gearing – Involutes and cycloidal tooth profiles –Spur Gear terminology and
definitions –Gear tooth action – contact ratio – Interference and undercutting – Non-standard

gear teeth – Helical, Bevel, Worm, Rack and Pinion gears [Basics only] Gear trains – Speed
ratio, train value – Parallel axis gear trains– Epicyclic Gear Trains – Differentials
Reference Books
1. R L Norton, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 1st ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education
Private Limited, Delhi, 2009
2. J. E. Shigley, J. J. Uicker, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, McGraw Hill
3 S .S Rattan Theory of Machines, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, Delhi,
2009
4 A. Ghosh, A. K. Malik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, Affiliated East West Press
5 A. G. Erdman, G. N. Sandor, Mechanism Design: Analysis and synthesis Vol I & II,
Prentice Hall of India

ME010 505 I. C. Engines & Combustion

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of IC Engine and Combustion
Module I (15 hours)

Working of two stroke and four stroke engines and valve timing diagrams of – Petrol
and diesel engine. (Review only). Fuel air cycles. Ignition systems- Battery and magneto
systems- ignition timing and spark advance. Fuels – Qualities, rating of fuels - Octane and
Cetane numbers. Alternative fuels.
Types of engines - Wankel engine,- Stirling engine - Stratified charge engine - VCR engine -
free piston engine.

Air fuel mixture requirements – Solex Carburettor. Stoichiometric and excess air calculations.
Fuel injection systems in SI and CI engines - Fuel injection pumps.- nozzle- direct and
indirect injections. MPFI systems and GDI engines. CRDI technology.
Lubrication systems- types – properties of lubricants. Flash point, fire point and viscosity
index.

Thermodynamics of combustion. Combustion reaction of common fuels. Exhaust gas
composition. Flue gas analysis. Air fuel ratio from exhaust gas composition. Variation of
specific heats- heat losses- Dissociation.
Engine cooling systems- Air and liquid system- Super charging and turbo charging

Combustion in SI engines- P-θ diagram- Stages of combustions- Ignition lag. Flame
propagation – Abnormal combustion – detonation effects. Combustion in CI engines, P-θ
diagram - Ignition delay, diesel knock- controlling methods.
Air motion- Squish, tumble, swirl motions. Different types combustion chamber for SI and CI
engines.
Module V (10 hours)

Pollutants in SI and CI engines. NOx, CO, unburned hydrocarbons ,smoke and particulate.
Measurement of exhaust emission. (HC, CO, NOx and smoke intensity ) Exhaust gas
treatment.- Catalytic converter – Thermal reaction -Particulate trap.
Testing of IC engines - Indicated power – Brake Power - Volumetric efficiency - Heat
balance test - Morse test.

Text Books
V Ganesan, Internal Combustion Engine Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
New Delhi 2006. -
Reference Books
John B Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company
Sigapur,1998.
Obert E F,Internal Combustion Engine and air Pollution Mc Graw Hill book company New York.
Mathur and Sharma,A course in Internal Combustion Engine - Dhanpat Rai Publications new
Delhi, 2004.
Sharma S.P, Fuels and Combustion, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
New Delhi.1990.
Spalding D.B. Some Fundamentals of Combustion Better Worths Scientific Publications London,
1955.

ME010 506 Thermodynamics

(Common with PE 010 506 and AU010 506)
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of Thermodynamics
Pre-requisites: Knowledge required to study this subject (especially any subject previously
studied)
Module I (10 hours)

Fundamentals concepts – scope and limitations of thermodynamics. Thermodynamic systems
– different types of systems – macroscopic and microscopic analysis – continuum – Properties
– state – processes. Thermodynamics equilibrium – Equation of state of an ideal gas – PVT
system – Real gas relations – Compressibility factor – Law of corresponding states.
Laws of thermodynamics- Zeroth law of thermodynamics – Thermal equilibrium – Concept
of temperature – Temperature scales – Thermometry – Perfect gas temperature scales. –
Thermometry – Perfect gas temperature scales. Work and heat – First law of thermodynamics
– Concept of energy _ First law for closed and open systems – Specific heats – internal
energy and enthalpy – Steady flow energy equations _ Jule Thompson effect.
Second law of thermodynamics- Various statements and their equivalence_ Reversible
process and reversible cycles- Carnot cycles- Corollaries of the second law – thermodynamics
temperature scales – Clausis inequality- Concept of entropy – Calculation of change in
entropy in various thermodynamic processes – Reversibility and irreversibility – Available
and unavailable energy – Third law of thermodynamics.
Thermodynamic relations – Combined first and second law equations – Hemholtz and gibbs
functions – Maxwell relations- Equations for specific heats, internal energy, enthalpy and
entropy – Clausius Clapeyron equations _ applications of thermo dynamic relations.
Module V (10 hours)
Properties of pure substances – PVT, PT and TS diagrams, Mollier diagrams- Mixture of
gases and vapours- mixture of ideal gases – Dalton’s law – Gibbs law- Thermodynamic
properties of mixtures
Text Books
1 P K Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd. New Delhi 2008.
Reference Books
1. J. F. Lee and FW Sears, Engineering Thermodynamics, Addison-Wesleg Publishing
Company, London, 1962.
2. Spalding and Cole, Engineering Thermodynamics, The English Language Book
Society and Edward Arnold Ltd.,1976.
3. M. A.chuthan, Engineering Thermodynamics,Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd,
New Delhi 2002.
4. J.H Keenan, Thermodynamics, John Wiley and Sons , New York, 1963.
5. Edward F Obert, Concept of Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill book company New
York, 1988.
6. J.P. Holman, Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill book company New York, 1988.
7. Mark W. Zemansky, Heat and Thermodynamic, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2001.
8 Roy T, Basic Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd. New Delhi 1989.

ME010 507: CAD/CAM Lab

Objectives
• To train the students in solid modelling, surface modelling and drafting
• To gain experience in assembly modelling, mechanism design and systems routing
• To practise computer controlled manufacturing methods
• To expose students to rapid prototyping
Solid Modeling (15 hours)
Creation of 3D models-Wireframe, Surface and Solid modeling techniques using CAD

packages- Parametric modeling-Drafting-Generation of orthographic 2D views from
models,Sectioning,Detailing –Exposure to Industrial components-Application of Geometrical
Dimensioning &Tolerancing.
Assembly Design (15 hours)
Assembling of various machine parts and tolerance analysis, generation of 2D drawings and
bill of materials from assembly
Mechanism Design - synthesis and design of mechanisms - animations - exercises on various
mechanisms like four bar chain, slider crank mechanism and its inversions
System Design-Schematic and non schematic driven routing of pipes and tubes,
Computer aided manufacturing (15 hours)
Part programming fundamentals - manual part programming and computer aided part
programming - hands on training in computer controlled turning and milling operations - tool
path generation and simulation - exercises on CNC lathe and machining center/milling
machines
Generation of STL files and rapid prototyping of CAD models
Exercises
1) Modeling of machine parts, brackets using 2D drawings

2) Modeling of surfaces using given master geometry
3) Parametric modeling of standard parts such as nuts, bolts, rivets, washers etc
4) Assembling of machine parts
5) Generation of manufacturing drawings from 3D models/assembly
6) Synthesis of four bar mechanism and its simulation using software packages
7) Synthesis of slider crank mechanism and its simulation using software packages
8) Schematic and non schematic routing of pipes/tubes
9) Manual/Computer aided part programming for turning and milling operations
10) Rapid prototyping of simple CAD models

Reference Books
1. CAD and Solid Modeling Software Packages CATIAV5, UNIGRAPHICS and PRO-
E Manuals of Latest Version
2. Ibrahim Zeid, R Sivasubrahmanian CAD/CAM: Theory & Practice Tata McGraw
Hill Education Private Limited, Delhi,
3. Yoram Koren, Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, Delhi,
4. Peter Smid, (2003), CNC programming Handbook a comprehensive guide to practical
CNC programming, Industrial Press

30%- Test/s
Note: Exercise in Rapid prototyping may be demonstrated for the entire batch

70% - Procedure, modeling steps, results
30% - Viva voce

ME010 508 Electrical & Electronics Lab

Objectives
• To conduct various tests on Electrical Machines and to study their performance.
• To conduct various tests on practical electronic circuits
PART A
1. Study of 3-point and 4-point starters for D.C machines
2. OCC of self excited D.C machines – critical resistances of various speeds. Voltage built-up
with a given field circuit resistance. Critical speed for a given field circuit resistance
3. OCC of separately excited D.C machines
4. Load test on shunt generator – deduce external, internal and armature reaction
characteristics.
5. Load test on compound generator
6. Swinburne’s test on D.C machines
7. Brake test on D.C shunt motors and determination of characteristics.
8. Brake test on D.C series motors and determination of characteristics.
9. Brake test on D.C compound motors and determination of characteristics.
10. O.C and S.C tests on single phase transformers – calculation of performance using
equivalent circuit – efficiency, regulation at unity, lagging and leading power factors.
11. Load test on single phase transformers.
12. Alternator regulation by emf and mmf methods
13. Study of starters for three phase induction motors
14. Load tests on three phase squirrel cage induction motors
15. Load tests on three phase slip ring induction motors
16. Load tests on single phase induction motors
PART B
1. Design and testing of clipping and clamping circuits
2. Design and testing of of RC integrator and differentiator circuits.

3. Design and testing of rectifier circuits – Half wave – Full wave (centre – tapped and bridge)
circuits. Filter circuits.
4. Design and testing of RC coupled amplifier– frequency response.

Sweep circuits
5. Design and Testing of RC phase-shift Oscillator
References
2. R K Rajput, A text book of Electrical Machines, Laxmi publishers
3. A.P. Malvino, Electronic Principles– TMH
4. Floyd, Electronic Devices, Pearson Education, LPE

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

ME010 601 Mechanics of Machines


Objectives
• To understand the method of static force analysis and dynamic force analysis of
mechanisms
• To understand the principles of governors and gyroscopes.
• To understand the design of flywheel
• To understand the working of different types of brakes and dynamometers
Module I (14 hours)
Force analysis of machinery - static and dynamic force analysis of plane motion
mechanisms - graphical method - principle of superposition –matrix methods -
method of virtual work.
Governors: - terminology; Watt, Porter, Proel, Hartnell, Hartung, Wilson-Hartnell,

and Pickering governors-spring controlled governors of gravity type-effort and
power-controlling force diagram-quality of governors-effect of friction-
insensitiveness-stability-inertia governors- governor speed, torque characteristics of
an engine-governor and flywheel.
Turning moment diagram and Flywheel: - coefficient of fluctuation of energy and

speed- energy saved in a flywheel-punching press-dynamically equivalent two mass
system-centre of percussion-kinetic equivalence-reversed effective force analysis-
piston effort-crankpin effort- crank effort-turning moment diagrams for I.C. engines.
Gyroscope: - Principle-Angular acceleration-Effect of gyroscopic couple on bearings,

airplanes, and ships-stability of automobile and two wheel vehicles-Gyroscopic
stabilization of sea vessels and grinding mills-Rigid disc at an angle fixed to a rotating
shaft
Module V (12 hours)
Brakes and clutches: Shoe, double block, long shoe, internally expanding shoe,
band, band & block, hydraulic, mechanical, air and power brakes-braking of a
vehicle-cone, single plate, multiple, centrifugal clutches.
Dynamometers: Pony brake. rope brake, epicyclic train, belt transmission and
torsion dynamometers-effort and power.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Mechanical Engg.

Reference Books
2009
4 A. Ghosh, A. K. Malik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, Affiliated East West
Press
5. C. E. Wilson, P. Sadler, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd edition, Pearson Education.
6. Holowenko, Dynamics of Machinery, John Wiley
Syllabus - B.Tech. Mechanical Engg.

ME010602: Heat and Mass Transfer

Objectives
• To provide a useful foundation and basic knowledge of the subject required for
innovative work and advanced studies.
• To motivate the students and to develop interest in the subject by providing
information along with practical application of different formulae from an
engineering point of view.
Module I (12 hours)

Scope and application of heat transfer principles in engineering practice. Introduction to basic
modes of heat transfer
Conduction: Fourier law-thermal conductivity of solids, liquids and gasses-factors affecting
thermal conductivity-common conducting and insulating materials. General heat conduction
equation in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates- one dimensional steady state
conduction with and without heat generation-conduction through homogeneous and
composite surfaces-plane wall, cylinders and spheres-concept of thermal resistance-contact
resistance-variable thermal conductivity-critical thickness of insulation-overall heat transfer
coefficient-heat transfer through corners and edges-conduction shape factor.

Convection: Elementary ideas of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers-Newton’s law
of cooling-factors affecting heat transfer coefficient in forced and natural (free) convection
heat transfer-application of dimensional analysis to free and forced convection-significance of
Prandtil number, Reynold’s number, Grashof number and Nusselt number. Forced
convection: Laminar and turbulent flow heat transfer in a circular pipe- Laminar and turbulent
flow heat transfer in flow over a flat plate-flow across a cylinder. Natural convection: Natural
convection heat transfer from a plate kept vertical and horizontal- cylinder kept vertical and
horizontal-description of natural convection heat transfer from enclosed spaces. (Problems
limited to using important empirical relations available in data book)

Heat transfer from extended surfaces: Governing equation and boundary conditions-straight
rectangular fin-pin fin of uniform cross sectional area-circumferential fin-fin effectiveness-fin
efficiency-solving problems using data book.
Heat exchangers: General classification of heat exchangers according to type of energy
transfer, according to flow arrangement and according to area to volume ratio-Log Mean
Temperature Difference (LMTD) for parallel flow, counter flow and cross flow arrangements-
calculation of heat exchanger size and flow rates from known temperatures.
Effectiveness_NTU method of evaluation-solving problems using data book.

Radiation: Nature of thermal radiation-definitions and concepts-monochromatic and total
emissive power-absorptivity, reflectivity and transmissivity-definition of black, grey and real
surfaces-concept of a black body-Plank’s law, Kirchoff’s law, Wein’s displacement law and
Stefan-Boltzmann law-geometric factor (shape factor or configuration factor) of simple
geometries. Heat exchange by radiation between black surfaces of equal, parallel and opposite
black squares and discs-black rectangles perpendicular to each other having a common edge-
heat exchange between infinite parallel planes of different emissivity-radiation shield ( no
derivation )-simple derivations and simple problems using data book.

Module V (12 hours)

Mass Transfer: Introduction to mass transfer-Fick’s law of diffusion-steady state mass
diffusion of gasses and liquids through solids-convective mass transfer (elementary concepts
and definitions)-analogy between heat and mass transfer-elementary problems.
Condensation and boiling: Laminar film condensation on a vertical plate and horizontal tubes.
Pool boiling-different regimes of pool boiling-flow patterns in flow boiling in a vertical tube.
Two dimensional steady state heat conduction-governing equation and boundary conditions-
application of finite difference method in solving two dimensional steady state heat
conduction through a rectangular slab (method of discretisation of nodal equations only)
Data Book:
1. C. P. Kothandaraman, S. Subramanyan, Heat and Mass Transfer Data Book, 5th ed.,
New Age International Publishers.
2. A. V. Domkundwar, Dr. V. M. Domkundwar, Heat and Mass Transfer Data Book, 3rd
ed., Danapat Rai & Co.
References:
Text Books
1. S. P. Sukhatme, A Text Book on Heat Transfer, 4th ed.,Universities Press, Hydrabad, 2005
2. S. K. Som, Introduction to Heat Transfer, PHI Learning pvt.ltd,New Delhi, 2008
3. P. K. Nag, Heat Transfer, 1st ed., Tata McGraw-Hill
Reference Books
1. Frank P. Incropera, David P. Dewitt, Fundementals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 5th ed., John
Wiley & Sons
2. J. P. Holman, Heat Transfer, 9th ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education pvt.ltd., New Delhi, 2010
3. M. Necati Ozisick, Heat Transfer A Basic Approach, McGraw Hill Book Company
4. Frank Kreith, Mark S. Bohn, Principles of Heat Transfer, 5th ed , PWS Publishing Company
5. S. P. Venkateshan, A First Course in Heat Transfer, Ane Books, Chennai

ME010 603 Thermal Systems and Applications

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of different types of engines
• To develop an idea about various thermal systems..
Module I (12 hours)Steam Engineering: Properties of steam - wet, dry and

superheated steam - dryness fraction - enthalpy and internal energy - entropy of steam
- temperature entropy diagram - process - Mollier chart - Rankine cycle for wet, dry
and superheated steam. Steam Generators - classification - modern steam generators -
boiler mountings and accessories.
Module II (12 hours) Steam nozzles - Mass flow rate - throat pressure for maximum
discharge - throat area - effect of friction - super saturated flow.
Steam turbines: velocity triangles, work done, governing, and efficiencies.
Module III (12 hours) Gas turbine Plants - Open and closed cycles -
thermodynamics cycles - regeneration, re heating - inter cooling - efficiency and
performance of gas turbines. Rotary Compressors - Analysis of rotary compressors -
centrifugal and axial compressors and reciprocating compressors. Combustion -
combustion chambers of gas turbines - cylindrical, annular and industrial type
combustion chamber - combustion intensity - combustion chambers efficiency -
pressure loss combustion process and stability loop.
Module IV (12 hours) Introduction to solar energy - solar collectors - Liquid flat
plate collectors - principle - thermal losses and efficiency - characteristics - overall
loss coefficient - thermal analysis - useful heat gained by fluid - mean plate
temperature - performance - focussing type solar collectors - solar concentrators and
receivers - sun tracking system - characteristics - optical losses - thermal performance
- solar pond - solar water heating - solar thermal power generation (Description Only)
Module V (12 hours) Thermal power plants: layout and operation of steam and diesel
power plants - coal burners - stockers - cooling ponds & towers - chimneys - draught
- dust collectors - precipitators - feed water heaters - evaporators - steam condensers -
coal handling - ash handling.
Text Books
1. E. L. Wahid , Power plant technology
2. Mathur and Mehta, Thermodynamic and heat power engineering, Jain Brothers.
3. P. L. Ballaney , Thermal Engineering, Khanna publishers
Reference Books
1. Cohen & Rogers, Gas Turbine Theory
2. G. D. Rai, Solar Energy Utilization
3. R.K. Rajput, Thermal engineering, Lakshmi publications

ME010 604: Metrology and Machine Tools

Objectives
• Understand and appreciate the importance of basic principles of traditional
material removal processes.
• Understand the application of those principles in practice.
• To understand the principles of metrology and measurements, methods of
measurement and its application in manufacturing industries.
Module I (12 hours)

Conventional Machining Processes Turning machines:- Types - method of holding work and
tool, accessories, attachments-operations and types of tools for each operation - tool room
lathe - duplicating lathe - Capstan and Turret lathe – knurling - Drilling:- types of drilling
machines - types of drills - nomenclature of drill point - drill wear - types of chip breakers -
cutting forces in drilling - Boring:- types of boring machines, tool geometry - counterboring,
spot facing, countersinking, trepanning – Reaming:- types of reamers - tool nomenclature -
cutting forces - tool materials and surface roughness obtainable in each operations.
Shaping, planing and slotting machines:- Types and specifications - quick return motion -
hydraulic feed and its advantages - automatic feed-speed, feed and depth of cut -work holding
devices - types of operation and examples of work done - shaping of V-blocks, planing of
guide gibs, slotting of keyways – Broaching:- - basic process - different cutting elements –
force required for broaching and strength of broach – tool materials and surface roughness
obtainable in each operations.

Milling operations:- different types milling machines - Different methods of milling -
nomenclature of milling cutters – cutting forces in milling – different types of milling cutters
– attachments for milling:-vertical milling and universal milling attachment, high speed
milling attachment, rack milling and slot attachments, parking bracket, rotary table, universal
dividing head, vices, arbors, adaptors and collet chucks – tool materials and surface
roughness obtainable in milling – machining centers: applications and advantages - Grinding:
- types of machines - Grinding mechanisms:- grinding debris, grinding force power, specific
energy - Grinding wheels:- different types of abrasives, grain size, different types of bond,
grade, structure – marking system of grinding wheels - Grinding fluids – Truing and dressing
of grinding wheels - Grinding temperature, thermal damage and surface roughness obtainable.
Horning: Types of machines, methods of honing – types honing stones – honing conditions -
cutting fluids - surface roughness obtainable - Lapping: - types of hand lapping - types of
lapping machines - surface roughness obtainable – Burnishing:- processes and surface
roughness obtainable.

Gear cutting process: - Gear milling: - gear milling machines and different gear milling
operations - Gear hobbing: - principle of the hobbing process and hobbing machines, basic
types of hobbing machines, different hobbing techniques, nomenclature of hob, hob wear,
spur gear hobbing, helical gear hobbing - gear shaping: - principle of gear shaping process -
gear finishing - gear errors - Thread production process: - different thread production
processes: screw cutting on lathe, thread milling, thread whirling, die threading, tapping,
thread rolling, and thread grinding.


Engineering Metrology
General measurements concepts:- Principles for achieving accuracy; methods for estimating
accuracy and precision, precision Vs accuracy, systematic and constant errors; progressive,
random, erratic, drunken errors - Fits and tolerances:- types of fits: hole and shaft basis
system – limit gauges:- gauge tolerance, presentation of gauge tolerances – Taylor’s theory of
gauging – limit gauges for screw threads - Design and operation of linear measurements:-
Principle of alignment (Abbe’s), accuracy and precision etc. – Principle of kinematics:
complete constraints, one degree of freedom – Gauge blocks:- gauge materials, accuracy and
standards, effect of temperature, surface roughness and manufacturing of gauge blocks –
Comparators:- mechanical, mechanical-optical, pneumatic and horizontal length comparator –
Angle measurements:- three disc, sine bar and dial gauge – measurement of taper plug ring
gauges and taper bores – Precision levels, clinometer – Optical instruments for angle
measurements:- optical principles of projector, microscope, telescope, collimator, auto
collimator - optical flat and optical parallel applications – auto collimator, angle dekkor,
combination of angle gauges, optical flat.
Module V (12 hours)

Tool makers microscope – profile projector – optical microscope, SEM and TEM - straight
edge – surface plate – measurement of squareness:- squareness testing with dial gauge, tilting
bar, optical square, checking an internal right angle - Measurement of surface roughness:
meaning of surface texture and causes – stylus probe instrument, RMS, CLA, peak to valley,
Ra, Rt, Rz etc. – stylus, skid, effect of sampling length, magnification, cut-off, evaluation
length etc. – comparison of surface roughness of different machining process – concept of
apparent to real area of contact of mating surfaces, applications in clutch plate surface, brake
liner, inner race of a bearing, cylinder liner, machine tool guide way, significance of surface
roughness in crack initiation – assessment of roundness errors:- least square reference circle,
minimum circumscribed circle, minimum zone reference circle and maximum inscribed circle
– roundness parameters:- eccentricity, concentricity and runout – three wire system of thread
pitch diameter measurement - gear tooth measurement by vernier caliper, pin method of
measuring gear teeth – Alignment tests for machine tools:- test for level installation of a lathe
bed – spindle tests of concentricity and alignment with guide ways – tests for straightness and
flatness of a lathe bed guide ways – test for squreness of a drilling machine spindle with table
– CMM, laser interferomerty and applications.
Text Books
1. S. Haykin and B. V. Veen, Signals and Systems, John Wiley & Sons, N. Y., 2002
2. A. V. Oppenheim, A. S. Willsky and S. H. Nawab, Signals & Systems, 2nd ed., Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 1997
Reference Books
1. C. L. Philips, J. M. Parr, E. A Riskin, Signals, Systems and Transforms, 3rd ed., Pearson
Education, Delhi, 2002
2. R. E. Zeimer, W. H. Tranter, and D. R. Fannin, Signals and Systems: Continuous and Discrete,
4th ed., Pearson Education, Delhi, 1998
3. M. J. Roberts, Signals and Systems: Analysis using Transform methods and MATLAB, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003

ME010 605 Mechatronics and Control systems


Objectives
• To impart basic concepts of mechatronics and control systems.
Module 1 [12 Hours]

Introduction:-Scope of Mechatronics-Systems-Microprocessor based controllers-
mechatronic approach-sensors-transducers-force-velocity-displacement-temperature-
inputting data by switches-signal conditioning-operational amplifiers-filtering-
multiplexers-data acquisition-modulation. Data presentation systems:- Displays-
measurement systems-calibration-pneumatic and hydraulic systems-control valves-
actuators-mechanical and electrical activation systems-relays and solenoid switches-
proximity pickups.
Module 2 [12 Hours]
Input/output Systems:-Ports, interface requirements, adaptors-programmable logic
controllers-data handling digital communications-system, networks, protocols,
interfaces, fault finding- design and mechatronic design solutions. Electromechanical
systems:-CD, DVD Rom, OCR, Printers.
Module 3 [12 Hours]
Introduction to Control Systems Engineering:-Concept of automatic control-open loop and
closed loop systems-servomechanisms-Block diagrams-transfer functions-Representation of
control components and systems-Translational and rotational mechanical components –series
and parallel combinations-comparators ,integrating devices, hydraulic servomotors,
temperature control systems, speed control systems.
Module 4 [12 Hours]
System Response:-First and second order system-Response to step, pulse, ramp and
sinusoidal input-systems with distance, velocity lag. Control System Analysis:-
Transient Response of simple control systems –Stability of control systems –Routh
Stability criteria –Error Analysis.
Module 5 [12 Hours]
Frequency Response Analysis :- Polar ,Rectangular and Logarithmic plots –
Experimental determination of frequency response -Bode and Nyquist stability
criteria – Gain and phase margin. Root locus of simple transfer function.
Text Books
1. Mechatronics-W.Bolton-Pearson
2. Control Systems- A. Nagoor Kani
References
1. Mechatronics-A.Smaili&F.Mrad-Oxford
2. Control Systems Engg –T .J. Nagrath & M .Gopal.
3. Automatic Control Theory-Ravan.
4. Modern Control Engg.-K. Ogatta
5 Control Systems Engg -Benjamin C Kuo

ME010 606L01 Computational Fluid Dynamics

Objectives
• To introduce the primary components of learning and practicing CFD
• To develop an understanding of solution methods for fluid motion and energy
transfer equations
Module 1 (15 hours)

Basic concepts: conservation principles – derivation of transport equations: control volume –
Langangian and Eulerian approach- mass conservation equation-momentum conservation
equations-stress laws-mass transfer equation-energy equation-rate change-convection and
conduction-volumetric generation-work done by surface and body forces- dimensionless form
of Navier-Stokes equations- introduction to numerical methods, advantages and limitations.
Module 2 (10 hours)
One dimenensional conduction: The governing equation- grid layout-discretisation-stability
and convergence-explicit, implicit and semi-implicit procedures-methods to handle non-
linearities- Solution methods-Gauss-Siedel method and TDMA-Simple problems.
Module 3 (10 hours)
One dimensional conduction-convection: exact solution-discretisation- central difference
scheme-upwind difference schemes- numerical false diffusion-stability of unsteady equation-
exact solution-explicit finite difference form-implicit finite difference form.
Module 4 (10 hours)
Two dimensional boundary layers: governing equations- descretisation method- symmetry,
wall and free stream boundary conditions- dealing with source terms –defining initial
conditions-choice of grid size and iterations-applications (excluding turbulence)
Module 5 (15 hours)
Two dimensional Convection-Cartesian Grids: simple mathematical models for
incompressible, in viscid, potential and creeping flows-approximations of hyperbolic,
parabolic, elliptic, and mixed flows. Solution strategies for 2D convection problems- SIMPLE
algorithm-descretisation- pressure correction equation- solution procedure- Solution methods:
iterative solvers-evaluation of residuals-under relaxation-boundary conditions - simple
description on treatment of turbulent flows - applications (laminar flows only).
Text Books
1. Anderson J.D., Computational Fluid Dynamics, McGraw- Hill Co.
2. Joel H. Ferzigerand Peric M., Computational methods for Fluid Dynamics, Springer Werlag
Publishers
Reference Books
1. Patankar S.V., Numerical Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer , Hemisphere, New York
2. Anil W. Date, Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University Press
3. Hiderbrand F.B., Introduction to Numerical Analysis , Tata McGraw- Hill

ME010 606 L02: Composite Materials Technology

Objectives: To understand the concept of composite materials
Module I (12 hours)
Fibers: introduction – glass fibers: fabrication, structure, properties and applications – Boron
fibers: fabrication, structure, morphology, properties and application – Carbon fibers:
Different preparation methods, structural change during preparation, properties and
application – Aramid fibers: fabrication, structure, properties and applications – Ceramic
fibers: Alumina and silicon carbide fibers – metallic fibers.

Matrix materials: Polymers and its characteristics – Metals: fiber reinforcement of metals -
Ceramic matrix materials: bonding and structure, effect of flaws on strength and common
ceramic matrix materials.
Interfaces: wettability and bonding interface in composites – types of bonding at interface –
tests for interfacial strength.

Metal Matrix Composites (MMC):- Different fabrication methods of MMC – interface in
MMC – discontinues reinforcement of MMC – detailed discussion on mechanical properties –
applications.

Ceramic Matrix Composites (CMC):- Different fabrication methods of CMC – interface in
CMC – detailed discussion on properties – toughness of CMC - applications.
Carbon fiber composites: fabrication – properties – interface.
Module V (12 hours)

Micromechanics of composites: Maximum stress and strain criterion, Tsai-Hill and Tsai-Wu
failure criterion (derivations) - mechanics of load transfer from matrix to fiber (description
only).
Polymer matrix composites: properties and engineering applications – processing of PMC:
hand lay-up, spray up, compression molding, reinforced reaction injection molding, resin
transfer molding, pultrusion, filament winding, injection, vacuum bag molding process.
Text Books
Reference Books
Syllabus - B.Tech.Mechanical Engineering

ME010 606L03: AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of Automobile parts and its working
• To develop an idea about the fundamentals on modern vehicle technologies.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Engines: Types of engines in automobiles-classifications-engine components-
working of various systems-present and future vehicles, engine construction- intake
and exhaust systems. Different combustion chambers, carburetors, diesel fuel pumps,
injectors, single point and multi point fuel injection-MPFI and CRDI systems -
lubricating and cooling systems.
Vehicle performance-resistance to the motion of vehicle-air, rolling, and radiant
resistance-power requirement-acceleration and gradeability-selection of gear ratios.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Transmission: prime movers- clutch-principle of friction and cone clutches –
centrifugal clutches, diaphragm clutches and fluid couplings-Gear box-necessity and
principle. Constant mesh, sliding mesh, synchromesh gear boxes and epicyclic
gearbox –overdrives. Hydraulic torque converters-semi and automatic transmission
systems - constant velocity and universal joints. Final drive-front wheel, rear wheel
and four wheel drives-transfer case-Hotchkiss and torque tube drives-differential-non-
slip differential-rear axles-types of rear axles.
Module 3 (12 hours)

Steering and Suspension: Different steering mechanisms- Ackermann Steering
mechanism. Steering gear boxes- power steering –types. Suspension systems-front
axle, rigid axle and independent suspensions-anti-roll bar-coil spring and leaf spring -
torsion bar -Macpherson strut- sliding pillar- wish bone- trailing arm suspensions-
Shock absorbers -hydraulic and gas charged shock absorbers-air suspensions
Front axle types-front wheel geometry-castor, camber, king pin inclination, toe-in toe-
out , wheel balancing- wheel alignment.
.
Module 4 (12 hours)
Chassis, Brakes and Tyres: Types of chassis and body constructions-crumble zones,
air bags and impact beams. Braking mechanism and convectional brakes- Drum
brakes and Disc brakes. Vacuum booster, hydraulic and power brakes, components
and attachments of mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic brakes-Master cylinder-
Tandem cylinder- working. Anti-lock braking systems-Wheels and Tyres- tubeless
tyres-ply ratings- radial tyres. Different tyre wears- causes
Module 5 (12 hours)
Electrical systems - Battery ignition system circuit- electronic ignition system

alternators - voltage regulators starting system- bendix and follow through drives –
automotive lighting, accessories and dashboard instruments- head light and horn with
Syllabus - B.Tech. Electrical & Electronics Engg.

relays-circuit diagrams. Automotive air conditioning Preventive and breakdown

maintenance- engine testing, servicing-engine overhaul- engine tuning.
Text Books
1. Kripal Singh , Automobile Engineering (Vol. 1 & 2)
2. V.A.W Hillier & Peter Coombes, Hillier’s Fundamentals of Motor Vehicle
Technology. New Age International.
Reference Books
1. K.M.Guptha , Automobile Engineering (Vol. 1 & 2)
2. Joseph Heitner, Automotive Mechanics
3. Harbans Singh Reyd, Automobile Engineering
4. William H. Course, Automotive Mechanics

ME010 606L04:Advanced Strength of Materials

(Common with PE 010 606L05)
Objectives
• To analyse the stresses and deformations through advanced mathematical models.
• To estimate the design strength of various industrial equipments.
Module 1 ( 12 -hours)
ANALYSIS OF PLATES Mathematical modeling of plates with normal loads – Point and
Distributed Loads – Support conditions – Rectangular plates - Stresses along coordinate axes
– Plate deformations – Axi-symmetric plates – Radial and tangential stresses – plate
deflections.
.
Module II ( 14-hours)
THICK CYLINDERS AND SPHERES Equilibrium and compatibility conditions - Lame’s
Theorem – Boundary conditions – distribution of radial and tangential stresses – compound
cylinders – Interference fits - Stresses due to temperature distributions. piston, oscillating
motor-characteristics.
Module III ( 12 -hours)
ROTATING DISCS Lame-Clayperon Theorem – radial and tangential stresses in discs due
to centrifugal effects – boundary conditions – solid and hollow discs – Interference fit on
shafts –Strengthening of the hub – residual stresses – Autofrettege – Discs of variable
thickness – Disc profile for uniform strength.
Module IV ( 12 - hours)
BEAMS ON ELASTIC FOUNDATION Infinite beam subjected to concentrated load –
Boundary Conditions – Infinite beam subjected to a distributed load segment – Triangular
load – Semi infinite beam subjected to loads at the ends and concentrated load near the ends –
Short beams.
Module V ( 10 - hours)
CURVED BEAMS AND CONTACT STRESSES Analysis of stresses in beams with large
curvature – Stress distribution in curved beams – Stresses in crane hooks and C clamps –
Contact Stresses – Hertz equation for contact stresses – applications to rolling contact
elements.
Text Books
1. Boresi A.P., Schmidt R.J., “Advanced Mechanics of Materials”, John Wiley and Sons, Sixth
edition, 2003.
2. Dally J.W. and Riley W.F, “Experimental Stress Analysis”, John Wiley and Sons 2003
Reference Books
1. Burr A. H., CheathAm J.B., “Mechanical Analysis and Design”, Prentice Hall of India,
Second edition, 2001.
2. Den-Hartog J.P., “Strength of Materials”, John Wiley and Sons..

ME010 606L05: Industrial Hydraulics

(Common with PE 010 606L05)
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of Fluid properties, hydraulic machines and pumping
machinery
• To develop an idea about pressure measurements working and properties of
hydraulic machines and various types of pumping machineries.
Module 1 ( 14 -hours) Introduction to hydraulic / pneumatic devices. Symbols and

nomenclature. Power transmission, Hydraulic pumps-classifications, characteristic
Comparison of electric, hydraulic and pneumatic devices. Hydraulic accumulators.
.
Module II ( 14-hours) Pumps and motors: Principle of working. Hand pumps-single acting,
double acting, multi- displacement. Gear pumps- internal, external and gear ring. Screw, vane,
piston pumps – axial piston pump, swash pump, bent axis pump radial and series pumps.
Types of hydraulic motors, gear motors, vane motors, piston motors- radial piston, rolling
vane, ball piston, oscillating motor-characteristics. Telescopic cylinder, cylinder cushion.
Module III ( 12 -hours) Hydraulic valves: Directional control valve, shuttle valve,
pressure control valve Stop valve- non return valve-relief valve-sequence valve-
counter balance valve- pressure reducing valve – flow control valve –direction control
valves- throttling, non throttling- open centre and closed centre and tandem centre
valves- their principle of operation.
Module IV ( 12 - hours) Hydraulic Circuits and Circuit fundamentals. Flow divider and
combiner. Piping terminology, control terminology, flow control of hydraulic pump, velocity
control- characteristics. Different types of switching and its merits Meter in and meter out.
Applications of unloading valve. Application of pressure reducing and pressure sequence
valve.
Module V ( 8 - hours) Properties of commonly used hydraulic fluids-Typical hydraulic

circuits used in machine tools –Rivetter- pneumatic Hammer, hydraulic press, and
power steering
Text Books
1. S.R.Majumdar, Oil Hydraulics and Systems-Principles and maintenance, TMH
2. John Pippenger & Tyler Hicks - Industrial Hydraulics
Reference Books
1. Daniel Bonteille -Fluid Logic and Industrial automation.

2. Pneumatic Systems –Principles and Maintanance by S.R Majumdar, TMH
3. Esposito- Fluid power with applications.
.

ME010606 L06 Project Management

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of Project selection.
• To develop an understanding of tools, techniques and software available for
Project Management.
Module 1 (10 hours)

Introduction, Capital Investments, Phases of Capital Budgeting, Project Characteristics,
Taxonomy of Projects, Project Identification and Formulation. 7-S of Project Management.
Project feasibility Analysis- Market and Demand Analysis, Technical Analysis, Financial
Analysis, Ecological Analysis, Social Cost Benefit Analysis.
Module 2 (15 hours)

Cost of the Project, Means of Finance, Financial Evaluation of projects- Pay back period
method, Accounting Rate of Return method, Net Present Value method, Internal Rate of
Return method, Benefit Cost Ratio method, etc., Simple Problems.
Module 3 (10 hours)

Risk Analysis-risk in economic analysis-measuring risk in investment; Sources, Measures and
Perspectives on Risk, Techniques used for risk analysis – Decision trees, Simulation, Break-
even Analysis etc., Techniques for Managing Risk.
Module 4 (15 hours)

Project Scheduling- PERT and CPM techniques, Estimates -time, cost, resources (man,
material, tool), Crashing of Projects, Project scheduling with constrained resources, resource
leveling, resource Allocation.
Module 5 (10hours)
Computer Aided Project management, Essential Requirement of Project Management
Software, MS Project 2010 software, Features and Facilities in Project 2010, Types of
Reports available in Project 2010 etc. Project Management Information Systems (PMIS),
PMIS sotware, Web- Enabled Project Management.
Text Books
1. Prasanna Chandra, Projects, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Nagarajan K, Project Management 4th edition, New Age International (P) Ltd.
Reference Books
1. Nicholas J. M. & Steyn H., Project Management, Elsevier.
2. Brian Kennemer and Sonia Atchison, Using Microsoft Project 2010, Que Publishing.
3. Harvey Maylor, Project Management, Pearson Education.
4. Panneerselvam & Senthilkumar, Project Management, PHI

ME010 607: HEAT ENGINES LABORATORY
(Common with AU010 607 and AN010 607)

Objectives
• To provide experience on testing of IC engines performance.
Study of systems and components of IC Engines and automobiles - study of dynamometers

used in engine testing - study of IC Engine repairs and maintenance.
Study of boilers, boiler mountings and accessories - study of steam engine parts and systems.
Testing of IC engines • Performance analysis of IC engine using computerized test rig-

Load test on petrol and diesel engines- determination of indicated and brake thermal
efficiencies - mechanical efficiency - relative efficiency - volumetric efficiency - air-fuel ratio
and compression ratio - valve timing diagram - retardation test - Morse test - heat balance -
effect of varying the rate of cooling water and varying the speed on the performance
characteristics of engines.
Testing of steam boiler - boiler trial - steam calorimeters and steam nozzles - performance test
on steam engines - performance test on steam turbines.
Testing of fuels and lubricants - determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products -
determination of kinematics and absolute viscosity of lubricating oils - determination of
calorific values

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

ME010 608 Machine Tool Laboratory
List of Experiments
1. Study of precision tools used in machine tool laboratory: – Vernier caliper,
micrometers, surface plates, surface gauges, gauge block, straight edges, dial
gauge, plug and ring gauges, slip gauges, sine bar, care of tools and gauges.
– 2 practices.
2. Study of lathe tools and accessories: - Selection of tool for different operations -
tool materials: high carbon steel, HSS, cemented carbides, coated WC, indexable
inserts, alumina, cBN, diamond etc. - tool nomenclature and attributes of each
tool angles on cutting processes – effect of nose radius, side cutting edge angle,
end cutting edge angle and feed on surface roughness – tool grinding and safe
working practices. - 1 practice.
3. Selection of speeds, feeds and depth of cut – selection of cutting fluids – different
methods of holding work. - 1 practice.
4. Experiment on arc and gas welding: - butt welding and lap welding of M.S.
sheets. - 1 practice.
5. (a) Measurement of cutting forces in turning process using dynamometers.
(b) Experiment on lathe:- Facing, plain turning, step turning and parting - groove
cutting, knurling and chamfering - form turning and taper turning - eccentric
turning.
(c) Measurement of flank wear in turning process using tool makers microscope.
- 3 practices.
6. Experiment on thread cutting: - single and multistart external and internal threads,
square and V-threads. - 1 practice.
7. Disassembly and assembly of small assemblies such as tail stock, bench vice,
screw jack etc. - 1 practice.
8. Experiment on drilling machine: - drilling, boring, reaming and counter sinking –
taping – study of reamers and taping. - 1 practice.
9. Study and demonstration of N.C. machines:- CNC machines components - Point
to point, straight cut and contouring positioning - incremental and absolute
systems – open loop and closed loop systems – DDA integrator and interpolators -
part programming fundamentals - manual programming – tape format – sequence
number, preparatory functions, dimension words, speed word, feed world, tool
world, miscellaneous functions – Computer aided part programming:- APT
language structure: geometry commands, motion commands, postprocessor
commands, compilation control commands – programming, simulation and
demonstration exercises involving plane taper and form turning etc.
- 3 practices.
Besides to the skill development in performing the work, prepare the control charts and
oral examination should also be carried out. Observation and record books are to be
maintained.
The student’s assessment, continuous evaluation, awarding of sessional marks, record
bonafides, oral examination etc and University examination shall be carried out by the
faculty members (lecturer and above).
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Acharkan. N., Machine Tool Design Vol. 1 to 4, MIR Publication.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Chapman, Workshop Technology, Vol II, ELBS.
2. HMT, Production Technology, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Yoram Koren, Numerical Control of Machine Tools, McGraw-Hill.
Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EE)

Objectives


difference formula


Reference

Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
Objectives


Types of reports

REFERENCES
limited, 2008
EE 010 303: Electric Circuit Theory

2 hours Lecture and 2 hours Tutorial per week
Objectives: 1. To provide sound knowledge in the analysis of electrical networks

2. To impart basic knowledge of computer based analysis of electrical networks
Module 1 (14hrs)
Application of Kirchoff’s laws and network theorems to DC and AC circuits. Mesh analysis
and Nodal analysis-with dependent and independent sources. Driving point and Transfer
impedance and admittance. Network theorems – Super position, Thevenin’s , Norton’s,
Maximum power transfer, reciprocity , Millman’s, substitution, compensation and Tellegen’s
theorems.
Module 2 (10hrs)
AC&DC Transient analysis of simple circuits using time domain equations. Natural , forced
and complete response analysis with and without initial conditions. Application of Laplace
transform for the transient analysis of RL, RC and RLC series circuits (Transient and
complete).
Module 3 (12hrs)
Introduction to network topology and graph theory. Fundamental cut-set and cut-set schedule
,tie-set and tie-set schedule. Analysis of networks using graph theory – network equilibrium
equations on KVL basis and KCL basis.
Introduction to PSPICE. Representation of passive elements, independent and dependent

sources. D.C and AC analysis of simple circuits . Introduction to MATLAB & SCILAB.
Solution of ordinary differential equation. Transient analysis of simple RLC circuits using
MATLAB & SCILAB.
Module 4 (12hrs)
Coupled circuits.- Dot convention-conductively coupled circuit-Ideal transformer-analysis of
multi-winding coupled circuits. Analysis of single tuned and double tuned circuits. Steady
state solution of circuits with coupled elements.
Synthesis:- Hurwitz polynomial-Routh’s criterion- Positive real function-Synthesis of one
port network-LC,RC &RL function
Module 5 (12hrs)
Review of three phase systems –Analysis with balanced and unbalanced loads. Symmetrical
components- Analysis of unbalanced systems using symmetrical components. Neutral shift
and Neutral current. Sequence impedances. Power in terms of symmetrical components.

Text Books
1. D. Ganesh Rao, R.V. Srinivasa Murthy, Network Analysis, A Simplified Approach,

Sanguine Technical Publishers.
2. Samarajit Ghosh, Network Theory, Analysis and Synthesis, PHI
Reference Books
1. Joseph A Edminister, Electric Circuits, Schaum’s Outline Series

2. William H Hayt, Jack E Kemmerly, Steven M Durbin, Engineering Circuit analysis,
7e, Tata McGraw Hill Education. New Delhi, 2010
3. Gopal G Bhise, Engg. Network analysis and filter design, Umesh publishers
4. K S Suresh Kumar, Electric circuits and networks , Pearson
5. A Sudhakar, P Shyammohan, Circuits and Networks: Analysis and Synthesis, 4e, Tata
McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2010
6. R.K. Bansal, A.K. Goel, M.K. Sharma, MATLAB and its Application in Engineering,
Second ,Pearson, 2010.
7. 7.Muhammad H. Rashid, Introduction to PSpice Using Orcad for Circuits and
Electronics, Third Edition, PHI 2009.

EE 010 304: Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments

Objectives
• To provide knowledge in the specific area of electrical measurements

• To expose students various measuring instruments
Module 1 (12 Hours)

General Principle of measurements: Absolute and working standards- in Measurements,
Classification of instruments: Essentials of indicating instruments - moving coil , Moving
iron, dynamometer, Induction, Thermal ,electrostatic and rectifier meter (Principles and
concepts only)-shunts and multipliers
Module 2 (12 Hours)

Potentiometers –General principle - dc potentiometer and ac potentiometer. Applications
of dc and ac potentiometer
Bridges: Wheatstone bridge-PO Box- Kelvin’s double bridge, Maxwell’s bridge – Schering
Bridge, Anderson Bridge, Wien’s bridge (Analysis and Phasor diagram required)
Module 3 (14 Hours)

Measurement of resistance, power & energy, Measurements of low, medium & high
resistance, Measurement of earth resistance - Earth Megger - Dynamometer type
Wattmeter, Error & compensation – single phase energy meter – errors & compensation
three phase Energy meter ( construction only) – Electronic energy meter ( block diagram )
Trivector meters, Maximum Demand meters and TOD meters ( concepts only) , Power
factor Meters
Module 4 (10 Hours)

Instrument Transformers: Principle of Current and Potential transformers – ratio & phase
angle error, applications-Measurement of speed-Measurement of frequency
Calibration of meters: Ammeters, voltmeters, watt meters, energy meters.
Module 5 (12 Hours)

Magnetic Measurements: Measurement of flux and permeability – flux meters, BH Curve
and permeability measurements
Digital Measurements : Electronics voltmeter, basic dc voltmeter and ac voltmeter using
rectifiers.
CRO – principle - measurement of voltage, current and frequency - multi channel
oscilloscopes – digital storage oscilloscope ( Concepts only)
Text Books
1. Golding E.W, Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments, Wheeler and Co.
2. Sawhney A.K, Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, Dhanpat
Rai and Co.

Reference Books
1. Albert D. Helfrick and William D. Cooper, Modern Electronic Instrumentation

and measurement Technique, PHI,
2. JB Gupta, Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, S.K.Kataria
&Sons
3. Deobelin, Measurement systems: Application and Design, 5e, Tata McGraw –Hill
Education New Delhi
4. S.Kamakshaiah, Electrical Measurements and measuring instruments, I K
international Publishing House.

EE 010 305: Electronic Circuits

Objectives
• To impart sound knowledge and basic concepts of electronic circuits and

applications to students.
• To develop the student’s ability to design and analyse practical circuits.
Module 1 (14 hrs)

Wave shaping: Clipping and Clamping circuits using diodes – RC differentiating and
Integrating Circuits.
Transistor Biasing – Operating Point – Operating point instability – thermal runaway – bias
stability – Stability factor – stabilization techniques – Fixed bias – Collector to Base bias –
Emitter bias – Voltage divider bias – Stability against variation in ICO.
FET: Principle of operation and characteristics of JFET and MOSFET – biasing of JFET –
self bias – FET amplifier.
UJT: Principle of operation and characteristics.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Small Signal Analysis: h-parameter equivalent circuit of a BJT – comparison of CB, CE,
and CC configurations – Determination of h – parameters from static characteristics – current
and voltage gains, input impedance and output admittance of a basic amplifier in h-
parameters.
Multi-stage Amplifiers: RC coupling – Frequency response characteristics – bandwidth –
cascading of amplifiers – gain and bandwidth.
Module 3 (10 hrs)

Power Amplifiers: Class A, B, AB and C operation – Efficiency of Class A and B – Push-
pull amplifier – Distortion in amplifiers – harmonic and crossover distortion -
Complementary Symmetry amplifiers.
Tuned Amplifiers: Single tuned and double tuned amplifiers – Frequency response –
applications.
Module 4 (12 hrs)

Feedback amplifiers: Positive and Negative feedback – types of negative feedback –
Typical circuits –effect of negative feedback in amplifier performance.
Oscillators: Barkhausen criterion – classification of oscillators – Principle of operation of RC
phase-shift, Hartley and crystal oscillators. (Analysis not required).
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Multivibrators: Principle of Operation and Design of Astable multi vibrator – principle of
operation of Bi-stable and Mono-stable multi-vibrators.
Sweep generators: Principle of Sweep generation – basic transistor sweep circuit – Equation
for sweep amplitude. Miller and Boot Strap circuits. Sweep generation using UJT relaxation
oscillator circuit.
Voltage Regulators: Zener shunt regulator – transistor series regulator.

Text Books
1. Jacob Millman, Christos C. Halkias, Chetan Parikh Millman and Halkias,

Millman’s Integrated Electronics, 2e, Tata McGraw Hill Ediucation, New Delhi,
2010
2. Floyd, Electronic devices and circuits, Pearson Publications
Reference Books
1. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit

Theory, Pearson Education Asia, LPE.
2. J.B.Gupta, Electronics Devices and Circuits , S.K Kataria and sons.
3. Albert Paul Malvino, Electronic Principles , TMH
4. Allen Mottershead, Electronic Devices and Circuits, An Introduction, PHI
5. G.K.Mithal, Electronic Devices and Circuits :
6. Robert T. Paynter, Introductory Electronic Devices and Circuits , Pearson
Education Asia, LPE

EE010 306(ME): Mechanical Technology

Objectives
machinery
Module 1 (12 hours)

Properties of Fluids: Pressure, density, bulk modulus, dynamic and kinematic viscosity,
surface tension, capillary – fluid at rest, Pascal’s law, applications, pressure head, vapor
pressure, pressure measurement, manometers, gauges and pressure on immersed surfaces –
floating body.

Fluid in Motion: Euler’s equation in one dimension. One dimensional incompressible
Bernoulli’s equation. Flow through Orifices – measurement of fluid velocity, pitot tube –
discharge measurement, venturimeter, orifice meter, Rota meter and notches.
Flow of compressible fluids through pipes – types of flow – critical Reynolds number –
friction factors for laminar and turbulent flow – minor losses – transmission of power through
pipes.

Hydraulic Turbines: Evolution of present day hydraulic turbines from the water wheel –
classification degree of action – Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan Turbines – constructional
details and characteristics only (no problems based on velocity triangles) – governing of
turbines – draft tube – specific speed.

Pumping Machinery: General classification – Dynamic pumps – working of centrifugal
pumps, priming, vapour pressure, wear rings, hydraulic balancing, Classification of impellers,
single and double suction impellers – types of casings – effect of vapour pressure on lifting of
liquid – specific speed – performance pump characteristics: main, operating, ISO efficiency
characteristics curves – NPSH _ multistage pumps – propeller pumps – pump in parallel &
series operation – Theory, efficiency, performance curves & application of self-priming
pump, jet pump, airlift pump, slurry pump & hydraulic ram (description only).
Module V ( 12 hours)
Positive Displacement Pumps: reciprocating pumps, effect of vapour pressure on lifting of
saved – slip – efficiency – pump characteristics – applications – Cavitation and its effects in
fluid machines – Rotary pumps: Gear, Screw, vane, root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial
piston pumps – thory, efficiency, performance curves – applications (Description only).

Text Books
Delhi
Reference Books

EE 010 307 Electrical Measurements Lab

Objectives
• To expose the students to a variety of practical electrical circuits and to prove the
theories behind them.
1. Verification of superposition theorem in a dc circuit

2. Verification of Thevenin’s theorem in a dc circuit.
3. RLC series and parallel circuit: measurement of current in various branches and
verification by calculation – drawing of phasor diagram.
4. Measurement of single phase power – (a) Three ammeter method (b) Three voltmeter
method and (c) Single wattmeter
5. Determination of Power and Power factor of a given single phase circuit using
dynamometer watt meter and power factor meter – power factor improvement of the
above circuit.
6. Measurement of 3 phase power using
a.)Single watt meter
b)Two watt meters
c)Three-phase watt meters
7. Determination of BH characteristics
8. Calibration of flux meter using
a)Standard solenoid
b)Hibbertz magnetic standard
9. Determination of locus diagram of RL and RC circuit.
10. Measurement of resistance using-Wheatstone Bridge and Kelvin’s Double bridge and
extension of range of Voltmeter and Ammeter
11. Measurement of self inductance, mutual inductance and coupling coefficient.
12. Calibration of meters and measurement of resistance using slide-wire
potentiometer
13. Calibration of single-phase Energy meter at various power factors by
a)Direct loading b) Phantom loading c)Phase shifting transformer
14. Calibration of three-phase Energy meter by Direct loading and Phantom loading
15. Extension of instrument range by using Instrument transformers(CT and PT)
16. Characteristics of LVDT.
17. Measurement of neutral shift voltage
18. Study and measurement of symmetrical Components for unbalanced system for an
unbalanced star connected system.
References
1. Golding E.W, Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instrument, Wheeler and Co

2. D. Ganesh Rao, R.V. Srinivasa Murthy, Network Analysis , A Simplified Approac,
Syllabus – B.Tech. Electrical and Electronics Engineering

EE010 308(ME) Mechanical Laboratory
Teaching scheme: 3 hours practical per week Credits: 2
Objectives
To impart practical knowledge in heat engines and hydraulics laboratories
HYDRAULICS LABORATORY
1. Study of centrifugal pumps and components.
2. Study of reciprocating pump and components-single cylinder and multicylinder.
3. Study of impulse and reaction turbines.
4. Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump.
5. Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump
6. Performance characteristics of Pelton wheel.
7. Performance characteristics of Francis Turbine...
8. Performance characteristics of Kaplan Turbine...
HEAT ENGINES LABORATORY
1. Load Test (Constant speed test) on petrol engine.
2. Load Test (Constant speed test) on diesel engine.
3. Variable speed test on petrol engine.
4. Variable speed test on diesel engine.
5. Cooling curve of I.C.Engine.
6. Performance test on air compressors and blowers.
7. Performance test on refrigeration unit...
8. Performance test on air conditioning unit...
REFERENCES
1. Hydraulic Machines-Jagadishlal
2. Thermal Engineering- P.L Ballaney

EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III


References

Co.
EE 010 402 DC Machines and Transformers

Objectives
• Understanding the basic working principles of DC machines and Transformers

• Analysing the performance of DC machines and Transformers
Module I (10 hours)

DC Machines: Constructional features – principle of operation of DC generator - armature
winding - types - e.m.f. equation - armature reaction – effects of armature reaction -
demagnetizing and cross magnetizing ampere- turns - compensating winding -
commutation – methods to improve commutation – e.m.f. in coil undergoing commutation –
reactance e.m.f.- effect of brush shift- inter poles.

DC Generator: Types of excitation – separately excited- self excited shunt, series and
compound machines – the magnetization curve – condition for self excitation- field critical
resistance- critical speed- load characteristics of generators – load critical resistance – voltage
regulation - parallel operation of shunt, series and compound generators – power flow
diagram- losses and efficiency- condition for maximum efficiency- applications.

DC Motors: principle of operation of DC motor – developed torque - performance
characteristics and operating characteristics of shunt, series and compound motors.
Starting – three point and four point starters – design of starter resistance for shunt motor -
methods of speed control of shunt , series and compound motors – solid state speed control
(block diagram) – power flow diagram- losses and efficiency- testing of D C machines –
Swinburne’s test - Hopkinson’s test - Field’s test – retardation test- applications

Single Phase transformers: Principle of operation - constructional details - e.m.f equation -
operation on no load - magnetizing current wave form - load operation - phasor diagram -
equivalent circuit – per unit impedance - losses and efficiency - condition for maximum
efficiency – voltage regulation- approximate expression for voltage regulation- harmonics in
single phase transformers - OC and SC tests - Sumpner’s tests - parallel operation –
applications.
Module V (9 hours)
Three phase transformers: Constructional details- choice of transformer connections- Scott
connection (three phase to two phase only) - oscillating neutral- tertiary winding - vector
groups- equivalent circuits- tap changing transformers- no load tap changing – on load tap
changing- cooling of transformers.
Distribution transformers- all day efficiency- auto transformers- saving of copper-
applications.

Text Books
1. Dr. P S Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publishers

2. Clayton and Hancock, The Performance and design of DC Machines, ELBS/CBS
Publishers,Delhi
Reference Books
1. Alexander Langsdorf A S, Theory of AC Machinery, Tata McGraw-Hill

2. J B Gupta, Electrical Machines , S K Kataria and Son
3. Fitzgerald, Kingsley, Electric machinery, 6e, Tata McGraw – Hill Education, New
Delhi, 2003
4. Say M G, Performance and design of AC Machines, ELBS
5. Nagarath I J and Kothari D P, Electrical Machines ,4e, Tata McGraw- Hill
Education, New Delhi, 2010
6. Vincent Deltoro, Electrical Machines and Power System, Prentice Hall

EE 010 403: Linear System Analysis

Objectives
• To Provide sound knowledge in the analysis of linear time invariant continuous

systems
Module 1(12 Hrs)

Review of system concepts –classification of systems- linear, non - linear, static, dynamic,
time variant and time invariant, continuous time and discrete time, distributed and lumped
parameter systems. Open loop and closed loop systems. Transfer function of linear systems.
Mathematical modelling of electrical systems, operational amplifier circuits, Mechanical
translational and rotational systems, electromechanical systems, linearization of nonlinear
models.
Module 2(12 Hrs)

Block diagram representation of systems-Block diagram reduction. Signal flow graph-signal
flow graph from equations. Maison’s gain formula. Construction of Signal flow graph from
Block diagram and vice –versa. Modelling in State Space-state space- representation of
dynamic systems.
Module 3(12Hrs)
Effect of parameter variation in open loop control systems, closed loop control systems,
sensitivity, gain and stability.
Time domain analysis for linear systems-response to standard inputs-type and order of a
system-response of first order system to unit step, unit ramp and unit impulse signals-step
response of second order systems-time domain specifications.
Error analysis - steady state error and error constants- Dynamic error coefficients.
Module 4(12Hrs)
Concept of stability, BIBO stability. Effect of location of poles on stability. Routh- Hurwitz
criterion. Relative stability analysis. Root locus- effect of addition of poles and zeros on
root locus. Analysis of stability by Lyapunov’s Direct method – Concept of definiteness-
Liapunov’s stability theorem, Sylvester’s theorem.
Module 5(12Hrs)
Network functions-network function for two port –pole and zeroes of network functions-
restriction on poles and zeroes for driving point functions and transfer functions-
characterization of two port networks in terms of impedance’ admittance-hybrid and
transmission parameters –inter-relationship among parameter sets-inter connection of two
port networks-series, parallel and cascade-ideal two port devices- ideal transformer –Gyrator-
negative impedance converter.

Text Books:
1. David .k. Cheng , Analysis of linear systems ,Oxford

2. M. Gopal, Control Systems Principles and Design,-For Linear System Analysis &
Control System, 3e,Tata McGraw Hill Education ,2008
3. Samarajit Ghosh, Network Theory, Analysis and Synthesis, PHI, New Delhi
Reference Books
1. S. Hassan Saeed , Automatic Control Systems , Katson Books

2. Katsuhiko Ogatta, Modern control engineering , Pearson Education
3. Dr. S. Palani, Control Systems Engineering, 2e, Tata McGraw-Hill Education,2009
4. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, Modern control systems, Pearson Education
5. Franklin, Powell-Feedback controlof dynamic systems, Pearson Education
6. C.T. Chen , Linear system theorey and design .
7. D.Roy Choudhry , Modern Control Engineering-, PHI
8. Burton T.P, Introduction to dynamic systems.

EE 010 404: Electromagnetic Theory

Objectives
To impart knowledge on
• basic concepts and principles of electromagnetic fields

• practical significance of the theory to develop a clear perspective for appreciating
engineering applications .
Module I (15 hours)

Review of Vector Analysis - Cartesian coordinate system - The Vector field- dot and cross
products - introduction to cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems.
Static Electric Field: Coulomb’s law - electric field intensity -field intensity due to point
charge, line charge and volume charge distributions- electric flux- electric flux density-
Gauss’s law and its applications- divergence of a vector –curl of a vector - Maxwell’s first
equation- the Del operator- Divergence theorem

Energy and potential - Energy expended in moving a point charge in an electric field -
Electric Potential between two points – potential at any point due to a point charge -
potential at any point due to discrete as well as distributed charges- Electrical field lines and
equipotential contours –electric dipoles - dipole moment - potential gradient- conservative
nature of a field- Laplace and Poisson equations (Derivation only and not solution) –
Maxwell’s Curl equation for electrostatic fields.

Conductors and Dielectrics– current and current density- continuity equation- -point form of
Ohm’s law- conductor properties – polarization - dielectric strength and break down -
dielectric boundary conditions
Capacitance - parallel plate capacitor - capacitance of isolated sphere, spherical shell, coaxial
cylinders and parallel wires - effect of earth on capacitance - method of images – capacitors
in series and parallel – energy stored in static electric field

The steady Magnetic Field - Biot-Savart’s law - Ampere’s circuital law – H due to a long
wire - H due to a long solenoid - H due to an infinite current sheet - H due to a circular wire
loop - Stoke’s theorem - magnetic flux and flux density – Maxwell’s equations for
magnetostatic fields - the scalar and vector magnetic potentials - magnetic force on a moving
charge - force on a current element - force between current carrying wires - torque on closed
circuits - magnetic boundary conditions, energy stored in a magnetic field, skin effect.
Self and mutual inductances –Inductance of solenoids, torroids and two wire transmission
lines– inductances in series and parallel.
Module V (10 hours)

Time varying fields- Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction- Motional emf - concept of
displacement current- Maxwell’s equation in point form and integral form.

Wave equation in free space – applications in transmission lines - power flow and Poynting
vector - Poynting theorem- interpretations- instantaneous, average and complex pointing
vector- power loss in conductors.
Numerical methods in electromagnetics (overview only).
Text Books
1. Mathew N O Sadiku, Principles of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press
2. T V S Arun Murthy, Electromagnetic Fields, S. Chand
Reference Books
1. W H Hayt, J A Buck, Engineering Electromagnetics, Mc Graw Hill

2. John D Kraus, Electromagnetic., Mc Graw Hill
3. Guru and Hiziroglu, Electromagnetic Field Theory Fundamentals, Cambridge
University Press
4. Fawwaz T Ulaby, Electromagnetics for Engineers, Pearson education
5. Gangadhar KA, Field Theory, Khanna Publishers
6. David K Cheng, Field and Wave Electromagnetics, Pearson education

EE 010 405: Digital Systems and Computer Organisation

Objectives
• To provide insight into design of Digital systems and Digital computer system
components and their organizational aspects.
• To provide a foundation for the advanced courses like Microprocessor Systems,
Microcontrollers & Embedded systems and Computer related elective courses.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Combinational Digital Circuits: Logic operations and Gates- De Morgan’s Theorem -
Realization of combinational circuits using SOP and POS forms - K-map up to 4 variables.
Decoders: BCD to decimal, BCD to 7-segment - Encoders- Multiplexer- Demultiplexer.
Logic Families: TTL and CMOS families- TTL NAND gate internal circuit- TTL
characteristics- sinking and sourcing- fan-in and fan-out – CMOS characteristics – CMOS
NAND and NOR gates.
Module 2 (11 hours)

Sequential Circuits: Flip-Flops- SR, JK, T and D flip-flops- JK master-slave FF. Truth table
and excitation table- conversion of flip-flops from one type to another.
Asynchronous counters: Ripple counter- disadvantages-Decoding errors– modulo N ripple
counter using CLEAR and PRESET inputs. Asynchronous UP - DOWN counter.
Module 3 (13 hours)

Synchronous Counters: Synchronous counter design – modulo N counter design for
completely specified count sequence – lockout- design without lockout – Synchronous
UP/DOWN counters..
Shift Registers: SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO types -Universal shift register.
Counters using Shift Registers: Ring counter – twisted ring counter.
Module 4 (13 hours)

Computer Organisation
Processor Organization –Block diagram of a processor - typical operation cycle: fetch,
decode and execute –– processor bus structures.
Arithmetic and Logic unit: Adders- Half adder, full adder circuits. half subtraction and full
subtraction circuits. serial and parallel adders- fast adders- carry look ahead adder- 2’s
complement adder / subtractor- design of Logic unit- one stage ALU.
Module 5 (11 hours)

Memory Organisation: Memory hierarchy- Semiconductor RAM – typical static RAM cell –
Dynamic RAM cell- Internal organization of memory chips -ROM – PROM – EPROM –
E2PROM – Flash Memory. Cache memory – Hit and miss – cache mapping functions ––
memory interleaving –– virtual memory organization – Address translation.
Input/Output Organisation: Buses- Single bus structure-I/O interfacing- Standard I/O
interfaces: PCI, SCSI and USB (block diagram description only)

Text Books:
1. Anandkumar, Fundamentals of digital circuits, PHI

2. V. Hamacher, Computer Organisation, Mc Graw Hill
References:
1. Thomas L. Floyd , Digital Fundamentals, Pearson Education

2. Malvino & Leach, Digital Principles and Applications, TMH
3. Taub & Schilling, Digital Integrated Electronics, McGraw Hill Intl.
4. Salivahanan, Digital circuits & design, Vikas
5. M.Morris Mano, Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals:, 2/e Pearson
6. P. Pal Chaudhari , Computer Organisation and Design, PHI

EE 010 406: Computer Programming

Objectives
• To impart the concepts of structured programming.

• To develop programming skill in students
Module 1 (10 hours)

Introduction to C: Steps in executing a C program – C Tokens- C character set – identifiers
and keywords – data types – constants and variables – declarations – type casting - operators
– expressions – statements – special operators: comma and sizeof operators- library input-
output functions.
Branching control statements: if, if-else, nested if-else, switch, goto statements –
conditional operators.
Module 2 (14 hours)

Looping control statements : ‘while’, ‘do-while’, ‘for’ statements – nested loops, break and
continue statements.
Arrays: single dimensional arrays –– declaring and initializing arrays- searching & sorting in
arrays.
Strings: Declaration – initialization.
Multidimensional arrays -declaration – initialization - matrix operations – addition, transpose
and multiplication.
Module 3 (13 hours)

Functions: Declaration, definition and access – passing arguments to a function – pass by
value and pass by reference – recursion- - passing arrays to a function –– string handling
functions – comparison, concatenation and sorting of strings.
Storage classes: automatic variables – external variables – register variables – scope and life
time of variables.
Pointers: Concept of pointers– pointer declaration – operations on pointers-pointers as
function arguments.
Module 4 (12 hours)

Structures and union: definition – declaration of structure variables- initialization –
accessing structure members – array of structures – passing structure to a function – sorting of
structures –– union.
Dynamic memory allocation – self referential structures – basic concepts of linked lists.
Module 5 (11 hours)

Files: File pointers – data files: text mode & binary mode – file operations- opening and
closing – reading and writing- file handling functions.
Command line arguments – macros – C pre processor

Text books:
1. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C , TMH

2. K.R. Venugopal and S.R. Prasad, Mastering C , TMH
Reference Books
1. Kernighannn & Ritchie, The C programming language, Pearson Education, Asia

2. Mullish & Cooper, The Spirit of C, An Introduction to modern programming,,
Jaico Publishing Co.
3. Yashwant Kanetkar, Let us C, BPB publ.
4. Byron S. Gottfried, Programming with C, Schaum Outlines –,McGraw Hill.
5. Ashok Kamthane, Programming with ANSI & Turbo C-, Pearson Education Asia

EE 010 407 Computer Programming Lab

Objectives
• To develop computer programming skills
Programming Experiments in C
Programming experience in C to cover control structures, functions, arrays, structures,

pointers and files in accordance with syllabus of EE 010 406.
1. Familiarization using simple programs.

2. Familiarization of branching and looping operations
3. Summation of series
4. Preparation of Conversion tables
5. Solution of quadratic equations
6. Array manipulation
7. Functions
8. Recursive functions
9. Matrix operations
10. String manipulation – compare, copy, reverse operations
11. Pointers- Sorting of single dimensional arrays and strings
12. Structures - sorting
13. Tabulation of marks and declaration of results – input and output using files
14. Creation of numeric and text files, merging and appending of files.
15. Simple programs using linked lists
References:
1. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C, TMH

2. K.R. Venugopal & S.R. Prasad, Mastering C , TMH

EE 010 408: Electronic Circuits Lab

Objectives
To expose the students to a variety of practical electronic circuits to prove the theories
behind them.
1. Diode Characteristics
2. BJT, FET and UJT characteristics.
4. Design and testing of RC integrator and differentiator circuits.
5. Design and testing of rectifier circuits – Half wave – Full wave (centre – tapped and
bridge) circuits. Filter circuits.
6. Design and testing of Zener Shunt and Transistor Series Voltage Regulator.
8. Design and testing of Feedback amplifiers.
9. Design and testing of FET amplifier.
10. Sweep circuits – UJT and BJT based sweep generators – sweep circuit using constant
current source (BJT).
11. Design and Testing of RC phase-shift Oscillator and LC Oscillator.
12. Design and Testing of Astable and Bi-stable Multi-vibrators.
13. Relay driving circuit using transistors.
Optional
Simulation of the above circuits using EDA tools like
PSPICE.
(Any experiment relevant to EE 010 305 may be added)
References

3. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory, Pearson Education Asia, LPE.
4. Navas, Electronic Circuits Lab Manual


simple problems
case only)
References


Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Electrical and Electronics Engineering

EE 010 503 Signals and Systems

Objectives
• To understand different types of signals and systems
• To provide sound knowledge in different transforms in the analysis of signals and

systems
Module 1 (12hrs)
Signals- Classification of signals Basic operations on signals. Representation of a wave as
sum of elementary functions. - Systems-Classification of systems.
Fourier series analysis of continuous time periodic signals-Fourier coefficients, exponential
Fourier series, properties of continuous time Fourier series, power representation using
Fourier series, Fourier spectrum. Steady state solution of electric circuits with non- sinusoidal
non periodic input by Fourier series.
Module 2 (12hrs)
Fourier Transform- Fourier transform of standard signals, properties of Fourier transform,
Amplitude and phase spectrum, Fourier Transform of periodic signals. . Inverse Fourier
transform for a given spectra. System analysis with Fourier Transform-Transfer function of
LTI system. Signal transmission through linear system-signal distortion-Signal band width
and system bandwidth-band width and rise time, band width requirement for signal
transmission.
Module 3 (12hrs)
Convolution and correlation of signals- Convolution theorems, Power spectral density and
energy spectral density. Comparison of ESD and PSD, cross correlation of energy and power
signals. Auto correlation-Auto correlation for energy signals, periodic signals, auto
correlation and spectral density, relationship between convolution and correlation, Detection
of periodic signals in presence of noise by correlation.
Module 4 (12hrs)
Sampling theory- Sampling theorem, nyquist rate, reconstruction of signal, effects of under
sampling, sampling of band pass signals, sampling techniques, comparison of various
sampling methods. Time domain analysis of discrete time system- solution of difference
equation, natural and forced response. Impulse response and convolution-convolution of two
sequences, Causality ,FIR and IIR systems, Stability, Step response, Correlation of two
sequences. Inverse system and Deconvolution.
Module 5 (12hrs)
Symmetrical two port network-image impedance –characteristics impedance-and propagation
constant of a symmetrical two port network-properties of symmetrical two port network -
symmetrical two port network as a filter- filter fundamentals-pass and stop bands-behaviour
of iterative impedance- constant –k, low pass, high pass and band pass filters- m derived T
and ∏ sections and their applications for finite attenuation at filter terminals – band pass and
band elimination filters

Text Books:
1. Alan V Openhein and Schafer, Signals and Systems, Pearson.

2. Ravikumar , Signals and Systems ,PHI
3. Dr. S. Palani, Signals and Systems, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd. First Edition, 2009
References
1. Luis F Chapparo, Signals and systems; Elsevier Publications,2011
2. Roberts, Fundamentals of Signals and Systems (SIE), 2e, Tata McGraw –Hill
Education New Delhi,2010
3. D.C. Dhubkarya , Networks and Systems, University Press, New Delhi,2008.
4. P.Ramesh Babu and R. Ananda Natarajan, ,Signals and systems, SCITECH
5. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen , Signals and Systems, Second Edn,John
Wiley,India ,2010.
6. Robert A. Gabel and Richard A. Robert, Signals and Systems, Wiley, India
7. D.Ganesh Rao, R.V. Srinivasa Murthy, Network Analysis, A Simplied Approach

EE 010 504: Power Electronics

Objectives
To understand the characteristics and operational features of important power electronic

devices and circuit topologies that are useful in applications demanding high energy
efficiency and compact power conversion stages
Module 1 (17 hours)

Static switches: Uncontrolled and controlled switches. Directional voltage and current
properties. Loss calculation and selection of heat sink, Snubbers. Power diodes - reverse
recovery characteristics and its effects, Current and Voltage ratings. Power Transistors, Power
Darlingtons, Power MOSFETS, IGBTs- Principle of operation, Static and Dynamic
Performance, Safe operating area, Drive circuits.
SCRs- Static and dynamic characteristics, two transistor analogy, ratings and specifications,
Device protection, Gate circuit requirements, timing control and firing of thyristors,
amplification and isolation of SCR gate pulses, Timing and synchronization, R, RC, UJT
based firing, Diac based triggering circuit for TRIAC, Firing circuits incorporating pulse
transformers and opto couplers, Single pulse and multi pulse triggering.
Module 2 (15 hours)

Phase controlled rectifiers: single phase half wave controlled rectifier circuit – single phase
full wave controlled rectifier circuit – R, RL Loads – free wheeling – half controlled and fully
controlled bridge with continuous current – Expression for output voltage – wave forms –
active and reactive power – Line current distortion, displacement power factor and distortion
factor, THD, effect of source inductance – line commutated inverter . Generation of gate
timing pulses for single phase controlled rectifiers. 3-phase half wave and full wave
controlled rectifier – expression for output voltage.
Module 3 (10 hours)

Choppers and cyclo converters: Voltage step down chopper- Power circuit configuration
and working principle, Voltage and current relationships. Choice of filter inductance
and/frequency. Voltage step up chopper- Basic principle of operation, Two quadrant and four
quadrant choppers (Analysis not required). Generation of timing pulses for a single phase
chopper. Voltage and current commutation.
Basic Principle of Cyclo converters: single phase and three phase. (Analysis not required).
Module 4 (10 hours)

Inverters: Types of Inverters-Voltage source inverters, Current Source inverters - Half bridge
inverter-analysis with inductive load. Full bridge inverter- adjustment of ac frequency and ac
voltage, Harmonic analysis - Principle of Sinusoidal PWM- Unipolar and Bipolar schemes -
Three phase VSI-circuit configuration and switching sequence, square wave mode of
operation, phase and line voltage waveforms, Sine triangle PWM.
Module 5 (8 hours)
Switch Mode Power Supply Systems: Switch mode regulators- Buck, Boost and Buck boost
topologies- voltage and current relationships- output voltage ripple. Isolated converters
(Analysis not required) Forward, fly back, push pull, half bridge and full bridge converters-
basic principle of operation.

Text Books

2. M.H. Rashid , Power Electronics – Circuits, Devices and Applications, PHI/Pearson
2005
Reference Books
1. Mohan, Undeland, Robins, Power Electronics- Converters, Applications and Design,

3rd Edition, John Wiley India, 2003.
2. M. S. Jamil Asghar, Power Electronics, PHI, 2009.
3. M. D. Singh, K.B Kanchandani, Power Electronics, TMH-2007
4. Philip T Krein, Elements of Power Electronics, Oxford University Press, 2008.
5. Jai P. Agrawal , Power Electronic Systems – Theory and Design, Pearson Education
Asia, LPE, 2002
6. 6. L. Umanand, Power Electronics- Essentials and Applications, Wiley India 2009

EE 010 505: Linear Integrated Circuits

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of operational amplifiers and applications.

• To develop the student’s ability to design and analyze a wide variety of Linear
Integrated circuits.
Module 1 (14 hrs)
Operational Amplifiers: Differential amplifier-current mirror- block diagram of a typical op

amp- characteristics of an ideal op-amp-definitions of CMRR -slew rate- input offset voltage -
differential input resistance-input voltage range - SVRR - large signal voltage gain - output
voltage swing - output resistance – single voltage biasing - open loop configurations -
disadvantages-closed loop configurations –offset compensation-offset minimizing resistor-
non inverting amplifier - voltage follower-inverting amplifier - summing and scaling
amplifier - integrator -differentiator- V to I and I to V converter-log and antilog amplifier .
Module 2 (10 hrs)

Basic comparator- Astable multivibrator – mono stable multivibrator – Triangular wave
generator-schmitt trigger - zero crossing detector - precision rectifier - peak detector - sample
and hold circuit-RC Phase Shift Oscillator- Pulse width controller , voltage limiter. Function
generator 8038.
Module 3 (12 hrs)
Active Filters - low pass filter, high pass filter, band pass filter, band reject filter (first and
second order). D/A converter-binary weighted resistor type -ladder type.-DAC 0808- A/D
converter – simultaneous (flash) A/D converter - counter type - successive approximation
converter – sigma delta converter - dual slope converter -Digital voltmeter–ADC 0800
Module 4 (13 hrs)
Phase locked loop - basic principles of PLL –VCO, NE 566- block diagram - transfer
characteristics –PLL NE 565- applications of PLL as frequency multiplier, frequency
translator, AM demodulator, FM demodulator, FSK demodulator.
The 555 timer - functional block diagram. The 555 astable multivibrator and monostable
multivibrator.
Module 5 (11 hrs)

Instrumentation Amplifier-LM 380 power amplifier-application of LM 380 as audio power
amplifier-Intercom using LM 380.
Regulated power supplies - Series op-amp regulator-General purpose IC Voltage regulator
723 –low voltage regulator using 723 – 780X series. Switching regulator-SMPS.

Text Books
1. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, Op- Amp and Linear I.C., PHI

2. Robert F Coughlin, Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits , PHI
Reference Books
1. Bali, Linear Integrated Circuits (Sigma Series), 1e, Tata McGraw –Hill Education, New
Delhi 2008
2. D.Roy Choudhury. Linear Integrated Circuits
3. S Salivahanan, Linear Integrated Circuits,2e, Tata McGraw –Hill Education New
Delhi,2009
4. Botkar KR, Integrated circuits -
5. U.A.Bakshi, Linear Integrated Circuits, Technical Publishers
6. David L Terrell, Op-Amps, Design ,Application and Trouble shooting , Elsevier
Publications

EE 010 506: Microprocessors and Applications

Objectives
• To provide in-depth knowledge about 8085 microprocessor architecture,

programming and interfacing.
• To introduce the 16-bit microprocessor 8086.
Module 1 (10 hours)

Evolution of Processors – single chip microcomputer – Intel 8085 Microprocessor – signals
architecture of 8085 – ALU – register organization – timing and control unit – microprocessor
operations – instruction cycle – fetch, decode and execute operation – T-state, machine cycle
and instruction cycle – timing diagram of opcode fetch, memory read, I/O read, memory write
and I/O write cycles – wait state
Instruction set of 8085: Classification of instructions – different addressing modes – writing
assembly language programs – typical examples like 8 bit and 16 bit arithmetic operations,
finding the sum of a data array, finding the largest and smallest number in a data array,
arranging a data array in ascending and descending order, finding square from look-up table.
Module 3 (11 hours)

Stack and Subroutines: Stack pointer – stack operations – call-return sequence – examples -
Counters and time delays
Interrupts of 8085: Software and hardware interrupts- restart instructions – interrupt
structure of 8085 – interrupt procedure- vectored and non-vectored interrupts – SIM and RIM
instructions
Interfacing: Memory interfacing - ROM and RAM – interfacing I/O devices – address space
partitioning – memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O schemes – interfacing I/Os using
decoders –programmable peripheral devices –8255 block diagram, programming simple input
and output ports- DMA controller 8257-– interfacing of 8279 keyboard /display controller-
8275 CRT controller
Module 5 (14 hours)

Intel 8086: Logical Pin diagram –Internal Architecture- pipelining- registers and flags -
Operating modes: Minimum mode and Maximum mode.
Physical address generation – memory segmentation –even and odd memory banks.
Addressing modes- instruction set classification – writing simple programs : arithmetic
operations.

Text books:
1. Ramesh Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications

with 8085, Penram Intl.
2. A.K. Ray and K.M. Burchand , Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals ,
TMH
Reference books:
1. B.Ram, Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers, Dhanpat Rai and
Sons
2. A.Nagoor Kani , Microprocessor(8085) and its Applications , RBA Publications
3. Douglas V. Hall, Microprocessors and Digital Systems, McGraw Hill
4. A.P Mathur, Introduction to Microprocessors, TMH
5. Douglas V. Hall , Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware,
TMH
6. A. Nagoor Kani , Microprocessor 8086 Programming and Interfacing, RBA
Publications

EE 010 507: Electrical Machines Lab I

Objectives
• To conduct various tests on DC machines and transformers and to study their
performance
1. Study of 3-point and 4-point starters for D.C machines – mode of connection –
Protective arrangements
2. OCC of self and separately excited D.C machines – critical resistances of various
speeds. Voltage built-up with a given field circuit resistance. Critical speed for a
given field circuit resistance
3. Load test on shunt and compound generator – deduce external, internal and armature
reaction characteristics. Find load critical resistance.
4. Characteristics of D.C series machine as motor and generator.
5. Swinburne’s and retardation test on D.C machines.
6. Brake test on D.C shunt, compound motors and determination of characteristics.
7. Hopkinson’s test on a pair of D.C machines.
8. Separation of losses in a D.C machine.
9. Field’s test on D.C machine.
10. Polarity, transformation ratio tests of single phase transformers
Verification by direct loading.
12. Sumpner’s test on single phase transformers.
13. O.C and S.C tests on three-phase transformers.
14. Scott connection – check for 2 phase – predetermination of primary current for
balanced and unbalanced secondary currents – verification by actual loading.
15. Parallel operation and load sharing of two single phase dissimilar transformers.
16. Separation of losses of single phase transformer into hysteresis and eddy current
losses.
References


EE 010 508: Integrated Circuits Lab

Objectives
• To expose the students to a variety of practical circuits using various ICs to prove the
theories behind them.
Digital IC
1. Study of TTL gates

2. Characteristics of TTL gates
3. Realisation of sequential circuits –Adder and Subtractor Circuits.
4. Study of SR, JK, D, T and JK Master-Slave Flip Flops
5. Interfacing of seven segment display.
6. Testing of different shift registers.
7. Design and Testing of decoders and encoders.
8. Design and testing of asynchronous counters and modulo N counter.
9. Design and testing of synchronous counters and specified sequence counter.
10. Design and testing of counters using shift registers
Linear IC
11. Design and Testing of Summer, Integrator and Differentiator Circuits.

12. Design and Testing of Inverting and Non-Inverting Amplifiers.
13. Design and testing of astable and mono-stable multi vibrator using IC 741
14. Realisation of ADC and DAC.
15. Design and testing of astable and mono-stable multi vibrator using 555
16. Study of IC Power Amplifier LM 380
17. Study of IC Voltage Regulator 723.
18. PLL as free running oscillator and frequency multiplier.
Optional
.
Any experiment relevant to EE 010 405 and EE 010 505 may be added.
References
1. Digital Principles - Malvino & Leach.

2. Fundamentals of Digital Circuits - A.Anandakumar.
3. Op- Amps and Linear ICs - Ramakant Gayakwad
4. Linear IC - D.Roy Choudhury.

EE 010 601: Power Generation and Distribution

Objectives
• To impart introductory knowledge of power systems
• To develop understanding of power generation systems and power distribution
systems.
Module I (12 hours)

Steam power plants: Rankine cycle (ideal, actual and reheat) – layout – components –
alternators – excitation system – governing system.
Hydroelectric power plants: selection of site – mass curve – flow duration curve –
hydrograph – classification of hydro plants – layout – components – classification of hydro
turbines.
Nuclear power plants: layout – components – pressurized water reactor – boiling water
reactor – heavy water reactor – gas cooled reactor – fast breeder reactor.
Gas power plants: gas turbine cycle – layout – open cycle, closed cycle and combined cycle
gas power plants.
Diesel power plants: Thermal cycle – diesel plant equipment
Module II (8 hours)
Economic Aspects: Load Curve – Load duration curve – Energy load curve - Maximum
demand – demand factor – Diversity factor – coincidence factor – contribution factor – load
factor – Plant capacity factor – Plant use factor – Utilisation factor – power factor and
economics of power factor correction.
Tariffs: Flat rate tariff – Two part tariff – Block rate tariff – maximum demand tariff – power
factor tariff

Distribution Feeders: Primary and secondary distribution – Feeder loading – voltage drop in
feeder lines with different loadings – Ring and radial distribution – Transformer Application
factor – Design considerations of distribution Feeder – Kelvin’s law

Voltage drop in DC 2 wire system, DC 3 wire system, AC single phase 2 wire system, AC
three phase 3 wire and 4 wire systems – voltage drop computation based on load density –
voltage drop with underground cable system – power loss estimation in distribution systems –
power factor improvement using capacitors – sub harmonic oscillations and ferro resonance
due to capacitor banks – optimum power factor for distribution systems
Module V (15 hours)

Energy Management & Auditing: The need for energy management. – Demand side energy
management – auditing the use of energy – types of energy audit – electrical load
management and maximum demand control – distribution and transformer losses – energy
savings in motors and lighting systems

Text Books
1. D P Kothari and I J Nagrath , Power System Engineering:, Tata McGraw Hill

2. S N Singh, Electric Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution, PHI
Reference Books
1. V Kamaraju, Electrical Power Distribution Systems, Tata McGraw Hill

2. M V Deshpande, Elements of Electrical Power Station Design, PHI
3. A Chakrabarthi, M L Sony, P V Gupta, U S Bhatnagar, A Text Book on Power System
Engg. , Dhanpat Rai & Co.
4. Lucas M. Faulkenberry, Walter Coffer, Electrical power Distribution and
Transmission, Pearson Education
5. P.S. Pabla, Electric Power Distribution, Tata Mcgraw Hill
6. Course material for energy managers – Beaureau of energy efficiency, Government of
India http://www.bee.gov.in

EE 010 602 Induction Machines

Objectives
• Construction, principle of operation and performance of induction machines and
special electrical machines
Module1(16 Hours)
Three phase induction motor: Construction-squirrel cage and slip ring motors-principle of
operation-slip and frequency of rotor current-mechanical power - developed torque- phasor
diagram-torque-slip curve-pull out torque-losses and efficiency.
No load and locked rotor tests-equivalent circuit-performance calculation from equivalent
circuit-circle diagram-operating characteristics from circle diagram-cogging and crawling and
methods of elimination.
Module 2(14 Hours)

Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor-direct on line starting-auto transformer-
star delta starting- starting of slip ring motors-design of rotor rheostat-variation of starting
torque with rotor resistance.
Speed control-pole changing-rotor resistance control-frequency control-static frequency
conversion-Deep bar and double cage induction motor –equivalent circuit -applications of
induction machines-single phasing-analysis using symmetrical components.
Module3(10 Hours)
Induction Generator: Theory- phasor diagram-Equivalent circuit-Synchronous Induction
motor-construction-rotor winding connections-pulling into step
Single phase Induction motor: Revolving field theory- equivalent circuit- torque-slip curve-
starting methods-split phase, capacitor start-capacitor run and shaded pole motors.
Module 4(10 Hours)

Commutator motors-principle and theory-emf induced in a commutator winding- Single
phase series motor :theory –phasor diagram-compensation and interpole winding-Universal
motor-Repulsion motor: torque production –phasor diagram-compensated type of motors-
repulsion start and repulsion run induction motor-applications-Reluctance motor-Hysterisis
motor.
Module5(10 Hours)
Construction-principle of operation, operating characteristics of stepper motor, switched
reluctance motor, BLDC motor, Permanent magnet synchronous motor, linear induction
motor-principle-application-magnetic levitation
Text Books:
1. Alexander Langsdorf A S, Theory of AC Machinery, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Dr. P S Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publishers

Reference Books:
1. Say M G, Performance and design of AC Machines, ELBS

2. J B Gupta, Electrical Machines , S K Kataria and Son
3. Nagarath I J and Kothari D P, Electrical Machines ,4e, Tata McGraw- Hill
Education, New Delhi, 2010
4. Vincent Deltoro, Electrical Machines and Power System, Prentice Hall
5. Venketaratnam, Special Electrical Machines, Universal Press

EE 010 603: Control Systems

Objectives
• To provide knowledge in the frequency response analysis of linear time invariant

systems
• To provide knowledge in the design of controllers and compensators.
• To provide knowledge in state variable analysis of systems.
MODULE 1 (12 Hours)

Control system components – synchros, D.C servo motor, A.C servo motor, stepper motor,
Tacho generator, Gyroscope.
Frequency domain analysis-. Bode plots, relative stability – gain margin and phase margin.
correlation between time and frequency domain specifications. Static position error
coefficient and static velocity error coefficient from bode plot. Gain adjustment in bode plot.
Analysis of systems with transportation lag.
MODULE 2 (12 Hours)

Polar plots-phase margin and gain margin and stability from polar plot, Correlation between
phase margin and damping ratio. Minimum phase and non-minimum phase systems. Log
magnitude versus phase plots.
Nyquist plot – principle of argument , Nyquist stability criterion, conditionally stable systems
MODULE 3 (12 Hours)
Response of systems with P, PI and PID controllers.

Compensation Techniques – cascade compensation and feed back design, Lead, Lag and
Lag-Lead design using Bode plots and root locus. Realisation of compensators using
operational amplifiers.
Module 4 (12 Hours)

State variable formulation-concept of state variable and phase variable. State space
representation of multivariable systems, Similarity transformation, invariance of eigen values
under similarity transformation. Formation of Controllable canonical form, Observable
canonical form. Diagnalisation, and Jordan canonical form from transfer function. Transfer
function from state model.
Module 5 (12 Hours)

State model of discrete time systems. Solution of state equation – state transition matrix and
state transition equation, computation of STM by canonical transformation, Laplace transform
and cayley- Hamilton theorem. Discretization of continuous time system.
Text Books:
1. K.Ogatta, Modern Control Engineering- Pearson Education

2. I.J. Nagrath and M.Gopal, Control Engineering, TMH

Reference Books
1. D.Roy Choudhary, Modern Control Engineering, PHI

2. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, Pearson Education
3. M.N. Bandyopadhay, Control Engineering-Theory and Practice, PHI,New
Delhi,2009.
4 S. Hassan Saeed, Automatic Control Systems –Katson Books.
5. A. Anand Kumar, Control Systems, PHI
6. Franklin,Powell, Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems, Pearson.

EE 010 604 Digital Signal Processing

Objectives
• To provide knowledge of transforms for the analysis of discrete time systems.

• To impart knowledge in digital filter design techniques and associated problems.
Module 1 (14hrs)
Discrete time signals and systems: Basic principles of signal processing-Building blocks of
digital signal processing. Review of sampling process and sampling theorem. Standard
signals-delta, step, ramp. Even and odd functions. Properties of systems-linearity, causality,
time variance, convolution and stability –difference equations-frequency domain
representation – Discrete – time Fourier transform and its properties- Z transform and inverse
Z transform-solution of difference equations.
Module 2 (14hrs)
Discrete fourier transform-inverse discrete fourier transform-properties of DFT-linear and
circular convolution-overlap and add method-overlap and save method-FFT - radix 2 DIT
FFT-Radix2 DIF FFT
Module 3 (12hrs)
Digital filter design: Design of IIR filters from analog filters - analog butter worth functions
for various filters - analog to digital transformation-backward difference and forward
difference approximations-impulse invariant transformation – bilinear transformation-
frequency warping and pre warping-design examples- frequency transformations. Structures
for realizing digital IIR filters-Direct form 1-direct form II-parallel and cascade structure-
lattice structure.
Module 4 (12hrs)
Design of FIR filters-Properties of FIR filters-Design of FIR filters using fourier series
method- Design of FIR filters without using windows- Design of FIR filters using windows-
Design using frequency sampling-Design using frequency sampling method-Design using
Kaiser’s approach- realization of FIR filters .
Module 5 (8hrs)
Finite register length problems in digital filters-fixed point and floating point formats-errors
due to quantization, truncation and round off. Introduction to DSP processors. Architecture of
TMS 320C54 XX Digital Signal Processor. Principle of speech signal processing (Block
Schematic only).
Text Books:
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing ,PHI,New
Delhi,1997V.
2. Mitra, Digital Signal Processing , 3e, Tata McGraw –Hill Education New
Delhi,2007
3. P. Ramesh Babu- Digital Signal Processing-Scitech publication

Reference Books:
1. Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, Discrete time Signal Processing ,

PHI,New Delhi,1997.
2. Udayashankara , Real Time Digital Signal Processing, PHI, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Ganesh Rao, Digital Signal Processing, Sanguins
4. Haykin and Van Veen, Signals and Systems, John Wiley and sons Inc .,2010.
5. Li Tan, Digital Signal Processing-Architecture Implementation and Applications-

Elsevier Publications

EE 010 605 Microcontrollers and Embedded Systems

Objectives
• To impart knowledge about 8051 microcontroller programming and interfacing.
• To introduce students to advanced PIC 16F877 microcontroller and embedded
systems
• .
Module 1(14hrs)
Introduction to Embedded Systems (block diagram description)- Microcontrollers and
Microprocessors - Comparison.
Intel 8051: Architecture–Block diagram-Oscillator and Clock-Internal Registers-Program
Counter-PSW-Register Banks-Input and Output ports-Internal and External memory,
Counters and Timers, Serial data I/O- Interrupts - SFRs.
Module 2 (14hrs)
Programming of 8051: Instruction syntax-Types of instructions–Moving data-Arithmetic
Instructions-Jump and Call Instructions-Logical Instructions-Single Bit Instructions.
Arithmetic programs. Timing subroutines –Software time delay- Software polled timer-
Addressing Modes – Application of Keil C in microcontroller programming.
Module 3 (10hrs)
I/O Programming: Timer/Counter Programming-Interrupts Programming- Timer and
external Interrupts- Serial Communication- Different character transmission techniques using
time delay, polling and interrupt driven-Receiving serial data – polling for received data,
interrupt driven data reception-RS232 Serial Bus standard.
Module 4 (10hrs)
Microcontroller system design: External memory and Memory Address Decoding for
EPROM and RAM. Interfacing keyboard. 7 segment display and LCD display. Interfacing of
ADC (0808) and DAC (808) to 8051- frequency measurement – Interfacing of stepper motor.
Module 5 (12hrs)
Introduction to RISC Microcontrollers: Architecture of PIC 16F877 microcontroller- FSR
– different Reset conditions – various oscillator connections- Internal RC, External RC,
Crystal Oscillator and external clock. PIC memory organization – Program (Code) memory
and memory map, Data memory and Data EEPROM.
Instruction set – Different addressing modes. Timers - Interrupt structure in PIC 16F877
microcontroller. Simple assembly language programs - square wave generation -
reading/writing with internal data EEPROM.
Text books:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems, Pearson Education Asia.
2. Ajay V Deshmukh , Microcontrollers- Theory and Applications , Tata McGraw –
Hill Education, New Delhi

Reference books
1. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller – Architecture, Programming and

Applications, Penram International Publishing (India), Second Ed.
2. K.V.Shibu, Introduction to Embedded Systems, 1e, Tata McGraw –Hill Education,

New Delhi 2009
3. Dreamtech Software Team, Programming of Embedded Systems , Wiley Dreamtech
4. John B. Peatman, Design with PIC Microcontrollers , Pearson Education
5. Myke Predko, Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller, Tata

McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2009
6. Intel Data Book on MCS 51 family

EE 010 606 L01 High Voltage Engineering

Objectives
• To impart the basic techniques of high voltage AC, DC and Impulse generation and
measurement.
• To develop understanding about different high voltage testing techniques
performed on electrical equipment.
Module I (14 hours)

Fundamentals of electric breakdown in gases
Gas as insulating medium - Types of ionization by collision - types of collision. Condition
for ionization by electron/ion collision - Collision cross section - Electric fields of low E/P
(electric field/pressure in a gas medium).
Ionization process in gaseous media - Townsend mechanism and criterion of breakdown in
gases - Paschen’s law and its application- Streamer theory of breakdown- Corona discharges-
Different theories of breakdown in solid dielectrics- pure and commercial liquids.

Generation of High DC, AC and Impulse voltages
HVDC : Cockcroft Walton double circuits – Multipliers- Vande Graaff generator
HVAC : Generation of High AC voltages- Cascade connection of transformers – resonant
transformers - Tesla coil.
Impulse generation: Definition of impulse wave – B.I.S specification – single stage and multi
stage impulse generator circuits. Tripping methods of impulse generator circuits - Impulse
current generator.

Measurement of High DC and AC
Peak voltage- Sphere gap for measurement of DC,AC and impulse voltages. Measurement of
HVDC by generating voltmeter – Potential dividers. Measurement of HVAC - Series
impedance and Capacitor meters – Capacitance Potential Dividers – CVT

Measurement of Impulse voltage and current
Measurement of impulse voltages and currents- Potential dividers - Measurement of impulse
current- Hall generators - Magnetic potentio devices – Low current resistive shunts (Peak)
Module V (12 hours)

High voltage testing techniques
Measurement of dielectric constant and loss angle – High voltage Schering Bridge – Partial
discharge measurements in high voltage equipment. Power frequency and impulse testing of
high voltage apparatus – B.I.S specification – HV testing of insulators, bushing, cables and
transformers.

Text Books
1. Naidu & Kamaraju ,High voltage Engineering ,Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications.
2. E. Kuffel & W.S Zaengel ,High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals, Oxford Pergamon
Press
Reference Books
1. L.Lalston , High voltage Technology , Oxford university press.

2. Ravindra Arora ,High voltage insulation engineering , New Age International (P) Ltd.
3. High voltage experimental Techniques, Dieter Kind, Vieweg &Sohn Verlagsgesellschaft
mbH, Braunschweig/ Wiesbaden, 1978

EE 010 606 L02 VLSI Systems
Teaching scheme
2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week Credits:4
zeroes
Objective:
• To cater the needs of students who want a comprehensive study of the principle
and techniques of modern VLSI Design and Systems.
Module I (10 hours)

Process steps in IC fabrication: Silicon wafer preparation- Czochralski process- Diffusion of
impurities- physical mechanism- Ion implantation- Annealing process- Oxidation process-
Lithography- Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD)- epitaxial growth- reactors- metallization-
patterning- wire bonding and packaging.

Monolithic components: Isolation of components- junction isolation and dielectric isolation.
Monolithic diodes- schottky diodes and transistors- buried layer- FET structures- JFET-
MOSFET- PMOS and NMOS, control of threshold voltage (Vth)- silicon gate technology-
Monolithic resistors- resistors in diffused regions-
MOS resistors- monolithic capacitors- junction and MOS structures- IC crossovers and vias.

CMOS technology: CMOS structures- Latch up in CMOS. CMOS circuits: combinational
logic circuits:- Inverter-NAND, NOR gates, complex logic circuits, Full adder circuit. CMOS
Transmission Gates (TG)- realization of Boolean functions using TGs. Complementary Pass
Transistor Logic (CPL)- CPL circuits: NAND, NOR gates, 4bit shifter.

CMOS sequential logic circuits: SR flip-flop, JK flip-Flop, D latch circuits.
BiCMOS technology- Structure- BiCMOS circuits: Inverter, NAND gate, NOR gate.
CMOS Logic systems- Scaling of MOS structures- scaling factors- effects of miniaturization.
Module V (12 hours)

Gallium Arsenide Technology-:- Crystal structure- Doping process- Channeling effect-
MESFET. Comparison between Silicon and GaAS technologies.
Introduction to Programmable Logic Arrays (PLA) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays
(FPGA).

Text Books
1. N Weste and K Eshrangian, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A systems

perspective”, Pearson Education.
2. Jan M Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan and Borivoje Nikolic, “Digital
Integrated Circuits – A Design Perspective, Prentice Hall
Reference Books
1. S M Sze, VLSI technology, Me Graw Hill.

2. Douglas Pucknell, Basic VLSI design, PHI.
3. S.M.Kang & Y.Leblebici,CMOS digital integrated circuits, Mcgraw Hill.
4. K R Botkar, Integrated Circuits , Khanna Pub.

EE 010 606 L03 Artificial Neural Networks

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts and application of neural networks
• To give an introduction to MATLAB based neural network programming
Pre-requisites: Fundamental Programming Concepts.
Module I (15 hours)

Fundamentals of ANN – Biological prototype – Neural Network Concepts, Definitions -
Activation. Functions – single layer and multilayer networks. Training ANNs – perceptrons –
Exclusive OR problem – Linear seperability – storage efficiency – perceptron learning -
perceptron training algorithms – Hebbian learning rule - Delta rule – Kohonen learning law –
problem with the perceptron training algorithm
Introduction to MATLAB Neural network tool box. Basic MATLAB transfer functions like
purlin, hardlim, hardlims ,tansig, logsig etc and basic programming
Module II ( 15 hours)
The back propagation Neural network – Architecture of the back propagation Network –
Training algorithm – network configurations – Back propagation error surfaces – Back
propagation learning laws – Network paralysis _ Local minima – temporal instability.
Introduction to nntool. Basic supervised programming with nn tool.
Module III ( 10 hours)

Counter propagation Networks – Architecture of the counter propagation network – Kohonen
layer – Training the Kohonen layer – preprocessing the input vectors – initialising the weight
vectors – Statisitical properties. Training the Grossberg layer- Feed forward counter
propagation Neural Networks – Applications.

Statistical methods – simulated annealing – Bloltzman Training – Cauchy training -artificial
specific heat methods. Application to general non-linear optimization problems – back
propagation and cauchy training
Module V (10 hours)

Hopfield net – stability – Associative memory – statistical Hopfield networks – Applications
– ART NETWORKS –Bidirectional Associative memories- retreiving stored information.
Encoding the association – continuous BAMS
Application of neural network for load forcasting, image enhancement, signal processing,
pattern recognition etc.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Electrical& Electronics Engg.

Text Books
1. Philip D.Wasserman, Neural Computing (Theory and Practice )

2. J.Zuradha, Introduction to Artificial Neural System ,Jaico Publishers
Reference Books
1. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V.Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic

algorithms, PHI, 2003.
2. Hung T. Nguyen,Nadipuram.R Prasad ,Fuzzy and Neural Control, CRC Press, 2002.
3. Neural Network Toolbox, www.mathworks.com.
4. Kalyanmoyi Deb, Multi-Objective Optimization using Evolutionary
Algorithms,Wiley,2001
5. Robert Hecht-Nilson, Neuro Computing
6. Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks- A comprehensive foundation”, Pearson Education,
2001.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Electrical& Electronics Engg.

EE 010 606 L04 Object Oriented Programming

Teaching scheme
Credits: 4
Objectives
• To impart knowledge on concepts of object-oriented programming.
• To enable the students to master OOP using C++.
Pre-requisites
• EE 010 406 Computer Programming
Module 1 (10 hours)

OOP concepts: Objects-classes-data abstraction-data encapsulation- inheritance- polymorphism-
dynamic binding, comparison of OOP and Procedure oriented programming, object oriented
languages.
OOP using C++: Classes and objects, class declaration-data members and member functions-
private and public members-member function definition, inline functions, creating objects,
accessing class members.
Module 2 (14 hours)

Arrays of objects, objects as function arguments-pass by value-reference variables/aliases-pass by
reference, function returning objects, static class members.
Constructors and destructors -declaration, definition and use, default, parameterized and copy
constructors, constructor overloading.
Module 3 (11 hours)

Polymorphism: function overloading-declaration and definition, calling overloaded functions.
Friend classes, friend functions, operator overloading-overloading unary and binary operators-
use of friend functions.
Module 4 (14 hours)

Inheritance: different forms of inheritance, base class, derived class, visibility modes , single
Inheritance, characteristics of derived class, abstract class.
File handling in C++: file stream classes, file pointers and their manipulations, open (), close (),
read (), write () functions, detecting end of file.
Module 5 (11 hours)

Dynamic memory allocation: pointer variables, pointers to objects, new and delete operators,
accessing member functions using object pointers, 'this' pointer.
Run time polymorphism: pointers to base class, pointers to derived class, virtual functions-
dynamic binding.
Syllabus-B.Tech Electrical And Electronics Engineering

Text Book
1. Balagurusamy, Object Oriented Programming with C++ , Tata McGraw Hill

2. D Ravichandran, Programming with C++, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
References
1. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++, Galgotia Publications

2. K R Venugopal, Rajkumar, T Ravishankar, Mastering C++, Tata Mc_Graw Hill
3. John R Hubbard, Programming with C++, Schaum’s series, Mc_Graw Hill
4. Stanely B.Lippman, C++ primer, Pearson Education Asia
5. Bjame Stroustrup, C++Programming Language, Addison Wesley
Syllabus-B.Tech Electrical And Electronics Engineering

EE 010 606 L05 Biomedical Engineering
Credits :4
Teaching Scheme
2 hours lecture+ 2 hours tutorial / Week
Objectives
• To introduce the student to the various sensing and measurement devices of electrical
origin.
• To provide the latest ideas on devices for the measurement of non-electrical parameters.
• To bring out the important and modern methods of imaging techniques.
• To provide latest knowledge of medical assistance / techniques and therapeutic
equipments
MODULE 1 (12 Hrs)

Cell and its structure – Action and resting potential - Propagation of action potential – Sodium
pump –Nerve cell – Synapse –Different systems of human body- Cardio pulmonary system –
Physiology of heart and lungs – Circulation and respiration – Man instrument system.Electrodes-
Different types-Transducers – Different types – piezo-electric, ultrasonic, resistive, capacitive,
inductive transducers
Safety instrumentation-Radiation safety instrumentation- Physiological effects due to 50 Hz
current passage- Microshock and macroshock-Electrical accidents in hospitals-Devices to protect
against electrical hazards-hospital architecture
MODULE 2 (12 Hrs)

Biopotential Recorders - Characteristics of recording system – Electrocardiography -Conducting
system of heart - ECG lead configuration - Analysis of ECG signals - Heart sounds -
Phonocardiography - Electroencephalography (EEG) - Placement of electrodes in EEG -
Analysis of EEG – Electromyography - Electroretinography and Electrooculography
MODULE 3(12 Hrs)

Physiological Assist Devices- Pacemakers-Different modes of opreation- Pacemaker batteries-
Artificial heart valves- Defibrillators –Different types- Heart Lung machine - Oxygenerators-
Blood pumps- Kidney machine-Dialysis-Haemodialysis- Peritonial dialysis Blood pressure
measurement (invasive and noninvasive)
MODULE 4 (12 Hrs)

Operation Theatre Equipment- Surgical Diathermy- Short wave diathermy-Microwave
diathermy- Ultrasonic diathermy-Therapeutic effects of heat-Range and area of irritation of
different diathermy techniques-Ventilators- Anesthesia machine- Blood flow meter-Pulmonary
function analysers-Lung volumes and capacities- Gas analyser- Oxymeters-Elements of intensive
care monitoring
MODULE 5 (12 Hrs)

Advances in Biomedical Instrumentation-X-ray tube-X-ray machine - Radio graphic and
fluoroscopic techniques – Computer tomography – Block diagram of CT machine- Applications
of CT- Ultrasonic imaging-Modes of display-US imaging instrumentation-Applications of US-
Magnetic Reasonance Imaging- MRI instrumentation- Thermography-Block diagram of the
thermographic equipment- Medical applications of thermography-LASER in Medicine–LASER
instrumentation-Photo thermal and photochemical applications of LASERS
Text Books
1. Dr. M. Arumugam ,Biomedical Instrumentation, Anuradha Publishers

2. Prof. S.K.Venkata Ram, Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation ,Galgotia
Publishers
Reference Books
1. Carr and Brown, Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology ,Prentice Hall

2. John G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation Application and Design, John Wiley &
Sons Pvt. Ltd
3. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell, Erich A. Pfeiffer,Biomedical Instrumentation and
Measurements ,Pearson Education
4. Richard Aston ,Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement ,
Maxwell Macmillan International Edition
5. R. S. Khandpur ,Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, TMH
6. Tompkins ,Biomedical Digital Signal Processing, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
EE010 606 L06 Renewable Energy Resources

Objective
• To understand the importance, scope, potential, theory and applications of
non conventional energy sources
Module I (10 hours)

Energy scenario in India, Environmental aspects of Electrical Energy Generation , Energy for
sustainable development, Renewable Energy sources-Advantages and limitations.
Renewable Hydro –Power Equation-Small, Mini and Micro hydro power-Types of turbines
and generators

Solar energy – Introduction to solar energy: solar radiation, availability, measurement and
estimation.
Solar Thermal systems- Solar collectors(fundamentals only)- Applications -Solar heating
system, Air conditioning and Refrigeration system ,Pumping system, solar cooker, Solar
Furnace, Solar Greenhouse -Design of solar water heater

Solar photovoltaic systems- Photovoltaic conversion- Solar Cell, module, Panel and Array
Solar cell- materials-characteristics- efficiency-Battery back up-PV system classification-
Design of stand-alone PV system.

Wind energy –-Introduction – Basic principles of wind energy extraction – wind data and
energy estimation – site selection – Basic components of wind energy conversion system –
Modes of wind power generation.-Applications
Fuel cells –characteristics-types and applications
Module V (15 hours)

Biomass Energy - Resources - Biofuels- Biomass conversion process-applications
Tidal power-Energy estimation-site selection-Types-Important components of a tidal
power plants- Wave energy- characteristics-energy and power from the waves, wave energy
conversion devices
Geothermal energy – resources - estimation of geothermal power - geo thermal energy
conversion - Applications
Syllabus - B.Tech Electrical & Electronics Engg.

Text Books
1. D.P.Kothari, K.C.Singal, Rakesh Ranjan, Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging

Technologies, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009
2. B.H. Khan, Non-Conventional Energy Resources, 2nd ,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2010
3. Chetan Singh Solanki, Renewable Energy Technologies, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2009
Reference Books
1. Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy, Oxford

2. Tasneem Abbasi, S.A.Abbasi, Renewable Energy Sources, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2010
3. Siraj Ahmed, Wind Energy- Theory and Practice, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2010
Syllabus - B.Tech Electrical & Electronics Engg.

EE010 607 Power Electronics Lab

Objectives
• To provide experience on design and analysis of power electronic circuits used for
power electronic applications.
Experiments
1. Study of VI characteristics of SCR and TRIAC.

2. Study of BJT, IGBT, GTO & MOSFET.
3. R, RC and UJT firing circuit for control of SCRs.
4. Design and Implementation of Ramp-Comparator and digital firing scheme for simple
SCR circuits.
5. Automatic lighting control with SCRs and optoelectronic components.
6. AC phase control using SCR and TRIAC.
7. Speed control of DC motor using choppers and converters.
8. Generation and study the PWM control signal for single phase dc to ac inverter.
9. Study and use of single phase half controlled and fully controlled AC to DC converter
and effect of firing angle control on load voltage waveforms.
10. Study and use of back to back connected SCR/TRIAC controlled AC voltage controller
and its waveforms with variations of firing angle.
11. Study and use of chopper circuit for the control of DC voltage using
(i) Pulse width control
(ii) Frequency control
12. Study of single phase inverter and its waveforms.
13. Study of 3 phase firing circuit with synchronization and testing with 3 phase AC to DC
bridge converter. Testing waveforms of digital firing modules.
14. Study and testing of 3 phase bridge inverter with different types of loads.
15. Simulation of gating circuits and simple converter circuits.
16. Harmonic Analysis of Power Electronic devices.
17. Simulation of firing circuits using Pspice.
18. Microprocessor based 3 phase fully controlled converter.
References:
1. Joseph Vithayathil , Power Electronics-Principles and applications, TMH, 2010

2. M.H. Rashid , Power Electronics – Circuits, Devices and Applications, PHI/Pearson
2005
EE 010 608: Microprocessor and Microcontroller Lab

Objectives
• To provide experience in the programming of 8085 microprocessor and 8051
microcontroller
• To familiarize with the interfacing applications of 8085 microprocessor and 8051
microcontroller.
1. 8085 assembly language programming experiments
a. 8-bit and 16 bit arithmetic operations

b. Sorting
c. BCD to binary and binary to BCD conversion
d. Finding square root of a number
e. Finding out square root of a number using look-up table
f. Setting up time delay and square wave generation
g. Interfacing of switch and LED
h. Traffic control signals
2. 8051 programming
a. Setting up time delay using timer and square wave generation

b. Interfacing LEDs
c. Interfacing Hex keyboard
d. Interfacing LCD display
e. Interfacing electromechanical and static relay
f. Interfacing DC motor with MOSFET switches and opto-isolator
3. Mini Project
The students are expected to do a mini project in the area of microprocessors
/microcontrollers and should be evaluated separately and considered for internal
assessment.
Reference:
Satish Shah, 8051 Microcontroller , Oxford Higher Education
Note : Internal assessment mark for the laboratory work ( Part 1 & Part2) is 60 %
and for the mini project (Part 3) is 40 %.

Electronics and Communication Engineering (EC)

Objectives


difference formula


Reference

EN010 302 ECONOMICS AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
Objectives


Types of reports

REFERENCES
limited, 2008
EC010 303 NETWORK THEORY
Objectives
• To study time domain, phasor and Laplace transform methods of linear circuit analysis
Module I (12 hrs)
Reference directions for two terminal elements - Kirchhoff’s Laws - Independent and Dependent
Sources – Resistance Networks: Node and Mesh analysis of resistance networks containing both
voltage and current independent and dependent sources – Source Transformations – Superposition,
Thevenin, Norton and Maximum Power Transfer Theorems applied to resistance networks
Module II (12 hrs)
Capacitors and Inductors – Current-voltage relationships – Step and Impulse functions – Waveshapes
for Capacitor and Inductor – Series and Parallel combinations – Coupled coils – Mutual Inductance –
First order Circuits: Excitation by initial conditions – Zero input response – Excitation by sources –
Zero state response – Step and impulse response of RL and RC circuits - Excitation by sources and
initial conditions – Complete response with switched dc sources
Module III (12 hrs)
Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis: Review of complex numbers – Rectangular and Polar forms –
Phasors and the sinusoidal steady state response - Phasor relationships for R, L and C – Impedance
and Admittance – Node and Mesh analysis, Superposition, Source transformation, Thevenin and
Norton’s theorems applied to Phasor circuits – Sinusoidal Steady State power – Average Power –
Maximum power transfer theorem – Phasor analysis of Magnetically coupled circuits
Module IV (12 hrs)
Laplace Transform: Definition of Unilateral Laplace Transform- Properties –Laplace Transform of

common time functions – Inverse Laplace Transform by Partial Fraction Expansion – Initial value and
Final value theorems –Solution of network differential equations - Transformation of a circuit into s-
domain – Transformed equivalent of resistance, capacitance, inductance and mutual inductance –
Impedance and Admittance in the transform domain – Node and Mesh analysis of the transformed
circuit - Network theorems applied to the transformed circuit – Network Functions: Driving point
and Transfer functions - Poles and zeros
Module V (12 hrs)
Frequency Response: Network functions in the sinusoidal steady state with s = jω – Magnitude and
Phase response - Magnitude and Phase response of First order Low pass and High pass RC
circuits –- Bode Plots – First order and Second order factors.
Two port networks: Characterization in terms of Impedance, Admittance, Hybrid and Transmission
parameters – Interrelationships among parameter sets - Reciprocity theorem – Interconnection of two
port networks- series, parallel and cascade.
References
1. W H. Hayt, Kemmerly and S M Durbin, Engineering Circuit Analysis, Tata Mc.Graw Hill
2. DeCarlo, Lin, Linear Circuit Analysis, OUP
3. B Carlson, Circuits, Ceneage Learning
4. M E. Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis, Prentice Hall of India.
5. L P .Huelsman, Basic Circuit Theory, Prentice Hall of India.
6. Robert L.Boylestad , Introductory Circuit Analysis , 12th e/d ,Prentice Hall of India.
7. C A Desoer & E S Kuh, Basic Circuit Theory, Tata Mc.Graw Hill
8. F F Kuo, Network Analysis and Synthesis, WileyInterscience.
EC 010 304 SOLID STATE DEVICES
Teaching Scheme
3 lecturer hours and 1 tutorial hour Credit :4
Objectives
• To provide students with a sound understanding of existing electronic devices, so that their
studies of electronic circuits and systems will be meaningful.
• To develop the basic tools with which students can later learn about newly developed devices
and applications.
Module I (13 hours)
Bonding forces in solids – Energy Bands – Metals, semiconductors and insulators – Direct and
indirect Semiconductors – Variation of Energy Bands with alloy composition – Charge carriers in
semiconductors – Electrons and holes – Effective mass – Intrinsic and extrinsic materials.
Charge concentrations – Fermi level – Electrons and hole concentrations at equilibrium –
Temperature dependence of carrier concentrations – Compensation and space charge neutrality.
Drift of carriers in electric and magnetic fields – Drift and resistance – Effects of temperature on
doping and mobility – High-field effects – Hall effect.
Excess carriers in semiconductors – Carrier lifetime – Direct and indirect recombination – Steady
state carrier generation – Quasi Fermi levels.
Diffusion of carriers – Diffusion process – Diffusion coefficient – Einstein relation – Continuity
equation – Steady state carrier injection – Diffusion length.
P-N junctions – Equilibrium conditions – Contact potential – Equilibrium Fermi levels – Space charge
at a junction – Forward and reverse biased conditions – Steady state conditions – Qualitative
description of current flow at a junction – Carrier injection – Diode equation – Majority and minority
currents through a p-n junction – V-I characteristics of a p-n junction diode.
Reverse breakdown in p-n junctions – Zener and avalanche mechanisms – Breakdown diodes.
Time variation of stored charge in p-n junctions – Reverse recovery transient – Switching diodes –
Capacitance of p-n junctions – Varactor diodes.
Metal-semiconductor junctions – Schottky barriers – Rectifying and ohmic contacts.
Optoelectronic devices – Optical Absorption – Solar Cells – Photo detectors – Photoluminescence and
electroluminescence – Light emitting diodes – Laser diodes.
Bipolar Junction Transistor – Bipolar Transistor action – Basic principle of operation – Simplified
current relations – Modes of operation – Majority and minority current components – Emitter
injection efficiency – Base transport factor – Current transfer ratio – Current amplification factor –
Amplification and switching – Base width modulation – Avalanche Breakdown – Base resistance and
emitter crowding
Field Effect Transistor – Basic JFET operation – pinch off and saturation – Transconductance and
amplification factor – V-I characteristics – Transfer characteristics
Basic principles of high frequency transistors – Schottky transistors; Phototransistors
Module V (10 hours)
Ideal MOS capacitor – Energy band structure in depletion, accumulation and inversion modes, C-V
characteristics – Threshold voltage.
MOSFETs – Enhancement and depletion MOSFETs – Current-voltage relationship –
Transconductance – Control of threshold voltage – Basic principles of CMOS.
Tunnel diodes – pnpn diodes – Introduction to SCR and IGBT.
Reference Books
1. B. G. Streetman, S. K. Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 6th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2010.
2. D. A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
3. M. S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor Materials and Devices, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2008.
4. J. Millman, C. C. Halkias, S. Jit, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
5. M. K. Achuthan, K. N. Bhat, Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices, Tata McGraw Hill
6. V. Suresh Babu, Solid State Devices and Technology, 3rd ed., Pearson Education, 2010.
EC010 305: ANALOG CIRCUITS – I
Teaching Scheme : Credits : 4
3 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour
0bjectives:
• To understand applications of diodes and transistors
• To understand working of MOSFET
• To provide an insight into the working, analysis and design of basic analog circuits
using BJT and MOSFET
Module I (10)
RC Circuits: Response of high pass and low pass RC circuits to sine wave, step, pulse and
square wave inputs, Tilt, Rise time. Differentiator, Integrator. Small signal diode model for
low and high frequencies, clipping and clamping circuits.
Analysis of half wave, full wave and bridge rectifiers. Analysis of L, C, LC & π filters. Zener
voltage regulator, transistor series (with feedback) and shunt voltage regulators, short circuit
and fold back protection.
Module II (14)
DC analysis of BJTs - BJT as amplifier. Small signal equivalent circuits (Low frequency π
and h models only). Transistor Biasing circuits, Stability factors, Thermal runaway. Small
signal analysis of CE, CB, CC configurations using approximate hybrid π model (gain, input
and output impedance)
Module III (12)
MOSFET I-V relation, load lines, small signal parameters, small signal equivalent circuits,
body effect. Biasing of MOSFETs amplifiers. Analysis of single stage discrete MOSFET
amplifiers – small signal voltage and current gain, input and output impedance of Basic
Common Source amplifier, Common Source amplifier with and without source bypass
capacitor, Source follower amplifier, Common Gate amplifier.
Module IV (12)
High frequency equivalent circuits of BJTs, MOSFETs, Miller effect, short circuit current
gain, s-domain analysis, amplifier transfer function. Analysis of high frequency response of
CE, CB, CC and CS, CG, CD amplifiers.
Module V (12)
Power amplifiers: Class A, B, AB and C circuits - efficiency and distortion. Biasing of class
AB circuits. Transformer less power amplifiers.
Feed back amplifiers - Properties of negative feed back. The four basic feed back topologies-
Series-shunt, series-series, shunt-shunt, shunt-series. Analysis and design of discrete circuits
in each feedback topology - Voltage, Current, Trans conductance and Trans resistance
amplifiers, loop gain, input and output impedance. Stability of feedback circuits.
References:
1. Sedra and Smith: Microelectronic Circuits, 4/e, Oxford University Press 1998.
2. B. Razavi , “Fundamentals of Microelectronics”, Wiley
3. Donald A Neamen. : Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3/e, Tata Mc.Graw Hill.
4. Millman and Halkias: Integrated Electronics, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, 2004.
5. Spencer & Ghausi: Introduction to Electronic Circuit Design, Pearson Education, 2003.
6. Roger T. Howe, Charles G. Sodini: Microelectronics: An Integrated Approach, Pearson
Education, 1997.
7. R E Boylstead and L Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 9/e, Pearson
Education
EC010 306 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Teaching Scheme
3 lecture hours and 1ntutorial hour 4 credits
Objectives
• To develop the programming skill using C
Module 1 (12 hrs)

Problem solving with digital Computer - Steps in Computer programming - Features of a good
program, Algorithms – Flowchart.
Introduction to C: C fundamentals - The character set - identifiers and keywords - Data types -
constants - variables and arrays - declarations - expressions - statements - symbolic constants-
arithmetic operators - Relational and Logical operators - The conditional operator - Library
functions - Data input and output - getchar – putchar, scanf, printf - gets and puts functions -
interactive programming.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Control Statements: While - do while - for - nested loops -if else switch- break - continue - The
comma operator - go to statement, Functions - a brief overview - defining a function - accessing a
function - passing arguments to a function - specifying argument - data types - function prototypes -
Recursion.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Program structure: storage classes - Automatic variables - external variables - multi file programs.
Arrays: defining an array - processing an array - passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional
arrays - array and strings. Structures and unions: defining a structure - processing a structure - user
defined data types - passing structure to a function – self referential structures - unions.
Module 4 (12hrs)
Pointers: Fundamentals - pointer declaration - passing pointers to a function - pointers and one
dimensional arrays - operations on pointers - pointers and multi dimensional arrays – passing
functions to other functions.
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Data files: Opening and closing of a data file - creating a data file - processing a data file, low level
programming - register variables – bit wise operation - bit fields - enumeration - command line
parameters - macros - the C pre-processor.
References
1. Byron Gottfried, Programming with C, Schaum’s Outlines ,Tata Mc.Graw Hill.

2. Kernighan & Ritchie , “The C programming language:”, Prentice Hall of India..
3. Venkateshmurthy , “Programming Techniques through C”:, Pearson Education.
4. Al Kelley, Ira Pohl , “A book on C” , Pearson Education.
5. Balaguruswamy , “Programming in C” , Tata Mc Graw Hill.
6. Ashok N Kanthane , “Programming with ANSI and Turbo C”, Pearson Education.
7. Stephen C. Kochan , “Programming in C” , CBS publishers.
EC010 307 ANALOG CIRCUITS LAB
Teaching Schemes
3 hours practical per week Credits: 2
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few basic electronic circuits using
BJT and MOSFET.
• To provide experience on electronic circuit simulation software like SPICE .
1. Characteristics of Diodes & Zener diodes.

2. Characteristics of Transistors (CE & CB).
3. Characteristics of MOSFET.
4. Frequency responses of RC Low pass and high pass filters. RC Integrating and Differentiating
circuits.
5. Rectifiers-half wave, full wave, Bridge with and without filter- ripple factor and
regulation.
6. Clipping and clamping circuits.
7. Zener Regulator with & without emitter follower.
8. RC Coupled CE amplifier - frequency response characteristics.
9. MOSFET amplifier (CS) - frequency response characteristics.
10. Feedback amplifiers (current series, voltage series) - Gain and frequency response
11. Power amplifiers (transformer less), Class B and Class AB.
Introduction to SPICE
Models of resistor, capacitor, inductor, energy sources (VCVS, CCVS, Sinusoidal source,
pulse, etc) and transformer.
Models of DIODE, BJT, FET, MOSFET, etc..
Simulation of following circuits using spice (Schematic entry of circuits using standard
packages).
Analysis- (transient, AC, DC, etc.):
1. Potential divider.
2. Integrator & Differentiator (I/P PULSE) – Frequency response of RC circuits.
3. Diode Characteristics.
4. BJT Characteristics.
5. FET Characteristics.
6. MOS characteristics.
7. Full wave rectifiers (Transient analysis) including filter circuits.
8. Voltage Regulators.
9. Sweep Circuits.
10. RC Coupled amplifiers - Transient analysis and Frequency response.
11. FET & MOSFET amplifiers.
EC010 308:PROGRAMMING LAB
Objectives
• To familiarize with computer hardware, operating systems and commonly used
software packages
• To learn computer programming and debugging
Part 1
1. Computer hardware familiarization.

2. Familiarization/installation of common operating systems and application software.
Part 2
Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover

control structures, functions, arrays, structures, pointers and files.
EN010401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III


References

Co.
EN010 402(ME): PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT


Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.

EC010 403 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
Objectives
• To study the methods of analysis of continuous time and discrete time signals and systems to
serve as a foundation for further study on communication, signal processing and control
Module I (12 hrs)
Classification of signals: Continuous time and Discrete time, Even and Odd , Periodic and Non-
periodic , Energy and Power – Basic operations on signals: Operations performed on the dependent
variable , operations on the independent variable: Shifting , Scaling – Elementary Discrete time and
Continuous time signals: Exponential , Sinusoidal , Step , Impulse , Ramp – Systems: Properties of
Systems: Stability, Memory, Causality, Invertibility, Time invariance, Linearity – LTI Systems:
Representation of Signals in terms of impulses – Impulse response – Convolution sum and
Convolution integral – Cascade and Parallel interconnections – Memory, Invertibility, Causality and
Stability of LTI systems – Step response of LTI systems – Systems described by differential and
difference equations (solution by conventional methods not required)
Module II (12 hrs)
Fourier analysis for continuous time signals and systems: Representation of periodic signals:
Continuous Time Fourier Series – convergence of Fourier series – Gibbs phenomenon –
Representation of aperiodic signals: Continuous Time Fourier Transform – The Fourier Transform for
periodic signals – Properties of Fourier representations – Frequency Response of systems
characterized by linear constant coefficient differential equations
Module III (12 hrs)
Fourier analysis for discrete time signals and systems: : Representation of periodic signals: Discrete
Time Fourier Series – Representation of aperiodic signals: Discrete Time Fourier Transform – The
Fourier Transform for periodic signals – Properties of Fourier representations – Frequency Response
of systems characterized by linear constant coefficient difference equations
Module IV (12 hrs)
Filtering: Frequency domain characteristics of ideal filters – Time domain characteristics of ideal LPF
– Non-ideal filters – First and Second order filters described by differential and difference equations –
Approximating functions: Butterworth, Chebyshev and elliptic filters (Magnitude response only) –
Sampling: The sampling theorem – Reconstruction of a signal from its samples using interpolation –
Aliasing
Module V (12 hrs)
Bilateral Laplace Transform – ROC – Inverse – Geometric evaluation of the Fourier transform from
pole-zero plot – Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Laplace Transform – The Z
Transform – ROC – Inverse – Geometric evaluation of the Fourier Transform from pole-zero plot –
Properties of Z transform - Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-Transform
References:
1) A V Oppenheim, A S Willsky and S H Nawab, Signals and Systems, Prentice Hall of

India.
2) S Haykin, and B V Veen, Signals and Systems, Wiley
3) B P Lathi, Signal Processing and Linear Systems, OUP
4) E W Kamen, and B Heck, Fundamentals of Signals and Systems using the
web and Matlab, Pearson
5) Luis F Chaparro , Signals and Systems Using MATLAB, Elsevier
6) R E Ziemer, and W H Tranter, Signals and Systems, Pearson.
7) R A Gabel and R A Roberts, Signals and Linear Systems, Wiley
EC010 404: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

3hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.
Objectives
• To Work with a variety of number systems and numeric representations, including
signed and unsigned binary, hexadecimal, 2’s complement.
• To introduce basic postulates of Boolean algebra and show the correlation between
Boolean expression.
• To introduce the methods for simplifying Boolean expressions.
• To outline the formal procedures for the analysis and design of combinational circuits
and sequential circuits.
Module I (12hours)
Positional Number System: Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal number system,
Number base conversions, complements - signed magnitude binary numbers - Binary
Arithmetic- addition, subtraction - Binary codes- Weighted, BCD, 8421, Gray code,
Excess 3 code, ASCII, Error detecting and correcting code, parity, hamming code.
Boolean postulates and laws with proof, De-Morgan’s Theorems, Principle of
Duality, Minimization of Boolean expressions, Sum of Products (SOP), Product of
Sums (POS), Canonical forms, Karnaugh map Minimization, Don’t care conditions

Digital Circuits: Positive and Negative logic, Transistor transistor logic, TTL with
totem pole, open collector and tri state output, Emitter coupled logic – basic ECL
inverter, NMOS NOR gate, CMOS inverter, NAND and NOR, Gate performance
parameters – fan in, fan out, propagation delay, noise margin, power dissipation for
each logic, characteristics of TTL and CMOS, subfamilies of TTL and CMOS.

Introduction to Combinational Circuits: Basic logic gates, Universal gates,
Realization of Boolean functions using universal gates, Realization of combinational
functions: addition – half and full adder – n bit adder – carry look ahead adder,
subtraction, comparison, code conversion, and decoder, encoder, multiplexer,
demultiplexer, parity checkers, and parity generator.
Introduction to Sequential Circuits: latches, timing, Flip Flops, types, characteristic
equations, excitation tables, Realization of one flip flop using other flip flops.

Application of flip flops as bounce elimination switch, register, counter and RAM,
Binary ripple counter, synchronous binary counter, Design of modulo ‘n’ synchronous
counter, up/down counters,
Shift registers – SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO, bidirectional shift register and universal
register, counters based on shift registers
Module V (12 hours)

Hazards in combinational circuits: Static hazard, dynamic hazard, essential hazards,
hazard free combinational circuits.
Introduction to programmable logic devices: PLA- block diagram, PAL – block
diagram, registered PAL, Configurable PAL, GAL - architecture, CPLD –
Syllabus - B.Tech. Electronics & Communication Engg.

classification internal architecture, FPGA - architecture, ASIC – categories , full

custom and semi custom.
Reference Books
1. Donald D Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. G K Kharate, Digital Electronics, Oxford university press, 2010
th
3. Ronald J Tocci, Digital Systems, Pearson Education, 10 edition 2009.
4. Thomas L Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Pearson Education, 8th edition, 2003.
5. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications, Tata McGraw
Hill 6th edition, 2006.
6. Charles H.Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Publication Company 5th
edition, 2004.
7. Milos Ercegovac, Introduction to Digital Systems, Wiley India, 2010
8. Moris mano, Digital Design, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd edition, 2002.
9. Anada kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, Prentice Hall of India, 2008.
10. Brain Holdesworth, Digital Logic Design, Elsevier, 4th edition, 2002.

EC010 405 ANALOG COMMUNICATION

Objectives:
• Present an introduction to linear and non linear modulation and circuits.
• Familiarize students with the basics of probability theory and noise in communication system.
• Introduce students to telephone system
Module 1(12 hrs)
Introduction: Block diagram of communication system –need for modulation

Linear Modulation: Mathematical representation of AM- frequency spectrum - Power
relations, SSB, VSB and ISB (Basics only)
Angle Modulation: FM and PM, Spectrum of FM signal, Power and Bandwidth of FM signals,
Comparison of AM- FM- PM.
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Linear Modulators and Demodulators: Diode and Transistor Modulator, Square Law Detector
Envelope Detector.
Generation and Detection of DSB-SC signal :-Balanced Modulator, Ring Modulator,
Synchronous Detection.
SSB-SC generation:-Filter method, Phase shift method, Detection of SSB- Product demodulator
Module 3 (12 hrs)
Non Linear modulators and Demodulators:-FM Generation: Direct and Indirect methods, FM
Detection:-Simple slope, balanced slope detection, Foster –Seeley detection, Ratio Detection
Radio Transmitters and Receivers:- AM transmitters:-High level and Low level, Receivers:-
characteristics of receivers, Super heterodyne receiver, Image frequency rejection, choice of
intermediate frequency, mixer, AGC .
FM Stereo Transmitter and Receiver.
Module 4 (12 hrs)
Probability and Random Variables: -Probability, Sample Space, Events, Conditional

Probability and Statistical Independence, Bayes’ Theorem, Discrete And Continuous Random
Variables, CDF and PDF Joint and Conditional PDF, Statistical Averages: Means, Moments,
Expectation Probability models: Binomial Distribution, Gaussian Distribution, Rayleigh
Distribution
Module 5 (12 hrs)
Noise:- Sources of noise, shot noise, resistor noise, white noise, additive noise, noise bandwidth,
noise temperature, noise figure, signal to noise ratio, noise for cascaded stages
Telephone Systems - Telephone subscribers loop system, switching and transmission plan,
Transmission system, Signalling techniques, Interchannel signalling, common channel signalling,
standard telephone set, telephone call procedures, call progress.
References
1. LE Frenzel, Principles of Electronic Communication System 3rd Edition, Tata

Mc.GrawHill.
2. Kennedy,Davis , Electronic Communication systems 4th Edition ,Tata Mc.GrawHill.
3. D Roddy and J Coolen: Electronic Communications, Prentice Hall of India.
4. RP Singh ,S D Sapre ,Communication System, Analog &Digital, Tata Mc.Graw Hill
5. AB Carlson,PB Crilly,JC Rutledge, Communication Systems 4th Edition, Mc.GrawHill
6. Wayne Tomasi ,Electronic communication Systems 5th Edition, Pearson Edn
7. RJ Shoenbeck ,Electronic communication ,Modulation & Transmission. Prentice Hall of
India.
8. ThiagarajanViswanathan, Telecommunication Switching systems and Networks, Prentice
Hall of India.
9. Simon Haykin ,Communication System,Wiley
EC010 406 : ANALOG CIRCUITS – II
Objectives:
• To understand differential amplifiers using BJT and MOSFET
• To understand operational amplifier and its applications.
Module I (12)
Differential Amplifiers - BJT differential pair, large signal and small signal analysis of
differential amplifiers, Input resistance, voltage gain, CMRR, non ideal characteristics of
differential amplifier. Frequency response of differential amplifiers. MOS differential
amplifiers, Current sources, Active load, cascode load, current mirror circuits, Wilson current
mirror circuits. Small signal equivalent circuits, multistage differential amplifiers.
Module II (12)
Simplified internal circuit of 741 op-amp. DC analysis, Gain and frequency response. MOS
Operational Amplifiers, single stage- cascode and folded cascode, two stage op-amp, op-amp
with output buffer, frequency compensation and slew rate in two stage Op-amps. Ideal op-
amp parameters, Non ideal op-amp. Effect of finite open loop gain, bandwidth and slew rate
on circuit performance.
Module III (12)
Opamp applications: Inverting and non-inverting amplifier, summing amplifier, integrator,
differentiator, Differential amplifiers, Instrumentation amplifiers, V to I and I to V
converters, Comparators, Schmitt Trigger, Square and triangular waveform generator,
Oscillators – RC Phase-shift and Wein-Bridge, Multivibrators – Astable and Monostable,
Precision rectifiers, Programmable gain Amplifier
Module IV (12)
Filters: Ist order Low pass, high pass and all pass filters - Bandpass and band elimination
filters Biquadratic filters (single op-amp with finite gain non inverting Sallen-Key of Low
pass, High pass, Band pass and Band elimination filters. Switched capacitor Resistor,
switched capacitor Integrator, Ist order SC filter
Module V (12)
D/A converters: DAC characteristics- resolution, output input equations, weighted resistor,
R-2R network. A/D converter: ADC characteristics, Types - Dual slope, Counter ramp,
Successive approximation, flash ADC, oversampling and delta sigma ADC.
Waveform generators – grounded capacitor VCO and emitter coupled VCO. Basic PLL
topology and principle, transient response of PLL, Linear model of PLL, Major building
blocks of PLL – analog and digital phase detector, VCO, filter. Applications of PLL.
Monolithic PLL - IC LM565 and CD4046 CMOS PLL. 555 Timer Astable Multi vibrator and
Monostable Multi vibrator using 555.
References:
1. Sergio Franco: Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits,
3/e,Tata Mc.Graw Hill.
2. Behzad Razavi : Design of Analog CMOS IC, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, 2003.
3. Gayakwad : Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits , 4/e, Prentice Hall of India..
4. David A.Johns, Ken Martin: Analog Integrated Circuit Design, Wiley India, 2008
5. Gray, Hurst, Lewis and Meyer Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley
6. Baker R Jacob: CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation, Prentice hall of India.,2005
EC010 407 ANALOG CIRCUITS-II LAB
Teaching Schemes
3 hours practical per week. Credits: 2
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few electronic circuits.
• To provide experience on design ,testing and analysis of op-amp circuits .
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Differential amplifiers (using BJT and MOSFETs) - Measurement of CMRR

2. Cascade amplifiers - Frequency response.
3. Cascode amplifiers (using BJT and MOSFETs) - Frequency response.
4. Familiarization of Operational amplifiers- Inverting and Non inverting amplifiers, frequency

response, Adder, Integrator, comparator and voltage level detector.
5. Measurement of Op-Amp. parameters.
6. Difference Amplifier and Instrumentation amplifier.
7. Astable, Monostable and Schmitt trigger circuit using Op -Amps.
8. Triangular and square wave generators using Op- Amplifier.
9. Wien bridge oscillator using op-amplifier with amplitude stabilization and amplitude control, RC
Phase shift Oscillator.
10. Study of 555 and Astable, Monostable multivibrator using 555.
11. Active second order filters using Op-Amp (LPF, HPF, BPF and BSF)
12. . A/D converters- counter ramp and flash type.
13. D/A Converters- ladder circuit.
EC010 408 ANALOG COMMUNICATION LAB
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few electronic circuits used for
communication engineering.
To understand basic transmission concepts and to develop strong concepts in fundamentals.
List of Experiments Using discrete components only:
1. Amplitude Modulator-Measurement of Modulation index.

2. Amplitude Demodulator
3. Study of PLL and VCO ICs
4. Frequency Modulator using VCO
5. Frequency Demodulator
6. DSB-SC Modulator
7. DSB-SC Demodulator
8. Tuned Amplifier
9. Mixer
10. AGC
11. Study of 8038
12. Spectral Analysis of AM and FM .
13. Multiplexing using analog multiplexer ICs
Note:Any other relevant experiments related to EC 010 405


simple problems
case only)
References
EC010 502 CONTROL SYSTEMS
Teaching Scheme
2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week. Credit :4
Objectives
• To develop the basic understanding of control system theory and its role in engineering
design.
• To familiarize the inputs, outputs, and building blocks of a control system; to differentiate
between open-loop and closed-loop control systems.
• To understand the utility of Laplace transforms and transfer functions for modeling complex
interconnected systems.
• To understand the concept of poles and zeros of a transfer function and how they affect the
physical behavior of a system.
• To understand the concept of Time Domain and Frequency Domain analysis and to determine
the physical behavior of systems using these analysis.
• To understand state variable analysis of systems and the relationship with state variable
representation and transfer functions.
Module 1 (14 hours)

Introduction to Control Systems – Basic building blocks of a Control System – Open-Loop and
Closed-Loop Control Systems – Feedback and effects of feedback – Types of feedback Control
Systems – LTI Systems.
Impulse Response and Transfer Functions of LTI Systems – Properties of Transfer Functions – SISO
and MIMO Systems – Mathematical modeling of electrical and mechanical systems (simple systems
only) – Analogy between mechanical and electrical systems.
Block Diagrams – Reduction of Block Diagrams – Signal Flow Graph – Mason’s Gain Formula –
Conversion of Block Diagrams to Signal Flow Graphs.
Module 2 (14 hours)

Stability of Linear Control Systems – BIBO Stability and Asymptotic Stability – Relationship
between characteristic equation roots and stability – Method of determining stability – Routh-
Hurwitz Criterion.
Time-Domain Analysis of Control Systems – Transient Response and Steady-State Response –
Typical test signals – Unit-Step response and Time-Domain specifications of first-order and prototype
second-order systems – Steady-State Error – Static and Dynamic Error Constants.
Effects of adding poles and zeros to the Transfer Function – Dominant Poles and Insignificant Poles
of Transfer Functions.
Module 3 (10 hours)

Root-Locus Technique – Basic properties of the Root Loci – Angle and Magnitude conditions – Rules
for the construction of approximate Root Loci.
Control System Design by the Root-Locus Method – Preliminary design considerations – Lead
Compensation – Lag Compensation – Lead-Lag Compensation – Parallel Compensation.
Module 4 (12 hours)

Frequency-Domain Analysis of Control Systems – Frequency-Domain specifications of prototype
second order system – Effects of adding zeros and poles to the Forward-Path Transfer Function.
Nyquist Stability Criterion: Fundamentals – Relationship between the Root Loci and the Nyquist Plot.
Relative Stability – Gain Margin and Phase Margin – Stability analysis with Bode Plot and Polar Plot
– Introduction to Nichols Plot, Constant-M & Constant-N circles and Nichols Chart (no analysis
required).
Module 5 (10 hours)

State-Variable Analysis of Control Systems – Vector-Matrix representation of State Equations –
State-Transition Matrix – State-Transition Equation – Relationship between State Equations and
Higher-Order differential equations – Relationship between State Equations and Transfer Functions -
Characteristic Equation, Eigen values and Eigen vectors.
References
1. B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 7th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 5th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
3. R. C. Dorf, R. H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, 11th ed., Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2008.
4. N. S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, 5th ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
5. M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
EC010 503 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN

Objectives
• To design and implement combinational circuits using basic programmable blocks
• To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits
• To study the fundamentals of Verilog HDL
• Ability to simulate and debug a digital system described in Verilog HDL
Module I (12hours)
Introduction to Verilog HDL: Design units, Data objects, Signal drivers, Delays , Data types,
language elements, operators, user defined primitives, modeling-data flow, behavioral,
structural, Verilog implementation of simple combinational circuits: adder, code converter,
decoder, encoder, multiplexer, demultiplexer.

Combinational circuit implementation using Quine–McCluskey algorithm, Decoders,
Multiplexers, ROM and PLA, Implementation of multi output gate implementations

Finite State Machines: State diagram, State table, State assignments, State graphs,
Capabilities and limitations of FSM, Meta stability, Clock skew, Mealy and Moore machines,
Modelling of clocked synchronous circuits as mealy and Moore machines: serial binary adder,
Sequence detector, design examples.

Digital System Design Hierarchy: State assignments, Reduction of state tables, Equivalent
states, Determination of state equivalence using implication table, Algorithmic State Machine,
ASM charts, Design example.
Module V (12 hours)

Verilog HDL implementation of binary multiplier, divider, barrel shifter, FSM, Linear
feedback shift register, Simple test bench for combinational circuits.
Reference
1. Michael D.Ciletti, Advanced Digital design with Verilog HDL, Pearson Education, 2005.
2. S. Brown & Z. Vranestic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog HDL, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2002.
3. Samir Palitkar, Verilog HDL A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis, Pearson, 2nd
edition, 2003.
4. Peter J Ashenden ,Digital Design, an embedded system approach using Verilog, Elsevier,
2008
5. Frank Vahid, Digital Design, Wiley Publishers.
6. T R Padmanabhan, Design through Verilog HDL, IEEE press, Wiley Inter science, 2002.
8. Wakerly J F, Digital Design Principles and Practices, Prentice hall of India, 2008.
9. Nazeih M Botros, HDL programming VHDL and Verilog, Dreamtech press, 2009
10. David J. Comer, Digital Logic and State Machine Design, Oxford university press, 3rd
edition, 1995.

EC 010 504(EE) Electric Drives & Control
Teaching Schedule
2 hours Lecture and 2 hours tutorial /week Credits -4
Objectives:
· To understand the characteristics and operational features of important power electronic

devices
· Understanding the basic working principles of DC and AC machines
Module 1(10 Hours)
D.C.Machines – DC Generator- Types, Open Circuit Characteristics and Load

characteristics of d.c. shunt generator – Losses and efficiency. D C motor – starter –
torque equation – speed torque characteristics of shunt, series and compound motors –
Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test.
Module 2(12 Hours)
A.C Machines – Transformers: transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor

diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o.c. and s.c. tests.
Three phase induction motors: types –Principle of operation-slip- torque equation –
torque-slip characteristics–starters – single phase induction motors – types – working.
Alternator –types- principle- emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf methods.
Synchronous motor – Principle of operation.
Module3(10 Hours)
Power semiconductor Devices – SCR-Constructional features- Characteristics- rating and

specification- Triggering circuits-protection and cooling. Construction and characteristics
of power diodes, TRIAC, BJT, MOSFET and IGBT. .
Module 4(14 Hours)
Phase controlled Rectifiers - Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase-
controlled rectifiers with R, RL and back EMF load- free wheeling effect. Chopper-
classification- Step down- step up- two and four quadrant operations.
Inverters- Single phase and three phase bridge inverters- VSI and CSI- PWM Inverters.
SMPS, UPS– principle of operation and block schematic only.
Module 5(14 Hours)
DC drives: Methods of Speed control of dc motors– single phase and three phase fully
controlled bridge rectifier drives. Chopper fed drives: Single, Two and four quadrant
chopper drives. Induction Motor drives: Stator voltage, stator frequency and V/f
Control, Static rotor resistance control. Synchronous motor drives: Open loop and self
controlled modes.
Text Books:
1 J B Gupta, Electrical Machines , S K Kataria and Sons
2 Vedam Subramaniam ,Power Semiconductor Drives –, TMH

3 Rashid Muhammad, Power Electronics: Pearson Edn.
References
1. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes, Pearson Education

2. Harish C Ray Power Electronics:, Galgotia Pub
3. P S Bimbhra ,Power Electronics: Khanna Publishers
4. M.D Singh and K.B Khanchandani, Power Electronics –, TMH, 1998
5. Wildi - Electrical Machines, Drives and Power systems 6/ePearson Education
EC010 505 APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY
Teaching Schemes Credit: 4

OBJECTIVES
• To analyze fields potentials due to static changes

• To evaluate static magnetic fields
• To understand how materials affect electric and magnetic fields
• To understand the relation between the fields under time varying situations
• To understand principles of propagation of uniform plane waves.
Module I (14hours)
Review of vector analysis: Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical co-ordinates systems- Coordinate
transformations. Vector fields: Divergence and curl- Divergence theorem- Stoke’s theorem. Static
electric field: Electrical scalar potential- different types of potential distribution- Potential gradient-
Energy stored in Electric field - Derivation of capacitance of two wire transmission line and
coaxial cable –Electrostatic boundary conditions– Steady magnetic field: Ampere’s Law,
Faraday’s Law, Helmholtz’s theorems, Energy stored in magnetic fields- Magnetic dipole- Magnetic
boundary conditions- Vector magnetic potential A- Magnetic field intensity, Inductance of two wire
transmission line and coaxial cable- Relation between E, V and A.- Equation of continuity,
Poisson and Laplace equations.
Maxwell’s equations and travelling waves: Conduction current and displacement current,
Maxwell’s equations- Plane waves- Poynting theorem and Poynting vector- Power flow in a co-
axial cable – Instantaneous Average and Complex Poynting Vector. Plane electromagnetic
waves- Solution for free space condition- Uniform plane wave:-wave equation for conducting
medium- wave propagation in conductors and dielectric, depth of penetration, reflection and
refraction of plane waves by conductor and dielectric. Wave polarization - Polarization of
electromagnetic wave and derivation of polarization angle.
Guided wave :-Guided waves between parallel planes- Transverse Electric and Transverse
Magnetic waves and its characteristics- Waves in Rectangular Waveguides- Transverse Magnetic
Waves in Rectangular Wave guides – Transverse Electric Waves in Rectangular Waveguides
– characteristic of TE and TM Waves – Cut off wavelength and phase velocity –
Impossibility of TEM waves in waveguides – Dominant mode in rectangular waveguide –
Attenuation of TE and TM modes in rectangular waveguides – Wave impedances –
characteristic impedance – Excitation of modes.
Moddule IV( 10 hours)

Circular waveguides and resonators:- Bessel functions – Solution of field equations in
cylindrical co-ordinates – TM and TE waves in circular guides – wave impedances and
characteristic impedance – Dominant mode in circular waveguide – excitation of modes –
Microwave cavities, Rectangular cavity resonators, circular cavity resonator, Q factor of a
cavity resonator.
Module IV (10hours)
Transmission lines:- Uniform transmission line- Transmission line equations. Voltage and
Current distribution, loading of transmission lines. Transmission line Parameters –
Characteristic impedance - Definition of Propagation Constant. General Solution of the
transmission line, Derivation of input impedance of transmission line. VSWR and reflection
coefficient – wavelength and velocity of propagation. Waveform distortion – distortion less
transmission line. The quarter wave line and impedance matching:-The Smith Chart –
Application of the Smith Chart – Single stub matching and double stub matching.
REFERENCES
1. W H.Hayt & J A Buck : “Engineering Electromagnetics” Tata McGraw-Hill, 7th

Edition 2007.
2. Mathew N.O. Sadiku: “Elements of Electromagnetics”–, Oxford Pub, 3rd Edition.
3. David K.Cheng: “Field and Wave Electromagnetics - Second Edition-Pearson
Edition, 2004.
4. W H.Hayt & J A Buck ,“Problems and Solutions in Electromagnetics” - Tata McGraw-
Hill,2010
5. E.C. Jordan & K.G. Balmain: “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems.”
PHI.
6. J. D. Kraus : “Electromagnetics”, 5th Edition, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
7. Edminister : “Electromagnetics”, Schaum series, 2 Edn.
8. D A Pozar, Microwave Engineering, Wiley
9. Umran S. Inan & Aziz S. Inan: Engineering Electromagnetics, Pearson Education,
1999.
10. Nannapaneni Narayana Rao: Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, 5th Edition,
Pearson Education.
11. Clayton R.Paul ,Keith W.Whites, Syed A Nasar “Introduction to Electromagnetic
Fileds” TATA McGraw-Hill 3rd Edition
EC010 506 MICROPROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS

Objectives
• To study the architecture of microprocessors 8085 and 8086.
• To understand the instruction set of 8085.
• To know the methods of interfacing them to the peripheral devices.
• To use all the above in the design of microprocessor based systems.
Module I (12hours)
Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors-
organisation of a microprocessor based system – microprocessor architecture and its
operations – memory – I/O devices - pin configuration and functions of 8085 – tristate bus
concept - control signals– de-multiplexing AD0-AD7 – flags - memory interfacing - I/O
addressing - I/O mapped I/O - memory mapped I/O schemes - instruction execution -
fetch/execute cycle - instruction timings and operation status.

Intel 8085 instruction set - instruction and data format – simple programs - programs in
looping, counting and indexing – 16 bit arithmetic operations - stack and subroutines - basic
concepts in serial I/O – 8085 serial I/O lines

Basic interfacing concepts – interfacing input devices – interfacing output devices –
interfacing as memory mapped I/O - Interrupts – vectored interrupt – restart as software
instruction – interfacing A/D and D/A converters.
.
Programmable interface devices – basic concepts – 8279 programmable keyboard / display
interface – 8255A programmable peripheral interface – 8254 programmable interval timer –
8259A programmable interrupt controller - DMA and 8237 as DMA controller.
Module V (12 hours)

Intel 8086 Microprocessor - Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum
mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – memory organization – even and odd
memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and
disadvantages of physical memory.
Reference
1. Ramesh S Goankar, 8085 Microprocessors Architecture Application and Programming,
Penram International, 5th edition, 1999.
2. Aditya P Mathur, Introduction to Microprocessor, Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd edition, 2002.
3. Douglas V Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing, Tata McGraw-Hill 2nd edition, 2008.
4. N Senthil Kumar, M Saravanan, Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, Oxford
University press, 2010.
5. John Uffenbeck, Microcomputer and Microprocessor, The 8080, 8085 And Z80
Programming, Interfacing and Trouble Shooting, PHI, 3rd edition, 2006.
6. Michel Slater, Microprocessor Based Design A Comprehensive Guide to Effective
Hardware Design, PHI, 2009.

7. P K Ghosh, P R Sridhar, 0000 to 8085 Introduction to Microprocessors for Engineers and

Scientists, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd edition, 2006.

EC010 507 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB

Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and realization of few digital circuits used.
• To understand basic concepts of memories, decoders etc.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:-
1. Study of Logic Gates: Truth-table verification of OR, AND, NOT, XOR, NAND and NOR
gates.
2. Implementation of the given Boolean function using logic gates in both SOP and POS forms.
3. Design and Realization of half, full adder or subtractor using basic gates and universal gates.
4. Flip Flops: Truth-table verification of JK Master Slave FF, T and D FF.
5. Asynchronous Counter: Realization of 4-bit up counter and Mod-N counters.
6. Synchronous Counter: Realization of 4-bit up/down counter and Mod-N counter.
7. Shift Register: Study of shift right, SIPO, SISO, PIPO, PISO and shift left operations
8. Ring counter and Johnson Counter.
9. Design examples using Multiplexer and De multiplexer.
10. LED Display: Use of BCD to 7 Segment decoder / driver chip to drive LED display
11. Static and Dynamic Characteristic of NAND gate (both TTL and MOS)
Mini Project based on above experiments.
EC 010 508(EE) Electric Drives and Control Lab

Objectives
· To familiarise the students with the working and characteristics of various
electrical machines.
· To provide experience on design and analysis of few power electronic circuits
Experiments
1. OCC of self and separately excited D.C machines – critical resistances of various
speeds. Voltage build-up with a given field circuit resistance. Critical speed for a
given field circuit resistance.
2 Characteristics of D.C series motor

3 Load Test on D.C shunt motor and obtain the performance characteristics.
4. Swinburne’s test on D.C machine
5 Polarity, transformation ratio tests of single phase transformers
7. Load test on a single phase transformer .
8. Load test on induction motor.

9. Pre-determination of regulation of an alternator by emf and mmf methods.
10. VI characteristics of SCR .
11 VI characteristics of TRIAC.
12 R and RC-firing scheme for control of SCR.
13 UJT-firing scheme for SCR.
14 Design and Implementation of digital firing scheme for simple SCR circuits.
.
References:
3. . Umanand, Power Electronics- Essentials and Applications, Wiley India 2009
Syllabus – B.Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering

EC010 601 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES
Objectives: To develop ability to analyze communication engineering problems and also to

design and develop different communication and electronics systems for processing signals and
data.
MODULE I (12 hrs)
Random Signal Theory: Random process: stationarity,ergodicity, mean, auto correlation, cross
correlation, covariance, random process transmission through linear filters, power spectral
density, cross correlation functions, cross spectral densities, Gaussian process, Discrete Time
Random Process, White Process
Signal Space Representation of Waveforms: Vector Space Concept, Signal Space Concepts,
Orthogonal Expansion, Gram- Schmidt Orthogonalization Procedure
MODULE II (12 hrs)
Detection and Estimation: Model of digital communication system, response of bank of

correlators to noisy input. Detection of known signals in noise:-ML Receiver. Probability of
error calculation, erf, Correlation Receiver, Matched Filter Receiver, properties, detection of
signals with unknown phase in noise, Estimation concepts: ML Estimate.
MODULE III (12 hrs)
Pulse Modulation Techniques: Sampling and pulse modulation: Sampling theorem, Ideal
sampling and reconstruction, practical sampling and Aliasing, PAM, PWM, PPM, Quantizing,
Quantization Noise, Companding, PCM generation and reconstruction, DPCM, Delta
Modulation, Adaptive Delta Modulation, digital multiplexing
MODULE IV (12 hrs)
Baseband shaping for Data Transmission: Binary signaling format, Inter Symbol Interference,
Nyquist criterion for distortion less base band binary transmission: Ideal solution, practical
solution, correlative coding: Duobinary signaling, modified duobinary, generalized form of
correlative coding, eye pattern, equalization ,adaptive equalization, synchronization techniques:
bit synchronization, frame synchronization
MODULE V (12 hrs)
Bandpass Digital Transmission: Digital CW Modulation: ASK, BFSK, BPSK, MSK, Coherent
binary system, timing and synchronization, Non coherent binary system, Differentially coherent
PSK, Quadrature carrier and M-ary systems: quadrature carrier system, MPSK, M-ary QAM,
Trellis coded modulation
References:
1. Simon Haykin , Introduction To Analog And Digital Communications, Wiley India Edition
2. Proakis& Salehi, Digital Communications, Mc Graw Hill International Edition.
3. Herbert Taub, Schilling Donald L.,“Principles of Communication Systems,3rd e/d, Tata Mc
Graw Hill,2007.
4. Carlson, Crilly, Rutledge, “Communication Systems” 4th Edition, McGraw Hill
5. Simon Haykin , Digital Communications, Wiley India Edition
6. Sklar,Kumar Ray, Digital Communications, Pearson Education
7. Glover,Grant, Digital Communications, Pearson Education
EC010 602 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Objectives
• To study the fundamentals of discrete-time system analysis, digital filter design and the DFT
Module I (12 hrs)
Advantages of DSP – Review of discrete time signals and systems – Discrete time LTI systems –
Review of DTFT – Existence – Symmetry properties – DTFT theorems – Frequency response-
Review of Z transform – ROC – Properties
Sampling of Continuous time signals – Frequency domain representation of sampling – Aliasing
- Reconstruction of the analog signal from its samples – Discrete time processing of continuous
time signals – Impulse invariance – Changing the sampling rate using discrete time processing –
Sampling rate reduction by an integer factor – Compressor – Time and frequency domain
relations – Sampling rate increase by an integer factor – Expander – Time and frequency domain
relations – Changing the sampling rate by a rational factor.
Module II (12 hrs)
Transform analysis of LTI systems – Phase and group delay – Frequency response for rational
system functions – Frequency response of a single zero and pole – Multiple poles and zeros -
Relationship between magnitude and phase – All pass systems – Minimum phase systems –
Linear phase systems – Generalised linear phase – 4 types – Location of zeros.
Module III (12 hrs)
Structures for discrete time systems – IIR and FIR systems – Block diagram and SFG
representation of difference equations – Basic structures for IIR systems – Direct form - Cascade
form - Parallel form - Transposed forms – Structures for FIR systems – Direct and Cascade
forms - Structures for Linear phase systems – Overview of finite precision numerical effects in
implementing systems
Analog filter design: Filter specification – Butterworth approximation – Pole locations – Design
of analog low pass Butterworth filters – Chebyshev Type 1 approximation – pole locations –
Analog to analog transformations for designing high pass, band pass and band stop filters.
Module IV (12 hrs)
Digital filter design: Filter specification – Low pass IIR filter design – Impulse invariant and
Bilinear transformation methods – Butterworth and Chebyshev – Design of high pass, band pass
and band stop IIR digital filters – Design of FIR filters by windowing – Properties of commonly
used windows – Rectangular, Bartlett, Hanning, Hamming and Kaiser.
Module V (12 hrs)
The Discrete Fourier Transform - Relation with DTFT – Properties of DFT – Linearity –
Circular shift – Duality – Symmetry properties – Circular convolution – Linear convolution
using the DFT – Linear convolution of two finite length sequences – Linear convolution of a
finite length sequence with an infinite length sequence – Overlap add and overlap save –
Computation of the DFT – Decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT – Fourier
analysis of signals using the DFT – Effect of windowing – Resolution and leakage – Effect of
spectral sampling.
References
1. A V Oppenheim, R W Schaffer, Discrete Time Signal Processing , 2nd Edition

Pearson Education.
2. S K Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach ,Tata Mc.Graw Hill.
3. J G Proakis, D G Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and
Applications, Prentice Hall of India..
4. L C Ludeman, Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing, Wiley
5. J R Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India.
EC010 603 RADIATION AND PROPAGATION
Teaching Schemes Credits: 4

OBJECTIVES
• To impart the basic concepts of radiating structures and their arrays

• To give understanding about analysis and synthesis of arrays
• To give idea about basic propagation mechanisms
MODULE 1 ( 13 hours)
Retarded potentials: Concept of vector potential- Modification for time varying- retarded
case- Fields associated with Hertzian dipole- Power radiated and radiation resistance of
current element-Radiation from half-wave dipole and quarter-wave monopole antennas.
Antenna Parameters: Introduction, Isotropic radiators, Radiation pattern, Gain -radiation intensity-
Directive gain, Directivity, antenna efficiency- antenna field zones. Reciprocity theorem & its
applications, effective aperture, Effective height, radiation resistance, terminal impedance, front-to-
back ratio, antenna beam width, antenna bandwidth, antenna beam efficiency, antenna beam area or
beam solid angle, polarization, antenna temperature.
MODULE 2 (13hours)
Antenna Arrays: Introduction, various forms of antenna arrays, arrays of point sources, non
isotropic but similar point sources, multiplication of patterns, arrays of n-isotropic point
sources, Grating lobes, Properties and Design of Broadside, Endfire, Binomial and Dolph
Chebyshev arrays, Phased arrays, Frequency- Scanning arrays- Adaptive arrays and Smart
antennas.
MODULE 3 (13hours)
Antenna Types:- Horizontal and Vertical Antennas above the ground plane. Loop Antennas:
Radiation from small loop and its radiation resistance- Radiation from a loop with
circumference equal to a wavelength-Helical antenna: Normal mode and axial mode
operation-Yagi uda Antenna- Log periodic antenna- rhombic antenna- Horn antenna-
Reflector antennas and their feed systems- Micro strip antenna-Selection of antenna based on
frequency of operation – Antennas for special applications: Antenna for terrestrial mobile
communication systems, Ground Penetrating Radar(GPR), Embedded antennas, UWB,
Fractal antenna ,Plasma antenna.
MODULE 4 (13hours)
Ground wave propagation: Attenuation characteristics for ground wave propagation-

Calculation of field strength at a distance –
Space wave propagation: Reflection characteristics of earth- Resultant of direct and reflected
ray at the receiver- LOS distance – Effective earth‘s radius – Field strength of space wave -
duct propagation
Sky wave propagation: Structure of the ionosphere- effect of earth‘s magnetic field Effective
dielectric constant of ionized region- Mechanism of refraction- Refractive index- Critical
frequency- Skip distance- Effect of earth’s magnetic field- Attenuation factor for ionospheric
propagation- Maximum usable frequency(MUF) – skip distance – virtual height – skip
distance, Fading and Diversity reception.
MODULE 5 (8 hours)
Antenna Measurements: Reciprocity in Antenna measurements – Measurement of radiation

pattern – Measurement of ranges - Measurement of different Antenna parameters- Directional
pattern, Gain, Phase, Polarization, Impedance, and Efficiency, Effective gain,SAR.
REFERENCES
1. John D. Krauss, Ronald J Marhefka: “Antennas and Wave Propagation”, 4th Edition,
Tata Mc Graw Hill
2. Jordan & Balman. “Electromagnetic waves & Radiating Systems”– Prentice Hall
India
3. Constantine. A. Balanis: “Antenna Theory- Analysis and Design”, Wiley India, 2nd
Edition, 2008
4. R.E Collin: “Antennas & Radio Wave Propagation”, Mc Graw Hill. 1985.
5. Terman: “Electronics & Radio Engineering”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill.
6. Kamal Kishor: “Antenna and Wave propagation” , IK International
EC010 604: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL

PROCESSING
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of architecture and organisation of computers
• To develop understanding about pipelining and parallel processing techniques.
• To impart knowledge about the current PC hardware
Pre-requisites: Digital Electronics and Microprocessors
Module I (12 hours)
Introduction : Difference between Architecture, Organisation and Hardware, Review

of basic operational concepts – Stored program concept, Instruction sequencing, bus
structure, Software support- translating and executing a program- assembler, linker,
loader, OS, Instruction types and Addressing modes.
CPU Performance and its factors, Performance evaluation, The Power wall, Switch
from uniprocessors to multiprocessors, Basic concepts of pipelining, superscalar
architecture and multithreading, Instruction level parallelism (basic idea only).
Processor Organisation: Control Unit design: Execution of a complete instruction,

Single bus and multibus organisation, Sequencing of control signals, Hardwired
control unit, Microprogrammed control unit.
Arithmetic and logic design – review of signed and unsigned binary arithmetic, fast
adders, Array multiplier, sequential multiplier, Booth’s algorithm, fast multiplication
methods, integer division – restoring and non restoring methods, floating point
numbers.
Memory and I/O Organisation Memory hierarchy, Memory characteristics, Internal

organization of semiconductor RAM memories, Static and Dynamic RAM memories,
flash memory, Cache memory – mapping function, replacement algorithm,
measurement and improvement of cache performance, Virtual memory and address
translation, MMU.
Secondary memories – magnetic and optical disks, I/O accessing – Programmed,
Interrupt driven and DMA , Buses- synchronous and asynchronous, bus standards.
Parallel Processing :Enhancing performance with pipelining-overview, Designing

instruction set for pipelining, pipelined datapath, Hazards in pipelining.
Flynn’s classification, Multicore processors and Multithreading, Multiprocessor
systems-Interconnection networks, Multicomputer systems, Clusters and other
message passing architecture.

Module V (12 hours)
PC Hardware: Today’s PC architecture – block diagram, Familiarisation of PC

hardware components.
Processor - Pentium series to higher processors - single core, hyperthreading, dual
core, multi core and many core processors (brief idea about evolution and
improvements in performance)
Motherboard – Typical architecture , Essential Chipsets, Sockets, Slots and ports –
serial, parallel, USB, RAM , Brief idea about buses, Subsystems (Network, Sound and
Graphics, Ethernet port),
Storage devices : Hard Disks-Types and Classification based on interface- Optical
Storage – CD, DVD, BLURAY
SMPS – Functions, power connectors.
Typical specifications for a computer
Reference Books
1. Carl Hamacher : “Computer Organization ”, Fifth Edition, Mc Graw Hill.

2. David A. Patterson and John L.Hennessey, “Computer Organisation and Design”,
Fourth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann.
3. William Stallings : “Computer Organisation and Architecture”, Pearson Education.
4. John P Hayes : “Computer Architecture and Organisation”, Mc Graw Hill.
5. Andrew S Tanenbaum : “Structured Computer Organisation”, Pearson Education.
6. Craig Zacker : “PC Hardware : The Complete Reference”, TMH.
7. Nicholas P Carter : “Computer Architecture and Organization”, Mc Graw Hill.
8. Pal Chaudhari: “Computer Organisation and Design”, Prentice hall of India.


EC010 605 MICROCONTROLLERS AND APPLICATIONS

Objectives
• To study the architecture of 8051, PIC18 microcontrollers
• To understand the instruction set and programming of 8051.
• To know the Interfacing methods and programming using 8051.
Module I (9hours)
Introduction to Microcontrollers: Comparison with Microprocessors – Harvard and Von
Neumann Architectures - 80C51 microcontroller – features - internal block schematic - pin
descriptions, I/O ports.
Module II (9 hours)
Memory organization – Programming model - Program status word - register banks -
Addressing modes - instruction set –Programming examples.

Interrupts - interrupt sources - interrupt handling – programming examples. Timers operation-
different modes –waveform generation- programming examples - Serial communication-
different modes - programming examples.
Module IV (9 hours)
Interfacing of DIP switch- LED -7 segment displays -alphanumeric LCD – relay interface –
Stepper motor –ADC-DAC-interfacing programs using assembly language.
Module V(9 hours)

Overview of PIC 18, memory organisation, CPU, registers, pipelining, instruction
format, addressing modes, instruction set, interrupts, interrupt operation, resets,
parallel ports, timers, CCP.
References
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and embedded sytems, Pearson
Education 2nd edition, 2006
rd
2. Kenneth J Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, Penram International, 3 edition
2007
3. Myke Predko, “Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller” Tata
Mc.Graw Hill, 2004
4. Han Way Huang, “PIC microcontroller An introduction to software and
hardware interfacing”, Cenage learning 2007
5. Muhammad Ali Mazidi “PIC microcontroller and embedded systems using
assembly and C for PIC 18” , Pearson 2009

EC010 606 L01: DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms.
• To develop understanding about writing algorithms and solving problems with the
help of fundamental data structures using object oriented concepts.
Module I (10 hours)

Introduction to Data Structures, arrays, records, stacks, queue, linked list, linked
stacks and queues, doubly linked list. Polynomial representation using arrays and lists.
Module II (12hours)
Trees, binary tree, traversals, binary search tree, creation insertion, deletion,
searching. Graph:-representation, depth first search, breadth first search, path finding.

Search algorithms, sequential binary interpolation, sorting, insertion, bubble, radix,
quick sort, merge sort, and heat sort.

Analysis of algorithms: - Time and space complexity, complexity notations, best,
worst, average cases.
Algorithmic techniques-brute force, greedy, divide and conquer, dynamic
programming
Module V (12 hours)

Analysis of search algorithms, sort algorithms. P and NP problems, travelling sales
man problems.
Reference Books
1. Horowitz ,Sahni & Anderson Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd ed.,
Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2009
2. Sartaj Sahni , Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++ , 2nd ed., Universities
Press, Hyderabad, 2009
3. Michael T Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, Data Structures and Algorithms in
C++, Wiley India Edition, New Delhi, 2009
4. B.M. Harwani, Data Structures and Algorithms in C++, Dreamtech Press, New Delhi,
2010
5. Langsam, Augenstein ,Tanenbaum, Data Structures in C & C++ , 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education.
6. John Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani & Jeffry Ullman, Introduction to Automata
Theory, Languages & Computation, Pearson Education.
7. Tremblay & Sorenson, Introduction to Data Structures with Applications, Tata
Mc Graw Hill
8. Sara Baase & Allen Van Gelder ,Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Design
and Analysis , Pearson Education
9. Sahni, Data Structures algorithms and applications , Tata Mc GrHill
Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer Science & Engg.

10. K.L.P. Mishra, N. Chandrashekharan, Theory of Computer Science , Prentice Hall

of India

EC010 606 L602: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Objectives
• To impart an introduction to the theory and practice of database systems.
• To develop basic knowledge on data modelling and design of efficient relations.
• To provide exposure to oracle database programming.
Module I (10 hours)

Basic Concepts - Purpose of Database Systems- 3 Schema Architecture and Data
Independence- Components of DBMS –Data Models, Schemas and Instances-Data Modeling
using the Entity Relationship Model-Entity types, Relationship Types, Weak Entity Types .

Relational Model Concepts –Constraints – Entity Integrity and Referential Integrity,
Relational Algebra -Select, Project, Operations from Set Theory, Join, OuterJoin and Division
- Tuple Relational Calculus.
SQL- Data Definition with SQL - Insert, Delete and Update Statements in SQL, Defining
Domains, Schemas and Constraints, Constraint Violations - Basic Queries in SQL - Select
Statement, Use of Aggregate functions and Group Retrieval, Nested Queries, Correlated
Queries – Views.

Oracle Case Study : The Basic Structure of the Oracle System – Database Structure and its
Manipulation in Oracle- Storage Organization in Oracle.- Programming in PL/SQL- Cursor in
PL/SQL - Assertions – Triggers.
Indexing and Hashing Concepts -: Ordered Indices, Hash Indices, Dense and Sparse Indices,
Multi Level Indices, Cluster Index, Dynamic Hashing.

Database Design– Design Guidelines– Relational Database Design – Functional
Dependency- Determination of Candidate Keys, Super Key, Foreign Key, Normalization
using Functional Dependencies, Normal Forms based on Primary keys- General Definitions
of First, Second and Third Normal Forms. Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multi-valued
Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls
in Relational Database Design.
Module V (13 hours)

Introduction to Transaction Processing- Transactions- ACID Properties of Transactions-
Schedules- Serializability of Schedules- Precedence Graph- Concurrency Control – Locks and
Timestamps-Database Recovery
Query processing and Optimization- Translating SQL Queries into a Relational Algebra
Computing Select, Project and Join
Object Relational Databases-Distributed Databases-Different Types-Fragmentation and
Replication Techniques-Functions of DDBMS.

Reference Books
1. Elmsari and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database System, Pearson Education Asia,

5th Edition, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Henry F Korth, Abraham Silbershatz , Database System Concepts, Mc Graw Hill
6td Edition, Singapore, 2011.
3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2005, for oracle
4. Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon, Database Management Systems, Leon vikas
Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Narayanan S, Umanath and Richard W.Scamell, Data Modelling and Database
Design,Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2009.
6. S.K Singh,Database Systems Concepts,Design and Applications, Pearson Education
Asia, New Delhi, 2006.
7. Pranab Kumar Das Gupta, Database management System Oracle SQL And
PL/SQL, Easter Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2009
8. C.J.Date , An Introduction to Database Systems, Pearson Education Asia, 7th
Edition, New Delhi.
9. Rajesh Narang, Database Management Systems, Asoke K ghosh , PHI Learning,
New Delhi, 2009.
10. Ramakrishnan and Gehrke, Database Management Systems, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd
Edition , 2003.

EC010 606L03 HIGH SPEED DIGITAL DESIGN

Objectives
• To develop the skills for analyzing high-speed circuits with signal behaviour
modelling.
• To demonstrate proficiency in understanding signal integrity concepts and
terminology and to understand the signal integrity on circuit design.
• To be able to perform and analyze signal measurements and to be able to make trade
off decisions based on signal budget and design requirements.
Pre-requisites: Digital Electronics, Digital system design
Module I (12hours)
High Speed Digital Design Fundamentals: Frequency and time, Time and distance, Lumped
vs distributed, four kinds of reactance- ordinary capacitance and inductance, mutual
capacitance and inductance, Relation of mutual capacitance and mutual inductance to cross
talk.
High Speed properties of Logic gates: Power, Quicent vs active dissipation, Active power
driving a capacitive load, Input power, Internal dissipation, drive circuit dissipation, Totem
pole and open circuit, speed, Sudden change in voltage and current.

Measurement Techniques; Rise time and bandwidth of oscilloscope probes, self inductance of
probe ground loop, Effects of probe load on a circuit, special probing fixtures.
Transmission Lines; Problems of point to point wiring, signal distortion, EMI, cross talk.

Transmission Lines at High frequency: Infinite uniform transmission line, Lossy transmission
line, Low loss transmission line, RC transmission line, Skin effect, Proximity effect, and
Dielectric loss.

Termination: End termination, rise time, dc biasing, power dissipation, Source termination,
Resistance value, Rise time, Power dissipation, Drive current, Middle terminators,
Vias: mechanical properties, capacitance and inductance
Connectors: mutual, series and parasitic capacitance.
Module V (12 hours)

Power system: Stable voltage reference, Uniform voltage distribution, choosing a bypass
capacitor,
Clock Distribution: Timing margin, Clock skew, delay adjustments, Clock jitter.
Reference
1. Howard Johnson, High-Speed Digital Design: A Handbook of Black Magic , Prentice Hall
2. Dally W.S. & Poulton J.W., “Digital Systems Engineering”, Cambridge University Press.
3. Masakazu Shoji, “High Speed Digital Circuits”, Addison Wesley Publishing Company
4. Jan M, Rabaey, Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design perspective, Second Edition, 2003.

EC 010 606 L04 MEDICAL ELECTRONICS
Teaching Scheme
3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week. Credits: 4
Objectives:-
• To study the working of different medical equipments.
Module 1 (12 hrs)
Introduction to the physiology of cardiac, nervous & muscular and respiratory systems.
Transducers and Electrodes: Different types of transducers & their selection for biomedical
applications. Electrode theory, selection criteria of electrodes & different types of electrodes
such as, Ag - Ag Cl, pH, etc
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Cardiovascular measurement: The heart & the other cardiovascular systems. Measurement of
Blood pressure-direct and indirect method, Cardiac output and cardiac rate.
Electrocardiography-waveform-standard lead systems typical ECG amplifier,
phonocardiography, Ballisto cardiography, Cardiac pacemaker –defibrillator –different types
and its selection.
Module 3 (12 hrs)
EEG Instrumentation requirements –EEG electrode –frequency bands – recording systems

EMG basic principle-block diagram of a recorder –pre amplifier. Bed side monitor –block
diagram- measuring parameters-cardiac tachometer-Alarms-Lead fault indicator-central
monitoring. Telemetry – modulation systems – choice of carrier frequency – single channel
telemetry systems.
Module 4 (12 hrs)
Instrumentation for clinical laboratory: Bio electric amplifiers-instrumentation amplifiers-

isolation amplifiers-chopper stabilized amplifiers –input guarding - Measurement of pH value
of Blood-blood cell counting, blood flow, Respiratory transducers and instruments.
Module 5 (12hrs)
Medical Imaging: Computer tomography – basic principle, application –advantage, X ray

tubes, collimators, detectors and display - Ultra sound imaging
References
1. J J Carr, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” : Pearson Education 4th e/d.

2. K S Kandpur, “Hand book of Biomedical instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill 2nd e/d.
3. John G Webster, “Medical Instrumentation application and design”, John Wiley 3rd e/d.
4. Richard Aston, “Principle of Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement”.
EC010 606 L05 SOFT COMPUTING
3 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.
Objectives
• To develop basic knowledge about neuron and neural networks.
• To develop basic knowledge about fuzzy stems.
• To be able to understand basic concepts of soft computing frame work and neuro
fuzzysystems
Module 1 (12 hrs)
Introduction- artificial neuron - activation functions - Single layer & multi-layer

networks - Training artificial neural networks - Perception - Representation - Linear
separability - Learning - Training algorithms.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Back Propagation - Training algorithm - Applications - network configurations - Local
minima -. Hopfield nets - Recurrent networks - Adaptive resonance theory - Architecture
classification - Implementation
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems: Fuzzy operations-support of a fuzzy set, height -
normalised fuzzy set, α – cuts- The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction
on fuzzy sets. Properties of fuzzy set operations.
Module 4 (12 hrs)

Operations on fuzzy relations - projection, max-min. and min and max-compositions.
Fuzzy membership functions- Fuzzy logic controller: fuzzification - Rule base –
Defuzzififaction-case study for engineering applications.
Module 5 (12hrs)
Soft computing frame work – comparisons- evolutionary algorithm/Genetic Algorithm:
basic structure – Neuro fuzzy controller – Applications – case study.
Reference
1. C.T lin & C S George Lee, Neural Fuzzy Systems, Prentice Hall of India, 1996
2. Lawrence Fausset, Fundamentals of Neural Networks, Prentice Hall
3. Timmoty J. Rose, Fuzzy Logics & Applications, Willey publications, 2010
4. Bart Kosko. Fuzzy Engineering, Prentice Hall.
5. A.R.Alive, Soft Computing & its applications
6. Fakhreddine O, Karray Clarence W De Silva, Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems
Design: Theory, Tools and Applications, Pearson India
7. Christina Ray, Artificial neural networks, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, 1997
8. J.S.R.Jang, C.T. Sun and E.Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, Prentice hall of
India, 2004,
EC010 606L06– TELEVISION AND RADAR ENGINEERING
Teaching Scheme:
3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. Credit 4
Objective
•
To familiarise the students with the fundamentals of TV Engineering and its
applications
• T
o familiarise the students with the fundamentals of Radar Engineering and its
applications
Module 1 (12 hrs)
Principles of television - image continuity - interlaced scanning - blanking - synchronizing –

composite video signal - video and sound signal modulation - channel bandwidth - vestigial
sideband transmission – television signal propagation
Television receiver circuits – IF section, video detector-video amplifiers-AGC,Sync
processing and AFC-Horizontal and vertical deflection circuits –sound section-tuner .
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Colour TV - Colour perception - luminance, hue and saturation - colour TV camera and
picture tube(working principle only) - colour signal transmission - bandwidth - modulation -
formation of chrominance signal - principles of NTSC, PAL and SECAM coder and decoder.
Module 3(12 hrs)
Digital TV - composite digital standards - 4 f sc NTSC standard - general specifications -

sampling structure - digital transmission, Flat panel display TV receivers-LCD and Plasma
screen receivers-3DTV-EDTV.
Cable TV - cable frequencies - co-axial cable for CATV - cable distribution system - cable
decoders - wave traps and scrambling methods, Satellite TV technology-Geo Stationary
Satellites-Satellite Electronics
Module 4(12hrs)
Introduction- Radar Equation- Block diagram- Radar frequencies- Applications- Prediction of
range performance –Pulse Repetition Frequency and Range ambiguities –Antenna
parameters- System losses.
CW Radar-The Doppler Effect- FM-CW radar- Multiple frequency radar – MTI Radar-
Principle- Delay line cancellors- Noncoherent MTI-Pulse Doppler Radar- Tacking Radar –
Sequential lobing-Conical Scan- Monopulse – Acquisition- Comparison of Trackers.
Module 5(12 hrs)

Radar Transmitters- Modulators-Solid state transmitters, Radar Antennas- Parabolic-
Scanning feed-Lens- Radomes, Electronically steered phased array antenna-Applications,
Receivers-Displays-Duplexers.
Special purpose radars-Synthetic aperture radar- HF and over the horizon radar- Air
surveillance radar- Height finder and 3D radars – Bistatic radar-Radar Beacons- Radar
Jamming and Electronic Counters .
References:-
1. Gulati R.R., Modern Television Engineering, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

2. Dhake A.M., Television Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001 .
3. R.P.Bali, “Color Television, Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1994
4. R.G Gupta., “ Television Engineering and Video System”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005
5. Bernard Grob & Charles E. Herndon, “Basic Television and Video Systems”, McGraw
Hill International
6. Damacher P., “Digital Broadcasting”, IEE Telecommunications Series
7. Merrill I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”– 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001.
rd
8. Merril I.Skolnik , “Radar Handbook”-, 3 Edition, McGraw Hill Publishers,2008.
9. J. C. Toomay, Paul Hannen, “Radar Principles for the Non-Specialist”, Printice hall
of India,2004
EC010 607 MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLER LAB
Objectives:-
• To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits using 8086
• . To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits using
8051simulator.
• To understand basic interfacing concepts between trainer kit and personal computers.
A. Programming experiments using 8086 (MASM)
1. Sum of N Numbers.
2. Display message on screen using code and data segment.
3. Sorting, factorial of a number
4. Addition /Subtraction of 32 bit numbers.
5. Concatenation of two strings.
6. Square, Square root, & Fibonacci series.
B. Programming experiments using 8051 simulator (KEIL).
1. Addition and subtraction.

2. Multiplication and division.
3. Sorting, Factorial of a number.
4. Multiplication by shift and add method.
5. Matrix addition.
C. Interface experiments using Trainer kit / Direct down loading the programs from
Personal computer.
1. ADC / DAC interface.

2. Stepper motor interface.
3. Display (LED, Seven segments, LCD) interface.
4. Frequency measurement.
5. Wave form generation.
6. Relay interface.
EC 010 608 MINI PROJECT LAB
Teaching Scheme
3 hours practical per week. 2 credits
The mini project will involve the design, construction, and debugging of an electronic
system approved by the department. There will be several projects such as intercom,
SMPS, burglar alarm, UPS, inverter, voting machine etc. The schematic and PCB design
should be done using any of the standard schematic capture & PCB design software.
Each student may choose to buy, for his convenience, his own components and
accessories. Each student must keep a project notebook. The notebooks will be checked
periodically throughout the semester, as part of the project grade.
In addition to this, the following laboratory experiments should also be done in the lab.
1. 555 applications
2. Light activated alarm circuit
3. Speed control of electric fan using TRIAC
4. Illumination control circuits
5. Touch control circuits
6. Sound operated circuits
7. Relay driver circuit using driver IC
8. Interfacing using Opto coupler
9. Schematic capture software (OrCAD or similar) familiarization.
10. PCB design software (OrCAD Layout or similar) familiarization.
A demonstration and oral examination on the mini project also should be done at
the end of the semester. The university examination will consist of two parts. One
of the lab experiments will be given for examination to be completed within 60 to
90 minutes with a maximum of 30% marks. 70% marks will be allotted for the
demonstration and viva voce on the mini project.
Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EI)

Objectives


difference formula


Reference

Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Commercial banks-functions- Role of Small Industries Development Bank of India and National
Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development
Module II (6 hours)
Direct and indirect taxes- impact and incidence- merits of direct and indirect taxes-progressive
and regressive taxes-canons of taxation-functions of tax system-
Module IV (5 hours)
National income-concepts-GNP, NNP, NI, PI and DPI-methods of estimating national income-
difficulties in estimating national income
Inflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of inflation-government measures to control inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Balance of payments-causes of disequilibrium in India’s BOP-General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade-effect of TRIPS and TRIMS in the Indian economy-impact of WTO decisions on Indian
industry
Text Books
References
Objectives
• To enable them to express themselves fluently and appropriately in social and
professional contexts

Communication Flow-Upward, Downward and Horizontal, Importance of communication skills
in society, Listening skills, Reading comprehension, Presentation Techniques, Group Discussion,
Interview skills, Soft skills

Technical writing skills- Vocabulary enhancement-synonyms, Word Formation-suffix, affix,
prefix, Business letters, Emails, Job Application, Curriculum Vitae, Report writing- Types of
reports
Note: No university examination for communication skills. There will be internal evaluation
for 1 credit.
REFERENCES
1. The functional aspects of communication skills, P.Prasad and Rajendra K. Sharma, S.K.
Kataria and sons, 2007
2. Communication skills for Engineers and Scientists, Sangeeta Sharma and Binod Mishra,
PHI Learning private limited, 2010
3. Professional Communication, Kumkum Bhardwaj, I.K. International (P) House limited,
2008
4. English for technical Communication, Aysha Viswamohan, Tata Mc Graw Publishing
company limited, 2008
EI010 303 Network Theory
(Common to AI010 303, EC010 303 and IC010 303)

Objectives
Module I (12 hrs)
Module II (12 hrs)
Module III (12 hrs)
Module IV (12 hrs)

Module V (12 hrs)

References
1. W H. Hayt, Kemmerly and S M Durbin, Engineering Circuit Analysis, TMH

4. M E. Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis, PHI
5. L P .Huelsman, Basic Circuit Theory, PHI
6. Robert L.Boylestad , Introductory Circuit Analysis , 12th e/d ,PHI
7. C A Desoer & E S Kuh, Basic Circuit Theory, TMH
8. F F Kuo, Network Analysis and Synthesis, Wiley
EI010 304 Electronic Devices and Circuits I

Objectives
1. To provide adequate knowledge to various electronic devices and electronic circuits.

2. To impart the basic concepts of electronic devices such as diodes, BJT, FET and MOSFET.
3. To give a basic introduction of different types of special devices.
4. To have an adequate knowledge in power supplies and wave shaping circuits.
5. To provide basic knowledge in transistor biasing and amplifier configurations.
Module 1 (12 Hours)
Band theory of solids: Energy band structure of Metals, Semi conductors and Insulators. Intrinsic material
- Electron Hole pair- Fermi level- Doping- Extrinsic material- Effect of temperature.
Semi conductor diodes: Theory of PN junction diode- Energy band structure- Diode equation.
Space charge and diffusion capacitance (concepts only)-Break down mechanisms.
Fabrication of PN junction –Different techniques
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Bipolar Junction Transistors: Fundamentals of BJT operation- Amplification with BJT-Switching--Drift

in base region—Base narrowing—Frequency limitations of transistors.
Field Effect Transistors: Basic structure- Operation- Pinch off and saturation—V I characteristics.
MOSFETS: n MOS and p MOS- Enhancement and Depletion types—MOS capacitance.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Special Devices: Tunnel diode, IMPATT diode, GUNN diode, Schottkey diode, Varactor diode, Photo
diode, PIN diode, LED, Schottkey transistor, Photo transistor, UJT, SCR, DIAC, TRIAC, IGBT,
OptoCoupler, Seven Segment Displays, Liquid Crystal Displays, LDR.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
DC power supplies: Analysis of half wave, full wave and bridge rectifiers-Analysis of shunt capacitor
filter.
Regulated power supplies: series and shunt voltage regulators—design of regulated power supplies—IC
regulated power supplies
Wave shaping circuits: Clipping and Clamping circuits—Integrator—Differentiator.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Transistor biasing: Operating point—DC and AC load lines—Q point selection—Different types of
biasing—Biasing stability factors.
Different transistor amplifier configurations – Comparison -- h parameter model analysis of CE
configuration.
Text Books:-
1. Streetman, B. and Sanjay, B., “Solid State Electronics Devices”, Pearson Education.
2. Boylsted and Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, Prentice Hall of India.
References:
1. Millman and Halkias, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw– Hill.
2. Floyd, T.L, “Electronic Devices” Pearson Education..
3. Millman and Halkias, “Integrated Electronics”, McGraw-Hill.
4. J B Gupta, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , S K Kataria & Sons Pub.
5. David A. Bell, ‘Electronic Devices & Circuits’, Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education,
.
EI010 305 Basic Instrumentation
Objectives
1. To create a strong base in the fundamental philosophies of Instrumentation engineering.

2. To study the different instruments, different static and dynamic characteristics of instruments,
performance, errors etc.
3. To give basic knowledge in different types of electrical machines used in instrumentation field.
4. To have an adequate knowledge in fluid mechanics and air compressors.
5. To give an idea about unit operations and different process involved in a process industry.
Module 1 (12 Hours)
Historical development of Instrumentation engineering- Introduction to Instruments and Measurements -

Typical applications of Instruments systems- Functional elements of an instrumentation system and
examples- Classification of instruments.
Measurement System performance- Units and standards- Calibration methods- Need for calibration-
Standards of measurement- Classification of errors- Error analysis.
Static characteristics – Accuracy, Precision, Sensitivity, Linearity, Resolution, Hysteresis, Threshold,
Input impedance, Loading effect etc.
Dynamic characteristics.
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Electrical machines : A C and D C servo motors – Synchros – Constructional features – Working of a

Tachogenerator – Stepper motors – Construction, working, applications and specifications of stepper
motors – Universal motors - Constructional features – Typical applications – Criteria for selection of
motors – Gyroscope- Electromagnetic relays – Contactors.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Fluid mechanics: Introduction-Types of fluids- Properties of fluids- Pressure head- Vapor pressure- Flow
of fluids- Types of fluid flow- Fluid velocity- Rate equation of continuity- Energy of a liquid in motion-
Bernoulli’s theorem- Venturi meter- Orifice meter- Pitot tube- Rotameter- Notches.
Fluid friction losses in pipe fittings.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Air compressors: Positive displacement compressors- Reciprocating air compressors-multi-stage air

compressors with inter cooling- rotary positive displacement compressors- Construction and working
principle of centrifugal and axial flow compressors.
Introduction to pumps-centrifugal, rotary and reciprocating pumps-classification of centrifugal pumps and
applications.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Introduction to process systems: Unit operations- Transport of liquids, solids and gases- Mixing process -
Separation process - Combustion process- Evaporators- Crystallization-Drying- Distillation (concepts
only) – Description of the process of food industry and paper industry.
References:
1. A.K Sawhney, A course in Mechanical Measurement and Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai & CO
2. Doeblin E .O.Measurement systems, application & Design, McGrawHill
3. Theraja, B.L., “A Text book of Electrical Technology”, Vol.II, S.C Chand and Co
4. Nagoor kani, control systems, RBA publications.
5. R.K.Bensal, Hydraulics and fluid mechanics, Laxmi publications.
6. P.N Modi and Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid mechanics- Std book house.
7. Rajput R.K., ‘Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines’, S.Chand and Co.
8. Bellani, Thermal engineering, Khanna publishers.
9. Balchen J.G. and Mumme, K.J., Process Control structures and applications, Van Nostrand
Reinhold Co., New York, 1988.
EI010 306 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Teaching Scheme
L T P : 3 1 0 4 credits
Objectives
Module 1 (12 hrs)

Problem solving with digital Computer - Steps in Computer programming - Features of a good program,
Algorithms – Flowchart.
Introduction to C: C fundamentals - The character set - identifiers and keywords - Data types - constants -
variables and arrays - declarations - expressions - statements - symbolic constants- arithmetic operators -
Relational and Logical operators - The conditional operator - Library functions - Data input and output -
getchar – putchar, scanf, printf - gets and puts functions - interactive programming.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Control Statements: While - do while - for - nested loops -if else switch- break - continue - The comma
operator - go to statement, Functions - a brief overview - defining a function - accessing a function - passing
arguments to a function - specifying argument - data types - function prototypes - Recursion.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Program structure: storage classes - Automatic variables - external variables - multi file programs. Arrays:
defining an array - processing an array - passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays - array and
strings. Structures and unions: defining a structure - processing a structure - user defined data types - passing
structure to a function – self referential structures - unions.
Module 4 (12hrs)
Pointers: Fundamentals - pointer declaration - passing pointers to a function - pointers and one dimensional
arrays - operations on pointers - pointers and multi dimensional arrays – passing functions to other functions.
Module 5 (12 hrs)

programming - register variables – bit wise operation - bit fields - enumeration - command line parameters -
macros - the C pre-processor.
References

2. Kernighan & Ritchie , “The C programming language:”, PHI.
EI010 307 Electronic Circuits Lab I
3 hours Practical per week
1. Familiarization of Multi meter, Signal generators, CRO, DVM etc and measurement of electrical
quantities (V, I, frequency, phase)
2. Characteristics of active devices :
a) Forward & Reverse characteristics of a diode.

b) Common Base characteristics of a transistor. Measurement of current gain, input resistance
and out put resistance.
c) Common Emitter characteristics of a transistor. Measurement of current gain, input and
output resistance.
d) Common Source characteristics of a JFET.
e) UJT characteristics.
f) LDR and Opto-Coupler characteristics.
3. Rectifying circuits
g) HW rectifier
h) FW rectifier
i) FW Bridge rectifier
j) Filter circuits –Capacitor filter (Measurement of ripple factor, efficiency)
4. Design and implementation of Power supplies.
5. Series Voltage Regulator using transistors.
6. Design and testing of Clipping, Clamping, RC differentiator, RC integrator circuits.
7. Simulation of simple circuits using spice.

EI010 308:PROGRAMMING LAB

Objectives
• To familiarize with computer hardware, operating systems and commonly used software
packages
Part 1

Part 2
Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control

structures, functions, arrays, structures, pointers and files.


References

Co.


Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.

EI010 403 Signals and Systems
(Common to AI 010403 and EC010 403)

Objectives
Module I (12 hrs)
Module II (12 hrs)
Module III (12 hrs)
Module IV (12 hrs)
Aliasing
Module V (12 hrs)
References:
1) A V Oppenheim, A S Willsky and S H Nawab, Signals and Systems, PHI

EI010 404: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

(Common to AI010404 , EC010404 and IC010404)

L T P :3 1 0
Objectives
Boolean expression.
Module I (12hours)
Positional Number System: Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal number system, Number
base conversions, complements - signed magnitude binary numbers - Binary Arithmetic-
addition, subtraction - Binary codes- Weighted, BCD, 8421, Gray code, Excess 3 code,
ASCII, Error detecting and correcting code, parity, hamming code.
Boolean postulates and laws with proof, De-Morgan’s Theorems, Principle of Duality,
Minimization of Boolean expressions, Sum of Products (SOP), Product of Sums (POS),
Canonical forms, Karnaugh map Minimization, Don’t care conditions

Digital Circuits: Positive and Negative logic, Transistor transistor logic, TTL with totem pole,
open collector and tri state output, Emitter coupled logic – basic ECL inverter, NMOS NOR
gate, CMOS inverter, NAND and NOR, Gate performance parameters – fan in, fan out,
propagation delay, noise margin, power dissipation for each logic, characteristics of TTL and
CMOS, subfamilies of TTL and CMOS.

Introduction to Combinational Circuits: Basic logic gates, Universal gates, Realization of
Boolean functions using universal gates, Realization of combinational functions: addition –
half and full adder – n bit adder – carry look ahead adder, subtraction, comparison, code
conversion, and decoder, encoder, multiplexer, demultiplexer, parity checkers, and parity
generator.
Introduction to Sequential Circuits: latches, timing, Flip Flops, types, characteristic equations,
excitation tables, Realization of one flip flop using other flip flops.

Application of flip flops as bounce elimination switch, register, counter and RAM, Binary
ripple counter, synchronous binary counter, Design of modulo ‘n’ synchronous counter,
up/down counters,
Shift registers – SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO, bidirectional shift register and universal register,
counters based on shift registers
Module V (12 hours)

Hazards in combinational circuits: Static hazard, dynamic hazard, essential hazards, hazard
free combinational circuits.
Introduction to programmable logic devices: PLA- block diagram, PAL – block diagram,
registered PAL, Configurable PAL, GAL - architecture, CPLD – classification internal
architecture, FPGA - architecture, ASIC – categories , full custom and semi custom.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Electronics & Instrumentation Engg.

Reference Books
3. Ronald J Tocci, Digital Systems, Pearson Education, 10th edition 2009.
edition, 2004.
8. Moris mano, Digital Design, PHI, 3rd edition, 2002.
9. Anada kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, PHI, 2008.

EI010 405 Electronic Instrumentation

Objectives
1. To equip the students to apply all types of common electrical and electronic instruments with
the knowledge about the construction and working of the instruments.
2. To provide the details of various electronic instruments which are used to measure current,
voltage, power, energy, resistance, capacitance and inductance.
3. To introduce the construction and working of different types of ammeters, voltmeters and
bridges.
4. A clear idea has been given about digital electronic instruments which are used to measure
voltage, frequency, period, total count etc.
5. An exposure is given to the student about signal generation, display and recording devices
which help in analysing and displaying the data.
Module 1 (12 Hours)
Measurement of electrical parameters: Types of ammeters and voltmeters – Principle of operation ,

construction and sources of errors and compensation of d’Arsonval galvanometers- PMMC
Instruments – Moving Iron Instruments – Dynamometer type Instruments – Rectifier type ammeters
and volt meters.
Electro dynamic type Watt meter- Single phase induction type Energy meters. Calibration of
Wattmeter and Energy meters.
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Resistance measurement:: Measurement of low, medium and high resistance- Wheatstone bridge,
Kelvin double bridge, series and shunt type Ohm meter- Meggar –Earth resistance measurement.
Measurement of Inductance and capacitance:- Maxwell Wein bridge, Hay’s bridge and Anderson
bridge - Campell bridge –Owen’s bridge- Measurement of capacitance:- Schering bridge .
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Analog meters :– DC volt meters- chopper amplifier type – peak responding volt meter- true RMS
volt meter- Vector voltmeter -calibration of DC instrument --Ammeters – Multi meter – Power meter
– Q-meter .
Digital Instruments : Digital method for measuring frequency, period – Phase difference – Pulse width
– Time interval, Total count. Digital voltmeter –– DMM – Microprocessor based DMM- Digital tacho
meter- Digital ph meter.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Signal generators and analyzers : Sine wave generator – Sweep frequency generator, Pulse and square
wave generator – Function generator – Wave analyzer – Applications – Harmonic distortion analyzer
– Spectrum analyzer – Applications – Audio Frequency generator – Noise generator.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Display and Recording devices : Cathode Ray Oscilloscope – Classification - Sampling and storage
scopes- Digital Storage Osilloscope (DSO)- Typical measurements using CRO- Probes for CRO-
Applications of CRO.
Display devices: Classification of Displays- LED- LCD- Seven segment and dot matrix displays –-
Typical uses of display devices
Recorders: Strip chart recorders- Galvanometric recorders- Null type recorders- Circular chart
recorders- XY recorders – UV recorder-Magnetic tape recorders –Digital waveform recorders- FM
recorders- Data loggers- Printers.
Text Books
1. Kalsi H.S., “Electronic Instrumentation”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Company.

2. Sawhney A.K, “A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation”,
Dhanpat Rai and Sons.
Reference Books
1. Albert D. Helfrick & William D. Cooper, ‘Modern Electronic Instrumentation &

Measurement Techniques’, Prentice Hall of India.
2. B.M.Oliver and J.M.cage, ‘Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation’, McGraw Hill
International Edition.
3. Joseph. J. Carr, ‘Elements of Electronic Instrumentation & Measurements’, Pearson
Education.
4. D. A. Bell, ‘Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements’, Prentice Hall of India.
5. Rajendra Prasad, ‘Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation’, Khanna Publishers,
6. B.R. Gupta, ‘Electronics and Instrumentation’, S. Chand Co. (P) Ltd., Delhi
EI010 406 Electronic Devices and Circuits II
Objectives
1. To study the working, analysis and design of RC coupled and FET amplifiers.
2. To get an idea about feed back amplifiers and oscillators.
3. To familiarize with different types of amplifier circuits.
4. To have an adequate knowledge in multivibratotrs and power amplifiers.
Module 1 (12 Hours)
Transistor amplifiers: RC coupled amplifier—Working—Analysis and design –Frequency

response—Band width.
FET amplifier: FET biasing—Analysis and design –FET common source amplifier—FET source
follower—Comparison of FET with BJT.
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Feedback amplifiers: Negative and positive feedback - Different types of negative feedback amplifier
- Voltage shunt - Voltage series - Current shunt - Current series
Oscillators: Condition for oscillation - BarkHausen criteria --RC oscillators –RC phase shift—
Wienbridge-- LC oscillators - Hartley , Colpitts , Clapp, Crystal oscillator .
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Amplifier circuits: Emitter follower- Darlington emitter follower- Cascade amplifier- Cascode
amplifier- Difference amplifier- Tuned amplifier- Principle- Single tuned and double tuned
amplifiers- Frequency response- Applications (no analysis)- Multi stage amplifiers- Frequency
response.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Multi vibrators: Analysis and design of Astable, Monostable and Bistable multi vibrators. –
Applications—Schmitt trigger—Working- Design. –Sweep generator- Voltage and current sweeps-
Time base generators- Miller and boot strap sweeps- Applications.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Power amplifiers: Classification- Class A , Class B; Class AB, Class C and class D. Transformer
coupled class AB Power amplifier - Transformer less class AB -Push pull Power amplifier--
complementary symmetry power amplifier--Harmonic distortion in Power amplifiers --Transistor
rating --Heat sinks --Switching amplifiers .
References:
1. Boylsted and Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, Prentice Hall of India
2. Millman and Halkias, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw– Hill,
3. Floyd, T.L, “Electronic Devices” 6th Edition, Pearson Education,
4. Millman and Halkias, “Integrated Electronics”, McGraw-Hill,
5. J B Gupta, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , S K Kataria & Sons Pub.
6. Malvino, “Electronic Principles”, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
EI010 407 Electronic Circuits Lab II
1. Amplifying circuits
a) Design of RC coupled amplifier (with and without feed back)---gain and bandwidth.
b) Common source FET amplifier
2. Power amplifiers: Design of class A, class B, class AB
3. Oscillators: Design of RC phase shift, Wein bridge, Hartley& Colpitts
4. Design and testing of Cascade amplifiers. –Frequency response
5. Design and testing of Tuned amplifiers—Frequency response
6. Multivibrators; Astable, Monostable, Bistable.
7. Schmitt trigger
8. Design of sweep generators-Simple and Boot strap
9. SCR, TRIAC circuits
10. Simulation of above circuits using PSPICE, ISIS Proteus.
EI010 408 (S) Basic Instrumentation Lab
1) Measurement of L, C, R using bridges

2) Measurement of Earth resistance.
3) Construction and testing of a digital frequency /phase meter
4) Construction and testing of a digital volt meter gating circuit
5) Construction and testing of a true RMS volt meter
6) Construction and testing of a FET input volt meter
7) Construction and testing of a multi range rectifier type volt meter and ammeter
8) Calibration of voltmeter and ammeter using precision potentiometer
9) Calibration of wattmeter
10) Calibration of energy meter
11) Usage of Digital storage oscilloscope
12) Experimental verification of Bernoulli’s theorem
13) Determination of Reynolds number
14) Calibration of Venturi meters
15) Calibration of Orifice meter
16) Calibration of Notches
17) Test to estimate frictional losses in pipe flow.

simple problems
case only)
References
EI010 502 Industrial Electronics and Applications
(Common to AI010 502 and IC010 502)

Module 1
Power semiconductor Devices-ratings and specification -Power diodes – power transistor – power
MOSFET - characteristics of SCR, Triac–IGBT – MCT – LASCR – SCR turn on, turn off
characteristics –– thyristor protection circuits – series and parallel operations of SCR- Thyristor
trigger circuits – R ,RL,RC triggering.
Module 2
AC to DC converters – single phase – three phase – half controlled and fully controlled rectifiers –
free wheeling diodes -free wheeling effect - effect of source and load inductance – power factor
improvement methods for phase controlled rectifiers- PWM chips:SG3524 and TL 494- dual
converters – cyclo converters.
Module 3
Inverters and voltage source inverters – series, parallel and bridge inverters – current source inverters
– PWM inverters – D.C. chopper – step up and step down chopper – AC chopper: AC converters: –
uninterrupted power supply (UPS) – ( circuit diagram approach), rectifier –– inverter – static transfer
switch.
DC to DC converters: choppers: SMPS, battery charger circuits
Module 4
D.C Motor control: phase control, Single phase SCR drive – Three phase SCR drive – speed control
of dc series motor – Chopper controlled dc drives – PLL control of dc motor, A.C. Motor control :
controlled – slip system – slip power recovery system - stepper motor drive - synchronous motor
control.
Module 5
Control circuits for power electronics: basic schemes for pulse generation using analog and digital
ICs. Single, double and four quadrant systems. Series and parallel operations of thyristor, cable firing,
isolation etc.
Text Books
1. P.S.Bimbhra, ‘Power Electronics’, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2002

2 G.K.Dubey, Doradia, S.R. Joshi and R.M.Sinha, Thyristorised Power Controllers, New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi, 1996.
References
1. M.H.Rashid, Power Electronics – circuits, devices and applications, PHI, New Delhi, 1995.
2. Joseph Vithyathi, Power Electronics, McGraw Hill, USA, 1995.
3. Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, Power Electronics, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1995.
4. P.C.Sen, Modern Power Electronics, Wheeler publishers, New Delhi, 1998
5. M.D.Singh, K.B. Khanchandani: Power Electronics, TMH, 1998
EI010 503 Linear Integrated Circuits and Applications
Objectives
1) To study different parameters, characteristics of op- Amps

2) To know about the different applications of op- Amp
3) To give the basic concepts of special ICs like timers, PLL, regulators etc.
4) To introduce the theory and applications of ADC and DAC.
Module 1 (12 Hours)
Introduction to op-Amps, Internal block schematic of op-amp, Op-Amp parameters, measurement of

Op-Amp parameters ,Ideal OP-AMP, transfer curve, equivalent circuit, open loop configurations,
frequency response of op-amp, frequency compensation networks, slew rate- methods of improving
slew rate.
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Applications of op-Amp: Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier- Summer-Log and antilog amplifier-
Differentiator- Integrator- Instrumentation amplifier- V/I and I/V converters- V/F and F/V converters
– Clippers- Clampers -Precision rectifiers – Comparators- Applications of comparator- Schmitt
trigger – Multivibrators - Waveform generators (Triangular, Sawtooth), Peak detector, Sample and
hold circuit.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Filters: LPF, HPF, BPF, Notch and All pass filters - I order and II order filters - Switched capacitor
filter.
555 timer: Functional block diagram - Astable multivibrator - Monostable multivibrator and its
applications
RC phase shift and Wein bridge oscillators.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
PLL- Capture and lock range - Analog and Digital phase detector - 566 VCO chip- 565 PLL IC-
Applications of PLL- Frequency multiplication and division, AM Demodulation.
DAC: Weigted resistor, R-2R ladder network, Current steering, Charge scaling DACs, Cyclic DAC,
Pipeline DAC.
ADC: Dual slope, Counter ramp, Successive approximation, Flash ADC, Pipeline ADC, Over
sampling ADC.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Specialized ICs and applications: Voltage regulator ICs- 78xx and 79xx series, 317 Variable
regulators, Switching regulators, LM 380 Power amplifier, Intercom using LM 380, Isolation
amplifier, Opto coupler ICs.
Text Books:
1. Ramakant A.Gayakward, ‘Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits’, Pearson Education, /
PHI.
2. D.Roy Choudhary, Sheil B.Jani, ‘Linear Integrated Circuits’, New Age,.
References:
1. Robert F.Coughlin, Fredrick F.Driscoll, ‘Op-amp and Linear ICs’, Pearson Education, /PHI.
2. David A.Bell, ‘Op-amp & Linear ICs’, Prentice Hall of India.
3. K R Botkar : Integrated circuits , Khanna Publishers.
4. Baker R Jacob: CMOS circuit design, layout and simulation, PHI
EI010 504 Transducer Engineering
Objectives
1) This course introduces the various types of transducers and their working principle.
2) To give an insight about classification and characteristics of transducers
3) To have an adequate knowledge in passive transducers.
4) To obtain a basic knowledge in active and digital transducers and exposure to other special
transducer.
Module 1 (12 Hours)
Definition of Transducers- Role of transducers in instrumentation- Advantages of electrical

transducers - Classification of transducers- Analog and Digital, Active and passive, Primary and
Secondary transducers- Inverse transducer- Sensitivity and specification for transducers -
Characteristics and Choice of transducer-Factors influencing choice of transducer.
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Passive transducers: Principle of operation, Construction details, Characteristics and applications of

Resistance potentio meter- Strain gauge- Resistance thermometer- Thermistor- Hot wire anemometer-
Piezo resistive sensor.
Induction potentiometer- Variable reluctance transducer- EI pick up- LVDT- RVDT. Capacitive
transducers – Variable air gap, Variable area, Variable permittivity- Capacitor microphone-
Frequency response- Merits, Demerits and Uses.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Active transducers: Principle of operation, Construction details, Characteristics and Applications of

Thermo electric transducers- Piezo electric transducers- Magnetostrictive transducers- Hall effect
transducers- Electro mechanical transducers – optical transducers - Photo electric transducers- Pyro
electric radiation detectors. Merits and demerits- Frequency response.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Digital transducers: Construction, Operation and features of Digital transducers- Digital displacement
transducer- Frequency domain transducer- Digital encoder- Magnetic encoder- shaft encoder – optical
encoder - Digital pots – Digital tacho meters- Drag cup tachometric generator- Transducer
oscillators- Eddy current transducer.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Special transducers: Semiconductor sensor- Ionization transducer- Geiger muller and Scintillation
counters- Ultrasonic transducer- colour sensor- Proximity sensors- Indigent instruments - Smart
sensors-Smart transmitters - IC sensor- Fiber optic transducer-SQUID sensors- Film sensors - Nano
sensors- - Introduction to MEMS.
References
1. D V S Murthy, Transducers and Instrumentation, prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
2. A.K. Sawhney, A course in mechanical measurements and instrumentation., Dhanpat Rai.
3. B S Sonde, Transducers and Display Systems, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi
4. Patranabis, D, Sensors and Transducers, Wheeler Publishing Co., Ltd. New Delhi
5. Renganathan, S., Transducer Engineering, Allied Publishers, Chennai
6. Alan S Morris: Measurement and instrumentation principles. Elsevier.
7. Hermann K.P. Neubert, ‘Instrument Transducers’, Oxford University Press
EI010 505 Control Engineering I
(Common to AI010 505)

Objectives
1) To give the fundamental concept of the analysis and design techniques of control systems by
transfer function approach.
2) To get an adequate knowledge in the time response of systems and steady state error analysis.
3) To learn the concept of stability of control system and methods of stability analysis.
4) To study the three ways of designing compensation for a control system.
5) To get an exposure to MAT lab programs for control system analysis.
Module 1 (12 Hours)
System modeling - Transfer function approach :

Introduction to control system – Classification of control systems. Principles of automatic control-
Feed back systems –Practical examples – Transfer function – Transfer function of electrical,
mechanical and electromechanical system – Block diagram – Signal flow graph – Mason’s gain
formula.
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Time domain analysis :

Standard test signals - Response of systems to standard test signals – Step response of second order
systems in detail – Time domain specifications – Steady state response – Steady state error- Static &
Dynamic error coefficients- MAT lab programs for time domain analysis.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Stability of linear systems in time domain – Routh’s criterion of stability. Root locus - Construction of
root locus – Effect of addition of poles and zeros on root locus-MAT lab programs for stability
analysis.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Frequency domain analysis :

Frequency response – Frequency domain specifications – Stability in the frequency domain - Nyquist
stability criterion – Stability from polar and Bode plots - Relative stability – Gain margin and phase
margin – M & N circles – Nichol’s chart – MAT lab programs for frequency domain analysis.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Design of compensators:
Introduction to design – compensation techniques – Lead, Lag and Lead -Lag compensation using RC
network --Design of Lead, Lag and Lead-Lag compensators using bode plots.
References
1. Modern control engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata, Pearson Edn.
2. Control systems principles and design: M. Gopal, TMH.
3. Automatic control system – B.C. Kuo, PHI.
4. Control system design: Graham C Goodwin, PHI.
5. Modern Control Systems: Dorf, Pearson Education.
EI010 506 Microprocessors & Microcontrollers

Objectives
1. To Create an exposure to basic microprocessors, peripherals and its programming.

2. To impart the basic concepts of advanced microprocessors.
3. To have an adequate knowledge in 8-bit microcontrollers.
4. To provide the basic concepts of programming in 8051.
5. To provide basic knowledge in RISC.
Module 1
Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors- architecture of

8085. Intel 8086 Microprocessor - Internal architecture – Block diagram –8086 memory organization
– even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address.
Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications –peripherals–
programmable DMA controller-8257 – 8087 math coprocessor-Programmable interrupt controller-
8259
Module 2
Addressing modes used in 80x86 family - Data addressing modes, Program memory addressing
modes, Stack memory addressing modes. Instruction sets of 8086-programming. Architectures of
Intel 80286 Microprocessor, 80386 Microprocessor Advanced Intel Microprocessors – 80486
Pentium.
Module 3
Atmel AT89C51 microcontroller – features - pin configurations - internal block

Schematic. Port structures .Idle & power down mode - power control register - program protection
modes – flash programming & verification.
Memory organization - program memory - data memory .Program status word - registers banks.
External program & data memory timing diagrams- I/O port timings – and operation –Direct &
indirect addressing area - Addressing modes.
Module 4
8051 Programming-Machine cycle-Instruction set – arithmetic - logical and data transfer instructions
– Boolean instructions - program branching instructions - Programming examples Timer0 & Timer1 -
TMOD SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3 – TCON-Programming examples.
Module 5
Serial interface - SCON SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3- block schematics baud
rates- power on reset circuit- ONCE mode- on chip oscillator interrupts - interrupt sources - interrupt
enable register -interrupt priority - interrupt control system - interrupt handling ,single step operation.
Programming examples
Introduction to RISC processors-Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features –
architecture
References:
1. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Pearson Education.

2. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International
3. Microprocessors and Architecture: Ramesh S Goankar
4. Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI
5. Web site of Atmel - www.atmel.com
6. The Microprocessors 6th Edition Barry B. Brey Pearson Edu.
7. Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd Edition Douglous V. Hall TMH
8. The 80x 86 families John Uffenbeck
9. Microchip semiconductor web site – www.microchip.com
10. Design with PIC micro-controllers: John B Peatman, Pearson Education.
EI010 507 Instrumentation lab I
1. Strain gauge & Load cell characteristics.
2. LDR and Opto coupler characteristics.
3. Capacitive & Piezoelectric transducer.
4. Photo electric & Hall effect transducers.
5. LVDT and Tacho generator Characteristics
6. RTD, Thermocouple and Thermistor characteristics
7. Measurement of PH and water conductivity.
8. Characteristics of stepper motor and servo motor. .
9. IC temperature sensor (AD 590)
10. Measurement of Speed-contact and Non-contact Types.
11. Design and testing of Instrumentation amplifier
12. Design and testing of a temperature control
13. Design of RC lead, lag, lead - lag compensator.
EI010 508 Integrated Circuits Lab
1. Op-Amp configurations-Inverter, Non inverter
2. Op- Amp applications-Summer, Subtracter, Integrator, Differentiator,Comparator.
3. Design and testing of precision rectifier, V/I and I/V converters.
4. Design and testing of active filters
5. Design and testing of waveform generators using op-amps----square, triangular
6. Design and testing of multivibrators using 555
7. Simplification of a logic function and its realization using (1) AND, OR, NOT gates and (2)
Universal gates
8. Design and analysis of Adder & Subtracter
9. Design of code converters a) Binary to Gray b) Binary to excess c) BCD to Decimal
10. Verification of truth tables of JK, RS, D, and T flip flops
11. Study of Digital counters: Ripple counter, Decade counter, Ring counter
12. Shift registers
13. Multiplexer and Demultiplexer

EI 010 601 Process Control Instrumentation

Objectives
1. To study the basics of process control

2. To study about the various controller modes and methods of tuning of controllers
3. To give an idea about the construction , characteristics and applications of control valves
4. To have a case study of distillation column control.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Process Control System: Need for process control, classification of process variables, Process
characteristics: Process equation, degrees of freedom, modeling of simple systems – thermal, gas,
liquid systems. Process lag, load disturbance and their effect on processes. Self-regulating processes,
interacting and non interacting processes, Regulator and servo control. Piping and Instrumentation
diagram- instrument terms and symbols.
Module 2 (12 hours)
Controller modes: Basic control action, two position (ON-OFF), multi-position, floating control
modes. Continuous controller modes: Proportional, Integral, Derivative. Composite controller modes:
P-I, P-D, P-I-D. response of controllers for different types of test inputs, electronic controllers to
realize various control actions, selection of control mode for different processes, Integral wind-up and
prevention. Auto/Manual transfer, Bumpless transfer.
Module 3 (12 hours)
Optimum Controller Settings: Controller tuning Methods- Process reaction curve method, Ziegler
Nichols method, damped oscillation method, ¼ decay ratio. Evaluation criteria - IAE, ISE, ITAE.
Response of controllers for different test inputs. Selection of control modes for processes like level,
pressure, temperature and flow.
Module 4 (12 hours)
Final control elements: I/P and P/I converter, Pneumatic and Electric actuators. Pneumatic control
valves, classification, construction details (Globe, butterfly and ball valve types), various plug
characteristics. Valve sizing, inherent and installed valve characteristics. Cavitation and flashing in
control valves. Valve actuators and positioners. Selection of control valves.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Advanced control schemes: Cascade control, ratio control, feed forward control, Adaptive and
Inferential control, split range and averaging control. Multivariable process control, interaction of
control loops. Case Studies: Steam boiler – control of heat exchangers, drum level control and
combustion. Distillation column – Control of top and bottom product compositions – Reflux ratio,
control schemes in distillation column.
Text Books:
1. George Stephenopoulos: Chemical Process Control,

2. Donald P. Eckman, Automatic Process Control
3. Peter Harriot : Process Control,TMH,1985.
4. D R Coughanowr: Process Systems Analysis and Control, McGraw Hill.
References:
1. Patranabis D: Principles of Process Control, TMH, 1981.

2. B.G Liptak, Process Control, Chilton Book Company
EI010 602 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(Common to AI010 602 and EC010 602)

Objectives
Module I (12 hrs)
Advantages of DSP – Review of discrete time signals and systems – Discrete time LTI systems – Review
of DTFT – Existence – Symmetry properties – DTFT theorems – Frequency response- Review of Z
transform – ROC – Properties
Sampling of Continuous time signals – Frequency domain representation of sampling – Aliasing -
Reconstruction of the analog signal from its samples – Discrete time processing of continuous time
signals – Impulse invariance – Changing the sampling rate using discrete time processing – Sampling rate
reduction by an integer factor – Compressor – Time and frequency domain relations – Sampling rate
increase by an integer factor – Expander – Time and frequency domain relations – Changing the sampling
rate by a rational factor.
Module II (12 hrs)
Transform analysis of LTI systems – Phase and group delay – Frequency response for rational system
functions – Frequency response of a single zero and pole – Multiple poles and zeros - Relationship
between magnitude and phase – All pass systems – Minimum phase systems – Linear phase systems –
Generalised linear phase – 4 types – Location of zeros.
Module III (12 hrs)
Structures for discrete time systems – IIR and FIR systems – Block diagram and SFG representation of
difference equations – Basic structures for IIR systems – Direct form - Cascade form - Parallel form -
Transposed forms – Structures for FIR systems – Direct and Cascade forms - Structures for Linear phase
systems – Overview of finite precision numerical effects in implementing systems
Analog filter design: Filter specification – Butterworth approximation – Pole locations – Design of analog
low pass Butterworth filters – Chebyshev Type 1 approximation – pole locations – Analog to analog
transformations for designing high pass, band pass and band stop filters.
Module IV (12 hrs)
Digital filter design: Filter specification – Low pass IIR filter design – Impulse invariant and Bilinear
transformation methods – Butterworth and Chebyshev – Design of high pass, band pass and band stop IIR
digital filters – Design of FIR filters by windowing – Properties of commonly used windows –
Rectangular, Bartlett, Hanning, Hamming and Kaiser.
Module V (12 hrs)
The Discrete Fourier Transform - Relation with DTFT – Properties of DFT – Linearity – Circular shift –
Duality – Symmetry properties – Circular convolution – Linear convolution using the DFT – Linear
convolution of two finite length sequences – Linear convolution of a finite length sequence with an
infinite length sequence – Overlap add and overlap save – Computation of the DFT – Decimation in time
and decimation in frequency FFT – Fourier analysis of signals using the DFT – Effect of windowing –
Resolution and leakage – Effect of spectral sampling.
References

Pearson Education.
2. S K Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach ,TMH
3. J G Proakis, D G Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Applications,
PHI.
5. J R Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, PHI
EI 010 603 Industrial Instrumentation I

Objectives
1. To provide exposure to various measuring techniques for force, torque velocity, acceleration,
vibration, density, pressure and temperature.
2. At the end of the course the student will have an indepth knowlwdge in units, different
techniques, and significance of measuring devices.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Measurement of Force, Torque, Velocity :-

Basic methods of measurement of force (weight) :scales and balances- mechanical balances- electro
magnetic balance – Different types of load cells : hydraulic load cells - pneumatic loadcell -
magneto elastic (pressductor)- strain gauge loadcell - proving ring.
Different methods of torque measurement: Strain gauge, Relative regular twist-measurement of
torque with spur gears – and proximity sensors.
Speed and velocity measurement: Revelution counter- Capacitive tachometer -Drag cup type tacho
meter- D.C and A.C tacho generators – Stroboscope- translational velocity transducers. Velocity
measurement using variable reluctance proximity pickup. Calibration methods.
Module 2 (12 hours)
Measurement of acceleration, vibration and density :-

Accelerometers – potentiometric type – LVDT- Piezo-electric, capacitive - Strain gauge and
variable reluctance type accelerometers.
Mechanical type vibration instruments – Seismic instrument as an accelerometer and vibrometer –
measurement of relative motion - Calibration of vibration pick ups
Units of density, specific gravity and viscosity used in industries – Baume scale API scale – hydro
meter- density measurement using LVDT- differential pressure method- pressure head type
densitometer – float type densitometer – Ultrasonic densitometer – Bridge type gas densitometer-
coriolis densitometer. .
Module 3 (12 hours)
Pressure measurement : - Units of pressure – different types of pressure- Manometers – Different

types –errors in manometers- Elastic type pressure gauges – Bourden tube - Bellows – Diaphragms –
Electrical methods – Elastic elements with LVDT and strain gauges – potentiometric pressure
transducers- Capacitive type pressure gauge –Piezo electric pressure sensor –Resonator pressure
sensor – optical pressure transducers- pressure switches- Measurement of vacuum – McLeod gauge –
Thermal vacuum gauges – Ionization gauge -Testing and calibration of pressure gauges – Dead
weight tester- Bulk gauge(high pressure measurement).
Module 4 (12 hours)

Temperature measurement :- Definitions and standards – Primary and secondary fixed points –
Calibration of thermometers - Different types of filled in system thermometer – Sources of errors in
filled in systems and their compensation – Bimetallic thermometers – Electrical methods of
temperature measurement – resistance thermometers-3 lead and 4 lead RTDs - Thermistors –
Linearization techniques.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Thermocouples –thermocouple junctions- Law of thermocouple – Fabrication of industrial

thermocouples– Signal conditioning of thermocouple output –– Commercial circuits for cold junction
compensation –– Special techniques for measuring high temperature using thermocouples – Radiation
methods of temperature measurement –Radiation fundamentals – Total radiation pyrometers – Optical
pyrometer – infra red pyrometers- Two colour radiation pyrometer.- IC temperature sensors- fiber
optic temperature measurement- calibration of temperature transducers.
Text Books
1. A.K.Sawhney, A course in mechanical measurements and Instrumentation–Dhanpat

Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 1999.
2. R. K. Jain, Mechanical and Industrial Measurements, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1999.
References
1. D.Patranabis, Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd.,

New Delhi, 1999.
2. B.C.Nakra and K.K.Chaudary, Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1985.
3. S.K.singh, industrial instrumentation and control, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd., New
Delhi, 2006
EI 010 604 Data Acquisition and Communication
Objectives
1. To get an awareness of modern data acquisition system

2. To help students understand different types of data acquisition boards.
3. To give an idea about industrial communication systems.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Fundamentals of data acquisition: Transducers and sensors, Field wiring and communications cabling,
Signal conditioning, Data acquisition hardware, Data acquisition software, Host computer.
Data acquisition and control system configuration : Computer plug-in I/O, Distributed I/O, Stand-
alone or distributed loggers/controllers, IEEE 488 (GPIB) remote programmable instruments
Data acquisition boards: A/D Boards, Single ended vs differential signals, Resolution, dynamic range
and accuracy of A/D boards, Sampling techniques, Speed vs throughput, D/A boards, Digital I/O
boards, Interfacing digital inputs/outputs, Counter/timer I/O boards.
Module 2
Industrial Communication systems: Introduction, Historical background, standards, OSI Model,

Protocols, Physical standards, Modern instrumentation and control systems, Distributed Control
systems, PLC, Impact of microprocessor, Smart instrumentation systems.
Basic Principles of Industrial Communication: bits, bytes and characters; Communication principles;
Communication modes, asynchronous systems, synchronous systems, Error detection, Transmission
characteristics, Data coding.
Module 3
Serial Communication: UART, Standards organization, serial data communications interface

standards, balanced and unbalanced transmission lines, EIA-232 interface standard, Test equipment,
Comparison of the EIA interface standards, the 20mA current loop.
Module 4
Modems and Multiplexers: Introduction, Modulation techniques, Components of a modem, Radio

modem, Modem standards, Multiplexing concepts.
Module 5
Industrial Protocols: OSI layers, OSI model for industrial control application, HART protocol, CAN
bus, Foundation Field bus.
Text Books
1. John Park, Steve Mackay, Practical Data Acquisition for Instrumentation and Control
Systems; Elsevier
2. John Park, Steve Mackay, Practical Data Communication for Instrumentation and Control
Elsevier
References:
1. Joseph J. Carr, Data acquisition and control: microcomputer applications for scientists and
engineers, Tab Professional and Reference Books.
2. V.U.Bakshi U.A.Bakshi, Measurements And Instrumentation, Technical Publications.
3. H. Rosemary Taylor, Data Acquisition for Sensor Systems, Chapman & Hall.
EI 010 605 Control Engineering II
(Common to AI010 605 )

Objectives
1. To study the modeling of the systems using State Space methods

2. To learn State variable analysis and design of continuous time systems
3. To get an exposure to digital control systems.
4. To understand the basic concepts of nonlinear systems
Module 1 (12 Hours)
System modeling using state variable approach -Limitation of Conventional Control Theory.
Concepts of state variables and state model - State model for linear time invariant systems.-State
space representation of dynamic systems – Nonuniqueness of state model- Block diagram
representations- State diagrams- Lagrange’s equations .
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Transformation of state variables- State space representations of transfer functions- Solution of

differential equations in state space form- Interpretation and properties of the state transition matrix -
Solution by the Laplace transform - The resolvent - Transfer function from state model.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
State variable analysis - controllability and observability. Gilber test and Kalman’s tests. Design of
regulators for single input single output systems, Bass- gura pole placement formula. Linear
observers: Need of observers, Structure and properties of observers, Pole placement for single output
systems.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Discrete time systems- Introduction to digital control system –Review of Z-transform and properties.-
inverse z transform- z transform method for solving difference equations- Impulse sampling and data
hold circuits -Zero order and First order hold – signal reconstruction –Practical aspects of the choice
of sampling rate-Pulse transfer function - The Z and S domain relationships -Stability analysis - Jury's
test-Bilinear transformation .
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Nonlinear systems- Behaviour of nonlinear systems-Common physical nonlinearities-The phase

plane method- basic concepts- Singular points- Describing function method – Basic concepts--
Describing functions of saturation and dead zone nonlinearities. – Stability of nonlinear systems-
limit cycles.
(Detailed analysis not required).
Text Books
1. K. Ogata , Modern Control Engineering , Prentice Hall of India

2. K. Ogata , Discrete Time Control Systems ,Prentice Hall Of India.
3. M. Gopal , Digital Controls and State Variable Methods ,TMH Pub. Com.
4. B. C. Kuo , Automatic Control Systems, Prentice Hall of India.
5. J. Nagrath & M. Gopal ,Control System Engineering , New Age Int. (P) Ltd
6. B.Friedland, Control System Design- An Introduction to state space methods- Mc
Graw Hill, Inc.N Y.
EI 010 606 L01 Digital System Design
Teaching Scheme Credits:4

Objectives
1. To design and implement combinational circuits using basic programmable blocks

2. To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits
3. To study the fundamentals of Verilog HDL
4. Ability to simulate and debug a digital system described in Verilog HDL
Module 1 (12hours)
Introduction to Verilog HDL: Design units, Data objects, Signal drivers, Delays , Data types,
language elements, operators, user defined primitives, modeling-data flow, behavioral, structural,
Verilog implementation of simple combinational circuits: adder, code converter, decoder, encoder,
multiplexer, demultiplexer.
Module 2 (12 hours)
Combinational circuit implementation using Quine–McCluskey algorithm, Decoders, Multiplexers,

ROM and PLA, Implementation of multi output gate implementations
Module 3 (12 hours)
Finite State Machines: State diagram, State table, State assignments, State graphs, Capabilities and
limitations of FSM, Meta stability, Clock skew, Mealy and Moore machines, Modelling of clocked
synchronous circuits as mealy and Moore machines: serial binary adder, Sequence detector, design
examples.
Module 4 (12 hours)
Digital System Design Hierarchy: State assignments, Reduction of state tables, Equivalent states,
Determination of state equivalence using implication table, Algorithmic State Machine, ASM charts,
Design example.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Verilog HDL implementation of binary multiplier, divider, barrel shifter, FSM, Linear feedback shift
register, Simple test bench for combinational circuits.
References:
1. Michael D.Ciletti, Advanced Digital design with Verilog HDL, Pearson Education, 2005.
2. S. Brown & Z. Vranestic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog HDL, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2002.
3. Samir Palitkar, Verilog HDL A Guide To Digital Design And Synthesis, Pearson, 2nd edition,
2003.
4. Peter J Ashenden “Digital Design, an embedded system approach using Verilog” Elsevier,
2008
5. Frank Vahid, Digital Design, Wiley Publishers.
6. T R Padmanabhan, Design through Verilog HDL, IEEE press, Wiley Inter science, 2002.
8. Wakerly J F, Digital Design Principles and Practices, PHI, 2008.
9. Nazeih M Botros, HDL programming VHDL and Verilog, Dreamtech press, 2009
10. David J. Comer, Digital Logic and State Machine Design, Oxford university press, 3rd edition,
1995.
EI010 606 L602: Database Management Systems

(Common to EC010 606 L02)

Objectives
Module I (10 hours)


Queries – Views.


Module V (13 hours)


Reference Books

3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2005, for oracle
7. Pranab Kumar Das Gupta, Database management System Oracle SQL And
8. C.J.Date , An Introduction to Database Systems, Pearson Education Asia, 7th
Edition, New Delhi.
9. Rajesh Narang, Database Management Systems, Asoke K ghosh , PHI Learning,
New Delhi, 2009.
10. Ramakrishnan and Gehrke, Database Management Systems, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd
Edition , 2003.

EI 010 606 L03 Computer networks
Objectives
1) To understand the concepts of computer networks

2) To study the functions of different layers.
3) To introduce IEEE standards employed in computer networking.
4) To make the students to get familiarized with different protocols and network components.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Network goals -topologies- configurations-concept of internet- ISO-OSI 7 Layer Standard -peer

processes-Functions of each layer-TCP/IP reference model - Transmission media -description and
characteristics - base band and broad band transmission-synchronous and asynchronous -full duplex,
half duplex links- Concepts of WAP technology.
Module 2 (12 hours)
MODEMS-serial communication standards - X-21 digital interface- Need for data link layer-stop and
wait and sliding window protocol-HDLC-terminal handling- polling-multiplexing- concentration-
virtual circuit and data-grams - routing -congestion control.
Module 3 (12 hours)
LAN- base band and broad band Lan’s - carrier sense networks-CSMA/CD -ring network- shared
memory -IEEE802 standards-introduction to X-25. Transport layer- design issues- establishing and
releasing connection - flow control – buffering - crash recovery - a simple transport protocol on X-25.
Module 4 (12 hours)
Session layer- design issues -data exchange - dialogue management - synchronization- remote
procedure call-client server model - Presentation layer-data presentation-compression- network
security-privacy- cryptography- presentation layer in ARPANET.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Application layer - virtual terminal - file transfer protocol-E-mail-introduction to distributed system -

ATM-protocol architecture -ATM logical connections -ATM cells -cell transmission- ATM
adaptation layer -AAL protocols -basic principles of SDH and SONET.
References
1. Computer Networks: Andrew S Tannenbaum, Pearson Education.

2. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: Keshav, Pearson Education.
3. Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach: Kurose Pearson Education.
4. Computer Network & Internet: Comer, Pearson Education.
5. Data communication: Hausly
6. Computer Networks, protocols standards & interfaces, Uyless Balack
7. Local Area Networks: William Stallings, Pearson Education.
8. Understanding Data Communication and networks- 2nd ed-William A Shay (Vikas Thomson
Learning)
EI 010 606 L04 Micro-controller Based System Design

Objectives
1. To give an idea about micro controllers and its interfacing techniques.

2. To get an exposure in microcontroller programming
Module 1
Various logic families – features – comparison – PLA – PAL- GAL -comparison – combinational
PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8, 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM – FIFO – FPGA – gate
arrays.
Module 2
Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code optimization –

89C2051 micro-controller- architecture-comparison with 89C51- design of a simple trainer circuit
using 89C51/89C2051 µC. Introduction to latest micro controllers (ARM Processor/ PIC
microcontrollers) - introduction, architecture (block diagram explanation only), Memory organization
etc.
Module 3
Analog to digital converters- single slope, dual slope, successive approximation, sigma delta, flash –
comparison – typical ICs – A/D interface – digital to analog converters – different types – D/A
interface – optically isolated triac interface- design of a temperature control system- sensors - opto
isolator -interfacing programs using C and assembly language-.
Module 4
Serial Communication :Serial bus standards – I2C bus, SPI bus – operation – timing diagrams – 2
wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 – interfacing – serial communication
standards – RS232, RS422, RS485 – comparison – MAX232 line driver/ receiver – interfacing ––
universal serial bus – PCI bus - interfacing programs using C and assembly language – low voltage
differential signaling – PC printer port – registers – interfacing.
Module 5
Real World Interfacing: Matrix key board interface – AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response
codes – watch dog timers – DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing
– measurement of frequency – phase angle – power factor – stepper motor interface – dc motor speed
control – L293 motor driver – design of a position control system –– interfacing of DIP switch, LED,
7 segment display, alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system –
interfacing programs using C and assembly language.
References
2. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International.
3. Digital fundamentals: Floyd, Pearson Education.
4. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko, TMH
5. Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane, Pearson Education.
6. Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI.
7. Web site of Atmel semiconductors – www.atmel.com
8. PIC 16F877 data book
EI 010 606 L05 Telemetry and Remote Control
Objectives
1. To study the concepts of classical telemetry systems

2. To get an exposure to radio and satellite telemetry systems.
3. To learn the fundamentals of optical telemetering systems.
4. To understand the essential principles of telecontrol systems and installation
Module 1
Fundamental concepts – functional blocks of telemetry and telecontrol systems -Telemetry methods-
Classical ones- Pneumatic and electrical telemetry- Electrical telemetry systems-Voltage, current,
position telemetry- Principles of optical telemetry.
Module 2
Radio telemetry: RF modulation methods- Multiplexing techniques- TDM, FDM –comparison-

Transmission channels in landline and Radio telemetry.- Methods of data transmission in telemetry-
FM/FM, PCM/FM and PAM/AM techniques. Radio receiving techniques. Introduction to telemetry
standards- Antennas for telemetry.
Module 3
The complete telemetry package. Special telemetry problems- Telemetry hardware and applications-
bandwidth and noise restrictions.
Introduction to satellite telemetry- TT and C services, Digital Transmission system in satellite
telemetry. Multiple access Techniques.
Module 4
Optical telemetry-optical fibres for signal transmission-source for fibre optic transmission-optical
detectors-trends in fibre optic device development-examples of optical telemetry systems
Module 5
Analog and digital techniques in telecontrol-remote transmission-signaling-adjustment-guidance and

regulation-reliability of telecontrol installations-design of telecontrol-Installations
References
1. A.K. Sawhney, ’A course in electrical and electronic measurements and instrumentation ‘

2. Patranabis ‘Telemetry Principles ‘References:
3. D. Rodyy, J. Coolen, electronics communications, 4th edition, PH
4. O.J. Strock, Introduction to Telemetry, ISA
5. Grenburg E I-Handbook of Telemetry and Remote Control-McGraw Hill
6. Swoboda G-Telecontrol methods and applications of Telemetry and Remote Control-
Reinhold Publishing Company
EI 010 606 L06 Robotics and Automation
Objectives
1. To give a basic knowledge of robots and their types.

2. To study in detail the power sources, sensors, manipulators, actuators, grippers involved with
robots and kinematics.
3. To learn about robot programming techniques.
Module 1
Basic concepts : - Definition and origin of robotics – Different types of robotics –Various generations
of robots – Degrees of freedom – Asimov’s laws of robotics – Dynamic stabilization of robots.
Module 2
Power sources and sensors : - Hydraulic, Pneumatic and Electric drives. Sensors: Sensors in Robotics-
Tactile Sensors- Proximity and Range Sensors-Uses – Machine vision – Ranging – Laser – Acoustic –
Magnetic and Fiber optic.
Module 3
Manipulators, actuators and grippers : - Construction of manipulators – Manipulator dynamics and

force control – Electronic and pneumatic manipulator control circuits – End effectors – U various
types of grippers – Design considerations.
Module 4
Robot Programming: Types of programming- Leadthrough programming-A Robot Program as a Path

in Space- Motion Interpolation- Capabilities and Limitations of Leadthrough Methods. Robotic
languages- The textual Robot Languages- Generations-Structure-Motion Commands-workcell
control.
Module 5
Case studies :- Mutiple robots – Machine interface – Robots in manufacturing and non-manufacturing
applications – Robot cell design – Selection of robot.
Text Books
1. Mikell P. Weiss G.M., Nagel R.N., Odraj N.G., Industrial Robotics, McGraw Hill Singapore,
1996.
2. Ghosh, Control in Robotics and Automation: Sensor Based Integration, Allied Publishers,
Chennai, 1998.
References
1. Deb.S.R., Robotics technology and flexible Automation, John Wiley, USA 1992.
2. Asfahl C.R., Robots and manufacturing Automation, John Wiley, USA 1992.
3. Klafter R.D., Chimielewski T.A., Negin M., Robotic Engineering – An integrated approach,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1994.
4. Mc Kerrow P.J. Introduction to Robotics, Addison Wesley, USA, 1991.
5. Issac Asimov I Robot, Ballantine Books, New York, 1986.
EI010 607 Microprocessor & Microcontroller Lab

Objectives
1. To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits using 8086
2. To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits using
8051simulator.
3. To understand basic interfacing concepts between trainer kit and personal computers.

5. Matrix addition.
C. Interface experiments using Trainer kit / Direct down loading the programs from Personal
computer.

6. Relay interface.
EI 010 608 Mini Project
Teaching Scheme
3 hours practical per week 2 credits
The mini project will involve the design, construction, and debugging of an electronic system
product approved by the department. The schematic and PCB design should be done using any of the
standard schematic capture & PCB design software. Each student may choose to buy, for his
convenience, his own components and accessories. Each student must keep a project notebook. The
notebooks will be checked periodically throughout the semester, as part of the project grade. The
student should submit the report at the end of the semester. A demonstration and oral examination on
the mini project also should be done at the end of the semester.
Instrumentation and Control Engineering (IC)

Objectives


difference formula


Reference

Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
Objectives


Types of reports

REFERENCES
limited, 2008
IC010 303 Network Theory
(Common to EC,AI,EI,IC010 303)

Objectives
Module I (12 hrs)
Module II (12 hrs)
Module III (12 hrs)
Module IV (12 hrs)

Module V (12 hrs)
References

IC 010 304: ANALOG DEVICES & CIRCUITS

3 Hours lecture and 1 Hour tutorial per week
Aim: To introduce the concept of realizing circuits using active and passive devices for
signal generation and amplification.
Objectives
• To know about the special purpose diodes with some of its application.
• To expose the students to study the different biasing and some transistors
applications.
• To get introduce with the FET’s & Small Signal Analysis.
• To study the Feedback Amplifiers and Power Amplifiers.
• To learn the wave shaping and wave generating circuits.
Module-I: Diode Applications

PN Diode applications: Half wave, Full wave and Bridge Rectifier, voltage equations, Analysis
and design, Voltage Multiplier Circuits. Capacitor filters analysis. RC Filter: DC Operation, AC
Operation. Special purpose diodes: Zener diode – Volt-Ampere characteristics –Varactor diode,
photodiode: detection principle.
Module-II: BJT
DC Biasing of BJT’S: Operating Point, Fixed, self and Voltage Divider bias circuit.
Bias Stabilization: bias stability- definition of stability factors – derivation of stability factors for
I co variation – bias compensation –compensation for I CO and V BE.
Applications of BJT: Relay Driver, Transistor Switch, Constant Current Source.
RC coupled amplifier: working, analysis and design – phase and frequency response
Small Signal Analysis of CE, CC & Common source amplifier.
Module-III: FET
Field Effect Transistors: Construction & Characteristics of JFET’s, Transfer Characteristics.
Types of FET’s: MOSFET- Depletion and Enhancement type MOSFET, Operation and
Characteristics. FET Biasing.
Module-IV: Power Amplifiers & Oscillators

Power Amplifiers: Class-A, B & AB amplifiers, Push Pull Amplifiers.
Feed back in amplifier circuits: Characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers – Voltage /
current, series/shunt feedback – Theory of sinusoidal oscillators – Phase shift and Wien bridge
oscillators – Colpitts, Hartley and crystal oscillators.
Module-V: Wave Shaping Circuits and Wave Generation Circuits

Wave shaping circuits: clipping –clamping – RC integration – RC differentiation – transistor as a
switch – astable multivibrator – working and design –Regulated power supplies: Series and
Shunt- design of regulated power supplies for specified output conditions- current limiting- short
circuit protection- IC regulated power supply
Text Books:
(i)“Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory” – Boylestad, Nashelsky. Prentice Hall India.
(ii)David A. Bell, ‘Electronic Devices & Circuits’, Prentice Hall of India/Pearson
Education, IV Edition, Eighth printing, 2003.
Reference Books:
(i)Jacob Millman & Christos.C.Halkias, ‘Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital
Circuits and System’, Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.
(ii)Donald L.Schilling and Charles Belove, ‘Electronic Circuits’, 3rd Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
IC010305:BASIC INSTRUMENTATION & MEASUREMENTS ENGINEERING

Aim:To provide adequate knowledge in electrical measurements and instrumentation.
Objectives:
• To make the students to gain a clear knowledge of the basic laws governing the
operation of electrical instruments and the measurement techniques.
• To study the concepts of Basic Instrumentation.
• To Emphasis laid on the measurement of voltage and current.
• To have an adequate knowledge in the measurement of power and energy.
• To study the potentiometer & instrument transformers.
• To know the various methods for measurement of resistances and impedance.
Module-I: Basic Instrumentation

Measurements- Significance of measurements- Methods of measurement- Direct methods,
Indirect methods- Mechanical, Electrical and electronics instruments- Classification of
instruments- Deflection and Null type instruments- Analog and digital modes of operation-
functions of instruments and measurements systems- application of measurement systems- Type
of instrument systems, information and signal processing- Elements of generalized measurement
system- Primary sensing element, variable conversion element, data presentation element- Input
output configuration of measuring instruments and measurement systems- Desired inputs,
interfering inputs, modifying inputs, methods of correction for interfering and modifying inputs.
Module-II: Measurement Of Voltage And Current

Galvanometers – Ballistic, D’Arsonval galvanometer – Theory, calibration, application –
Principle, construction, operation and comparison of moving coil, moving iron meters,
dynamometer, induction type & thermal type meter, rectifier type – Extension of range and
calibration of voltmeter and ammeter – Errors and compensation.
Module-III: Measurement Of Power And Energy

Electrodynamometer type wattmeter – Theory & its errors – Methods of correction – LPF
wattmeter – Phantom loading – Induction type KWH meter – Calibration of wattmeter, energy
meter.
Module-IV: Potentiometers & Instrument Transformers

DC potentiometer – Basic circuit, standardization – Laboratory type (Crompton’s) –
ACpotentiometer – Drysdale (polar type) type – Gall-Tinsley (coordinate) type – Limitations &
applications – C.T and V.T construction, theory, operation, phasor diagram, characteristics,
testing, error elimination – Applications.
Module-V: Resistance & Impedance Measurement

Measurement of low, medium & high resistance – Ammeter, voltmeter method –Wheatstone
bridge – Kelvin double bridge – High resistance measurement – Megger –methods –– Earth
resistance measurement. A.C bridges – Measurement of inductance, capacitance – Q of coil –
Maxwell Bridge – Wein’s bridge – Hay’s bridge – Schering Bridge – Anderson Bridge.
Text Books
1. E.W.Golding & F.C.Widdis, ‘Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instruments’,
A.H.Wheeler & Co, 1994.
2. A.K. Sawhney, ‘Electrical & Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation’, Dhanpath
Rai & Co (P) Ltd, 2004.
Reference Books
1. J.B.Gupta, ‘A Course in Electronic and Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation’,
S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2003.
2. S.K.Singh, ‘Industrial Instrumentation and control’, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. H.S.Kalsi, ‘Electronic Instrumentation’, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995.
4. Martia U. Reissland, ‘Electrical Measurement’, New Age International (P) Ltd., 2001.
IC010 306 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
(COMMON TO EC,AI,EI,IC010 306)
Teaching Scheme
Objectives
Module 1 (12 hrs)

Module 2 (12 hrs)

Recursion.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Module 4 (12hrs)
Module 5 (12 hrs)

References

IC010 307: BASIC ELECTRONICS LABORATORY

3 Hours Practical per week
Aim: To study the characteristics of various solid state devices
Experiments:
Diode Experiments
1. Forward characteristic curve (1N 4000 series).
2. Forward & reverse characteristic curves of a zener diode.
3. Voltage regulation using a zener diode.
a) line regulation
b) load regulation
Wave Shaping Circuits
4. Clipping Circuits
a) series clipping
b) biased series clipping
c) shunt clipping
d) biased shunt clipping
5. Clamping Circuits
a) basic clamping
b) biased clamping
6. Half wave & full wave rectifier circuits with and without capacitive filters.
Bipolar Transistor Experiments (BC107 A/B/C, BC547 B/C)
7. Common base characteristic curves.
a) Input curve
b) Output curve
c) To determine the common base current gain (α ) from the output curve
8. Common emitter characteristic curves.
a) Input curve
b) Output curve
c) To determine the common emitter current gain (β) from the output curve
9. Common collector characteristic curves.
a) Input curve
b) Output curve
Field Effect Transistors (N channel depletion JFET)
10. Drain characteristic curve (ID vs VDS).
a) To determine the pinch off voltage from the above curve.
11. Transfer characteristic curve (ID vs VGS).
Transistor Biasing Experiments
12. Fixed bias circuit
a. Draw the load line.
b. Locate the Q points for different transistors to ascertain the circuit stability.
13. Emitter feedback bias circuit
c. Draw the load line.
d. Locate the Q points for different transistors to ascertain the circuit stability.
14. Emitter current bias circuit (dual supply)
a) Draw the load line.
b) Locate the Q points for different transistors to ascertain the circuit stability.
15. Voltage divider bias circuit
a) Draw the load line.
b) Locate the Q points for different transistors to ascertain the circuit stability.
16. Frequency response of a RC coupled common emitter amplifier.
17. Design and implementation of a series voltage regulator.
18. Design and implementation of an astable multivibrator.
19. Photo diode & photo transistor characteristics.
IC010 308:PROGRAMMING LAB
(COMMON TO EC,AI,EI,IC010 308)

Objectives
packages
Part 1

Part 2



References

Co.
IC010 402: Principles of Management

(Common with EC,AI,EI,IC010 402)

Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.

IC010 403: TRANSDUCER ENGINEERING

Aim: To provide adequate knowledge in sensors & transducers.
Objective:
• To impart knowledge about the principles and analysis of sensors.
• To know about the classification and characteristics of transducers.
• To have an adequate knowledge in resistance and inductance transducers.
• Basic knowledge in capacitance and piezoelectric transducers.
• Pressure, Digital and other miscellaneous sensors
Module-I: Science of Measurement

Measurement systems – Significance of Measurements, Characteristics of Instruments – Static
and Dynamic, Loading Effects, Types of errors, Error analysis, Units and Standards. Calibration
and Standards: Process of calibration, classification of standards, standards for calibration.
Module- II: Classification and Characteristics of Transducer

Transducer – Definition, Classification of Transducer – analog and digital transducer- primary
and secondary transducer- active and passive transducer-Inverse transducer, Characteristics and
choice of transducer, Factors influencing choice of transducer.
Module-III: Resistance and Inductance Transducer

Resistance Transducer-Basic principle, Potentiometer – Loading effects, Resolution, Linearity,
Non-linear Potentiometer, Noise in potentiometer, Resistance strain gauge – Types, Resistance
thermometer, thermistors – characteristics, thermocouple – Compensation circuits – junction and
lead compensation, merits and demerits.
Inductance Transducer:- Basic principle, Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT),
Rotary Variable Differential Transformer (RVDT), Synchros, Induction potentiometer, variable
reluctance accelerometer, Microsyn.
Module- IV: Capacitance and Piezoelectric Transducer

Capacitance Transducer – Basic principle, transducers using change in - area of plates distance
between plates- variation of dielectric constants, frequency response, Merits, demerits and uses.
Piezoelectric transducer- Basic principle, Mode of operation, properties of piezoelectric crystals,
loading effects, frequency response and impulse response uses.
Module-V: Pressure, Digital and other miscellaneous sensors

Pressure sensors – bourdon tube, bellows, Pitot tube, diaphragm.
Digital Transducer – shaft encoder, optical encoder, digital speed transducer.
Hall Effect transducer, sound sensors, vibration sensors – seismic transducer, chemical sensor –
pH sensor, velocity transducer,
Introduction to smart sensors, micro sensor.
Text Books
1. A.K. Sawhney “A Course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and
Instrumentation” – Dhanpat Rai & Co., (Pvt) Ltd., 2000.
2. S.Renganathan “Transducer Engineering” – Allied publishers Limited, 1999.
Reference Books
1. Ernest O. Doeblin “Measurement Systems – Application & Design” McGraw – Hill
Publishing company, 1990.
2. Woolvert, G.A., “Transducer in Digital Systems” Peter Peregrinus Ltd., England,
1998.
IC010 404: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

(Common with EC,AI,IC,EI010 404)

L T P :3 1 0
Objectives
Boolean expression.
Module I (12hours)



Module V (12 hours)



Reference Books
th
edition, 2004.
8. Moris Mano, Digital Design, PHI, 3rd edition, 2002.
9. Ananda Kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, PHI, 2008.

IC010 405: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Aim: To expose the concepts of various electrical machines and its construction.
Objectives:
• To study the principle of operation and performance of DC generators
• To study the principle of operation, performance and starting of DC motor.
• To impart the knowledge on constructional details, principle of operation and
performance of transformers.
• To impart the knowledge on constructional details, principle of operation and
performance of synchronous and induction machines.
• To study about single phase induction motors and special machines.
Module-I: D.C Generator

Emf generated in armature, commutation process, armature reaction, compensating winding –
O.CC – condition for self excitation – Field critical resistance, critical speed – Load
characteristic of generators – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency –condition for maximum
efficiency – applications.
Module-II: D.C Motors

Back emf – speed equation – starters – 3 point and 4 point starters –Torque equation –speed
torque characteristics of shunt, series, and compound motors – Losses –Efficiency – Brake test –
Swinburne’s test – Speed control – field control –armature control –series parallel control –
applications.
Module-III: Transformer
Ideal transformer – constructional features – emf equation – vector diagram – equivalent circuit –
regulation – losses and efficiency- O.C and S,C test –Applications – Auto transformers –
working principle and saving of copper. Basic idea of current and potential transformers.
Module-IV: A.C Machines

3 phase Induction Motors- Constructional features- principle of operation – vector diagram and
equivalent circuits. Torque equation – slip – torque, slip characteristics. Starting of 3 phase
induction motors – starters – phase wound motor – rotor resistance starters.
Synchronous Machines – Constructional features – Principle of operation of alternator – emf
equation – regulation by emf and mmf method – principle of operation of synchronous motors –
starting synchronous motor.
Module-V: Single phase Induction motors
Prinicple of operation – production of rotating field – starting – split phase –capacitor start – two
value capacitor motor – permanent split capacitor motor – shaded pole motor –single phase
series motor –Universal motor – stepper motor.
Reference Books:
1. P.S.Bimbra -Electrical Machinery -Khanna Publishers

2. S.L.Uppal -Electrical Power -Khanna Publishers
3. Ashfaq Hussain -Fundamentals of Electrical Engg.-Dhanpat Rai&Co.Delhi.
4. B.L Theraja, A.K Theraja- Electrical Technology
IC010 406: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Aim: To impart the knowledge on the basic mechanical engineering
Objectives:
• This module introduces the fundamental concepts of fluid flow and measurements related
to fluid flow.
• This module explains the rudiments of steam generation and its allied equipments and
safety precautions to be used while operating steam generators.
• This module explains the construction and working of steam engines and steam steam
turbines and measurements made on steam turbines and engines.
• This module introduces the construction and working principles of pumps and
compressors. Efficiency tests on pumps and compressors.
• This module introduces the various materials used in the engineering applications and
manufacture of composite materials.
Module-I
Laws of fluid motion-continuity, momentum and energy equations-Bernoulli’s equation and its
application in flow and velocity measuring devices-turbulent flow through pipes- fluid friction
losses in pipe fittings-loss of head due to sudden enlargement& contraction
Module-II
Steam generators: properties of steam, classification and construction of boilers-fire tube and
water tube boilers- Modern high pressure boilers.
Boiler mountings and accessories: boiler mountings, water gauge and water level indicator-
pressure gauge-steam stop valve-feed check valve-blow down cock-fusible plug-spring loaded
safety valve-dead weight safety valve-high steam and low water safety valve.
Accessories: pressure reducing valve-steam traps-steam separator-economizer-feed pump
injector.
Module-III
Steam engine and turbines: classification of steam engines-working indicator diagram-work
done, Steam turbines-classification steam turbines-simple impulse turbine-compounding of
impulse turbines-advantages of steam turbines over steam engines. Introduction to condensers
and cooling towers.
Module-IV
Introduction to pumps-centrifugal, rotary and reciprocating pumps-classification of centrifugal
pumps and applications, Manometric head-net positive suction head efficiency-reciprocating
pumps-indicator diagrams, slip-theory of air vessels (description only).
Air compressors – Reciprocating type, single stage and multistage compressors, intercooling and
its effects.
Module-V
Classification of engineering materials, material classification, Engineering requirements of
materials, properties of engineering materials – physical, mechanical and thermal properties.
Selection of materials, ferrous and non ferrous materials. Applications of ferrous matals and
alloys. Ceramics, refractories and polymers - composition and application of composite
materials and their construction.
References:
1. A text book of Fluid Mechanics-Dr R K Bansal
2. Thermal Engineering-R K Rajput
3. Engineering Fluid Mechanics-K L Kumar
4. Material Science and Metallurgy-O P Khanna
5. Metallurgy and Material Science-William D Calluster
6. Elements of Mechanical Engineering-Domkundwar & Domkundwar
IC010 407: ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABORATORY

Aim: To expose the students to the basic operation of electrical machines and helps them to
develop experimental skills.
Experiments:
1. Galvanometers –extension of range
2. Calibration of DC ammeters, voltmeters and wattmeter using precision potentiometers
3. Calibration of energy meters at different power factors using 3 phase 400v supply
4. Measurement of resistance using DC bridges
5. Use of universal LCR bridges, Digital LCR meter for measurement of inductance,
capacitance and resistance. Principle of measurements of capacitance and inductance.
6. BH curve of a given specimen using method of reversals.
7. OC and SC test on a single-phase transformer.
8. Load test on a single-phase transformer.
9. O.C.C of a DC shunt machine.
10. Load test on DC shunt motor
11. Load test on a DC series motor.
12. Swinburn’s test.
13. No load and blocked rotor test on 3 phase induction motor.
14. Load test on induction motor.
15. Study of alternators.
16. Use of instrument transformer for measurement of voltage and current.

AI010 408(P)
DIGITAL IC LAB
(Common to AI, IC010 408)
Credits 2
0+0+3
Objectives:
(i) To familiarize the application of Digital IC’s
(ii) To equip the students with the design of digital circuits.
(iii) To introduce the basic concept of digital system design.
1. TTL and CMOS characteristics.

2. Interfacing of TTL and electromagnetic relay using transistor, optocoupler (4N33)
and Darlington Arrays ULN 2803
3. Logic family Inter connection [TTL to CMOS and CMOS to TTL]
4. Design of Half Adder and Full Adder using Gates.
5. Design and testing of ripple and synchronous counter.
6. Johnson and Ring Counter using Shift registers.
7. Study of counter using (a) flip-flop (b) IC’s[7490,7493,74910]
8. Design of Astable and Monostable Multivibrators using (a) Gates (b) 555
9. Study of ADC [at least one]
10. Study of Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder and Encoder.
11. Study of Adders/ Subtractors using IC’s.
12. Study of 7 segment display circuit static/dynamic.[7447, FND542]
13. Static RAM
14. Sequence Detector circuit.[ Mealy, Moore]
15. Simulation using VHDL [Internal Valuation Only].-Logic Gates, Decoders,
Encoders, Half Adders, Full Adders, Flip flops, counters.

simple problems
case only)
References
IC010 502 Industrial Electronics and Applications

Module 1
Power semiconductor Devices-ratings and specification -Power diodes – power transistor – power
MOSFET - characteristics of SCR, Triac–IGBT – MCT – LASCR – SCR turn on, turn off
characteristics –– thyristor protection circuits – series and parallel operations of SCR- Thyristor
trigger circuits – R ,RL,RC triggering.
Module 2
AC to DC converters – single phase – three phase – half controlled and fully controlled rectifiers –
free wheeling diodes -free wheeling effect - effect of source and load inductance – power factor
improvement methods for phase controlled rectifiers- PWM chips:SG3524 and TL 494- dual
converters – cyclo converters.
Module 3
Inverters and voltage source inverters – series, parallel and bridge inverters – current source inverters
– PWM inverters – D.C. chopper – step up and step down chopper – AC chopper: AC converters: –
uninterrupted power supply (UPS) – ( circuit diagram approach), rectifier –– inverter – static transfer
switch.
Module 4
D.C Motor control: phase control, Single phase SCR drive – Three phase SCR drive – speed control
of dc series motor – Chopper controlled dc drives – PLL control of dc motor, A.C. Motor control :
controlled – slip system – slip power recovery system - stepper motor drive - synchronous motor
control.
Module 5
Control circuits for power electronics: basic schemes for pulse generation using analog and digital
ICs. Single, double and four quadrant systems. Series and parallel operations of thyristor, cable firing,
isolation etc.
Text Books

2 G.K.Dubey, Doradia, S.R. Joshi and R.M.Sinha, Thyristorised Power Controllers, New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi, 1996.
References
1. M.H.Rashid, Power Electronics – circuits, devices and applications, PHI, New Delhi, 1995.
3. Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, Power Electronics, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1995.
IC010 503: ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION

Aim: To expose the students to the concepts of various types of electronic instruments and its
uses.
Objective:
• Emphasis is laid on analog meters and digital voltmeters
• Emphasis is laid on analog and digital instruments.
• Elaborate discussion about signal generators, wave analyzer and harmonic distortion.
• To study the working of an CRO
• To study the construction, working of various recorders
Module-I: Electronic Analog Meters & Digital Voltmeters

Electronic analog meters: DC voltmeter- Loading –Transfer voltmeter – chopper type – DC
amplifier voltmeter – Solid state voltmeter – Differential voltmeter – AC voltmeter using
Rectifiers – Average responding voltmeter – peak responding voltmeter – True RMS voltmeter –
True RMS meter – considerations in choosing analog voltmeter, Calibration of DC instrument.
Digital voltmeter – introduction- Ramp technique- Dual slope integrating type DVM –
Integrating type DVM – Successive type approximation s type DVM – Continuous balance
DVM or servo balancing potentiometer type DVM – 3 ½ digit – Resolution and sensitivity of
digital meters – General specifications of a DVM – Microprocessor based Ramp type DVM.
Module-II: Analog & Digital Instruments

Analog instruments – Introduction – output power meters – field strength meter – stroboscope-
phase meter – vector impedance meter – Q meter – LCR Bridge – Rx meters – Automatic
bridges – Transistor tester – analog PH meter. Digital Instruments- Introduction – Digital
multimeter – Digital frequency meter – Digital measurement of time – universal counter –
Decade Counter – Electronic counter – Digital measurement of frequency – Digital Tachometer
– Digital PH meter – Automation in Digital instrument – Digital phase meter – Digital
capacitance meter – Microprocessor based instruments –IEEE488 BUS.
Module-III: Signal Generators, Wave analyzers and Harmonic Distortion

Signal generators – Introduction – fixed frequency AF oscillator – variable AF oscillator – Basic
standard. Signal generator – Standard signal generator – Modern Laboratory signal generator –
AF sine and square wave generator – Function generator – square and pulse generator – random
noise generator – sweep generator – TV sweep generator – Marker generator – sweep marker
generator – Wobbluscope – Video pattern generator – Colour bar generator – Vectroscope –Beat
Frequency oscillator(BFO) – Standard specifications of a signal generator.
Wave analyzers and Harmonic Distortion – Introduction – Basic wave analyzer – frequency
selective wave analyzer- Heterodyne wave analyzer- Harmonic distortion analyzer- spectrum
analyzer – spectrum analyzer – digital Fourier analyzer – practical FET spectrum analysis using
wave form processing software.
Module-IV: Cathode Ray Oscilloscope
CRO-block diagram-CRT circuit-vertical deflection system-delay line-multiple trace-horizontal
deflection system-oscilloscope probes and transducers-oscilloscope techniques-storage
oscilloscope-sampling oscilloscope basic principles only
Module-V: Recorders
Introduction strip chart recorders – Galvanometer type recorder – Null type recorder – Circular
chart recorder – X-Y Recorder – U-V Recorder- Magnetic Recorder – Frequency modulation
(FM) recording- Digital data recording – Digital memory wave form recorder(DWR) –
Interfacing and screening – Electrostatic and electromagnetic Interference –Grounding.
Text Books:
H.S.KALSI, Electronic Instrumentation, Tata McGraw Hill
References:
1. Albert D.Helfrick, William O.Cooper : Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement
techniques, Prentice Hall of India.
2. David Buchla, Wayne Melachlan : Applied Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement,
Prentice Hall
3. A.J.Bouwens : Digital Instrumentation, Tata Mc Graw Hill
IC010 504 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

Aim: To introduce the concepts for realizing functional building blocks in ICs & application of
ICs.
Objective:
• To study characteristics; realize circuits; design for signal analysis using Op-amp ICs.
• To study the applications of Op-amp
• To implement the various filters using Op-Amp
• To design the wave shaping circuits using Op-amp and to study about the regulators.
• To study internal functional blocks and the applications of special ICs like Timers, PLL
circuits, regulator Circuits, ADCs
Module I: Operational amplifiers

Introduction to operational amplifiers-Basic differential amplifier-dual input balanced output and
unbalanced output-Internal block schematic of op amp- Pin identification-power supply
requirements-typical data sheet-Opamp parameters-ideal op amp
-transfer curve- equivalent circuit-open loop configurations-Frequency response of op amps-
compensating networks-slew rate and its effect.
Module II : Applications of Opamp
Difference amplifier-instrumentation amplifier-inverting and non inverting amplifier-integrator
and differentiator- summer-subtractor-voltage follower-Comparator-zero crossing detector-
Sample and hold circuit-precision rectifiers-Peak detector-log amplifier-antilog amplifier-
multiplier using log and antilog amplifier
Module III : Filters
Active and passive filters-Low pass filters-high pass filters-Band pass filters-Notch filters and all
pass filters-First and second order filters-Higher order filters-Design of these filters.
Module IV: Wave Shaping Circuits
Oscillators-RC Phase shift oscillators-Wien bridge oscillators-Square wave generator-Triangular
wave generator-Saw tooth wave generator-Schmitt trigger.
Regulators: Monolithic regulators–switched mode power supplies-principles and applications-
switching regulators.
Module V : Timers
555 timer-Functional block diagram-Astable multivibrator, Monostable multivibrator and its
application. Phase locked loop PLL-capture and lock range-functional block diagram-565PLL-
PLL applications; frequency multiplications and division –AM demodulation-FM detection-
FSK Demodulation.
Text Books
1. Op amp and linear integrated circuits – Coughlin and Driseoll
References
1 Op amp and linear integrated circuits -Ramakand Gaykwad
2. Linear integrated circuits-Roy choudhary and Jain
3. Integrated Electronics-Millman and Halkias
IC 010 505: LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEM

Aim: To provide sound knowledge in the basic concepts of linear control theory and design of
control system.
Objective:
• To understand the methods of representation of systems and getting their transfer
function models.
• To provide adequate knowledge in the time response of systems and steady state error
analysis.
• To give basic knowledge is obtaining the open loop and closed–loop frequency responses
of systems.
• To understand the concept of stability of control system and methods of stability analysis.
• To provide the adequate knowledge on state space analysis.
Module-I:
Open loop and closed loop control systems, Laplace transforms to linear systems, Transfer
function, Impulse response and transfer function, Mathematical modeling of simple electrical
,mechanical, electromechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, Analogous systems: Force-
voltage analogy and Force-current analogy, Control system components: Servo motors and
stepper motors, Block diagram algebra, Signal flow graphs, Mason’s gain formula.
Module-II: Time domain analysis:

Time response, Standard test signals, Time response of first order and second order systems to
unit step input, Time domain specifications, Type number of a system, Steady state error, Static
and dynamic error coefficient, Correlation between static and dynamic error coefficients, Effect
of adding zero and pole to a transfer function, P-PI-PD and PID modes of feed back control.
Module-III: Frequency domain analysis:

Frequency response, Advantages of frequency response analysis, Frequency domain
specifications, Expressions for frequency domain specifications, Correlation between time and
frequency response, Frequency response plots: Bode plot, Polar plot, Nichols plot, Closed loop
response from open loop response: M and N circles, Nichol’s chart.
Module-IV: Concepts of stability:

Definitions of stability, Absolute and Relative stability, Location of roots in s-plane for stability,
Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, Root Locus method, Construction of Root Loci, Effects of poles and
zeros and their location on the root locus, Nyquist stability criterion, Gain margin and Phase
margin.
Module-V: State Space Analysis:
State space formulation, State model of linear systems, State model for linear continuous time
systems, state variable representation for continuous time systems by using physical-phase and
canonical variables, Solution of differential equation, Computation of state transition matrix,
Decomposition of Transfer function: Direct, cascade and parallel decomposition techniques,
Diagonalization, Controllability and Observability.
Text Books
1. I.J.Nagrath and M.Gopal,Control system engineering, New Age International
References:
1.Ogata K., Modern control engineering, Prentice Hall

2.Kuo B.C. ,Automatic control systems, Prentice Hall
3.A. Nagoor Kani, Control systems, RBA Publications
4.A. Nagoor Kani, Advanced control Theory, RBA Publications
IC010 506 Microprocessors & Microcontrollers

Objectives
1. To Create an exposure to basic microprocessors, peripherals and its programming.

Module 1
Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors- architecture of

8085. Intel 8086 Microprocessor - Internal architecture – Block diagram –8086 memory organization
– even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address.
Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications –peripherals–
programmable DMA controller-8257 – 8087 math coprocessor-Programmable interrupt controller-
8259
Module 2
Addressing modes used in 80x86 family - Data addressing modes, Program memory addressing
modes, Stack memory addressing modes. Instruction sets of 8086-programming. Architectures of
Intel 80286 Microprocessor, 80386 Microprocessor Advanced Intel Microprocessors – 80486
Pentium.
Module 3

Schematic. Port structures .Idle & power down mode - power control register - program protection
modes – flash programming & verification.
Memory organization - program memory - data memory .Program status word - registers banks.
External program & data memory timing diagrams- I/O port timings – and operation –Direct &
indirect addressing area - Addressing modes.
Module 4
8051 Programming-Machine cycle-Instruction set – arithmetic - logical and data transfer instructions
– Boolean instructions - program branching instructions - Programming examples Timer0 & Timer1 -
TMOD SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3 – TCON-Programming examples.
Module 5
rates- power on reset circuit- ONCE mode- on chip oscillator interrupts - interrupt sources - interrupt
enable register -interrupt priority - interrupt control system - interrupt handling ,single step operation.
Programming examples
Introduction to RISC processors-Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features –
architecture
References:

IC010 507 MICROPROCESSORS& MICROCONTROLLER LAB

Aim: To have an adequate knowledge of handling processors and interfacing.
1. Programming experiments using 8086(MASM)
¾ Mathematical Manipulations
¾ Logical Instructions
¾ String Instructions
2. Procedures and Macros
3. Modular Programming
4. DOS and BIOS Interrupts
5. ADC and DAC Interfacing
6. Stepper Motor Interfacing
7. Waveform generation
8. Display (LED, Seven Segment, LCD) interface
9. Programming experiments using 8051 Microcontroller (Software)
10. Hardware exercise in Microcontroller kits.

IC010 508: Linear Integrated circuits lab

Aim: To study the OP-AMP parameters, characteristics and application.
Experiments:
1. Measurement of opamp parameters.

• Input Bias Curreent
• CMRR .
• Slew rate.
• Open loop gain.
• Input and output impedances.
2. Inverting and non inverting amplifiers
• Gain and frequency response.
3. Integrators and differentiators
4. Instrumentation amplifiers
• Gain.
• CMRR.
• Input impedance.
5. LPF and HPF, Sallen-Key configuration
• 1st order & 2nd order for a given frequency band.
6. Narrow band filter- Delyiannis configuration for a given frequency.
7. Active notch filter realization using opamps for a given frequency.
8. Wien Bridge oscillator with frequency and amplitude stabilization.
9. Astable and monostable multivibrators using opamps for a pulse width of ‘x’ms.
10. Square, Triangular and ramp generation using opamps for a given frequency.
11. Voltage regulation using IC723.
• Line.
• Load
12. Astable and monostable multivibrators using IC555 for a pulse width of ‘x’ms.
13. Design of PLL for given lock and capture ranges and frequency multiplication.
14. Precision limiters using opamps.
15. Multipliers using opamps-1,2 and 4 quadrant multipliers.

IC010 601 Process Control Instrumentation

Objectives

3. To give an idea about the construction , characteristics and applications of control valves
Module 1 (12 hours)
Process Control System: Need for process control, classification of process variables, Process
characteristics: Process equation, degrees of freedom, modeling of simple systems – thermal, gas,
liquid systems. Process lag, load disturbance and their effect on processes. Self-regulating processes,
interacting and non interacting processes, Regulator and servo control. Piping and Instrumentation
diagram- instrument terms and symbols.
Module 2 (12 hours)
Controller modes: Basic control action, two position (ON-OFF), multi-position, floating control
modes. Continuous controller modes: Proportional, Integral, Derivative. Composite controller modes:
P-I, P-D, P-I-D. response of controllers for different types of test inputs, electronic controllers to
realize various control actions, selection of control mode for different processes, Integral wind-up and
prevention. Auto/Manual transfer, Bumpless transfer.
Module 3 (12 hours)
Optimum Controller Settings: Controller tuning Methods- Process reaction curve method, Ziegler
Nichols method, damped oscillation method, ¼ decay ratio. Evaluation criteria - IAE, ISE, ITAE.
Response of controllers for different test inputs. Selection of control modes for processes like level,
pressure, temperature and flow.
Module 4 (12 hours)
Final control elements: I/P and P/I converter, Pneumatic and Electric actuators. Pneumatic control
valves, classification, construction details (Globe, butterfly and ball valve types), various plug
characteristics. Valve sizing, inherent and installed valve characteristics. Cavitation and flashing in
control valves. Valve actuators and positioners. Selection of control valves.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Advanced control schemes: Cascade control, ratio control, feed forward control, Adaptive and
Inferential control, split range and averaging control. Multivariable process control, interaction of
control loops. Case Studies: Steam boiler – control of heat exchangers, drum level control and
combustion. Distillation column – Control of top and bottom product compositions – Reflux ratio,
control schemes in distillation column.
Text Books:

References:

2. B.G Liptak, Process Control, Chilton Book Company
IC010 602: PRINCIPLES OF TELEMETRY AND COMMUNICATON

Aim: To introduce the fundamental techniques of telemetry and communication.
Objectives:
• To understand the basic signals, analog modulation and demodulation.
• To understand the types of radio receivers.
• To explain the different types of modulation and the fundamental concepts of telemetry.
• To provide adequate knowledge on various telemetry principles.
• To learn the basics of optical telemetry.
Module I: Introduction
Communication systems: Modulation - need for modulation- bandwidth- Amplitude modulation
- theory- mathematical representation- frequency spectrum - USB & LSB- power relation-
Frequency modulation - theory- mathematical representation- frequency spectrum- Phase
modulation- comparison of AM- FM- PM.
Module II: Radio receivers

Tuned radio frequency receiver- super heterodyne receiver - block schematic- AM receivers -
schematic explanation - RF amplifiers - circuit explanation - simple diode detector - Automatic
gain control circuit - simple and delayed AGC - FM receivers - block schematic explanation FM
demodulators: slope detectors- phase discriminator- ratio detectors.
Module III: Modulation Techniques & Telemetry

RF Modulation and Demodulation- PCM, FSK, delta and adaptive modulation-multiplexing and
demultiplexing-digital encoding. Fundamental concepts-functional blocks of telemetry and
telecontrol systems-methods of telemetry-electrical, pneumatic and optical telemetry
Module IV: Types of Telemetry

Telemetry Standards-landline telemetry-electrical telemetry-current, voltage, synchro and
position-radio telemetry-transmission and radio receiving techniques
Module V: Optical Telemetry

Optical telemetry-optical Fibers for signal transmission-source for fiber optic transmission-
optical detectors-trends in fiber optic device development-examples of optical telemetry systems
References:
1. Grenburg E I-Handbook of Telemetry and Remote Control-McGraw Hill
2. Young R E-Telemetry Engineering-Little Book
3. Swoboda G-Telecontrol methods and applications of Telemetry and Remote
Control-Reinhold Publishing Company
4. Rajangam R.K-Industrial Telemetry-Lecture notes
5. Electronic communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi- Pearson Edn.
6. Electronic communication: Roody and Coolen- PHI.
7. Electronic Communication systems: George Kennedy- Mc Graw Hill
IC 010 603 Industrial Instrumentation I

Objectives
1. To provide exposure to various measuring techniques for force, torque velocity, acceleration,
vibration, density, pressure and temperature.
2. At the end of the course the student will have an indepth knowlwdge in units, different
techniques, and significance of measuring devices.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Basic methods of measurement of force (weight) :scales and balances- mechanical balances- electro
magnetic balance – Different types of load cells : hydraulic load cells - pneumatic loadcell -
magneto elastic (pressductor)- strain gauge loadcell - proving ring.
Different methods of torque measurement: Strain gauge, Relative regular twist-measurement of
torque with spur gears – and proximity sensors.
Speed and velocity measurement: Revelution counter- Capacitive tachometer -Drag cup type tacho
meter- D.C and A.C tacho generators – Stroboscope- translational velocity transducers. Velocity
measurement using variable reluctance proximity pickup. Calibration methods.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Accelerometers – potentiometric type – LVDT- Piezo-electric, capacitive - Strain gauge and
variable reluctance type accelerometers.
Mechanical type vibration instruments – Seismic instrument as an accelerometer and vibrometer –
measurement of relative motion - Calibration of vibration pick ups
Units of density, specific gravity and viscosity used in industries – Baume scale API scale – hydro
meter- density measurement using LVDT- differential pressure method- pressure head type
densitometer – float type densitometer – Ultrasonic densitometer – Bridge type gas densitometer-
coriolis densitometer. .
Module 3 (12 hours)
Pressure measurement : - Units of pressure – different types of pressure- Manometers – Different

types –errors in manometers- Elastic type pressure gauges – Bourden tube - Bellows – Diaphragms –
Electrical methods – Elastic elements with LVDT and strain gauges – potentiometric pressure
transducers- Capacitive type pressure gauge –Piezo electric pressure sensor –Resonator pressure
sensor – optical pressure transducers- pressure switches- Measurement of vacuum – McLeod gauge –
Thermal vacuum gauges – Ionization gauge -Testing and calibration of pressure gauges – Dead
weight tester- Bulk gauge(high pressure measurement).
Module 4 (12 hours)
Temperature measurement :- Definitions and standards – Primary and secondary fixed points –
Calibration of thermometers - Different types of filled in system thermometer – Sources of errors in
filled in systems and their compensation – Bimetallic thermometers – Electrical methods of
temperature measurement – resistance thermometers-3 lead and 4 lead RTDs - Thermistors –
Linearization techniques.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Thermocouples –thermocouple junctions- Law of thermocouple – Fabrication of industrial

thermocouples– Signal conditioning of thermocouple output –– Commercial circuits for cold junction
compensation –– Special techniques for measuring high temperature using thermocouples – Radiation
methods of temperature measurement –Radiation fundamentals – Total radiation pyrometers – Optical
pyrometer – infra red pyrometers- Two colour radiation pyrometer.- IC temperature sensors- fiber
optic temperature measurement- calibration of temperature transducers.
Text Books
1. A.K.Sawhney, A course in mechanical measurements and Instrumentation–Dhanpat

Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 1999.
2. R. K. Jain, Mechanical and Industrial Measurements, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1999.
References
1. D.Patranabis, Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd.,

New Delhi, 1999.
2. B.C.Nakra and K.K.Chaudary, Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1985.
3. S.K.singh, industrial instrumentation and control, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd., New
Delhi, 2006
IC010 604 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS WITH PROCESSING

Aim: To introduce the concept of analyzing discrete time signals & systems in the time
and frequency domain.
Objectives:
• To classify signals and systems & their mathematical representation.
• To analyse the discrete time systems.
• To study various transformation techniques & their computation.
• To study about filters and their design for digital implementation.
• To study about a programmable digital signal processor & quantization effects.
Module-I: Introduction
Classification of systems: Continuous, discrete, linear, causal, stable, dynamic, recursive, time
variance; classification of signals: continuous and discrete, energy and power; mathematical
representation of signals; spectral density; sampling techniques, quantization, quantization error,
Nyquist rate, aliasing effect. Digital signal representation, analog to digital conversion.
Module-II: Discrete Time System Analysis

Z-transform and its properties, inverse z-transforms; difference equation – Solution by z-
transform, application to discrete systems - Stability analysis, frequency response –Convolution
– Fourier transform of discrete sequence – Discrete Fourier series.
Module-III: Discrete Fourier Transform & Computation

DFT properties, magnitude and phase representation - Computation of DFT using FFT algorithm
– DIT & DIF - FFT using radix 2 – Butterfly structure.
Module-IV: Design Of Digital Filters

FIR & IIR filter realization – Parallel & cascade forms. FIR design: Windowing Techniques –
Need and choice of windows – Linear phase characteristics. IIR design: Analog filter design -
Butterworth and Chebyshev approximations; digital design using impulse invariant and bilinear
transformation - Warping, prewarping - Frequency transformation.
Module-V: Programmable DSP Chips

Architecture and features of TMS 320C54 signal processing chip – Quantisation effects in
designing digital filters.
Text Books:
1. J.G. Proakis and D.G. Manolakis, ‘Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms and
Applications’, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2003 / PHI.
2. S.K. Mitra, ‘Digital Signal Processing – A Computer Based Approach’, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer and John R. Buck, ‘Discrete – Time Signal
Processing’, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2003.
2. B. Venkataramani, M. Bhaskar, ‘Digital Signal Processors, Architecture, Programming
and Applications’, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
3. S. Salivahanan, A. Vallavaraj, C. Gnanapriya, ‘Digital Signal Processing’, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
4. Texas TMS 320C54X user manual (website).
IC 010 605 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM

Aim: To obtain comprehensive knowledge in design of compensators, nonlinear control theory

and design of digital controllers for nonlinear systems.
Objectives:
• To design a compensators for the continuous system.
• To get introduced with discrete control system.
• Elaborate study on state space and design of discrete systems.
• To study the features of linear and non-linear systems and expose the students to the
physical non-linearity.
• To analyze the stability of the systems using Liapunov’s approach.
Module-I: Introduction to Design

Design of controllers, Types of compensation, Cascade compensation in frequency and time
domain ( lead, lag and lead-lag compensators), Design of PI -PD and PID controllers, Feed back
compensation, Design via pole placement.
Module-II:Introduction to discrete time control systems:

Introduction to Digital control systems, Quantizing and quantization error, Data acquisition,
conversion and distribution systems, Spectrum analysis of sampling process, Signal
reconstruction (zero order and first order hold circuits), Difference equation model, Z (Pulse)
transfer function, Response of linear discrete systems, Z and S domain relationship, Jury’s
stability test, Bilinear transformation.
Module-III:State space and Design of Discrete systems:

State space representation of discrete time systems, Solution of discrete time state equation
using Z-transform, Computation of state transition matrix, Design of discrete data system using
frequency response and root locus methods.
Module-IV:Non linear systems:

Characteristics of non linear systems, Types of nonlinearities, Describing function analysis
common non linearities, Phase plane analysis, Singular points, Classification of singular points,
Phase trajectory, Construction of phase trajectory by Isocline method and Delta method, Stability
analysis using phase trajectory.
Module-V:Liapunov’s stability:
Liapunov functions, Stability in the sense of Liapunov and methods, Liapunov theorems on
stability and asymptotic stability, Liapunov stability analysis of linear time invariant continuous
time and discrete time systems, Generation of Liapunov function linear systems-discrete systems
and non linear systems.
Reference Books:
1. Ogata. K, “Discrete Time Control systems”, Prentice Hall
2. Nagarath & Gopal, “Control System Engineering.” New Age Publications.
3. A. Nagoor Kani, “Advanced Control Theory”, RBA Publications.
4. Ogata. K, “Modern control engineering.” Prentice Hall
IC010 606L01-MECHATRONICS

Aim: To gain comprehensive knowledge on Mechatronics.
Objectives:
• To study the relevant historical back ground of Mechatronics and its scope.
• To study the fundamentals of CNC machines and its parts.
• To study the various programming concepts in CNC.
• To study the various parts of robots and fields of robotics
• To study the various sensors in the field of Robotics.
Module-I: Introduction
Introduction to mechatronics- Mechatronics in manufacturing- mechatronics in production-
scope of mechatronics- fundamental of numerical control- advantages of NC systems- point to
point and contouring systems- NC and CNC – Incremental and absolute systems- open loop and
closed loop systems- features of NC machine tools- methods of improving machine accuracy and
productivity- special tool holders
Module-II: System devices

System devices- system drives – hydraulic systems- DC motors- Stepping motors- AC motors-
feedback devices encoders- pulse digitizers- resolvers – inductosyn- tachometer- counting
devices- flip flops- counters- decoders- digital to analog converters – interpolation – linear
interpolator- circular interpolator- CNC software- interpolator – flow of data in NC machines
Module-III:NC Machines
NC part programming – manual programming – concepts – tape formats – tab sequential- fixed
block word address and variable block formats – part programming examples- point to point
programming and simple contour programming – computer aided programming concepts- post
processor programming languages – APT programming – part programming examples
Module-IV: Introduction to MEMS

Introduction: Historical background of Micro-Electro Mechanical system (MEMS), Mechatronic
system, And Functional components of Mechatronics, Scope of Mechatronics, Material
processing and device fabrication: Lithography, Ion implantation, Etching, Wafer bonding.
Module-V:Introduction to nanotechnology
History of nanoscale science,Principles of nanotechnology, chemistry
fundamentals,fabrication of nanomaterial-nanolithoghraphy,thin film processors,tools-electron
microscope,scanning electron microscope,Xray diffraction,practical applications,carrier
opportunities
Reference Books:
1 Yoram Koren “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems” Mc Graw Hill

2 Groover M.P “Industrial Robots- Technology Programming and application
3. Banks H T, Smith R C and Wang Y: Smart material structures-Modelling,
Estimation and control, John Wiley & sons.
4. Mechatronics ,Edited by HMT,TMH.
5.Written notes on nanotechnology.
IC010 606 L02- COMPUTER NETWORKS & PROTOCOLS

Aim:To illustrate the concept of networking of computers and protocols
Objectives:
• To provide fundamental knowledge about computer networks.

• To provide comprehensive knowledge about the methods of internetworking.
• To study the detection and correction of errors, link control and link protocols of data
link Layer.
• To study the access method, electrical specification and implementation of different

networks, types of switching.
• To study about the standardized data interface and it’s working principle.
Module-I: Data Network Fundamentals
Network hierarchy and switching – Open system interconnection model of ISO – Datalink
control protocol – BISYNC – SLDC – HLDC – Media access protocol – Command– Token
passing – CSMA/CD, TCP/IP.
Module-II: Internet Working
Bridges –Routers – Gateways – Open system with bridge configuration – Open system with
gateway configuration – Standard ETHERNET and ARCNET configuration –Special
requirement for networks used for control.
Module-III: Error Control And Data Link Protocols

Error detection and correction: Types of errors – Detection – Vertical Redundancy Check(VRC)
– Longitudinal Redundancy Check (LRC) – Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) –Check sum –
Error correction.Data link control: Line discipline – Flow control – Error control. Data link
protocols: Asynchronous protocols – Synchronous protocols – Character oriented protocols –
BIT oriented protocols – Link access procedures.
Module-IV: Networks And Switching

LAN: Project 802 – Ethernet – Token bus – Token ring – FDDI.
MAN: IEEE 802.6 (DQDB) – SMDS.
Switching: Circuit switching – Packet switching – Message switching.
Module-V: X.25, Frame Relay, Atm And Sonet/ Sdh

X.25: X.25 Layers.Frame relay: Introduction – Frame relay operation – Frame relay layers –
Congestion control – Leaky bucket algorithm – Traffic control.ATM: Design goals – ATM
architecture – ATM layers – ATM applications.SONET / SDH: Synchronous transport signals –
Physical configuration – SONET layers– Applications.
Text Books:
1. Behrouz A.Forouzan, ‘Data Communication and Networking’, Second Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2000.
2. A.S. Tanenbaum, ‘Computer Networks’, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 1996 / PHI.
Reference Books:
1. William Stallings, ‘Data and Computer Communication’, 8th Edition, Prentice Hall of
India/Pearson Education, 2003.
2. S. Andrew Tannenbaum, ‘Computer Networks’, Prentice Hall of India/Pearson
Education, 4th Edition, 2003.
IC010 606L03: ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLERS

Aim: To impart the knowledge on advanced microcontrollers.
Objectives:
• To get introduced with the the ATMEL family architecture.
• To study about the TIMERS, ADC and PWM features.
• To get introduced with the COP8 family.
• To study about the various fetaures of COP8 family.
• To study about the features of PIC16 Microcontroller.
Module I:
Low pin count controllers – Atmel AVR family – ATTiny15L controller - architecture – pin
descriptions – features – addressing modes – I/O space – reset and interrupt handling – reset
sources - Tunable internal oscillator.
Module II
Timers – Watch dog timer – EEPROM – preventing data corruption – Analog comparator – A/D
converter – conversion timing – ADC noise reduction – PortB – alternate functions – memory
programming – fuse bits – high voltage serial programming – algorithm.
Module III
National semiconductor COP8 family - COP8CBR9 processor – features – electrical
characteristics – pin descriptions – memory organization –EEPROM - security – brownout reset
– in system programming – boot ROM. Idle timer – Timer1, Timer2, Timer3 -operating modes –
PWM mode – event capture mode
Module IV
Power saving modes – Dual clock operation – Multi input wake up – USART – framing formats
– baud rate generation – A/D conversion – operating modes – prescaler – Interrupts – interrupt
vector table – Watch dog – service window – Micro-wire interface waveforms.
Module V
Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features – architecture – memory organization
- register file map – I/O ports – PORTA - PORTB – PORTC – Data EEPROM and flash program
memory – Asynchronous serial port – SPI mode – I2C mode.
Reference Books:
2. DS101374: National Semiconductor reference manual.
3. National semiconductor web site – www.national.com
4. 1187D: Atmel semiconductor reference manual.
5. Atmel semiconductor web site – www.atmel.com
6. DS30292B: Microchip reference manual.
IC010 606L04 – EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

Aim:To introduce to the functional building blocks of an embedded system for developing a real
time system application.
Objectives:
• Introduce to features that build an embedded system.
• To help the understanding of the interaction that the various components within an
embedded system have with each other.
• Techniques of inter facing between processors & peripheral device related to embedded
processing.
• To enable writing of efficient programs on any dedicated processor.
• To present in lucid manner the basic concepts of systems programming like operating
system, assembler compliers etc and to understand the management task needed for
developing embedded system.
Module-I:Introduction To Embedded System
Introduction to functional building blocks of embedded systems – Register, memory devices,
ports, timer, interrupt controllers using circuit block diagram representation for each categories.
Module-II:Processor And Memory Organization

Structural units in a processor; selection of processor & memory devices; shared memory; DMA;
interfacing processor, memory and I/O units; memory management – Cache mapping techniques,
dynamic allocation - Fragmentation.
Module-III:Devices & Buses For Devices Network

I/O devices; timer & counting devices; serial communication using I2C, CAN, USB buses;
parallel communication using ISA, PCI, PCI/X buses, arm bus; interfacing with devices/ports,
device drivers in a system – Serial port & parallel port.
Module-IV:I/O Programming Schedule Mechanism

Intel I/O instruction – Transfer rate, latency; interrupt driven I/O - Non-maskable interrupts;
software interrupts, writing interrupt service routine in C & assembly languages; preventing
interrupt overrun; disability interrupts. Multi threaded programming – Context switching,
premature & non-premature multitasking, semaphores. Scheduling – Thread states, pending
threads, context switching, round robin scheduling priority based scheduling, assigning priorities,
deadlock, watch dog timers.
Module-V:Real Time Operating System (RTOS)

Introduction to basic concepts of RTOS, Basics of real time & embedded system operating
systems, RTOS – Interrupt handling, task scheduling; embedded system design issues in system
development process – Action plan, use of target system, emulator, use of software tools.
Text Books:
1. Rajkamal, ‘Embedded System – Architecture, Programming, Design’, Tata McGraw Hill,
2003.
2. Daniel W. Lewis ‘Fundamentals of Embedded Software’, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. David E. Simon, ‘An Embedded Software Primer’, Pearson Education, 2004.
2. Frank Vahid, ‘Embedded System Design – A Unified hardware & Software
Introduction’, John Wiley, 2002.
3. Sriram V. Iyer, Pankaj Gupte, ‘Embedded Real Time Systems Programming’, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2004.
9. Steve Heath, ‘Embedded System Design’, II edition, Elsevier, 2003.
IC010 606 L05-DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN

Aim:To impart the knowledge on the concepts of digital system design.
Objective:
• To expose the students to study the concepts of combinational circuits
• To expose the students to study the concepts of sequential circuits
• To study and analyze the hazards in sequential circuits.
• To have an adequate knowledge in the VHDL basics
• An exposure is given to the students on VHDL codes & PLD
Module-I :Combinational Circuits:

Combinational Circuits design: Review of combinational circuits design, CMOS realization of
basic gates and simple Boolean expressions. Minimisation of Boolean functions with 5 and 6
varaibles using Karnauph map.
Combinational circuit building blocks: Review of multiplexers- synthesis of logic functions
using multiplexers, multiplexer synthesis using Shannon’s expansion. Review of decoders and
encoders- Binary encoders, Priority encoders.
Module- II :Sequential Circuits:

Sequential circuit design: Finite state machine- Moore and Mealy machines. One-hot encoding.
Design and implementation of synchronous sequential circuits with D-Flip Flops (Counters,
sequence generators, sequence detectors, serial adder).
Module-III:Hazards In Sequential Circuits:

Logic design issues- Hazards in combinational networks- Hazards in sequential networks-
Synchronous design method- Clock skew- Synchronous inputs- Synchroniser failure and
metastability
.
Module- IV:VHDL Basics
VHDL- Behavior modeling- Transport Vs inertial delay- Simulation deltas- Sequential
processing- Process statement- Signal assignment Vs variable assignment- Sequential statements.
VHDL codes for Boolean expressions, multiplexers, Binary decoders, Priority encoders,
Comparators.VHDL: Data types- Subprograms and packages
Module- V:VHDL Codes & Programmable Logic Devices:

VHDL codes for flip-flops, registers, counters and finite state machines.
VHDL: Predefined attributes- Configurations- Subprogram overloading- VHDL
synthesis. Programmable Logic Devices: Programmable Logic Array, Programmable Array
Logic Complex
Programmable Logic Devices, Field Programmable Logic Devices.
Text Books:
1.Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic- Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL design- Tata
McGraw Hill.
2.Perry D.L, VHDL- McGraw Hill.
Reference Books :
1.John F Wakerly, Digital design principles & practices, Pearson Education.
2.M. Morris Mano, Digital logic and Computer design, PHI.
3.Roth C.H.Jr.- Digital system Design using VHDL, PWS Pub.co
4.Sudhakar Yalamanchili, Introductory VHDL from simulation to synthesis, Pearson Education.
5.Bhasker J- A VHDL Primer, Addison Wesly.
IC010 606L06- DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Aim:To present the concept of arrays, recursion, stack, queue, linked list, trees and graph data
structures.
Objectives:
• To introduce the concept of arrays, structures, pointers and recursion.
• To study stack, queue and linked list concepts.
• To study trees, representation of trees, tree traversal and basic operations on trees.
• To study some of the sorting and searching techniques.
• To study the concept of graphs, traversal techniques and minimum spanning tree.
Module-I:Introduction To Data Structures

Abstract data types - Sequences as value definitions - Data types in C - Pointers in C - Data
structures and C - Arrays in C - Array as ADT - One dimensional array - Implementing one
dimensional array - Array as parameters - Two dimensional array - Structures in C -
Implementing structures - Unions in C - Implementation of unions - Structure parameters -
Allocation of storage and scope of variables.Recursive definition and processes: Factorial
function - Fibonacci sequence – Recursion in C - Efficiency of recursion.
Module-II:Stack, Queue And Linked List

Stack definition and examples – Primitive operations – Example - Representing stacks in C -
Push and pop operation implementation.Queue as ADT - C Implementation of queues - Insert
operation - Priority queue - Arrayimplementation of priority queue.Inserting and removing nodes
from a list-linked implementation of stack, queue andpriority queue - Other list structures -
Circular lists: Stack and queue as circular list -Primitive operations on circular lists. Header
nodes - Doubly linked lists - Addition oflong positive integers on circular and doubly linked list.
Module-III:Trees
Binary trees: Operations on binary trees - Applications of binary trees - Binary tree
representation - Node representation of binary trees - Implicit array representation of binary tree
– Binary tree traversal in C - Threaded binary tree - Representing list as binary tree - Finding the
Kth element - Deleting an element.Trees and their applications: C representation of trees - Tree
traversals - Evaluating an expression tree - Constructing a tree.
Module-IV:Sorting And Searching

General background of sorting: Efficiency considerations, Notations, Efficiency of sorting.
Exchange sorts; Bubble sort; Quick sort; Selection sort; Binary tree sort; Heap sort. Heap as a
priority queue - Sorting using a heap-heap sort procedure - Insertion sorts: Simple insertion -
Shell sort - Address calculation sort - Merge sort -Radix sort. Sequential search: Indexed
sequential search - Binary search - Interpolation search.
Module-V:Graphs
Application of graph - C representation of graphs - Transitive closure - Warshall’s algorithm –
Shortest path algorithm - Linked representation of graphs - Dijkstra’s algorithm - Graph traversal
- Traversal methods for graphs - Spanning forests -Undirected graph and their traversals - Depth
first traversal - Application of depth first traversal - Efficiency of depth first traversal - Breadth
first traversal - Minimum spanning tree - Kruskal’s algorithm - Round robin algorithm.
Text Books:
1. Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Yeedidyah Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, ‘Data Structures
Using C’, Pearson Education, 2004 / PHI.
Reference Books:
1. E.Balagurusamy, ‘Programming in Ansi C’, Second Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, 2003.
2. Robert L. Kruse, Bruce P. Leung Clovis L.Tondo, ‘Data Structures and Program Design
in C’, Pearson Education, 2000 / PHI.
IC010 607: INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY
Aim: To study the characteristics of various physical phenomenons.
Experiments:
1. Measurement of Viscosity
• Plot the characteristics- temperature versus viscosity.
2. Measurement of Temperature
• RTD – Temperature versus Resistance.
3. Measurement of pH.
4. Measurement of pressure
• Strain gauge – input versus output and sensitivity.
5. Measurement of level.
6. Measurement of flow
• Flow in pipe line.
• Error analysis.
7. Dynamic response of first order system.
8. Dynamic response of second order system.
9. Pressure to current converter.
• Plot the characteristics.
10. Current to Pressure converters
• Plot the characteristics.
11. Use of LDR for measurement of physical variations.
• Light intensity versus resistance.
12. Measurement of Strain/Force.
• Resistance versus strain.
• Error analysis.
13. Measurement of Speed- Open loop and closed loop.
14. Calibration of instruments.

• Pressure gauge.
IC 010 608 Mini Project
Teaching Scheme
The mini project will involve the design, construction, and debugging of an electronic system
product approved by the department. The schematic and PCB design should be done using any of the
standard schematic capture & PCB design software. Each student may choose to buy, for his
convenience, his own components and accessories. Each student must keep a project notebook. The
notebooks will be checked periodically throughout the semester, as part of the project grade. The
student should submit the report at the end of the semester. A demonstration and oral examination on
the mini project also should be done at the end of the semester.
Applied Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (AI)

Objectives


difference formula


Reference

Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
Objectives


Types of reports

REFERENCES
limited, 2008
AI010 303 Network Theory
Objectives
Module I (12 hrs)
Module II (12 hrs)
Module III (12 hrs)
Module IV (12 hrs)

Module V (12 hrs)
References

AI 010 304Solid State Devices
Teaching Scheme
L T P : 3 1 0 Credit :4
Objectives
• To provide students with a sound understanding of existing electronic devices, so that their
studies of electronic circuits and systems will be meaningful.
• To develop the basic tools with which students can later learn about newly developed devices
and applications.
Module I (13 hours)
Bonding forces in solids – Energy Bands – Metals, semiconductors and insulators – Direct and
indirect Semiconductors – Variation of Energy Bands with alloy composition – Charge carriers in
semiconductors – Electrons and holes – Effective mass – Intrinsic and extrinsic materials.
Charge concentrations – Fermi level – Electrons and hole concentrations at equilibrium –
Temperature dependence of carrier concentrations – Compensation and space charge neutrality.
Drift of carriers in electric and magnetic fields – Drift and resistance – Effects of temperature on
doping and mobility – High-field effects – Hall effect.
Excess carriers in semiconductors – Carrier lifetime – Direct and indirect recombination – Steady
state carrier generation – Quasi Fermi levels.
Diffusion of carriers – Diffusion process – Diffusion coefficient – Einstein relation – Continuity
equation – Steady state carrier injection – Diffusion length.
P-N junctions – Equilibrium conditions – Contact potential – Equilibrium Fermi levels – Space charge
at a junction – Forward and reverse biased conditions – Steady state conditions – Qualitative
description of current flow at a junction – Carrier injection – Diode equation – Majority and minority
currents through a p-n junction – V-I characteristics of a p-n junction diode.
Reverse breakdown in p-n junctions – Zener and avalanche mechanisms – Breakdown diodes.
Time variation of stored charge in p-n junctions – Reverse recovery transient – Switching diodes –
Capacitance of p-n junctions – Varactor diodes.
Metal-semiconductor junctions – Schottky barriers – Rectifying and ohmic contacts.
Optoelectronic devices – Optical Absorption – Solar Cells – Photo detectors – Photoluminescence and
electroluminescence – Light emitting diodes – Laser diodes.
Bipolar Junction Transistor – Bipolar Transistor action – Basic principle of operation – Simplified
current relations – Modes of operation – Majority and minority current components – Emitter
injection efficiency – Base transport factor – Current transfer ratio – Current amplification factor –
Amplification and switching – Base width modulation – Avalanche Breakdown – Base resistance and
emitter crowding
Field Effect Transistor – Basic JFET operation – pinch off and saturation – Transconductance and
amplification factor – V-I characteristics – Transfer characteristics
Basic principles of high frequency transistors – Schottky transistors; Phototransistors
Module V (10 hours)
Ideal MOS capacitor – Energy band structure in depletion, accumulation and inversion modes, C-V
characteristics – Threshold voltage.
MOSFETs – Enhancement and depletion MOSFETs – Current-voltage relationship –
Transconductance – Control of threshold voltage – Basic principles of CMOS.
Tunnel diodes – pnpn diodes – Introduction to SCR and IGBT.
Reference Books
1. B. G. Streetman, S. K. Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 6th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2010.
2. D. A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
3. M. S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor Materials and Devices, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2008.
4. J. Millman, C. C. Halkias, S. Jit, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill
5. M. K. Achuthan, K. N. Bhat, Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices, Tata McGraw Hill
6. V. Suresh Babu, Solid State Devices and Technology, 3rd ed., Pearson Education, 2010.
AI010 305: ANALOG CIRCUITS – I
L T P:3 1 0
Objectives:
• To understand applications of diodes and transistors
• To understand working of MOSFET
• To provide an insight into the working, analysis and design of basic analog circuits
using BJT and MOSFET
Module I (10)
RC Circuits: Response of high pass and low pass RC circuits to sine wave, step, pulse and
square wave inputs, Tilt, Rise time. Differentiator, Integrator. Small signal diode model for
low and high frequencies, clipping and clamping circuits.
Analysis of half wave, full wave and bridge rectifiers. Analysis of L, C, LC & π filters. Zener
voltage regulator, transistor series (with feedback) and shunt voltage regulators, short circuit
and fold back protection.
Module II (14)
DC analysis of BJTs - BJT as amplifier. Small signal equivalent circuits (Low frequency π
and h models only). Transistor Biasing circuits, Stability factors, Thermal runaway. Small
signal analysis of CE, CB, CC configurations using approximate hybrid π model (gain, input
and output impedance)
Module III (12)
MOSFET I-V relation, load lines, small signal parameters, small signal equivalent circuits,
body effect. Biasing of MOSFETs amplifiers. Analysis of single stage discrete MOSFET
amplifiers – small signal voltage and current gain, input and output impedance of Basic
Common Source amplifier, Common Source amplifier with and without source bypass
capacitor, Source follower amplifier, Common Gate amplifier.
Module IV (12)
High frequency equivalent circuits of BJTs, MOSFETs, Miller effect, short circuit current
gain, s-domain analysis, amplifier transfer function. Analysis of high frequency response of
CE, CB, CC and CS, CG, CD amplifiers.
Module V (12)
Power amplifiers: Class A, B, AB and C circuits - efficiency and distortion. Biasing of class
AB circuits. Transformer less power amplifiers.
Feed back amplifiers - Properties of negative feed back. The four basic feed back topologies-
Series-shunt, series-series, shunt-shunt, shunt-series. Analysis and design of discrete circuits
in each feedback topology - Voltage, Current, Trans conductance and Trans resistance
amplifiers, loop gain, input and output impedance. Stability of feedback circuits.
References:
1. Sedra and Smith: Microelectronic Circuits, 4/e, Oxford University Press 1998.
2. B. Razavi , “Fundamentals of Microelectronics”, Wiley
3. Donald A Neamen. : Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3/e, TMH.
4. Millman and Halkias: Integrated Electronics, TMH, 2004.
5. Spencer & Ghausi: Introduction to Electronic Circuit Design, Pearson Education, 2003.
6. Roger T. Howe, Charles G. Sodini: Microelectronics: An Integrated Approach, Pearson
Education, 1997.
7. R E Boylstead and L Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 9/e, Pearson
Education
AI010 306 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Teaching Scheme
Objectives
Module 1 (12 hrs)

Module 2 (12 hrs)

Recursion.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Module 4 (12hrs)
Module 5 (12 hrs)

References

AI010 307 ANALOG CIRCUITS LAB
L-T-P : 0-0-3 ` Credits: 2
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few basic electronic circuits using
BJT and MOSFET.
• To provide experience on electronic circuit simulation software like SPICE .
1. Characteristics of Diodes & Zener diodes.

2. Characteristics of Transistors (CE & CB).
3. Characteristics of MOSFET.
4. Frequency responses of RC Low pass and high pass filters. RC Integrating and Differentiating
circuits.
5. Rectifiers-half wave, full wave, Bridge with and without filter- ripple factor and
regulation.
6. Clipping and clamping circuits.
7. Zener Regulator with & without emitter follower.
8. RC Coupled CE amplifier - frequency response characteristics.
9. MOSFET amplifier (CS) - frequency response characteristics.
10. Feedback amplifiers (current series, voltage series) - Gain and frequency response
11. Power amplifiers (transformer less), Class B and Class AB.
Introduction to SPICE
Models of resistor, capacitor, inductor, energy sources (VCVS, CCVS, Sinusoidal source,
pulse, etc) and transformer.
Models of DIODE, BJT, FET, MOSFET, etc..
Simulation of following circuits using spice (Schematic entry of circuits using standard
packages).
Analysis- (transient, AC, DC, etc.):
1. Potential divider.
2. Integrator & Differentiator (I/P PULSE) – Frequency response of RC circuits.
3. Diode Characteristics.
4. BJT Characteristics.
5. FET Characteristics.
6. MOS characteristics.
7. Full wave rectifiers (Transient analysis) including filter circuits.
8. Voltage Regulators.
9. Sweep Circuits.
10. RC Coupled amplifiers - Transient analysis and Frequency response.
11. FET & MOSFET amplifiers.
AI010 308:PROGRAMMING LAB

Objectives
packages
Part 1

Part 2



References

Co.

(Common to CE, ME, PO, EC, AI, IT)

Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.

AI010 403 Signals and Systems
(Common to EC010 403, EI010 403)

Objectives
Module I (12 hrs)
Module II (12 hrs)
Module III (12 hrs)
Module IV (12 hrs)
Aliasing
Module V (12 hrs)
References:
1) A V Oppenheim, A S Willsky and S H Nawab, Signals and Systems, PHI

AI010 404: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(Common to EC010 404,EI010 404)

L T P :3 1 0
Objectives
Boolean expression.
Module I (12hours)



Module V (12 hours)

Reference Books
th
edition, 2004.
8. Moris mano, Digital Design, PHI, 3rd edition, 2002.
9. Anada kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, PHI, 2008.
AI010 405
SIGNAL COMMUNICATION
Credits: 4
3+1+0
Objectives:
Familiarize the students with theoretical aspects of signal communication.
Generate awareness in students about practical issues.
Give the students an application sense.
Module 1
An overview of electronic communication systems: block diagram of communication
system, analogue versus digital, modulation multiplexing.
Basic concepts of signals: signal, signal characteristics.
Basic concepts of telemetry: signal transmission over wires using voltage, current and
frequency – issues related to long distance transmission: signal attenuation, phase delays
– need for wireless telemetry – types of modulations used (only introduction, details in
another module).
Module 2
Basic concepts of noise:, noise, noise spectrum, noise figure and noise temperature;
Bandwidth requirements, effect of limiting bandwidth; signal attenuation and
transmission distance; considerations of filter selection for suppression of noise:
bandwidth, amplitude response, phase response.
Emi and related issues: grounding – shielding – twisted pair – twisted shielded pair -
ground loop – guarding techniques.
Module 3
Introduction to digital communication: components of digital transmission system –
advantages of digital transmission – analogue and discrete sinusoids – A/D conversion –
sampling – sampling theorem- sampling in practical situations involving a range of
frequencies and noise – aliasing error - filter order to minimize aliasing error - D/A
conversion – channel capacity; Pulse Modulation concept and basic scheme: PAM,
PWM, PPM, PCM, Delta modulation.
FDM and telemetry- IRIG standards for telemetry.
Module 4
Introduction to fibre optic communication: Light propagation in glass fibres; optical
communication system: system components, transmitters – fibre channel – light
detectors; transmitter concepts: sources, optical switches, modulation;
optical fibres: step index fibre, graded index fibre, single mode and multi mode fibres -
fibre power loss terms; channel multiplexing: TDM, FDM: modulation formats; optical
receivers: detectors, optical isolators.
Module 5
Introduction to satellite communication: basic concepts: satellite orbits, block diagram of
satellite communication system, transponders, up linking, down linking, satellite system
parameters, satellite system link equation and link budget, frequency bands for satellite
communication.
References:
1. Wayne Tomasi, Advanced Electronic Communication Systems, PHI.
2. NIIT, Communication System, PHI.
3. K.N. Hari Bhatt, Analogue Communication, Sanguine Technical Publishers.
4. Gautam Saha, Principles of Communication System, Tata McGraw Hill.
5. David Bailey, Edwin Wright, Practical Fibre Optics, Elsevier Publications.
6. Govind P. Agrawal, Fibre Optic Communication system, John Wiley
7. Joseph C. Palais, Fibre Optic Communication, P Education.
8. D. Patranabis, Telemetry Principle, Tata McGraw Hill.
9. Cardon, Frank, Telemetry System Design, ARTEC.
AI010 406 : ANALOG CIRCUITS – II
(Common to EC010 406)

Objectives:
• To understand differential amplifiers using BJT and MOSFET
• To understand operational amplifier and its applications.
Module I (12)
Differential Amplifiers - BJT differential pair, large signal and small signal analysis of
differential amplifiers, Input resistance, voltage gain, CMRR, non ideal characteristics of
differential amplifier. Frequency response of differential amplifiers. MOS differential
amplifiers, Current sources, Active load, cascode load, current mirror circuits, Wilson current
mirror circuits. Small signal equivalent circuits, multistage differential amplifiers.
Module II (12)
Simplified internal circuit of 741 op-amp. DC analysis, Gain and frequency response. MOS
Operational Amplifiers, single stage- cascode and folded cascode, two stage op-amp, op-amp
with output buffer, frequency compensation and slew rate in two stage Op-amps. Ideal op-
amp parameters, Non ideal op-amp. Effect of finite open loop gain, bandwidth and slew rate
on circuit performance.
Module III (12)
Opamp applications: Inverting and non-inverting amplifier, summing amplifier, integrator,
differentiator, Differential amplifiers, Instrumentation amplifiers, V to I and I to V
converters, Comparators, Schmitt Trigger, Square and triangular waveform generator,
Oscillators – RC Phase-shift and Wein-Bridge, Multivibrators – Astable and Monostable,
Precision rectifiers, Programmable gain Amplifier
Module IV (12)
Filters: Ist order Low pass, high pass and all pass filters - Bandpass and band elimination
filters Biquadratic filters (single op-amp with finite gain non inverting Sallen-Key of Low
pass, High pass, Band pass and Band elimination filters. Switched capacitor Resistor,
switched capacitor Integrator, Ist order SC filter
Module V (12)
D/A converters: DAC characteristics- resolution, output input equations, weighted resistor,
R-2R network. A/D converter: ADC characteristics, Types - Dual slope, Counter ramp,
Successive approximation, flash ADC, oversampling and delta sigma ADC.
Waveform generators – grounded capacitor VCO and emitter coupled VCO. Basic PLL
topology and principle, transient response of PLL, Linear model of PLL, Major building
blocks of PLL – analog and digital phase detector, VCO, filter. Applications of PLL.
Monolithic PLL - IC LM565 and CD4046 CMOS PLL. 555 Timer Astable Multi vibrator and
Monostable Multi vibrator using 555.
References:
1. Sergio Franco: Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits,
3/e,TMH.
2. Behzad Razavi : Design of Analog CMOS IC, TMH, 2003.
3. Gayakwad : Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits , 4/e, PHI.
4. David A.Johns, Ken Martin: Analog Integrated Circuit Design, Wiley India, 2008
5. Gray, Hurst, Lewis and Meyer Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley
6. Baker R Jacob: CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation, PHI,2005
AI010 407 ANALOG CIRCUITS-II LAB
(Common to EC010 407)
L-T-P : 0-0-3 ` Credits: 2
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few electronic circuits.
• To provide experience on design ,testing and analysis of op-amp circuits .
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Differential amplifiers (using BJT and MOSFETs) - Measurement of CMRR

2. Cascade amplifiers - Frequency response.
3. Cascode amplifiers (using BJT and MOSFETs) - Frequency response.
4. Familiarization of Operational amplifiers- Inverting and Non inverting amplifiers, frequency

response, Adder, Integrator, comparator and voltage level detector.
5. Measurement of Op-Amp. parameters.
6. Difference Amplifier and Instrumentation amplifier.
7. Astable, Monostable and Schmitt trigger circuit using Op -Amps.
8. Triangular and square wave generators using Op- Amplifier.
9. Wien bridge oscillator using op-amplifier with amplitude stabilization and amplitude control, RC
Phase shift Oscillator.
10. Study of 555 and Astable, Monostable multivibrator using 555.
11. Active second order filters using Op-Amp (LPF, HPF, BPF and BSF)
12. . A/D converters- counter ramp and flash type.
13. D/A Converters- ladder circuit.
AI010 408(P)
DIGITAL IC LAB
(Common to IC010 408(P))
Credits 2
0+0+3
Objectives:
To familiarize the application of Digital IC’s
To equip the students with the design of digital circuits.
To introduce the basic concept of digital system design.
1. TTL and CMOS characteristics.

2. Interfacing of TTL and electromagnetic relay using transistor, optocoupler (4N33)
and Darlington Arrays ULN 2803
3. Logic family Inter connection [TTL to CMOS and CMOS to TTL]
4. Design of Half Adder and Full Adder using Gates.
5. Design and testing of ripple and synchronous counter.
6. Johnson and Ring Counter using Shift registers.
7. Study of counter using (a) flip-flop (b) IC’s[7490,7493,74910]
8. Design of Astable and Monostable Multivibrators using (a) Gates (b) 555
9. Study of ADC [at least one]
10. Study of Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder and Encoder.
11. Study of Adders/ Subtractors using IC’s.
12. Study of 7 segment display circuit static/dynamic.[7447, FND542]
13. Static RAM
14. Sequence Detector circuit.[ Mealy, Moore]
15. Simulation using VHDL [Internal Valuation Only].-Logic Gates, Decoders,
Encoders, Half Adders, Full Adders, Flip flops, counters.

simple problems
case only)
References
AI010 502
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS AND APPLICATIONS
(Common to EI010 502, IC010 502)

Objectives
1) To give the fundamental concept of Power semiconductor devices

2) To get an adequate knowledge about converters and inverters.
3) To get an exposure in control circuits for power electronics
Module 1
Power semiconductor Devices-ratings and specification -Power diodes – power transistor

– power MOSFET - characteristics of SCR, Triac–IGBT – MCT – LASCR – SCR turn
on, turn off characteristics –– thyristor protection circuits – series and parallel operations
of SCR- Thyristor trigger circuits – R ,RL,RC triggering.
Module 2
AC to DC converters – single phase – three phase – half controlled and fully controlled
rectifiers – free wheeling diodes -free wheeling effect - effect of source and load
inductance – power factor improvement methods for phase controlled rectifiers- PWM
chips:SG3524 and TL 494- dual converters – cyclo converters.
Module 3
Inverters and voltage source inverters – series, parallel and bridge inverters – current
source inverters – PWM inverters – D.C. chopper – step up and step down chopper – AC
chopper: AC converters: – uninterrupted power supply (UPS) – ( circuit diagram
approach), rectifier –– inverter – static transfer switch.
Module 4
D.C Motor control: phase control, Single phase SCR drive – Three phase SCR drive –
speed control of dc series motor – Chopper controlled dc drives – PLL control of dc
motor, A.C. Motor control : controlled – slip system – slip power recovery system -
stepper motor drive - synchronous motor control.
Module 5
Control circuits for power electronics: basic schemes for pulse generation using analog
and digital ICs. Single, double and four quadrant systems. Series and parallel operations
of thyristor, cable firing, isolation etc.
Text Books

2 G.K.Dubey, Doradia, S.R. Joshi and R.M.Sinha, Thyristorised Power Controllers,
New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 1996.
References
1. M.H.Rashid, Power Electronics – circuits, devices and applications, PHI, New

Delhi, 1995.
3. Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, Power Electronics, John Wiley and Sons, New
York, 1995.
AI010 503
BASIC INSTRUMENTATION & RECORDING SYSTEM
Credits: 4
3+1+0
Objectives:
To help the students to
1. have knowledge of the basics of instrumentation,
2. have an exposure to different types of bridge measurements, recorders and meters
Module 1
Generalized configuration of Instrumentation system- Definition of measurement
parameters – Calibration - Static and dynamic characteristics- Standards of
measurements-Measurements errors- Accuracy-Precision- Sensitivity- Resolution,
Significant figures .
Module 2
Bridge measurement: Wheatstone, Kelvin, Wien, Hay, Maxell, Anderson and Schering
bridges; Q meter – Potential transformer - current transformers – KVA meters – Power
factor meter – Megger.
Module 3
DC and AC voltmeters, differential voltmeters, AC current measurements – multimeters
–vector impedance meter - power meter: Wave analyzer – harmonic distortion analyzer -
spectrum analyzer.
Module 4
Digital instruments: Digital voltmeter - dual slope- successive approximation types;
Digital measurement of time interval, phase, period, frequency, ratio of two
Frequencies; Digital LCR meter; Digital alpha numeric display.
Module 5
General purpose oscilloscope : CRT screen characteristics – vertical and horizontal
amplifiers –delay line – time base and sweep trigger circuits –synchronization- typical
measurements using CRO ; Sampling oscilloscope ; digital storage oscilloscope ;
Recorders: moving coil recorders - XY plotters - UV recorders- Thermal recording.
Text Book:
1. Doeblin, Measurement Systems-Application and Design, Mc Graw Hill,
N.Y.1990.
2. Cooper, W.D., and Helfrick, A.D., Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement
Techniques, Third Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 1991
3. D.A.Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,
1994
4. Kalsi, G.C., Electronic Instrumentation TMH, 1998.
Reference Books:
1. Sawhney, K.A., A Course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement &
Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.
2. Cidwell, W., Electrical Instruments and Measurements, TMH, 1969.
3. Woolvert, G.A., Transducers in Digital Systems, Peter peregrinvs Ltd., England,
1988.
4. Bouwens, A.J., Digital Instrumentation, McGraw Hill, 1986.
AI010 504
DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
Credits 4
3+1+0
Objectives:
1. To help students get an awareness of modern data acquisition systems.
2. To help students understand different types of sensors / transducers.
3. To help students understand the elements of data acquisition system, and their
selection.
4. To help students understand how to do error budgeting.
Module 1
An overview of data acquisition systems: Need for data acquisition - types of signals and
signal information - advantage of handling digital data in comparison with analogue data;
simplified block diagram: elements of a typical data acquisition system.
Module 2
Sensors: response parameters – selection criteria including functional specifications,
environmental specifications and physical specifications – resistive, capacitive, and
inductive sensors; temperature sensors; position sensors, displacement sensors, speed
sensors; force sensors pressure sensors; vibration sensors, acceleration sensors; proximity
sensors; flow sensors, flow-rate sensors; liquid-level sensors, humidity sensors.
Module 3
Signal conditioning units: functions including gain, excitation for sensors, linearization
and filtering– single-ended and differential measurements - charge to voltage conversion
– programmability of gain – selection of filters based on amplitude response and phase
response requirements – shielding and guarding –
Module 4
Analogue to digital and digital to analogue converters: need for A/D converters –
sampling rate and aliasing error- anti aliasing filter requirements - error estimation
considering filter order - principle and features of digital ramp ADC, successive
approximation ADC, flash ADC.
Module 5
Multiplexing and demultiplexing: basic concepts of time division multiplexing of
analogue and digital data: conventional time division multiplexing, bit interleaved and
byte interleaved multiplexing.
Error budgeting and apportioning: rss error – rms error – system error estimate – error
budgeting and apportioning total error among system elements.
Text Books:
1. Joseph J. Carr, Data acquisition and control: microcomputer applications for scientists
and engineers, Tab Professional and Reference Books.
2. V.U.Bakshi U.A.Bakshi, Measurements And Instrumentation, Technical Publications.
References:
3. H. Rosemary Taylor, Data Acquisition for Sensor Systems, Chapman & Hall.
4. John Park, Steve Mackay, Data Acquisition for Instrumentation and Control Systems;
Elsevier
5. Paul Horowitz and Hill, The Art of Electronics, Cambridge.
AI010 505
CONTROL ENGINEERING I
(Common to EI010 505)
Objectives
1) To give the fundamental concept of the analysis and design techniques of control
systems by transfer function approach.
2) To get an adequate knowledge in the time response of systems and steady state error
analysis.
3) To learn the concept of stability of control system and methods of stability analysis.
4) To study the three ways of designing compensation for a control system.
5) To get an exposure to MAT lab programs for control system analysis.
Module 1 (12 Hours)
System modeling - Transfer function approach :

Introduction to control system – Classification of control systems. Principles of automatic
control- Feed back systems –Practical examples – Transfer function – Transfer function of
electrical, mechanical and electromechanical system – Block diagram – Signal flow graph –
Mason’s gain formula.
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Time domain analysis :

Standard test signals - Response of systems to standard test signals – Step response of second
order systems in detail – Time domain specifications – Steady state response – Steady state
error- Static & Dynamic error coefficients- MAT lab programs for time domain analysis.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Stability of linear systems in time domain – Routh’s criterion of stability. Root locus -
Construction of root locus – Effect of addition of poles and zeros on root locus-MAT lab
programs for stability analysis.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Frequency domain analysis :

Frequency response – Frequency domain specifications – Stability in the frequency domain -
Nyquist stability criterion – Stability from polar and Bode plots - Relative stability – Gain
margin and phase margin – M & N circles – Nichol’s chart – MAT lab programs for
frequency domain analysis.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Design of compensators:
Introduction to design – compensation techniques – Lead, Lag and Lead -Lag compensation
using RC network --Design of Lead, Lag and Lead-Lag compensators using bode plots.
References
1. Modern control engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata, Pearson Edn.
2. Control systems principles and design: M. Gopal, TMH.
3. Automatic control system – B.C. Kuo, PHI.
4. Control system design: Graham C Goodwin, PHI.
5. Modern Control Systems: Dorf, Pearson Education.
AI010 506
Microprocessors and microcontrollers
(Common to EI010 506, IC010 506)

Objectives
1. To Create an exposure to basic microprocessors, peripherals and its

programming.
Module 1
Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors-

architecture of 8085. Intel 8086 Microprocessor - Internal architecture – Block
diagram –8086 memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment
registers – logical and physical address.
Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications –
peripherals–programmable DMA controller-8257 – 8087 math coprocessor-
Programmable interrupt controller-8259
Module 2
Addressing modes used in 80x86 family - Data addressing modes, Program memory
addressing modes, Stack memory addressing modes. Instruction sets of 8086-
programming. Architectures of Intel 80286 Microprocessor, 80386 Microprocessor
Advanced Intel Microprocessors – 80486 Pentium.
Module 3

Schematic. Port structures .Idle & power down mode - power control register -
program protection modes – flash programming & verification.
Memory organization - program memory - data memory .Program status word -
registers banks. External program & data memory timing diagrams- I/O port timings
– and operation –Direct & indirect addressing area - Addressing modes.
Module 4
8051 Programming-Machine cycle-Instruction set – arithmetic - logical and data

transfer instructions – Boolean instructions - program branching instructions -
Programming examples Timer0 & Timer1 - TMOD SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2,
mode3 – TCON-Programming examples.
Module 5
rates- power on reset circuit- ONCE mode- on chip oscillator interrupts - interrupt
sources - interrupt enable register -interrupt priority - interrupt control system -
interrupt handling ,single step operation. Programming examples
Introduction to RISC processors-Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor –
features – architecture
References:

AI010 507(P)
Industrial Electronics Lab
0+0+3
Credit : 2
Objectives:
1. To familiarise different power semiconductor devices.
2. To design the circuit for the devices.
3. To introduce power converters.
1. Study of V-I characteristic of SCRS, TRIAC.

2. Study of BJT, IGBT, GTO & MOSFET.
3. R, RC and UJT firing circuits for the control of SCRs.
4. Design and implementation of Ramp-Comparator and digital firing scheme
for simple SCR circuits.
5. Automatic lighting control with SCRs and optoelectronic components.
6. AC phase control using SCR and TRIAC.
7. Speed control of DC motor using choppers and converters.
8. Generation and study the PWM control signal for Single phase dc to ac
inverter.
9. Study and use of the single phase half controlled & fully controlled AC to DC
Converter and effect of firing angle control on load voltage & wave Forms.
10. Study and use of back to back connected SCR/ TRIAC Controlled AC
Voltage controller and its wave forms with Variation of firing angle.
11. Study & use chopper circuit for the control of DC Voltage using (1) Pulse
width control (2) Frequency Control.
12. Study of Single Phase inverter and its wave form.
13. Study of Three Phase firing circuit with synchronisation, and testing with
three phase AC to DC bridge converter. Testing of wave forms of digital
firing modules.
14. Study and Testing of a Three Phase bridge inverter with different types of
loads.
15. Simulation of gating circuits and simple converter circuits.
AI010 508(P)
MEASUREMENTS LAB
0+0+3
Credit : 2
Objectives:
To familiarize signal conditioning circuits using Op-amps
To familiarize various measuring devices
To study various transducers and measurements
1. Op-amp ADC & DAC. (2expts).

2. Filters using Op-amps: determine frequency response and phase response.
3. Instrumentation amplifier
4. Determination of impact of filter on rise time and fall time of pulses.
5. Characterisation of simple measuring instruments like ammeter and voltmeter.
6. Measurement of resistance using Kelvin’s double bridge and Wheatstone bridge.
7. Measurement of inductance using Maxwell’s bridge and Hay’s bridge.
8. Measurement of capacitance using Schering bridge.
9. Measurement using transducers:
(i). Measurement of temperature using forward drop of diode.
(ii). Measurement of displacement using LVDT.
(iii). Evaluation of coefficients of thermocouple.
(iv). Evaluation of coefficients of RTD.
(v). Calibration of pressure transducer using dead weight calibrator.
AI010 601
PROCESS CONTROL INSTRUMENTATION
(Common to EI010 601, IC010 601)

Objectives
3. To give an idea about the construction , characteristics and applications of
control valves
Module 1 (12 hours)
Process Control System: Need for process control, classification of process variables,
Process characteristics: Process equation, degrees of freedom, modeling of simple
systems – thermal, gas, liquid systems. Process lag, load disturbance and their effect on
processes. Self-regulating processes, interacting and non interacting processes, Regulator
and servo control. Piping and Instrumentation diagram- instrument terms and symbols.
Module 2 (12 hours)
Controller modes: Basic control action, two position (ON-OFF), multi-position, floating
control modes. Continuous controller modes: Proportional, Integral, Derivative.
Composite controller modes: P-I, P-D, P-I-D. response of controllers for different types
of test inputs, electronic controllers to realize various control actions, selection of control
mode for different processes, Integral wind-up and prevention. Auto/Manual transfer,
Bumpless transfer.
Module 3 (12 hours)
Optimum Controller Settings: Controller tuning Methods- Process reaction curve method,
Ziegler Nichols method, damped oscillation method, ¼ decay ratio. Evaluation criteria -
IAE, ISE, ITAE. Response of controllers for different test inputs. Selection of control
modes for processes like level, pressure, temperature and flow.
Module 4 (12 hours)
Final control elements: I/P and P/I converter, Pneumatic and Electric actuators.
Pneumatic control valves, classification, construction details (Globe, butterfly and ball
valve types), various plug characteristics. Valve sizing, inherent and installed valve
characteristics. Cavitation and flashing in control valves. Valve actuators and positioners.
Selection of control valves.
Module 5 (12 hours)

Advanced control schemes: Cascade control, ratio control, feed forward control,
Adaptive and Inferential control, split range and averaging control. Multivariable process
control, interaction of control loops. Case Studies: Steam boiler – control of heat
exchangers, drum level control and combustion. Distillation column – Control of top and
bottom product compositions – Reflux ratio, control schemes in distillation column.
Text Books:

References:

2. B.G Liptak, Process Control, Chilton Book Company.
AI010 602 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(COMMON TO EC010 602)

Objectives
Module I (12 hrs)
Advantages of DSP – Review of discrete time signals and systems – Discrete time LTI systems –
Review of DTFT – Existence – Symmetry properties – DTFT theorems – Frequency response-
Review of Z transform – ROC – Properties
Sampling of Continuous time signals – Frequency domain representation of sampling – Aliasing
- Reconstruction of the analog signal from its samples – Discrete time processing of continuous
time signals – Impulse invariance – Changing the sampling rate using discrete time processing –
Sampling rate reduction by an integer factor – Compressor – Time and frequency domain
relations – Sampling rate increase by an integer factor – Expander – Time and frequency domain
relations – Changing the sampling rate by a rational factor.
Module II (12 hrs)
Transform analysis of LTI systems – Phase and group delay – Frequency response for rational
system functions – Frequency response of a single zero and pole – Multiple poles and zeros -
Relationship between magnitude and phase – All pass systems – Minimum phase systems –
Linear phase systems – Generalised linear phase – 4 types – Location of zeros.
Module III (12 hrs)
Structures for discrete time systems – IIR and FIR systems – Block diagram and SFG
representation of difference equations – Basic structures for IIR systems – Direct form - Cascade
form - Parallel form - Transposed forms – Structures for FIR systems – Direct and Cascade
forms - Structures for Linear phase systems – Overview of finite precision numerical effects in
implementing systems
Analog filter design: Filter specification – Butterworth approximation – Pole locations – Design
of analog low pass Butterworth filters – Chebyshev Type 1 approximation – pole locations –
Analog to analog transformations for designing high pass, band pass and band stop filters.
Module IV (12 hrs)
Digital filter design: Filter specification – Low pass IIR filter design – Impulse invariant and
Bilinear transformation methods – Butterworth and Chebyshev – Design of high pass, band pass
and band stop IIR digital filters – Design of FIR filters by windowing – Properties of commonly
used windows – Rectangular, Bartlett, Hanning, Hamming and Kaiser.
Module V (12 hrs)
The Discrete Fourier Transform - Relation with DTFT – Properties of DFT – Linearity –
Circular shift – Duality – Symmetry properties – Circular convolution – Linear convolution
using the DFT – Linear convolution of two finite length sequences – Linear convolution of a
finite length sequence with an infinite length sequence – Overlap add and overlap save –
Computation of the DFT – Decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT – Fourier
analysis of signals using the DFT – Effect of windowing – Resolution and leakage – Effect of
spectral sampling.
References

Pearson Education.
2. S K Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach ,TMH
3. J G Proakis, D G Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and
Applications, PHI.
5. J R Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, PHI
AI010 603
INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION I
(Common to EI010 603, IC010 603)

Objectives
1. To provide exposure to various measuring techniques for force, torque velocity,

acceleration, vibration, density, pressure and temperature.
2. At the end of the course the student will have an indepth knowlwdge in units,
different techniques, and significance of measuring devices.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Basic methods of measurement of force (weight) :scales and balances- mechanical
balances- electro magnetic balance – Different types of load cells : hydraulic load cells -
pneumatic loadcell - magneto elastic (pressductor)- strain gauge loadcell - proving ring.
Different methods of torque measurement: Strain gauge, Relative regular twist-
measurement of torque with spur gears – and proximity sensors.
Speed and velocity measurement: Revelution counter- Capacitive tachometer -Drag cup
type tacho meter- D.C and A.C tacho generators – Stroboscope- translational velocity
transducers. Velocity measurement using variable reluctance proximity pickup.
Calibration methods.
Module 2 (12 hours)
Accelerometers – potentiometric type – LVDT- Piezo-electric, capacitive - Strain gauge
and variable reluctance type accelerometers.
Mechanical type vibration instruments – Seismic instrument as an accelerometer and
vibrometer – measurement of relative motion - Calibration of vibration pick ups
Units of density, specific gravity and viscosity used in industries – Baume scale API
scale – hydro meter- density measurement using LVDT- differential pressure method-
pressure head type densitometer – float type densitometer – Ultrasonic densitometer –
Bridge type gas densitometer-coriolis densitometer. .
Module 3 (12 hours)
Pressure measurement : - Units of pressure – different types of pressure- Manometers –

Different types –errors in manometers- Elastic type pressure gauges – Bourden tube -
Bellows – Diaphragms – Electrical methods – Elastic elements with LVDT and strain
gauges – potentiometric pressure transducers- Capacitive type pressure gauge –Piezo
electric pressure sensor –Resonator pressure sensor – optical pressure transducers-
pressure switches- Measurement of vacuum – McLeod gauge –Thermal vacuum gauges
– Ionization gauge -Testing and calibration of pressure gauges – Dead weight tester- Bulk
gauge(high pressure measurement).
Module 4 (12 hours)

Temperature measurement :- Definitions and standards – Primary and secondary fixed
points – Calibration of thermometers - Different types of filled in system thermometer –
Sources of errors in filled in systems and their compensation – Bimetallic thermometers –
Electrical methods of temperature measurement – resistance thermometers-3 lead and 4
lead RTDs - Thermistors –Linearization techniques.
Module 5 (12 hours)

Thermocouples –thermocouple junctions- Law of thermocouple – Fabrication of
industrial thermocouples– Signal conditioning of thermocouple output –– Commercial
circuits for cold junction compensation –– Special techniques for measuring high
temperature using thermocouples – Radiation methods of temperature measurement –
Radiation fundamentals – Total radiation pyrometers – Optical pyrometer – infra red
pyrometers- Two colour radiation pyrometer.- IC temperature sensors- fiber optic
temperature measurement- calibration of temperature transducers.
Text Books
1. A.K.Sawhney, A course in mechanical measurements and Instrumentation–
Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 1999.
2. R. K. Jain, Mechanical and Industrial Measurements, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 1999.
References
1. D.Patranabis, Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.
2. B.C.Nakra and K.K.Chaudary, Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1985.
3. S.K.singh, industrial instrumentation and control, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
AI010 604
MICROCONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN
3+1+0
Credits: 4
Objectives:
1. To give an idea about micro controllers and its interfacing techniques.

2. To get an exposure in microcontroller programming
Module 1
Various logic families – features – comparison – PLA – PAL- GAL -comparison –

combinational PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8, 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM
– FIFO – FPGA – gate arrays.
Module 2
Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code

optimization – 89C2051 micro-controller- architecture-comparison with 89C51- design
of a simple trainer circuit using 89C51/89C2051 µC. Introduction to latest micro
controllers (ARM Processor/ PIC microcontrollers) - introduction, architecture (block
diagram explanation only), Memory organization etc.
Module 3
Analog to digital converters- single slope, dual slope, successive approximation, sigma
delta, flash – comparison – typical ICs – A/D interface – digital to analog converters –
different types – D/A interface – optically isolated TRIAC interface- design of a
temperature control system- sensors - opto isolator -interfacing programs using C and
assembly language-.
Module 4
Serial Communication :Serial bus standards – I2C bus, SPI bus – operation – timing
diagrams – 2 wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 –
interfacing – serial communication standards – RS232, RS422, RS485 – comparison –
MAX232 line driver/ receiver – interfacing –– universal serial bus – PCI bus - interfacing
programs using C and assembly language – low voltage differential signaling – PC
printer port – registers – interfacing.
Module 5
Real World Interfacing: Matrix key board interface – AT keyboard – commands –

keyboard response codes – watch dog timers – DS1232 watch dog timer – real time
clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing – measurement of frequency – phase angle – power
factor – stepper motor interface – dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver – design of
a position control system –– interfacing of DIP switch, LED, 7 segment display,
alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system –
interfacing programs using C and assembly language.
References

2. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International.
3. Digital fundamentals: Floyd, Pearson Education.
4. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko, TMH
5. Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane, Pearson Education.
6. Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI.
7. Web site of Atmel semiconductors – www.atmel.com
8. PIC 16F877 data book
AI010 605
Control Engineering II

Objectives
1. To study the modeling of the systems using State Space methods
2. To learn State variable analysis and design of continuous time systems
3. To get an exposure to digital control systems.
4. To understand the basic concepts of nonlinear systems
Module 1 (12 Hours)
System modeling using state variable approach -Limitation of Conventional Control

Theory. Concepts of state variables and state model - State model for linear time
invariant systems.-State space representation of dynamic systems – Nonuniqueness of
state model- Block diagram representations- State diagrams- Lagrange’s equations .
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Transformation of state variables- State space representations of transfer functions-

Solution of differential equations in state space form- Interpretation and properties of the
state transition matrix - Solution by the Laplace transform - The resolvent - Transfer
function from state model.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
State variable analysis - controllability and observability. Gilber test and Kalman’s tests.
Design of regulators for single input single output systems, Bass- gura pole placement
formula. Linear observers: Need of observers, Structure and properties of observers, Pole
placement for single output systems.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Discrete time systems- Introduction to digital control system –Review of Z-transform and
properties.- inverse z transform- z transform method for solving difference equations-
Impulse sampling and data hold circuits -Zero order and First order hold – signal
reconstruction –Practical aspects of the choice of sampling rate-Pulse transfer function -
The Z and S domain relationships -Stability analysis - Jury's test-Bilinear transformation .
Module 5 (12 Hours)

Nonlinear systems- Behaviour of nonlinear systems-Common physical nonlinearities-The
phase plane method- basic concepts- Singular points- Describing function method –
Basic concepts-- Describing functions of saturation and dead zone nonlinearities. –
Stability of nonlinear systems- limit cycles.
(Detailed analysis not required).
Text Books
1. K. Ogata , Modern Control Engineering , Prentice Hall of India

2. K. Ogata , Discrete Time Control Systems ,Prentice Hall Of India.
3. M. Gopal , Digital Controls and State Variable Methods ,TMH Pub. Com.
4. B. C. Kuo , Automatic Control Systems, Prentice Hall of India.
5. J. Nagrath & M. Gopal ,Control System Engineering , New Age Int. (P) Ltd
6. B.Friedland, Control System Design- An Introduction to state space methods- Mc
Graw Hill, Inc.N Y.
AI010 606 L01
MECHATRONICS (ELECTIVE-1)
3+1+0
Credits: 4
Objectives:
1. To introduce the concept of integration of mechanical, electronic and computer system
to achieve high precision and quality.
2. To help the students develop knowledge and skills that allow them to adopt
interdisciplinary and integrated approach to engineering design.
3. To help the students understand modern integrated approach to development of
precision mechanisms and machineries.
Module 1
Introduction to mechatronics: What is mechatronics – advantage of integrating
electronics to mechanical devices;
Introduction to basic elements of mechatronics: mechanical systems, control systems,
electronics systems and computer systems; generalised block schematic of mechatronics.
Module 2
Signal conditioning: requirements – basic approach – filters – multiplexing – data
acquisition – role of micro processors and micro controllers
Module 3
Actuation systems: pneumatic and hydraulic systems - directional control valves -
pressure control valves - process control valves - rotary actuators - electro-mechanical
actuators - electrical switches - mechanical Switches - solid-state switches - dc motors -
stepper motors - piezoelectric actuators.
Module 4
Introduction to MEMS: what are MEMS – microsystems and nano technology;
Typical MEMS applications: pressure sensors – accelerometers - micro pumps - ink jet
printers.
Module 5
Modeling Electromechanical Systems- Mathematical models of mechanical system
building blocks, Electrical system building blocks, Thermal system building blocks, Fluid
Power systems.
Text Books:
1. Mechatronics - Electronic Control systems in Mechanical and Electrical
Engineerng, -W. Bolton, 2 Ed. Addison Wesley Longman, Pub, 1999 (Delhi)
2. “Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement systems”,David G. Alciatore and
Michael B.Histand, 2nd edition Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003.
3. Mechatronics: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems With Cd by K.P.
Ramachandran, G.K. Vijayaraghavan, M.S.Balasundaram : ISBN 9788126518371
Reference Books:
4. Mechatronics - Dan S. Necsulescu, Prentice Hall, 2002, (311 p.). ISBN: 0-201-
44491-7
5. Mechatronics: Electronics in Products and Processes, Dawson, D et.al, Nelson
Thornes, ISBN: 0-7487-5742-2,
6. Mechatronics , Shanmugam, Anuradha Agencies, 2001, ISBN 81-87721-21-9
7. Analytical Robotics and Mechatronics - Wolfram Stadler, McGraw-Hill
ISBN 0-07-060608-0.
AI010 606 L02
MICROELECTRONICS (ELECTIVE-1)
3+1+0
Credits: 4
Objectives:
1. To introduce various IC technologies and their fabrication techniques

2. To outline the procedures for the fabrication of IC’s like ion implantation and
Lithography techniques
Module 1
Introduction to Microelectronics: Monolithic and hybrid Ics- Bipolar & MOS
Technology- Fabrication of active and passive components, bonding, packaging, -
Concepts of SSI, LSI, VLSI. Introduction to thick film and thin film Technology –
resistors- capacitors- comparison.
Module 2
Cleanroom Technology - Clean room concept – Growth of single crystal Si, surface
contamination, cleaning & etching. (Laboratory Practices: Cleaning of p-type & n-type
Si-wafer by solvent method & RCA cleaning)
Module 3
Oxidation – Growth mechanism and kinetic oxidation, oxidation techniques and systems,
oxide properties, oxide induced defects, charactrisation of oxide films, Use of thermal
oxide and CVD oxide; growth and properties of dry and wet oxide, dopant distribution,
oxide quality; (Laboratory Practices : Fabrication of MOS capacitor)
Module 4
Solid State Diffusion – Fick's equation, atomic diffusion mechanisms, measurement
techniques, diffusion in polysilicon and silicon di-oxide diffusion systems.
Module 5
Ion Implantation – Range theory, Equipments, annealing, shallow junction, high energy
implementation.
Lithography – Optical lithography, Some Advanced lithographic techniques.
Text books:
Millman & Grabel, Microelectronics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd edition
References:
1. Horstian , Micro Electronics, Prentice-Hall India, 3rd edition
2. Sedra & Smith, Microelectronic circuit, Oxford University Press, 3rd edition
3. Semiconductor Devices Physics and Technology, Author: Sze, S.M.; Notes: Wiley,
1985
4. An Introduction to Semiconductor Microtechnology, Author: Morgan, D.V., and
Board, K
5. The National Technology Roadmap for Semiconductors, Notes: Semiconductors
Industry Association, SIA, 1994
6. Electrical and Electronic Engineering Series VLSI Technology, Author: Sze, S.M.
Notes: Mcgraw-Hill International Editions
AI010 606 L03
DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN (ELECTIVE-1)
3+1+0
Credits: 4
Objectives:
To introduce various memory devices, digital buses and finite state machines.
To give an introduction to VHDL
Module I
Memories: ROM, PROM, EPROM, PLA, PLD, CPLD,FPGA
Module II
RS 232, RS 485, RS 422, ISA, PCI and IIC bus characteristics, Bus interface ICs
Module III
Finite state machine design - the concept of state machine - timing in state machine -
FSM design procedure - ASM notation - Moore and Mealy machine design - examples of
Moore and Mealy machines.
Module IV
Introduction to HDLs, Design Flow, Synthesis, VHDL Basics, Data types, Operators,
Concurrent coding, Structural and Behavioural Modelling, Design of Adder, Substractor,
Decoder, encoder, Code converter, Multiplexer, VHDL for Combinational Circuits,
Blocks, Generate Statements.
Module V
Sequential Code, Control Structure, Attributes, VHDL for Flip Flops, Design of Shift
Registers & Counters using VHDL, Design of memory using VHDL, Signals and
Variable.
References
1. Milos D Ercegovac,Tomaslang,digital system and hardware/firmware algothim,john
wiley
2. V.A.Pedroni,”circuit design with vhdl”, phi, 2005
3. J.bhaskar,”a vhdl synthesis primer”, bsp, 2006
4. d.j.smith,”hdl smith design”,don publisher,2005
AI 010 606 L04
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE-1)
3+1+0
Credits: 4
Objectives:
1. To generate safety awareness among students.
2. To help the students learn the fundamentals of science and engineering of safety.
3. To help the students acquire attitude towards safety.
Module 1
Types of industries: light, heavy, high tech – manufacturing (iron and steel), process (oil
refinery), service (hospital); Overview of a typical modern industry: activity flow,
machineries, operations, parameters which could lead to accidents; ranges of
temperatures and pressures, working media like fluids and gases, safety concerns (over
pressure, gas leaks, etc.); Areas of industrial safety: process safety, personnel safety,
instrument safety, facility safety, environment safety.
Module 2
Static electricity and safety: Basic concepts of static electricity: accumulation of charge
leading to high potential and discharge – break down of insulation and discharge
processes – earthing - human body as a source of charge and simple methods to discharge
– lightning protection of industrial areas.
Accidents: categories, system analysis for safety/failure prediction, steps for prevention,
need for post accident analysis (analysis techniques not included).
Module 3
Introduction to special components, tools and instruments: Safety relays – safety gate
switch and interlock - gas detectors; Instrument design and development concept for
safety: Building in safety: failsafe design- ergonomics in design/layout/ with simple
examples – redundancy - factor of safety-selection of materials-device etc- importance of
screening, testing. Special tools and gadgets for safety: helmet-gloves– non sparking
tools -safe ohm meter - hydraulic tools - hydraulic press – applicable standards.
Module 4
Quality management and safety: Importance of QM in safety – quality assurance versus
quality control – total quality management - quality control methods: FMECA/FMEA –
screening and testing - fault tree analysis – quality implementation methods like
documented procedure, and periodic calibration of tools and other equipment - applicable
standards.
Module 5
Safety Management: visible and latent hazards - human factors and safety - OSHA-
safety audit - industrial fatigue- role of industrial psychology- risk analysis - safety
training - accident and near miss investigations- promotional measures to avoid accidents
- human reliability - safety management characteristics-industrial safety policies and
implementation.
References:
1. Patrick D. T. O’ Connor, Practical Reliability Engineering, JW
2. R.P.Blake, Industrial Safety, PHI.
3. Brown D.B, “System Analysis and Design for safety”, Prentice Hall, New Jercy.
4. Laird Wilson, Industrial Safety and Risk Management, University of Alberto.
5. L.M. Deshmukh, Industrial Safety Management, Tata McGrawHill.
6. Anil Mital (Ed), Advances in Industrial Ergonomics and Safety, Vol 1, Taylor and
Francis.
7. Robin Garside, William Calder, Intrinsically Safe Instrumentation, Instrument Society
of America.
8. Jain R K, Industrial Safety Health And Environment Management Systems ,Khanna.
9. Deshmukh L M , Industrial Safety Management, Tata McGrawHill.
AI010 606 L05
RELIABILITY ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE I)
3+1+0
Credits: 4
Objectives:
1. To induce in students an attitude towards reliability which will ensure that they look
out for steps to avoid failures to achieve success in all assignments they take up. That will
help them become true engineers.
2. To generate in students an awareness of the importance of statistical concepts, and to
make them realise that engineering is also largely statistics based.
Module1
Basic concepts of reliability: meaning of reliability – meaning of failure – statistical
nature of failure – general reasons for failure - reliability growth testing and failure data
table - reparable and nonreparable failures – component failure versus system failure.
Measures of reliability: failure rate - MTTF – MTBF - MTTR – maintainability –
availability.
Module 2
Failure pattern: Statistical nature of failure - BT curve for electronic and mechanical
components.
Hazard rate models: importance of mathematical models - constant hazard rate model –
linearly increasing hazard rate model – Weibull model.– reparable system availability
analysis – failure modes – common mode failure – system reliability analysis using
reliability block diagram.
Module 3
Quality and Reliability:
concept of quality - broad causes for lack of quality – quality management concepts -
QMS –prototype development and testing - trilogy of quality – QP, QA and QC- role of
standards in achieving quality – quality circles; statistical process control for manufacture
of components: basic concept of statistical process control – introduction to control charts
- the Taguchi methodology – concept of robust design - process capability indices – six
sigma approach -
Module 4
Reliability design and design management: system reliability models and estimation of
reliability - apportioning reliability among subsystems - series reliability model – active
redundancy – ‘m out of n’ redundancy – standby redundancy – FMECA – design reviews
–reliability enhancement through reengineering.
Module 5
Reliability testing: environmental stress screening - development test – qualification test
– accelerated life testing, ALT and HALT: basic concept – reliability assessment based
on ALT data -
Text Books:
1. Patrick D. T. O’Connor, Practical Reliability Engineering, JW.
2. E. Balaguruswamy, Reliability Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill.
References:
1. E.E. Lewis, Introduction to Reliability Engineering, JW.
2. NVR Naidu, et al, Total Quality Management, New Age International Publishers.
3. J.M. Juran and Frank M. Gryna, Quality Planning and Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Charles E. Ebeling, Reliability and Maintainability Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill.
AI010 606 L06
ENERGY MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE I)

3+1+0
Credits: 4
Objectives:
- Generate awareness among students about the relation ship between development of the
society and energy consumption.
- Help the students understand the serious consequences of impact on environment.
- Help the students develop an attitude towards conserving energy for future.
- Help the students to become aware of, and hence to contribute to, the world wide efforts
to save Mother Earth through proper energy management efforts.
Module 1
Introduction to energy: forms of energy – radiation, mechanical, chemical, electrical,
nuclear; types of energy: potential, kinetic; concept of energy conversion;
Laws of thermodynamics: laws – entropy – relevance of the concept of entropy to human
society; energy versus power; units of energy and power; household energy consumption
estimation; approach to energy management at home.
Module 2
Use of electrical energy: role of energy in the development of human society; energy
needs of growing economy; comparison of energy use in industrialized and developing
countries – trends in global energy consumption.
India’s current energy scenario: major sources – hydro electric stations, thermal stations,
nuclear stations; – problems with current patterns of energy use in India: supply and
demand gap – over dependence on import of oil.
Distribution of major sources of nonrenewable sources over the globe and over India -
Comparison of consumption in industrial, domestic and agricultural sectors in India.
Module 3
Major issues related to production and distribution of electrical energy: widespread
inefficiency in power generation, transmission, management; - major loss parameters in
production and distribution of energy – steps to reduce loss, and constraints – need for
non conventional forms of energy.
Module 4
Role of energy management in the march towards self reliant India: long term energy
scenario –Integrated Energy Policy for India.
Introduction to renewable energy sources - significance of renewable energy sources –
Energy sources and environmental impact: solar energy – wind energy – wave energy -
tidal energy – mini hydro electric projects.
Module 5
Basic concepts on environmental impact: social and economic impacts – impact on ozone
layer and climate – issue of global warming - United Nations Framework Convention on
Climate Change (UNFCC), sustainable development, Kyoto Protocol.
.
Text Books:
1. Centre for Environment Education, Energy, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co.
2. S.A. Abbasi and Naseema Abbasi, Renewable Energy Sources and Their Energy
Impact, PHI.
3. B. Muzumdar, A Text Book of Energy Technology: Both Conventional & Renewable
Source of Energy, APH.
References:
4. India Energy Portal
5. Wayne C. Turner, Energy management handbook, John Wiley and Sons.
6. Cape Hart, Guide to Energy Management, Turner and Kennedy
AI010 607(P)
Microprocessors & microcontrollers lab
Objectives
1. To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits

using 8086
2. To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits
using 8051simulator.
3. To understand basic interfacing concepts between trainer kit and personal
computers.

5. Matrix addition.
C. Interface experiments using Trainer kit / Direct down loading the programs from
Personal computer.

6. Relay interface.
AI010 608(P)
Mini Project
(Common to EI010 608,IC 010 608)
Teaching Scheme
The mini project will involve the design, construction, and debugging of an electronic
system product approved by the department. The schematic and PCB design should be
done using any of the standard schematic capture & PCB design software. Each student
may choose to buy, for his convenience, his own components and accessories. Each
student must keep a project notebook. The notebooks will be checked periodically
throughout the semester, as part of the project grade. The student should submit the
report at the end of the semester. A demonstration and oral examination on the mini
project also should be done at the end of the semester.
Computer Science and Engineering (CS)
EN010301 B Engineering Mathematics II
(CS, IT)

Objectives
• To know the importance of learning theories and strategies in Mathematics and graphs.
MODULE 1 Mathematical logic (12 hours)
Basic concept of statement , logical connectives, Tautology and logical equivalence –

Laws of algebra of propositions – equivalence formulas – Tautological implications (proof not expected
for the above laws , formulas and implications). Theory of inference for statements – Predicate calculus –
quantifiers – valid formulas and equivalences – free and bound variables – inference theory of predicate
calculus
MODULE 2 Number theory and functions (12 hours)
Fundamental concepts – Divisibility – Prime numbers- relatively prime numbers –

fundamental theorem of arithmetic – g.c.d - Euclidean algorithm - properties of gcd (no proof) – l c
m – Modular Arithmetic – congruence – properties – congruence class modulo n – Fermat’s theorem –
Euler’s Totient functions - Euler’s theorem - Discrete logarithm
Function – types of functions – composite functions – inverse of a function – pigeon hole principles
MODULE 3 Relations (10 hours)
Relations – binary relation – types of relations – equivalence relation –partition –

equivalence classes – partial ordering relation – Hasse diagram - poset
MODULE 4 Lattice (14 hours)
Lattice as a poset – some properties of lattice (no proof) – Algebraic system – general
properties – lattice as algebraic system – sublattices – complete lattice – Bounded Lattice -
complemented Lattice – distributive lattice – homomorphism - direct product
MODULE 5 Graph Theory (12 hours)
Basic concept of graph – simple graph – multigraph – directed graph- Basic theorems (no
proof) . Definition of complete graph , regular graph, Bipartite graph, weighted graph – subgraph –
Isomorphic graph –path – cycles – connected graph.- Basic concept of Eulergraph and Hamiltonian
circuit – trees – properties of tree (no proof) - length of tree – spanning three – sub tree – Minimal
spanning tree (Basic ideas only . Proof not excepted for theorems)
References
1. S.Lipschutz, M.L.Lipson – Discrete mathematics –Schaum’s outlines – Mc Graw Hill

2. B.Satyanarayana and K.S. Prasad – Discrete mathematics & graph theory – PHI
3. Kenneth H Rosen - Discrete mathematics & its Application - Mc Graw Hill
4. H. Mittal , V.K.Goyal, D.K. Goyal – Text book of Discrete Mathematics - I.K. International
Publication
5. T. Veerarajan - Discrete mathematics with graph theory and combinatorics - Mc Graw Hill
6. C.L.Lieu - Elements of Discrete Mathematics - Mc Graw Hill
7. J.P.Trembly,R.Manohar - Discrete mathematical structures with application to computer
science - Mc Graw Hill
8. B.Kolman , R.C.Bushy, S.C.Ross - Discrete mathematical structures- PHI
9. R.Johnsonbough - Discrete mathematics – Pearson Edn Asia
Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
Objectives


Types of reports

REFERENCES
limited, 2008
CS010 303: Problem Solving and Computer Programming

(Common with IT010 306)
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of problem solving using a computer.
• To learn about the structure of C programming language.
Module I ( 10 hours)
Problem solving: Steps in Computer programming – Features of a good program –
Problem solving using Algorithms and Flowcharts.
C fundamentals: Character set, Constants, Identifiers, keywords, basic data types,
Variables, Operators, Expressions, Statements, Input and Output statements – Structure of a C
program – simple programs.
Control statements: if, if-else, nested if – switch – while – do-while – for – break &
continue – nested loops.
Single dimensional arrays – defining an array, array initialisation, accessing array
elements – Programs for sequential search, bubble sort, binary search.
Multidimensional arrays – defining a two dimensional array, array initialisation,
accessing elements – Programs for matrix processing.

Strings: declaring a string variable, reading and displaying strings, string related
library functions – Programs for string matching and sorting.
Functions: Function definition, function call, function prototype, parameter passing,
void function – Recursion – Passing array to function.
Macros: Defining and calling macros – Difference between macro & function.
Module IV ( 13 hours)
Structures: defining a structure variable, accessing members, array of structures,
passing structure to function.
Unions: difference with structure, defining union variable, accessing members.
Pointers: declaration, operations on pointers, passing pointer to a function, accessing
array elements using pointers, processing strings using pointers, pointer to pointer, array of
pointers, pointer to array, pointer to function, pointer to structure, self referential structure.
Files: Different types of files in C – Opening & Closing a file – Writing to and
Reading from a file – Processing files – Library functions related to file – fseek(), ftell(),
ungetc(), fread(), fwrite() – Dynamic memory allocation.
Storage Class associated with variables: automatic, static, external and register.
Additional features: Enumerated data type, bitwise operators, typedef.
References
1. Programming with C - Byron S. Gottfried, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Computer Programming in C - Kerninghan & Ritchie, PHI .
3. Programming in C - Stephen C. Kochan, CBS publishers.
4. Programming in C (5e) – E. Balaguruswamy , Mc Graw Hill
5. Let us C – Yashwant Kanetkar, BPB.
6. A Book on C – Al Kelley and Ira Pohl, Addison-Wesley
Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer Science & Engineering

7. Mastering Turbo C - Stan Kelly Bootle, BPB Publications.

8. Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL - Micheal Schneider, Wiley
Eastern Ltd. ( Module 1)
9. Pointers in C - Yashwant Kanetkar, BPB
10. The Spirit of C- by Munish cooper, Jaico Books.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer Science & Engineering

CS010 304: Computer Organization

Objectives
• To develop a good understanding of a complete computer system through an
integrated approach to hardware, software and processor design.
• To emphasise on both background theory and actual design.
Module I (10 hours)

CPU - Arithmetic: Signed addition and subtraction –BCD adder –Multiplication –
Array multiplier – Booth’s Algorithm, Division – Restoring and non-restoring
division.

Floating-point arithmetic- addition, subtraction, multiplication, division. Decimal
arithmetic- addition subtraction, multiplication, division. ALU - design of arithmetic,
logical, arithmetic logical unit

Control Logic Design – Control Organization – Hardware control, Microprogram
control (design for specific problems)– Microprogram sequencer, Horizontal and
vertical micro instructions.

Memory: - Memory hierarchy –Principle of inclusion-memory interleaving
techniques. Disk memory - Data organisation on disk-Disk performance –Disk
caching. Main memory-SRAM, DRAM, ROM –Associative memory, Scratchpad
memory-Cache memory –Levels of Cache-Mapping techniques, Associative, Direct,
and Set Associative-Main memory update policies.
Module V (12 hours)

Virtual Memory:-Overlay-Need for virtual memory-Address translation-Translation
Look Aside Buffer-Relocation techniques-static, dynamic-Paged memory-Page table,
Page frame data table-Segmented memory-Paged segments.
Reference Books
1. M.Morris Mano- Computer System Architecture- PHI- Third Edition-2006
2. M.Morris Mano – Digital Logic and Computer Design - PHI -2004
3. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat –Computer Organization-McGrawHill-
Fifth Edition
4. David A.Patterson,John L.Hennessy-Computer Organization and Design-MK-
Arm Edition
5. V.Carl Hamacher,Zvonko G. vranesic,Safwat G.Zaky-Computer Organization-
McGrawHill-Fourth Edition
6. Behrooz parhami-Computer Architecture-Oxford University Press
7. Naresh Jotwani-Computer System Organisation- McGrawHill
Syllabus - B.Tech Compter Science & Engg.

CS010 305 SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN

Objectives:-
To introduce the principles of Logic Systems and Circuits, thereby enabling the
student to obtain the platform for studying Computer Architecture and Design.
Module 1: (14 Hrs)

Number Systems and Codes:- Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal Number systems, Codes- BCD,
Gray Code, Excess-3 Code, ASCII, EBCDIC, Conversion between various Codes.
Switching Theory:- Boolean Algebra- Postulates and Theorems, De’ Morgan’s Theorem, Switching
Functions- Canonical Forms- Simplification of Switching Functions- Karnaugh Map and Quine Mc-
Clusky Methods.
Module 2: (12 Hrs)
Combinational Logic Circuits:- Review of Basic Gates- Universal Gates,Adders, Subtractors, Serial
Adder, Parallel Adder- Carry Propagate Adder, Carry Lookahead Adder, Carry Save Adder, Comparators,
Parity Generators, Decoder and Encoder, Multiplexer and Demultiplexer, PLA and PAL.
Module 3(12 Hrs)
Sequential Logic Circuits:- Latches and Flip Flops- SR, JK, D, T and MS Flip Flops, Asynchronous
Inputs.
Clocked Sequential Circuits:- State Tables State Equations and State Diagrams, State Reduction and
State Assignment, Design of Clocked Sequential Circuits using State Equations.
Module 4: (10 Hrs)
Counters and Shift Registers:- Design of Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters:- Binary, BCD,
Decade and Up/Down Counters , Shift Registers, Types of Shift Registers, Counters using Shift
Registers- Ring Counter and Johnson Counter.
Module 5(12 Hrs)
Fault Tolerance and Diagnosis : Concepts of Fault and Hazards- Fault Tolerance in Combinational
Circuits- Fault Table, Fault Detection methods-Boolean Difference and Path Sensitizing Methods-
Digital ICs- Digital Logic Families- Characteristics- Introduction to RTL, TTL,ECL, MOS and CMOS
Logics.
Reference Books
1. Zvi Kohavi Switching and Finite Automat theory, Tata McGrwHill
2. Morris Mano Digital Logic and Computer Design ,Prentice Hall of India
3. Floyd T.L. Digital Fundamentals , Universal Bookstall

4. Biswas N.N. Logic System Theory Prentice Hall of Inia
5. Leach D. Malvino A.P. & Saha – Digital Principles and Applications- Tata McGraw
Hill
6. Tau b ,Helbert abd Schilling, Digital Integrated Electronics TMH
CS010 306 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS
Objectives:-
To introduce the basic principles of various Electronic Circuits, their analysis
and Design.
Pre-requisites:
EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engg. & Information Technology
Module 1 (12hrs):-
Transistor Biasing:- Operating Point- DC and AC Load Lines- Q Point selection- Bias
Stability- Definition of Stability Factors - Fixed bias, Collector to Base bias , Self bias Circuits,
Bias Compensation
Module 2: (12 Hrs)
Transistor as an Amplifier: Transistor at low Frequencies- h Parameter model analysis-
Expression of Voltage and Current Gain-Input and Output Impedance.
Tuned Amplifiers:- Principle-Single Tuned and Doubled Tuned Amplifiers- Frequency
Response
Module 3: (12 Hrs)
RC Coupled Amplifier:- Working, Analysis and Design- Phase and Frequency Response
FET Amplifier- Biasing Analysis and Design- Large Signal amplifiers- Harmonic Distortion,
Analysis of Class A, Class B, Class AB, Class C and Class D Amplifiers.
Module 4: (12 Hrs)
Feedback Amplifiers :-- Types of Feedback( Positive, Negative, Voltage, Current, Shunt
and Series Feedback) - Feedback in Amplifiers
Oscillators- Condition for Oscillation- Analysis and Design of RC Phase Shift
Oscillators, Working of Hartley, Colpitt’s and Wein Bridge Oscillators.
Module 5: (12 Hrs)
Wave Shaping Circuits:- Clipping, Clamping,RC Integrator, Differentiator, Transistor as
a Switch- Astable, Monostable and Bistable Multivibrtaors, Sweep Generators.
Photo Devices:- LCD, Photodiode, Phototransistor, Optocoupler
Reference Books
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits:- Boylsted- Pearson Education
2. Electronic Principles:- Malvino- Tata McGraw Hill
3. Integrated Electronics:- Jacob Millman & Halkias Tata McGrawHill
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits: -Bogart – Universal Book Stall -Delhi
5. Electronic Devices- Floyd- Pearson Education
6. Microelectronics Digital and Analog Botkar Khanna Publishers
CS010 307(P): Programming Lab

Objectives
• To acquaint the students with the fundamentals of programming.
• To provide the students with good knowledge in C programming and
develop problem solving skills.
1. Familiarisation with computer system compliers, editors and operating systems etc.
2. Familiarisation with office packages
3. Programming experiments in C to cover input output statements, control statements,

functions, string, arrays, Structures, pointers and files.
4. Programes to find factorial, Fibonacci series, palindrome, matrix operations, sort a set of
names, search etc.
Any experiment according to the syllabus of CS010 303 can be substituted.
Syllabus – B.Tech. Computer Science & Engineering

CS010 308 LOGIC DESIGN LAB
Objectives:-
To provide an introduction to Logic Systems Design thereby giving a hands on

experience on working with digital ICS ,which enable the study Computer System Architecture.
1. Familiarization of Logic Gates and Realization of Logic Circuits using basic Gates.
2. Design and implementation of Arithmetic Circuits:- Half Adder, Full Adder, n bit Ripple Carry
Adder, Carry Look ahead Adder, BCD Adder
3. Study of Flip Flops:- implementation of RS, JK, D, T and MS Flip Flops
4. Design and implementation of Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters, UP/DOWN Counters
5. Design and Implementation of Shift Registers, Counters using Shift Registers – Ring Counter and
Johnson Counter
6. Study of Multiplexers , Demultiplexers, Encoder and Decoder
7. Design of Comparators and Parity Generators.



References

Co.
CS010 402: Object Oriented Programming

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of object oriented programming in C++.
• To provide sufficient knowledge about developing real world projects with object
oriented concepts.
Module I (8 hours)
Introduction to OOP - Evolution of object oriented languages - Need of Objects - Definition
of Object-Oriented Language – Classes and Objects – Creating and Using Classes and objects
– Member functions and variables – Constructors –multiple and parameterized constructors-
copy constructors –constructors with default arguments- Destructors.

Inheritance and Access Control - Member access control in classes – Friend functions and
classes – Extending classes - Public Private and Protected Inheritance – Classification of
Inheritance – Single – Multiple – Multilevel – Hierarchical – Hybrid.

Polymorphism – Runtime and compile time polymorphism – overloading functions and
operators – selecting friend member function for operator overloading - Virtual methods –
pure virtual methods – Abstract classes - applications of abstract classes.

Virtual Destructors – Virtual Base Classes - Template- class templates and function
templates- Creating and using templates – Namespaces-Dynamic Objects - Dynamic object
allocation - Inline functions. Exception Handling-basics of exception handling-exception
handling mechanism- Throwing and Catching Mechanism-Rethrowing and Specifying
exceptions.
Module V (12 hours)

Data file operations –opening and closing files-reading and writing from file-Classes and file
operations-Other object oriented languages – Java – Object oriented features in Java –
Comparison with C++-Object oriented system development-object oriented notations and
graphs-object oriented analysis-object oriented design.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer Science and Engg.

Reference Books
1.. Robert Lafore :Object Oriented Programming in C ++, 3rd Edition, Galgotia Pub, New Delhi
2. E. Balaguruswamy : Object oriented Programming with C++,2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2004
3. Dilkeshwar Pandey,Upendra K Tiwari, Object Oriented Programming with Java, Acme
Learning (Module V), New Delhi ,2010
4. D Ravichandran: Programming with C++ , 3rd Edition ,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
5. Bjarne Stroustrup , The C++ Programming Language, 3rd Edition..,
6. Randal Albert, Todd Breedlove: C++ ,An Active Learning Approach, Jones And Bartlett
Publishers, New Delhi ,2010
7. Deitel & Deitel, C++ How To Program, Introducing Object-Oriented Design with the UML, 3rd
Edition Pearson
8. Matt Weisfeld: The Object Oriented Thought Process ,3rd Edition,Pearson Education, New
Delhi ,2009
9. Jyoti Singh: Object Oriented Systems & Concepts of C++; Acme Learning, New Delhi,2010
10. Poornachandra Sarang: Object Oriented Programming with C++, 2nd Edition, PHI, New
Delhi,2009
11. R. Rajaram, Object Oriented Programming and C++,2nd Edition,,New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi,2007
12. E. Balaguruswamy, Programming with Java, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
13. Bhushan Trivedi, Programming with Ansi C++ ,Oxford Higher Education, New Delhi,2007

CS010 403: Data Structures and Algorithms

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms
• To develop understanding about writing algorithms and step by step approach in
solving problems with the help of fundamental data structures.
Module I (10 hours)

Principles of programming – System Life Cycle - Performance Analysis and
Measurements- Time and Space complexity-Complexity calculation of simple
algorithms. Hashing:- Static Hashing-Hash Tables-Different Hash Functions-Mid Square-
Division-Folding-Digit Analysis, Collision-Collision Resolution Techniques.
Module II (12hours)
Study of basic data structures – Arrays- Structures-Sparse matrix – Stacks – Queues-
Circular queues- Priority queues - Dqueues. Evaluation of expressions – Polynomial
representation using arrays.

Linked Lists - Linked stacks and queues - Doubly linked lists – Polynomial
representation using linked lists, Garbage collection and Compaction.

Trees - Binary Trees – Tree Traversal – Inorder - Preorder and Postorder,
Search trees - AVL Trees, height balanced trees, Multiway search Trees- B Trees-B+ Trees.
Graphs – Depth first and breadth first search.
Module V (12 hours)

Sorting methods: Selection sort, Bubble sort, Insertion sort, Merge sort, Quick sort,
Heap sort, Radix sort, External sorting methods.

Reference Books
1. Horowitz ,Sahni & Anderson Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd ed.,
2. Rajesh K Shukla, Data Structures Using C & C++ ,Wiley India, New Delhi, 2009
3. Yedidyah Langsam, Moshe J Augenstein, Aron M Tenenbaum, Data Stuctures using C and
C++, 2nd ed., PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 1996
4. G. A. V Pai, Data Structures and Algorithms Concepts, Techniques and Applications, Tata
McGraw Hill , New Delhi, 2008
5. G. S Baluja, Data Structures Through C, Dhanpat Rai & Co. , New Delhi, 2009
6. Sartaj Sahni , Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++ , 2nd ed., Universities Press,
Hyderabad, 2009
7. Michael T Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, Data Structures and Algorithms in C++,
Wiley India Edition, New Delhi, 2009
8. B.M. Harwani, Data Structures and Algorithms in C++, Dreamtech Press, New Delhi, 2010
9. Brijendra Kumar Joshi, Data Structures and Algorithms in C, McGraw Hill , New Delhi, 2010
10. K R Venugopal, K G Srinivasa, P M Krishnaraj, File Structures using C++, McGraw Hill ,
New Delhi, 2009
11. ISRD Group, Data Structures using C, McGraw Hill , New Delhi, 2010
12. Sudipta Mukherjee, , Data Structures using C 1000 Problems and Solutions, Tata McGraw Hill
, New Delhi, 2010
13. Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structures with C, Schaum’s Outlines, McGraw Hill , New Delhi,
2010
14. R Krishnamoorthy & G Indirani Kumaravel, Data Structures using C, McGraw Hill , New
Delhi, 2008
15. John R Hubbard, Data Structures with C++, Schaum’s Outlines, Tata McGraw Hill , New
Delhi, 2010
16. Jean Paul Tremblay & Paul G Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications,
2nd ed., Tata McGraw Hill , New Delhi, 2010
17. Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structures , Schaum’s Outlines, Tata McGraw Hill , New Delhi,
2006

CS010 404 SIGNALS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Objectives:-
To introduce the fundamentals of Analog and Digital Signals ,their properties and
introduce the relevant transforms used in Communication.
To familiarize the core ideas of Communication Engineering which in turn adds to
the study of Computer Communication.
Module 1 (15 hrs):-

Introduction to Signals:- Continuous Time Signals- Discrete Time Signals- Signal
Operations- Properties of Signals(Periodicity and Symmetry), Frequency Domain Representation
of Continuous Time Signals-Continuous Time Fourier Series(CTFS)- Definition- properties-
Examples, Continuous Time Fourier Transform(CTFT)- Definition- Properties – Examples-
Concept of Frequency Spectrum, Sampling- The Sampling Theorem(proof not required)-
Quantisation
Module 2 (12 hrs):-
Communication Systems:- Architecture of a Typical Communication System – Basic
problems in Signal Transmission - Noise – Types of Noise- Internal and External Noise, Cross
Talk- Typical parameters of Communication Systems- Signal propagation Delay, Signal to Noise
Ratio, Attenuation, Bandwidth
Communication Channels:- Twisted Pairs- Coaxial Cables- Fiber Optic Cables- Capacity
of a Noisy Channel- Shannon Hartley Theorem
Module 3: (15 Hrs)
Modulation- Need for Modulation
Analog Modulation- Types of analog modulation- Amplitude Modulation, Frequency
modulation, Phase modulation, Pulse Modulation Schemes- Pulse Amplitude modulation(PAM),
Pulse Width Modulation(PWM), Pulse Position Modulation(PPM), Pulse Code
Modulation(PCM),Delta modulation, Sample problems based on different modulation methods.
Digital modulation;- Amplitude Shift Keying(ASK), Frequency Shift keying(FSK),Phase
Shift Keying(PSK), Quadrature Amplitude modulation (QAM), Differential Phase Shift
Keying(DPSK)
Module 4: (8 Hrs)
Multiplexing:-Time Division Multiplexing(TDM)- Frequency Division
Multiplexing(FDM)- Wavelength Division multiplexing(WDM)
Switching:- Circuit, Packet and Message Switching Schemes, Case Study:- SONET(
Basic ideas only)- Datagrams and virtual Circuits
Digital Transmission:- Analog to Digital Converter(ADC), Serial and parallel
Transmission- Simplex, Half Duplex and Full Duplex Transmissions.
Module 5: (10 Hrs)
Error Correction and Detection;- Line Coding Schemes- Block Coding- Convolution
Coding- Hamming Codes
Transmission Codes:- Different Character Codes- ASCII, EBCDIC, Baudot Code, Bar
Coding, Parity Coding
Reference Books
1. S.Haykin and B. V. Veen, Signals and Systems, John Wiley & Sons, N. Y., 2002
2. George Kennedy, Bernard Davis - Electronic Communication Systems-Tata McGraw
Hill
3. Behrouz Forouzan- Data Communication and Networking- Tata McGraw Hill
4. Michael J Roberts, Govind Sharma- Fundamentals of Signals and Systems-Tata

McGraw Hill
5. William Stallings- Data and Computer Communications- Prentice Hall of India
6. Fred Halsall- Digital Communication, Computer Networks and Open Systems
Pearson Education
7. Taub and Schilling – Principles of Communication Systems- Tata McGraw Hill
8. Kolimbiris H.- Digital Communication Systems- Pearson Education
CS010405: Microprocessor Systems

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of microprocessors and interfacing concepts.
• To develop an understanding about the assembly level programming.
Module I (10 hours)

Architecture of 8085 – Registers. Instruction set of 8085 - Instruction Types –
Arithmetic – Logic data transfer, Branch, Stack, I/O and Machine Control instructions
- Addressing Modes - Direct and Indirect Addressing - Immediate Addressing -
Implicit Addressing.

Subroutines - Stack Operations - Call Return sequence- Programming Examples.
Timing and control unit – The fetch operation – Machine cycle and T- State
instruction and data flow. Address space partitioning - Memory mapped I/O - I/O
mapped I/O.

Interrupts of 8085 - Hardware & Software Interrupts – Enabling, Disabling and
masking of interrupts – Polling – HALT & HOLD states – Programmable interrupt
controller – 8259.

Data transfer schemes - Programmed data transfer - synchronous and asynchronous
transfer - interrupt driven data transfer – DMA data transfer. Study of Interfacing ICs
– 8257,8255 programmable peripheral interface (compare it with 8155).
Module V (12 hours)

Programmable interval timer 8253, 8251 -,Interfacing Keyboard and display devices,
Hardware and Software approach – USART 8251. (interfacing chips functions and
internal block diagram only).
Reference Books
1. Gaonkar -Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the 8085
- New Age International
2. Renu Singh, B. P. Singh -Microprocessors, interfacing and Applications
New Age International-Third Edition
3. N K Srinath -8085 Microprocessors programming and interfacing - PHI
4. Adithya P. Mathur -Introduction to Microprocessors Systems - PHI
5. KK Tripathi, Rajesh K Gangwar -Microprocessorand its Applications -Acme learning
6. R.Theagarajan,S.Dhanasekaran,S.Dhanapal –Microprocessor and ITS Applications
New Age International
7. N Senthil Kumar,M saravanan,s.jeevananthan-Microprocessor and microcontrollers
-Oxford higher education


CS 010 406: Theory of Computation


Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of theory of automata ,languages and computation.
• To develop understanding about machines for sequential computation, formal
languages and grammars , and classification of feasible and intractable problems.
Module I (10 hours)

Proving techniques-Mathematical induction -Diagonalization principle –Pigeonhole principle-
Functions – Primitive recursive and partial recursive functions – Computable and non
computable functions—-Formal representation of languages – Chomsky Classification.

Introduction to Automata theory – Definition of Automation – Finite Automata –Language
acceptability by Finite Automata –Deterministic and Nondeterministic finite automation-
Regular Expressions – Finite Automation with ∈-Transitions –Conversion of NFA to DFA -
Minimisation of DFA-DFA to Regular Expressions conversion-pumping lemma for regular
languages – Applications of finite automata-NFA with o/p ( moore /mealy)

Context Free Grammar –Simplification of CFG-Normal forms-Chomsky Normal form and
Greibach Normal form- pumping lemma for Context free languages- Applications of PDA -
Pushdown Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by PDA through empty
stack and final state – Deterministic and nondeterministic PDA – designing of PDA-

Turing Machines – Formal definition – Language acceptability by TM –TM as acceptors,
Transducers - designing of TM- Two way infinite TM- Multi tape TM - Universal Turing
Machines- Church’s Thesis-Godelization.- - Time complexity of TM - Halting Problem -
Rice theorem - Post correspondence problem-Linear Bounded Automata.
Module V (12 hours)

Complexity classes- Tractable problems– Class P –P Complete-Reduction problem-
Context grammar nonempty-Intractable problems- Class NP – NP Complete- Cooks
theorem-Reduction problems-SAT-Clique-Hamiltonian-TSP-Vertex Cover-NP Hard
problems.
.

Reference Books
1. K.L.P. Mishra, N. Chandrashekharan , Theory of Computer Science , Prentice Hall
of India
2. Michael Sipser, Introduction to the Theory of Computation, Cengage
Learning,New Delhi,2007
3. Harry R Lewis, Christos H Papadimitriou, Elements of the theory of computation,
Pearson Education Asia,
4. Rajendra Kumar,Theory of Automata Language & Computation,Tata McGraw
Hill,New Delhi,2010
5. Wayne Goddard, Introducing Theory of Computation, Jones & Bartlett India,New
Delhi2010
6. Bernard M Moret: The Theory of Computation, Pearson Education
7. John Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani & Jeffry Ullman: Introduction to Automata
Theory Languages & Computation , Pearson Edn
8. Raymond Greenlaw,H. James Hoover, Fundamentals of Theory of
Computation,Elsevier,Gurgaon,Haryana,2009
9. John C Martin, Introducing to languages and The Theory of Computation, 3rd
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,New Delhi,2010
10. Kamala Krithivasan, Rama R, Introduction to Formal Languages,Automata
Theory and Computation, Pearson Education Asia,2009
11. Rajesh K. Shukla, Theory of Computation, Cengage Learning, New Delhi,2009
12. K V N Sunitha, N Kalyani: Formal Languages and Automata Theory, Tata
McGraw Hill,New Delhi,2010
13. S. P. Eugene Xavier, Theory of Automata Formal Language & Computation,New
Age International, New Delhi ,2004

CS010 407: Data Structures Lab

Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of Algorithms and Data
Structures.
• To acquaint the students with the Data Structures used in the Computer
Science field.
1) Representation of Polynomials using Arrays and Linked List and the

different operations that can be performed on Polynomials
2) Representation of Sparse Matrix using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Sparse Matrices
3) Representation of Stacks using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Stacks
4) Representation of Queues using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Queues
5) Representation of Double Ended Queue using Arrays and Linked List
and the different operations that can be performed on Double Ended
Queue
6) Representation of Priority Queues using Arrays and Linked List and
the different operations that can be performed on Priority Queues
7) Representation of Binary Trees using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Binary Trees
8) Representation of Graphs using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Graphs
9) Infix, Postfix and Prefix conversions.
10) Different Sorting and Searching methods.
11) String representation using Arrays and Linked List and different
pattern matching algorithms
12) Implementation and operations on B-Tree and B+Tree

CS010 408(EC) ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS AND COMMUNICATION LAB
Objectives:-
To provide an introduction to Electronic Circuits Design thereby giving a hands on

experience on working with various Electronic Components, and Devices
PART 1 (Electronic Circuits):-
1. Design of Two Stage RC Coupled Amplifiers
2. Design of FET Amplifiers
3. Design of Bootstrap Sweep Generators
4. Design of Astable, Monostable, and Bistable Multivibrators ( 3 experiments)
5. Design of Oscillators(RC Phase Shift Oscillator, Hartley Oscillator, Colpitt’s Oscillator – 3

experiments)
PART 2 (Communication Engineering):-
1. Amplitude Modulation
2. Frequency Modulation
3. Delta Modulation
4. Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM)
5. Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)
6. Amplitude Shift Keying (ASK)
7. Phase Shift Keying (PSK)
Note: - A minimum of 5 experiments from each part must be done.

Reference Books:-
1. Boylestead and Nashelky- Electronic Devices and Circuits- Prentice Hall of

India
2. George Kennedy - Electronic Communication Systems - TMH
EN010501 B Engineering Mathematics IV
(CS, IT)

Objectives: To use basic numerical techniques for solving problems and to know the importance of
learning theories in mathmatics and in queueing system.
MODULE 1 Finite differences (12 hours)
Finite difference operators - interpolation using Newtons forward and backward formula –
Newton’s divided difference formula - Numerical differentiation using Newtons forward and backward
formula – Numerical integration – Trapezoidal rule – Simpsons 1/3rd and 3/8th rule
MODULE 2 Z transforms (12 hours)
Definition of Z transforms – transform of polynomial function and trignometric functions – shifting

property , convolution property - inverse transformation – solution of 1st and 2nd order difference
equations with constant coifficients using Z transforms.
MODULE 3 Discrete numeric functions (12 hours)
Discrete numeric functions – Manipulations of numeric functions- generating functions –

Recurrence relations – Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients – Homogeneous
solutions – Particular solutions – Total solution – solution by the method of generating functions.
Functions of complex variable – analytic function - Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem –
Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s series- Laurent’s series – Zeros and singularities – types
of singularities – Residues – Residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals in unit circle –
contour integral in semi circle when poles lie on imaginary axis.
MODULE 5 Queueing Theory (12 hours)
General concepts – Arrival pattern – service pattern – Queue disciplines – The Markovian model
M/M/1/ , M/M/1/N – steady state solutions – Little’s formula.
References
1. C.L.Liu and D.P. Mohapatra – Elements of Discrete Mathematics - Mc Graw Hill

6. V. Sundarapandian - probability ,Statistics and Queueing theory - PHI
8. H. Weif HSU – probability, random variables & Random processes – Schaum’s out lines -
Mc Graw Hill
9. T.Veerarajan - probability ,Statistics & Random processes - Mc Graw Hill


Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.

CS010 503: Database Management Systems


Objectives
Module I (10 hours)


Queries – Views.


Module V (13 hours)


Reference Books
3rd Edition, New Delhi,2005, for oracle
7. Pranab Kumar Das Gupta, Datbase management System Oracle SQL And
8. C.J.Date , An Introduction to Database Systems, Pearson Education Asia, 7th Edition, New
Delhi.
9. Rajesh Narang, Database Management Systems, Asoke K ghosh , PHI Learning, New
Delhi, 2009.
10. Ramakrishnan and Gehrke, Database Management Systems, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd Edition ,
2003.
11. Peter Rob and Carlos Coronel, Database Systems, Thomson Course Technology,
7th Edition, 2007.
12. Satinder Bal Guptha and Adithya Mittal, Introduction to Database Management
System, University Science Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
13. Patrick O’Neil and Elizabeth O’Neil, Database Principles, Programming and
Performance, Morgan Kaufmann, 2nd Edition, New Delhi,2010 .
14. Ramon A Mata-Toledo and Pauline K Cushman, Schaum’s OUTlines Database
Management Systems, Tata Mc Graw Hill , New Delhi, 2007.
15. Michel Kifer, Philip M. Lewis, Prabin K .Panigrahi and Arthur Bernstein, Database
Systems An Application Oriented Approach, Pearson Education Asia, 2nd Edition,
New Delhi, 2008.

CS010 504 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

Objectives:-
To introduce the principles and core areas of Signal Processing, in a
programmatic approach and explore the basic ideas on the applications of DSP in various fields
of Science and Technology.
Pre-requisites:
CS 010 404 Signals and Communication Systems
Module 1: (15 Hrs)

Basic Concepts of DSP Systems:- Review of Continuous Time Signals and Discrete Time Signals,
Elementary Discrete Signals, Operations on Discrete Signals- Operations on Independent and Dependent
Variable(s)- Convolution Sum, Discrete Systems, Properties of Discrete Systems, Response of LTI
Systems ,Z-Transforms- Definition, Properties and Illustrative Examples, System Function, Discrete
Time Fourier Transform(DTFT)- Definition, Properties and Illustrative Examples, Frequency Response
Module 2: (15 Hrs)
Discrete Fourier Transform(DFT): -Definition, Properties and Illustrative Examples, Relation between
DFT, DTFT and Z Transforms, Complexity of DFT calculation, Divide & Conquer – Fast Fourier
Transform (FFT)- Radix 2 Decimation in Time (DIT) and Decimation in Frequency (DIF)Algorithms,
Composite Point DFT Computation, Circular convolution- Computation of Circular Convolution using
DFT, Discrete Cosine Transform, ,Finite Word Length effects in DFT Computation
Module 3(12Hrs)
Digital Filter Design:- Need of Digital Filters, Types of Digital Filters- Theoretical and Realizable
Frequency responses of Low Pass, High Pass, Band Pass and Band Stop Filters. Filter Design
Specifications
Finite Impulse Response Filter:- FIR Filters with Linear Phase, Need of Linear Phase, Frequency
response of Linear Phase FIR Filters, FIR Filter Design Methods- Fourier Series Method – Gibb’s
Phenomenon, Window Method- Design of FIR Filters using Rectangular, Triangular,Hamming, Hanning,
Blackmann and Kaiser Windows, Frequency Sampling Method. Realization of FIR Filter- Direct, Linear
Phase and Cascade Realisations.Finite Word Length effects in FIR Filter Design
Module 4: (10 Hrs)
Infinite Impulse Response Filters:- Steps in IIR Filter Design, Conversion of Analog Filter to Digital
Filter- Impulse Invariant and Bilinear Transformations, Analog Filter Design Approximations-
Butterworth and Chebyshev Approximations., Realization of IIR Filter- Direct, Cascade and Parallel
Realizations. Finite Word Length effects in IIR Filter Design.
Module 5(8 Hrs)
Introduction to DSP Chips: - Basic Architecture of a DSP chip, Case Study: TMS 320, TigerSHARC
Processors (Overview of Architecture and Features)
Applications of DSP:- Audio Signal Processing and Compression, Image Processing- JPEG
Compression,Video Compression, Speech Processing and Recognition, Weather Forecasting, RADAR,
(Brief idea only)
Note: While discussing the Topics on Frequency response, DFT, Design of FIR and IIR Filters,
illustrative example programs must be developed in MATLAB/SCILAB .
Reference Books
1. Digital Signal Processing Andreas Antoniou Tata McGrawHill
2. John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms
and Applications, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1997
3. Digital Signal Processing , A Computer Based Approach- S.K. Mithra TataMcGraw Hill
4. Oppenheim A. V., Schafer R. W., Discrete-Time Signal Processing,
PrenticeHall/Pearson.
CS010 505: Operating Systems


Objectives
• To understand the fundamental concepts and techniques of Operating Systems.
• To study the basic structure of Linux system.
Module I (8 hours)
Introduction: Operating System – Batch, Multiprogrammed, Time-sharing and Real time
systems – Operating system structure – Operating system operations
System Structures: Operating system service – System calls – System Programs – System
structure – Simple structure, Layered approach – Kernel, Shell.

Process Management: Process concept – Process state, PCB – Process scheduling –
Operations on processes – Interprocess communication – Multithreading –Benefits, Models
Process Scheduling: Basic concepts – Preemptive scheduling, Dispatcher – Scheduling
criteria – Scheduling algorithms – Multiple-processor scheduling.

Process Synchronization: The Critical-Section problem – Peterson’s solution –
Synchronization Hardware – Semaphores – Classic problems of synchronization – Monitors
Deadlocks: System model – Deadlock characterization – Methods for handling deadlocks –
Prevention, Avoidance and Detection – Recovery from deadlock.

Memory Management: Resident Monitor – Dynamic loading – Swapping – Contiguous
memory allocation – Paging – Basic, Multi-level Paging – Segmentation
Virtual Memory – Demand Paging – Page Replacement algorithms – Allocation of Frames –
Thrashing – Cause of thrashing.
Module V (10 hours)

File System: File concept – Access methods – Directory structure – Directory
implementation – Linear list, Hash table – Disk scheduling
Case study: Linux system.

Reference Books
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B.Galvin and Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, John
Wiley & Sons Inc, 8th Edition 2010.
2. D M Dhamdhere, “Operating Systems A Concept-based Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2010.
3. Achyut S Godbole, “Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill , New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2009.
4. Elmasri, Carrick, Levine, “Operating Systems A Spiral Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, First Edition 2010.
5. Gary Nutt, “Operating Systems”, Second Edition, Addison Wesley, 2003.
6. Andew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2001.
7. Promod Chandra P.Bhatt, “An introduction to Operating Systems Concepts and Practice”, PHI,
New Delhi, Third Edition, 2010
8. B Prasanalakshmi, “Computer Operating System”, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, First Edition,
2010
9. D P Sharma, “Foundation of Operating Systems”, EXCEL BOOKS, New Delhi, First Edition
2008
10. Brian L Stuart, “Operating Systems Principles, Design and Applications”, Cengage Learning,
New Delhi, First Edition 2009.
11. Charles Crowley, “Operating Systems A Design Oriented Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
12. Pabitra Pal Choudhaury, ” Operating Systems Principles and, Design”, PHI, New Delhi, First
Edition, 2009

CS010 506: Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals

Objectives
• To understand the concepts related to advanced microprocessors.
• To study the basic technology of various peripherals.
• To have an overview of different types of communication buses and ports.
Module I (15 hours)

8086 Architecture, Block diagram – Addressing modes – Instructions set of 8086 – data
transfer – arithmetic – branch – loop – flag manipulation – shift & rotate – string instructions
– writing simple program in 8086.
Module II (9 hours)
Additional features of 80286 – protected mode memory addressing – Additional features of
80386 – Paging mechanism (Flat memory model) – Additional features of Pentium
Processors – Brief study of latest processors of Intel & AMD – Dual core processor(Brief idea
only) .
Note: Architecture not required for the processors discussed in this module.
Module III: Peripherals (11 hours)

Study of motherboards – Different types of ports, slots and connectors – Processor Bus, AGP,
PCI – Add-on cards – USB – Hard Disk Interfaces – IDE, ATA, Power supply – SMPS –
function & operations.
Module IV: Storage Devices (15 hours)

Magnetic data storage: Principles – Hard disks – Cylinders – Clusters – Tracks and Sectors –
Disk formatting – Partitioning – Hard disk drive operation – Data Transfer rates – Data
addressing – CHS addressing – Logical Block Addressing.
Optical storage: CD Technology, CD ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, Interface – Magneto optical
drives – DVD – RAID – Blu-ray disc.
Module V (10 hours)

Memory: Parity – ECC – Memory Addressing – 640 KB barrier – Extended and Expanded
memory – HMA – Video memory – Flash Memory – Pen drive – Advanced memory
technologies.

Reference Books
1. A K Ray, K M Bhurchandi, “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2010.
2. Craig Zacker & John Rourke, “PC Hardware: The Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, First Edition, 2001.
3. Barry B.Brey, “The Intel Microprocessors”, PHI, New Delhi, Sixth Edition, 2004.
4. Nilesh B. Bahadure, “Microprocessors”, PHI, New Delhi, First Edition, 2010.
5. K.K Tripathi, Rajesh K Gangwar, “Microprocessor and Its Application”, Acme Learning,2010
6. Douglas V Hall, “Microprocessors and Interfacing”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2nd
Edition, 2006
7. Scott Mueller, “Upgrading and Repairing PC’s”, Pearson Education, 17th Edition, 2006
8. Stephen J.Bigelow, “Troubleshooting, Maintaining and Repairing PC’s”, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2001

CS010 507 Database Lab

Objectives
• To acquaint the students with the implementation and fundamental algorithms of

database systems.
• To provide experience on design, querying, and processing of data in a relational
database.
I. Experiments to implement the following
1. Relational algebra operations select, project and join.

2. Determination of Attribute Closure, Candidate Key, Functional Dependency.
3. Checking Serializability of a Schedule.
4. Dynamic Hashing.
II. Experiments in any relational database for the following
1. Creation, Insertion, Updation, Deletion of Tables, Indexes, Views.

2. Simple Queries, Nested Queries, Use of Arithmetic and String Functions.
3. Simple PL/SQL Programs, Use of Exceptions, Cursor, Procedure, Function, Trigger,
Sequence.
4. Report Generation
5. ODBC/JDBC Interface.
Resources:
1 SQL,PL/SQL”Ivan Bayross”, BPB Publication 3rd Ed.

CS010 508: Hardware and Microprocessors Lab

3 hours
(i) practical per week
(ii)
Objectives
• To acquaint the students with the implementation and fundamental algorithms of database
systems.
database.
• To familiarise the students with 8085,8086,masm programming and various PC hardware
components
database.
Phase I
1. Familiarization of 8085 training Kit.
2. Simple programs using 8085 Kit.
Phase II
3.Study of MASM Programming.
4.Simple programs in 8086 using MASM.
Phase III.
5.Familiarisation with PC Components.
6.Experiments based on various hardware components.
7.Experiments for communication with peripheral devices using C and MASM
NB: Students should do the experiments in all the phases. External examiner can conduct University
Examinations on any of these phases.

CS010 601: Design And Analysis Of Algorithms


Objectives
• To develop an understanding about basic algorithms and different problem solving
strategies.
• To improve creativeness and the confidence to solve non-conventional problems and
expertise for analysing existing solutions.
Module I (13 hours)

Introduction and Complexity
What is an algorithm – Properties of an Algorithm, Development of an algorithm, Pseudo-
code Conventions, Recursive Algorithms – Performance Analysis - Space and Time
Complexity –Asymptotic Notations – ‘Oh’, ‘Omega’, ‘Theta’, Worst, Best and Average Case
Complexity, Running Time Comparison, Common Complexity Functions -Recurrence
Relations – Solving Recurrences using Iteration and Recurrence Trees – Example Problems –
Profiling - Amortized Complexity.

Divide and Conquer - Control Abstraction, Finding Maximum and Minimum, Costs
associated element comparisons and index comparisons, Binary Search, Divide and Conquer
Matrix Multiplication, Stressen’s Matrix Multiplication, Quick Sort, Merge Sort. –
Refinements.

Greedy Strategy - Control Abstraction, General Knapsack Problem, Minimum Cost
Spanning Trees – PRIM’s Algorithm, Kruskal’s Algorithm, Job sequencing with deadlines.
Dynamic Programming - Principle of Optimality, Multistage Graph Problem, Forward
Approach, Backward Approach, All-Pairs Shortest Paths, Traveling Salesman Problem.

Backtracking – State Space Tree - Fixed Tuple and Variable Tuple Formulation - Control
Abstraction – Generating Function and Bounding Function - Efficiency of the method -
Monte Carlo Method – N-Queens Problem, Sum of Subsets.
Branch and Bound Techniques – FIFO, LIFO, and LC Control Abstractions, 15-puzzle.
Module V (11 hours)

Sophisticated Algorithms - Approximation Algorithms – Planar Graph Coloring, Vertex
cover - String Matching Algorithms – Rabin Karp algorithm - Topological Sort -
Deterministic and Non-Deterministic Algorithms.
Lower Bound Theory - Comparison Trees for Searching and Sorting, lower bound on
comparison based algorithms, Sorting, Selection & Merging; Oracles and Adversary
Arguments –Merging,Basic concepts of randomized algorithm-Las Vagas algorithm for
search.

Reference Books
1. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, Fundamentals of Computer

Algorithms,Universities Press, 2nd Edition, Hyderabad .
2. Thomas Coremen, Charles, Ronald Rives, Introduction to algorithm, PHI Learning
3. Sara Baase & Allen Van Gelder , Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Design and
Analysis, Pearson Education..
4. Anany Levitin, Introduction to The Design & Analysis of Algorithms, Pearson
Education, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2008.
5. Berman and Paul, Algorithms, Cenage Learning India Edition, New Delhi, 2008.
6. S.K.Basu , Design Methods And Analysis Of Algorithms ,PHI Learning Private Limited,
New Delhi,2008.
7. Jon Kleinberg and Eva Tardos, Algorithm Design, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2006.
8. Hari Mohan Pandey, Design Analysis And Algorithms, University Science Press, 2008.
9. R. Panneerselvam, Design and Analysis of Algorithms, PHI Learning Private Limited, New
Delhi, 2009.
10. Udit Agarwal, Algorithms Design And Analysis, Dhanapat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2009.
11. Aho, Hopcroft and ullman, The Design And Analysis of Computer Algorithms, Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2007.
12. S.E.Goodman and S. T. Hedetmiemi, Introduction To The Design And Analysis Of
Algorithms, McGraw-Hill International Editions, Singapore 2000.
13. Richard Neapolitan, Kumarss N, Foundations of Algorithms, DC Hearth &company.
14. Sanjay Dasgupta, Christos Papadimitriou, Umesh Vazirani, Algorithms, Tata McGraw-Hill
Edition.

CS010 602: Internet Computing

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of Internet Computing and Java Programming
• To develop understanding about Internet Computing with the help of Java
Platform and establishing network connections using Socket Programming
Module I (10hours)
Introduction to Java- Genesis of Java- Features of Java –Data Types-Variables and
Arrays-Operators- Control Statements – Selection Statements – Iteration Statements-
Jump Statements.

Creating & using classes in Java – Methods and Classes – Inheritance – Super Class –
Method Overriding –Packages and Interfaces – Implementing Interfaces- Exception
Handling – Exception Types, Threads-Multithreaded programs, Thread Priorities and
Thread synchronization.

I/O – I/O Basics – Byte Streams and Character Streams, Reading Console Input,
Collections Framework, Applets & Applet Architecture-Applet Skelton- Passing
Parameters to Applet, Event Handling-Event Model- Event Classes – Event Listener
Interfaces, AWT – AWT Classes – AWT Controls – Layout Managers and Menus.
Swing- JApplet – Jbuttons - JTables.

Network Programming with Java – Socket Programming in Java-Client Sockets-
Server Sockets- Secure Server Sockets- TCP/IP Programming with Java – Datagrams,
IP multicasting, Remote Method Invocation.
Module V (11 hours)

Advanced Java Programming – Accessing Databases with JDBC, Servlets, Image
processing using Java – Image Filter – Web Application development using Java
Technolgies- Java Server Faces.

Reference Books
1) Herbert Schildt, Java 2 Complete reference, 5th ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2010
2) Deitel & Deitel Java How To Program 7th ed., Pearson Education ,New Delhi, 2008
3) Cay Horstmann Big Java 3rd ed., Wiley India Edition, New Delhi, 2009
4) Y Daniel Liang Introduction to Java Programming 7th ed., Pearson Education ,New
Delhi, 2010
5) R Krishnamoorthy, S Prabhu Internet & Java Programming, New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi, 2008
6) Rajkumar Buyya, S Thamarai Selvi, Xingchen Chu, Object Oriented Programming
with Java, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009
7) P Radha Krishna, Object Oriented Programming through Java Universities Press,
Hyderabad2008
8) Debasish Jana, Java and Object Oriented Programming Paradigm, Prentice Hall of
9) G Thomas Wu, An Introduction to Object Oriented Programming with Java,4th ed.,
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010
10) E Balagurusamy, Programming with Java A Primer, 4th ed., McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2010
11) John R Hubbard, Programming with Java, 2nd ed., Schaum’s Outlines, Tata

CS010 603 SYSTEM SOFTWARE

Objectives:-
To introduce the techniques adopted in the design and implementation of System
Software.
Module I (12 Hrs)
Introduction:-
System Software Vs. Application Software, Different System Software–, Macro
Processor, Assembler, Linker, Loader, Text Editor, Debugger, Device Driver, Compiler,
Interpreter[1] Database Management System, Operating System,[2]
Macro Preprocessor
Macro Instruction Definition and Invocation. Types of Macros – Parameterised
macros, Nested macros, Recursive macros. Basic functions of Macro Preprocessor – Macro
expansion, Generation of unique labels. Macro preprocessor design and Algorithm - Handling
conditional Macro calls, Nested Macro calls and Recursive Macro calls.[Reference (1)] Case Study :
The C Preprocessor [Web- Reference (1) ]
Module - II (15 Hrs)
Assembler
Assembly Language Concepts – Mnemonic Instructions, Assembler Directives and
Literals. Instruction formats and Addressing modes. Program Blocks and Control Sections. Basic
Functions of Assembler. Assembler output format – Header, Text and End Records. Assembler
Design – 2 Pass Assembler – Necessity of two passes and Forward reference. Algorithm for the two
passes. Single Pass Assembler – Algorithm for Single Pass assembler. Handling External references
– usage of Define and Refer records. Multi pass Assembler, Macro Assembler.[Reference (1)] Case
Study : Microsoft Macro Assembler for MS-DOS [Reference (1), (5)] - Microsoft OBJ file format
(Basic Structure and Important Records Only) [ Reference(2)].
Module - III (12 Hrs)
Linker and Loader
Need for Linking and Loading : The absolute loader, Program Relocation, Relocating
Loader, Linking external symbols. Algorithms for the two passes of a Linking Loader.[References
(2),(3)] Variants of the basic model – Automatic Library Search, Linkage Editor, Dynamic Linking.
[Reference(1)] Case study : UNIX ELF and Microsoft DLL (basic structure only).
Module - IV (11 Hrs)
Text Editors : Overview of Editing, User Interface, Editor Structure. [Reference (1)]
Case Study : VI Editor (Basic ideas only)[ Reference (1)]
Debuggers : Debugging Functions and Capabilities, Relationship with other parts of the
system, Debugging Methods- By Induction, Deduction and Backtracking, . [Reference (1) ,(8)] Case
Study : gdb (Basic ideas only)
Module - V (10 Hrs)

Device Driver : Device Characteristics ,Design and anatomy, Types of device driver,
General Design – Character Devices and character device drivers, Block Devices and Block device
drivers. Case Study: Device Driver for the PC Speaker [References(4), (6),(7)]

REFERENCES:
1. System Software: An Introduction to Systems Programming – Leland L. Beck, Pearson

Education Asia 3rd Edition.
2. Systems Programming and Operating Systems – D.M. Dhamdhere, Tata McGraw Hill
Second Revised Edition.
3. Systems Programming – John J. Donovan, Tata McGraw Hill Edition 1991.
4. Writing UNIX device drivers - George Pajari -Pearson Education Asia.
5. IBM PC Assembly Language and Programming - Peter Abel Third Edition – Prentice
Hall of India
6. Linux Device Drivers - Jonathan Corbet, Alessandro Rubini, Greg Kroah-Hartman –

Third Edition - O.Reilly Books
7. Linux Kernel Internals- M. Beck, H. Bohme, M .Dziadzka, et al – Second Edition –

Addison Wesley
8. System Software – J Nithyashri –Second Edition- Tata McGraw Hill
WEB REFERENCE:
1. http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-2.95.3/cpp_1.html The C Preprocessor

Note: separate subjects are provided in the syllabus in the Seventh and Fifth Semesters for the
detailed discussion of the subjects marked [1] and [2] respectively.
CS010 604: Computer Networks

Objectives
To develop basic knowledge on the mode of operation of different types of computer
networks that are used to interconnect a distributed community of computers and
various interfacing standards and protocols.
Module I (8 hours)
Network requirements, Network Architecture –layering and protocol, OSI
Architecture, Internet Architecture, Performance-bandwidth and latency , Delay x
bandwidth product, high speed networks .

Direct Link Network, Hardware Building Block, Framing-Byte Oriented Protocol,
Bit Oriented Protocol , Clock Based Framing, Reliable Transmission-Stop and Wait,
Sliding Window, Ethernet(802.3)-Physical properties, Access protocol, Wireless-
Bluetooth, WiFi, Wimax

Packet Switching-Switching and Forwarding- Datagram, virtual circuit switching,
Source routing Bridges and LAN Switches-Learning Bridges, Spanning tree
Algorithms ,Broadcast and Multicast, Limitations of bridges, Simple Internetworking-
Service Model, Global Address, Datagram Forwarding in IP, address translation,
Routing-network as graph, distance vector, link state, matrix

End to End Protocol, Simple de-multiplexer, Reliable Byte stream, TCP-Issues,
segment format, connection establishment and termination sliding window revisited,
triggering transmission, adaptive retransmission, RPC-fundamentals ,TCP Congestion
control –additive increase, slow start, fast retransmit and fast recovery, congestion
avoidance mechanism, DEC bit, Random Early Detection bit, Source Based
Congestion avoidance
Module V (14 hours)

Applications -WWW, E-mail, Name Service, Network Management, Web Services
Custom Application protocol, Generic Application Protocol ,Overlay Networks-Peer
to Peer Networks.
Reference Books
1.Computer Networks A Systems Approach-Larry L.Peterson and Bruce S.Davie,4th

Edition .Morgan Kaufman
2. Introduction to data communication and networking Behrouz Forozan TMH.
3 .Computer networks ,Andrew S Tanenbaum ,PHI
4.Data communication, computer networks and open systems, Halsall F ,Addison Wesley.


CS010 605 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Objectives:-
To familiarize the steps in designing a Computer Software System following the
conventions in Engineering Design.
To introduce the fundamentals of Structured and Object Oriented Designs and
Design Tools.
Module I (12 Hrs)
The Evolving role of Software – Software – The changing Nature of Software – Legacy
software ,Introduction to CASE tools, A generic view of process– A layered Technology – A Process
Framework – The Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI) – Process Assessment – Personal
and Team Process Models. Product and Process. Process Models – The Waterfall Model –
Incremental Process Models – Incremental Model – The RAD Model – Evolutionary Process Models
– Prototyping – The Spiral Model – The Concurrent Development Model – Specialized Process
Models – the Unified Process.
Module - II (12 Hrs)
Management: Functions - Project planning - Software productivity - Productivity metrics -
Cost estimation - COCOMO & COCOMO II - Project control - Work breakdown structures, Gantt
charts, PERT charts - Dealing with deviations - Team organization - centralized, de-centralized,
mixed - An assessment of organizations - Risk management – Configuration Management.
Introduction to project management and planning CASE tools.
Module - III (12 Hrs)
Requirements Engineering : Requirements Engineering tasks – Initiating the requirements
Engineering Process-Eliciting Requirements – Developing Use cases – Building the Analysis Models
– Elements of the Analysis Model – Analysis pattern – Negotiating Requirements – Validating
Requirements. SRS Document.
Module - IV (12 Hrs)
Design activity & its objectives – Function Oriented and Object Oriented Design-
Modularization techniques - module structure and its representation, interface and information
hiding, categories, specific techniques to accommodate change, stepwise refinement, top-down and
bottom-up design - Handling anomalies. Case Study with UML and CASE Tool support.
Module - V (12 Hrs)
Implementation Techniques - Programming principles and guidelines – Structured
Programming. Software Testing Fundamentals-Test Case Design-White-Box Testing-Basis Path
Testing-Control Structure Testing- Black-Box Testing- Various levels of Testing : Modules to
System. Case study : Test case design and Testlog preperation
References
1. Roger S.Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach, McGraw Hill

International edition, Seventh edition.
2. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, 8th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008
(UNIT V)
3. Stephan Schach, Software Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
4. Pfleeger and Lawrence Software Engineering: Theory and Practice, Pearson
Education, second edition, 2001
CS010 606L01: DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS

Objectives
• To impart an introduction to distributed systems and distributed computing.
• To develop basic knowledge on distribution of data and file systems in distributed
environment.
• To provide exposure to distributed database concepts.
Module I (10 hours)

Introduction to Distributed Systems, evolution, characteristics, design issues, user
requirements, Distributed computing models-workstation model, workstation-server model,
processor–pool model. Protocols for distributed systems -VMTP and FLIP.

Client server communication, Group communication, IPC - Message passing – features.
RPC – model, implementation, stub generation, RPC messages, communication protocols
marshalling.
Distributed shared memory – Architecture, design issues, thrashing, replacement strategy.
Synchronization – clock synchronization, event ordering, mutual exclusion.

Distributed file system: Components of DFS, design issues, interfaces, implementation, File
Caching and Replication. Sun Network File System – architecture and implementation,
Google File System. Naming- Namespace and contexts and name resolution.

Distributed system management: Features of scheduling algorithms, Task assignment
approach, load balancing, load sharing, Process migration mechanisms, Threads – design
issues, Fault tolerance – failures, Byzantine failures.
Module V (12 hours)

Distributed Databases: Distributed DBMS architecture, distributed query processing,
transactions, concurrency control, deadlock management and Distributed Database Recovery
protocols-2PC, Network Partitioning.
Reference Books
1. Sunita Mahajan, Seema shah, Distributed Computing ,Oxford University Press, first
edition, 2010
2. George Coulouris, Jean Dellimore and Tim Kindberg, Distributed Systems –
Concepts and designing, Pearson Education Asia, fourth Edition 2006, New Delhi.
3. Pradeep. K, Sinha, Distributed Operating Systems ,PHI Edition, first Edition,1997.
4. Andrew S Tenenbaum, Distributed Operating Systems, Pearson Education Asia
Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer science and Engg.

Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer science and Engg.

CS010 606L02 Micro controller Based Systems

(Common with EE010 503 and EC010 502)
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of microcontrollers and their programming in
assembly language and in C.
• It also focused on the 8051 microcontroller which is a widely used microcontroller.
Pre-requisites: Microprocessor systems, Advanced microprocessor and peripherals
Module I (10 hours)

Microcontroller - Features of 8051-Arcchitecture of 8051-Pin diagram of 8051-memory
organization-External memory interfacing-stacks- addressing modes-instruction set.

8051 programming in C-data types and time delay – I/O programming – logical operation –
data conversation program –basics of serial communication connection to RS232- serial port
programming in assembly and C.

Basics of interrupts,-interrupt sources- interrupt enable register-interrupt priority-interrupt
control system-interrupt handling-single step operation- port bit latches and buffers-port
structures and operation- accessing external memory.
Module IV (12 hours) Timer 0& -Timer1- T MOD SFR-mode0,mode 1,mode2,mode3-

TCON SFR-serial interface-SCON SFR-mode0,mode 1,mode 2,mode3-block schematics-
baud rates-power on reset circuit-ONCE mode-on chip oscillator-external program & data
memory timing diagrams.
Module V (12 hours)

PIC microcontrollers: Overview and features-PIC16C6X/7X FSR-Reset action-PIC memory
organization-instructions-addressing modes.

Reference Books
1. Muhammad Ali mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin D Mc kinlay , The 8051 microcontroller
and embedded systems,person, second edition., 2006
2. V Udayashankara,M S Mallikarjunaswamy ,8051 Microcontroller hardware &software
application,TMH
3. Ajay V Deshmukh,Microcontrollers, theory and applications,TMH
4. Kennath J Ayala, The 8051 microcontroller., Penram International
5. 1 Satish Shah,8051 microcontrollers MCS 51 family and its variants ,Oxford higher
education

CS010 606L03: User Interface Design

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of User Interface Design.
• To develop understanding about human computer interaction methods that utilize
more general, widespread and easier-to-learn capabilities.
Module I (8 hours)
Introduction: Importance of user interface – definition, importance of good design, brief
history – Graphical User Interface – Web User Interface – Theories, Principles and Guidelines
of User interface design

Design Process: Obstacles in development path deigning for people-Understanding Human
Interaction with computers, Importance of Human Characteristics, Human consideration,
Human Interaction speeds – Understanding Business function

Screen Designing: Design goals - screen meaning and purpose, organizing screen elements-
ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – visually pleasing
composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presenting information simply
and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – Statistical graphics – Technological
considerations in Interface Design.

Menus and navigation schemes-structures of menus-functions of menus- contents of menus
- formatting of menus – phrasing the menu- selecting menu choices-navigating menus-kinds
of graphical menus- Selection of windows-Window characteristics-components of window-
window presentation styles-types of windows-window management-organising window
functions-window operations-Selection of device based and screen based controls - text and
messages – icons and images – Multimedia – colours- uses, problems, choosing colours.
Module V (12 hours)

Distributed and Collaborative Interaction-Device consistency-distribution of the user
interface-event distribution-graphical package layer-programmable API-Model semantics
distribution-data layer distribution-asynchronous collaboration-Software tools-specification
methods- interface building tools –evaluation and critiquing tools-Interaction devices-
keyboard and function keys - pointing devices- speech recognition, digitization and
generation – image and video displays – printers.
Reference Books
1. Wilbert O. Galitz,The Essential Guide to User Interface Design, 2nd Edn., Wiley
Dreamtech,Delhi,2002
2. Ben Shneiderman, Designing the User Interface ,3rd Edn., Pearson Education Asia,Delhi,2002
3. Dan R. Olsen, Human Computer Interaction,Cengage,New Delhi,2009
4. John M. Carroll,Human Computer Interaction, Pearson Education Asia, Delhi,2002
5. Alan Cooper, The Essentials of User Interface Design , Wiley Dreamtech, Delhi,2002
Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer Science and Engineering


CS010 606L04 : UNIX Shell Programming

(Common with IT010 606L03)
Objectives
• To provide a fair knowledge of Unix concepts and gain sharp skills in Unix Shell
programming
Module 1. (8 hours)
Introduction to Unix:- Architecture of Unix, Features of Unix , Basic Unix Commands - Unix
Utilities:- Introduction to unix file system, vi editor, file handling utilities, security by
file permissions, process utilities, disk utilities, networking commands - Text
processing utilities and backup
Module 2. (13 hours)

Introduction to Shells:-Unix Session, Standard Streams, Redirection, Pipes, tee Command,
Command Execution, Command-Line Editing, Quotes, Command Substitution, Job
Control, Aliases, Variables, Predefined Variables, Options, Shell/Environment
Customization. Regular expressions, Filters and Pipes, Concatenating files, Display
Beginning and End of files, Cut and Paste, Sorting, Translating Characters, Files with
Duplicate Lines, Count characters, words or lines, Comparing Files.

grep:-Operation, grep Family, Searching for File Content.
sed:-Scripts, Operation, Addresses, commands, Applications, grep and sed.
awk:-Execution, Fields and Records, Scripts, Operations, Patterns, Actions,
Associative Arrays, String Functions, Mathematical Functions, User Defined
Functions, Using System commands in awk, Applications of awk, grep and sed

Interactive Shells - Korn Shell, C Shell and BASH - Shell Features, Special Files, Variables,
Output, Input, Exit Status of a Command, eval Command, Environmental Variables,
Options, Startup Scripts, Command History, Command Execution Process.
Shell Programming - Korn Shell, C Shell and BASH -

Basic Script concepts, Expressions, Decisions: Making Selections, Repetition, special
Parameters and Variables, changing Positional Parameters, Argument Validation,
Debugging Scripts, Script Examples.

Process management:- Creation, Hierarchies, Sending signals to processes, exec, termination,
Zombie, waitpid etc - Network management:- tools, Client server mechanism, address
resolution, ping, telnet, ftp, dns and squid – X Window System:- Overview,
Architecture, starting and stopping X, X clients and display
Syllabus - B.Tech. Information Technology

Reference Books
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg,” Unix and shell Programming.”, Cengage
Learning
2. Sumitabha Das , “Unix the ultimate guide”, TMH. 2nd Edition.
3. Kernighan and Pike, “Unix programming environment”, PHI. / Pearson Education
4. Graham Glass, King Ables,” Unix for programmers and users”, 3rd edition, Pearson
Education
5. Maurice J. Bach, “The Design of the Unix Operating System”, First Edition,
Pearson Education, 1999

CS010 606L05: Embedded Systems

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of Embedded System and its applications
• To develop understanding about micro controllers and programming the micro
controller for the development of Embedded systems.
Module I (-12 hours)

Introduction to Embedded Systems-Classification of Embedded Systems-Application areas of
Embedded Systems, Typical Embedded System- Memory-Sensors and Actuators-Embedded
Firmware - Characteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded Systems

Application Specific Embedded System – Domain Specific Embedded System, Designing
Embedded Systems with 8bit Microcontrollers- Factors to be considered in selecting a
Controller- Designing with 8051 microcontroller- 8052 microcontroller, Programming the
8051 microcontroller – Addressing modes of 8051 – the 8051 Instruction set

Hardware Software Co-Design and Program Modeling – Computational models in Embedded
Design, Embedded Hardware Design and development – Electronic Design Automation
Tools, Embedded Firmware Design and Development - Embedded Firmware Design
Approaches - Embedded Firmware Development Languages – Programming in Embedded C.

Real Time Operating System based Embedded System Design – Operating System Basics –
Types of Operating Systems – Tasks- Process- Threads – Multiprocessing and Multitasking –
Task Scheduling – Task Communication – Task Synchronization – Introduction to Vx Works
and Micro C/OS-II RTOS
Module V (10 hours)

The Embedded System Development Environment – Integrated Development Environment ,
The Embedded Product Development Life Cycle – EDLC- Objectives of EDLC – Different
phases of EDLC – Modeling the EDLC

Reference Books
1. Shibu K V, Introduction to Embedded Systems, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009
2. Raj Kamal, Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design, 2nd ed., Tata
3. Frank Vahid & Tony Givargis, Embedded System Design A Unified Hardware/Software
Introduction, Wiley - India Edition, New Delhi, 2010
4. Wayne Wolf , Computers as Components Principles of Embedded Computing System
Design, , 2nd ed., Elsevier, Gurgaon, 2009
5. Steven F Barrett & Daniel J Pack , Embedded Systems Design and Applications with the
68HC12 and HCS12, Pearson Education, Delhi, 2008.

CS010 606L06: Advanced Software Environments

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of Windows programming..
• To develop understanding about the new software environment and develop of
software to meet the growing demand of the industry.
Pre-requisites: Knowledge required to study this subject (OOP concepts))
Module I (10 hours)

Windows Programming – Components of Windows API- Distinction with ordinary programs
– Event Driven Programming – WinMain Function – Creating Windows – Message loop –
Window procedures - Menus & Buttons – Drawing on Windows, Advanced User Interface
concepts, Developing application issues and solutions.
MFC Features & Advantages – MFC Classes – Life cycle of an MFC application – The
CWinApp Classes – Creating windows – Message maps and event handling – Menus &
Buttons - Drawing on MFC windows – Handling mouse & Keyboard events.

X-Windows – Clients & Servers - Basic Architecture of X-Windows systems – Layers in
XWindows Architecture – XWindows Programming – Simple Hello World Application in X.
Command line options and resources – connecting to X-Display – creating windows and
graphics context – Handling events – creating child windows.

CORBA – Introduction – Features – Fundamental concepts in Distributed objects – CORBA
IDL – stub & Skeleton - implementing a simple CORBA server and CORBA client with C++.
Module V (14 hours)

CORBA object reference – Managing references at server – CORBA factories – CORBA
object creation in C++ & JAVA – CORBA Exceptions – Destroying CORBA objects -
comparison of CORBA & DCOM Architectures.
Reference Books
1. Yashwanth Kanetkar , Visual C++ Programming ,BPB Publications ,New Delhi, 2005.
th
2. Mike Blaszczals, Professional MFC with Visual C++ 6, 4 Edition, Shroff publishers &
Distributors Private Limited, New Delhi, 2003.
nd
3. Nabajyoti Bakakati, X Window System programming , 2 Edition, Prentice-Hall of India
Private Limited,New Delhi, 2001.
4. Jason Pritchard ,COM & CORBA side by side , Pearson Edition New Delhi, 2000.


CS010 607: Operating Systems Lab

Objectives
• To provide a practical exposure of all algorithms and behaviour of processes in the
system with respect to all its timings.
• This lab also explains the allocation of process in the memory with some memory
management techniques.
(Implement the following on LINUX platform. Use C for high level language implementation)
1. Basic UNIX commands
2. Shell programming
- Command syntax
- Write simple functions with basic tests, loops, patterns
3. Write programs using the following system calls of UNIX operating system:
fork, exec, getpid, exit, wait, close, stat, opendir, readdir
4. Write programs using the I/O system calls of UNIX operating system (open, read, write, etc)
5. Write C programs to simulate UNIX commands like ls, grep, etc.
6. Given the list of processes, their CPU burst times and arrival times, display/print the Gantt
chart for FCFS and SJF. For each of the scheduling policies, compute and print the average
waiting time and average turnaround time
7. Given the list of processes, their CPU burst times and arrival times, display/print the Gantt
chart for Priority and Round robin. For each of the scheduling policies, compute and print the
average waiting time and average turnaround time
8. Implement the Producer – Consumer problem using semaphores.
9. Implement inter-process communication using shared memory.
10. Implement some memory management schemes
Example for expt 10:
Free space is maintained as a linked list of nodes with each node having the starting byte
address and the ending byte address of a free block. Each memory request consists of the
process-id and the amount of storage space required in bytes. Allocated memory space is
again maintained as a linked list of nodes with each node having the process-id, starting byte
address and the ending byte address of the allocated space.
When a process finishes (taken as input) the appropriate node from the allocated list should be
deleted and this free disk space should be added to the free space list. [Care should be taken to
merge contiguous free blocks into one single block. This results in deleting more than one
node from the free space list and changing the start and end address in the appropriate node].
For allocation use first fit, worst fit and best fit.

CS010 608 Mini Project
Objectives
To estimate the ability of the student in transforming the theoretical knowledge
studied so far into application software.
For enabling the students to gain experience in organisation and implementation of a
small project and thus acquire the necessary confidence to carry out main project in
the final year.
To understand and gain the knowledge of software engineering practices, so as to
participate and manage large software engineering projects in future.
In this practical course, each group consisting of two/three members (four in special cases) is
expected to design and develop practical solutions to real life problems related to industry, institutions and
computer science research. Software life cycle should be followed during the development. The theoretical
knowledge, principles and practices gained from various subjects should be applied to develop effective
solutions to various computing problems. The knowledge gained during various practical subjects to work
with various software tools, Designing tools, programming languages, operating systems, etc. should be
utilized in various stages of development. Structured/ Object Oriented design techniques may be used for
the project. Software Requirements Specification (SRS), Modeling Techniques, Design and Testing
strategies should be documented properly.
A committee consisting of minimum three faculty members will perform the internal assessment
of the mini project. A report on mini project should be submitted for evaluation and project work should be
presented and demonstrated before the panel of examiners.
Internal Continuous Assessment (50 marks)

40% - Design and development (30% by guide and 10% by committee)
30% - Final result and Demonstration (15% by guide and 15% by committee)
20% - Report (10% by guide and 10% by committee)
10% - Regularity in the class (by guide)

20% - Demonstration of mini project
50% - Practical test connected with mini project
20% - Viva voce
10% - Project report
Information Technology (IT)
EN010301 B Engineering Mathematics II
(CS, IT)

Objectives
• To know the importance of learning theories and strategies in Mathematics and graphs.
MODULE 1 Mathematical logic (12 hours)
Basic concept of statement , logical connectives, Tautology and logical equivalence –

Laws of algebra of propositions – equivalence formulas – Tautological implications (proof not expected
for the above laws , formulas and implications). Theory of inference for statements – Predicate calculus –
quantifiers – valid formulas and equivalences – free and bound variables – inference theory of predicate
calculus
MODULE 2 Number theory and functions (12 hours)
Fundamental concepts – Divisibility – Prime numbers- relatively prime numbers –

fundamental theorem of arithmetic – g.c.d - Euclidean algorithm - properties of gcd (no proof) – l c
m – Modular Arithmetic – congruence – properties – congruence class modulo n – Fermat’s theorem –
Euler’s Totient functions - Euler’s theorem - Discrete logarithm
Function – types of functions – composite functions – inverse of a function – pigeon hole principles
MODULE 3 Relations (10 hours)
Relations – binary relation – types of relations – equivalence relation –partition –

equivalence classes – partial ordering relation – Hasse diagram - poset
MODULE 4 Lattice (14 hours)
Lattice as a poset – some properties of lattice (no proof) – Algebraic system – general
properties – lattice as algebraic system – sublattices – complete lattice – Bounded Lattice -
complemented Lattice – distributive lattice – homomorphism - direct product
MODULE 5 Graph Theory (12 hours)
Basic concept of graph – simple graph – multigraph – directed graph- Basic theorems (no
proof) . Definition of complete graph , regular graph, Bipartite graph, weighted graph – subgraph –
Isomorphic graph –path – cycles – connected graph.- Basic concept of Eulergraph and Hamiltonian
circuit – trees – properties of tree (no proof) - length of tree – spanning three – sub tree – Minimal
spanning tree (Basic ideas only . Proof not excepted for theorems)
References

2. B.Satyanarayana and K.S. Prasad – Discrete mathematics & graph theory – PHI
3. Kenneth H Rosen - Discrete mathematics & its Application - Mc Graw Hill
4. H. Mittal , V.K.Goyal, D.K. Goyal – Text book of Discrete Mathematics - I.K. International
Publication
5. T. Veerarajan - Discrete mathematics with graph theory and combinatorics - Mc Graw Hill
6. C.L.Lieu - Elements of Discrete Mathematics - Mc Graw Hill
7. J.P.Trembly,R.Manohar - Discrete mathematical structures with application to computer
science - Mc Graw Hill
8. B.Kolman , R.C.Bushy, S.C.Ross - Discrete mathematical structures- PHI
9. R.Johnsonbough - Discrete mathematics – Pearson Edn Asia
Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
Objectives


Types of reports

REFERENCES
limited, 2008
Discrete and Integrated Electronic Circuits

IT010 303 (EC)
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of discrete integrated electronics
• To develop understanding about the working and operation of various circuits
using discrete and integrated components.
Module I (12hours)
Power supplies: Half wave, full wave and bridge rectifiers- L, C, LC and π filters (working
only)- Zener voltage regulator, transistor series and shunt voltage regulator, voltage regulator
ICs, 78XX and 79XX series
Module II (12hours)
Transistor Amplifiers: Bipolar transistor models and characteristics, current and voltage
characteristics, BJT as a switch, BJT circuits at DC, Need for biasing, Q point selection,
Concepts of load line, Bias stability, Biasing in BJT amplifier circuits, Small signal operation
and model, transconductance, single stage BJT amplifiers
Integrated Circuits: Operational Amplifier, Simplified model, Ideal OP-Amp approximation
and characteristics, Non inverting amplifier, Inverting amplifier, OP-Amp characteristics,
Voltage follower, Difference Amplifier, Instrumentation amplifier, Summation amplifier
Module IV (12hours)
Feedback: Concept of feedback, positive and negative feedback, types of feedback, Effect of
feedback on amplifier performance, Stability of feedback circuits
Oscillators: Condition for oscillators, General form of oscillator circuit, RC phase shift
oscillators, Wein bridge oscillator using OP-Amp, Working of Hartley, Colpitt’s and crystal
oscillators
Module V (12hours)
RC circuits: Response of high pass and low pass RC circuits to sine, step, pulse and square
inputs, clipping and clamping circuits, RC integrator and differentiator, Working of astable,
mono-stable and bi-stable multivibraors using OP-Amp, Working of Schmitt trigger, 555
timer and its application.
Reference Books
1. Integrated Electronics – Milman , Halkias – TMH
2. Microelectronic circuits – Sedra , Smith – Oxford university press
3. Fundamentals of microelectronics – B Razavi - Wiley
4. Design with Op-Amp and analog integrated circuits – S Franco – TMH
5. Pulse, digital and switching waveforms – Milman, Taub - TMH
IT010 304 SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN

(Common with CS010 305)
Teaching scheme Credits:
Credits:44
Objectives:-
• To introduce the principles of Logic Systems and Circuits, thereby enabling the student to
obtain the platform for studying Computer Architecture and Design.
Module 1: (14 Hrs)
Number Systems and Codes:- Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal Number systems, Codes- BCD,
Gray Code, Excess-3 Code, ASCII, EBCDIC, Conversion between various Codes.
Switching Theory:- Boolean Algebra- Postulates and Theorems, De’ Morgan’s Theorem, Switching
Functions- Canonical Forms- Simplification of Switching Functions- Karnaugh Map and Quine Mc-
Clusky Methods.
Module 2: (12 Hrs)
Combinational Logic Circuits:- Review of Basic Gates- Universal Gates,Adders, Subtractors, Serial
Adder, Parallel Adder- Carry Propagate Adder, Carry Lookahead Adder, Carry Save Adder, Comparators,
Parity Generators, Decoder and Encoder, Multiplexer and Demultiplexer, PLA and PAL.
Module 3(12 Hrs)
Sequential Logic Circuits:- Latches and Flip Flops- SR, JK, D, T and MS Flip Flops, Asynchronous
Inputs.
Clocked Sequential Circuits:- State Tables State Equations and State Diagrams, State Reduction and
State Assignment, Design of Clocked Sequential Circuits using State Equations.
Module 4: (10 Hrs)
Counters and Shift Registers:- Design of Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters:- Binary, BCD,
Decade and Up/Down Counters , Shift Registers, Types of Shift Registers, Counters using Shift
Registers- Ring Counter and Johnson Counter.
Module 5(12 Hrs)
Fault Tolerance and Diagnosis : Concepts of Fault and Hazards- Fault Tolerance in Combinational
Circuits- Fault Table, Fault Detection methods-Boolean Difference and Path Sensitizing Methods-
Digital ICs- Digital Logic Families- Characteristics- Introduction to RTL, TTL,ECL, MOS and CMOS
Logics.
Text Books
1. Zvi- B.Tech.
Syllabus Kohavi Information
,SwitchingTechnology
and Finite Automat theory, Tata McGrwHill
2. Morris Mano ,Digital Logic and Computer Design Prentice Hall of India
Reference Books
1. Floyd T.L. Digital Fundamentals , Universal Bookstall

IT 010 305: PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Objectives:
• To impart the basic concepts of analog modulation schemes

• To understand the performance of analog communication system
Module I (12 Hours)

Introduction-communication process, source of information, communication channels;
Modulation - need, band width requirements - electromagnetic spectrum. frequency
spectrum. Principles of Microwave and satellite communication systems. TRF receivers,
Super heterodyne receiver, Double Super heterodyne receiver.
Module II (12 Hours)

Amplitude modulation - principles - modulation factor and percentage of modulation,
mathematical relationship, frequency spectrum, band selection. DSB-SC Modulation.
SSB and Vestigial SideBand (VSB) Modulation .
Module III (12 Hours)

Angle Modulation - mathematical analysis, principles, waveforms, frequency deviation,
frequency analysis, bandwidth requirement, phasor representation-pre-emphasis, de-
emphasis. Phase modulators, FM transmitters, FM receivers-block diagram. Comparison
study of AM, FM and PM.
Module IV (12 Hours)

Noise - external, internal - noise calculations, multiple noise sources, equivalent noise
band width - Noise figure - Effective noise temperature, noise figure in terms of available
gain . Characteristics of receivers - sensitivity, selectivity, double spotting, SNR - AGC
circuitry .
Module V (12 Hours)

Analog Pulse Modulation: Sampling theorem for base-band and pass-band signals,
Pulse Amplitude modulation: PAM, PWM, PPM generation and demodulation. Spectra
of Pulse modulated signals. Digital Pulse Code modulation (PCM).

References
1.Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons
2.George Kennedy, Electronic communication systems, McGraw Hill ,4th edition
3.Tomasi: Electronic communication: Fundamentals through advanced, Pearson Education
4.. R.E. Ziemer and W.H. Tranter, “Principles of Communication”, JAICOP Publishing
House
5. A.Bruce Calrson, “ Communication systems”, third edition, MGH,
6. Dennis Roddy, John Coolen, “Electronic Communications”, PHI 1997
7 B.P.Lathi, Communication Systems, B.S Publication, 2001
8. Taub & Schilling, Principles of Communication Systems ,Tata McGraw Hill, 1991

IT010 306: PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER

PROGRAMMING
Teaching scheme
Credits: 4
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of problem solving using a computer.
• To learn about the structure of C programming language.
Module I ( 10 hours)
Problem solving: Steps in Computer programming – Features of a good program –
Problem solving using Algorithms and Flowcharts.
C fundamentals: Character set, Constants, Identifiers, keywords, basic data types,
Variables, Operators, Expressions, Statements, Input and Output statements – Structure of a C
program – simple programs.
Control statements: if, if-else, nested if , switch, while, do-while, for - break &
continue – nested loops.
Single dimensional arrays – defining an array, array initialisation, accessing array
elements – Programs for sequential search, bubble sort, binary search.
Multidimensional arrays – defining a two dimensional array, array initialisation,
accessing elements – Programs for matrix processing.

Strings: declaring a string variable, reading and displaying strings, string related
library functions – Programs for string matching and sorting.
Functions: Function definition, function call, function prototype, parameter passing,
void function – Recursion – Passing array to function.
Macros: Defining and calling macros – Difference between macro & function.
Module IV ( 13 hours)
Structures: defining a structure variable, accessing members, array of structures,
passing structure to function.
Unions: difference with structure, defining union variable, accessing members.
Pointers: declaration, operations on pointers, passing pointer to a function, accessing
array elements using pointers, processing strings using pointers, pointer to pointer, array of
pointers, pointer to array, pointer to function, pointer to structure, self referential structure.
Files: Different types of files in C – Opening & Closing a file – Writing to and
Reading from a file – Processing files – Library functions related to file – fseek(), ftell(),
ungetc(), fread(), fwrite() – Dynamic memory allocation.
Storage Class associated with variables: automatic, static, external and register.
Additional features: Enumerated data type, bitwise operators, typedef.

References
1. S. Gottfried ,Programming with C - Byron, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Kerninghan & Ritchie, Computer Programming in C - PHI .
3. Stephen C. Kochan, Programming in C - CBS publishers.
4. E. Balaguruswamy ,Programming in C (5e) –, Mc Graw Hill
5. Yashwant Kanetkar, Let us C –BPB.
6. Al Kelley and Ira Pohl, A Book on C –Addison-Wesley
7. Stan Kelly Bootle, Mastering Turbo C - BPB Publications.
8. Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL - Micheal Schneider, Wiley Eastern Ltd. (
Module 1)
9. Yashwant Kanetkar, Pointers in C - BPB
10. Munish cooper,The Spirit of C- Jaico Books.

IT010 307 (EC)

Electronic Circuits and Communication Lab
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, and working of basic discrete electronic circuits
• To provide experience on design, and working of op amp based electronic circuits
1. Rectifiers – Half wave, Full wave and Bridge

2. Rectifiers with filters - Half wave, Full wave and Bridge
3. BJT as amplifier
4. Integrator using RC and OP-Amp
5. Differentiator using RC and OP-Amp
6. Clipper circuits
7. Clamper circuits
8. OP-Amp as inverting and non inverting amplifier
9. OP-Amp as summer
10. Op-Amp based oscillators
11. 555 Timer based experiments
IT010 308: PROGRAMMING LAB

3 hours Practical hours
Objectives:
• To familiarize computer components, peripherals, Operating Systems, Office

Application Packages etc.
• To practice the programming language ‘C’.

1. Familiarization with computer system, Processor, Peripherals, Memory etc.
2. Familiarization of operating system-DOS, Windows etc. (use of files directories,

internal commands, external commands, compilers, file manager, program manager,
control panel etc.)
3. Familiarization with word processing packages like MS Excel, MS Access, MS

PowerPoint and MS Word.
4. Programming experiments in C to cover
1. Control structures
2. Functions
3. String manipulations
4. Arrays
5. Structures
6. Pointers
7. Files.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce



References

Co.


Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.

IT010 403: Computer Organisation and Architecture

Objectives
• To give an insight into the organisation of functional units of a computer system
• Also to give a fair idea of the architecture of a computer system

.
Module I (9 hours)
Introduction- Function and structure of a computer, Functional components of a computer,
Interconnection of components Performance of a computer Representation of Instructions-
Machine instructions, Operands, Addressing modes, Instruction formats, Instruction sets,
Instruction set architectures – CISC and RISC architectures Programming- Concepts of
machine level programming, assembly level programming and high level programming.

Processing Unit- Organisation of a processor- Registers, ALU and Control unit, Data path in a
CPU, Instruction cycle Arithmetic and Logic Unit- Arithmetic algorithms, Design of
arithmetic unit, logic unit, status register, and accumulator Control Unit- Operations of a
control unit, Design of Hardwired control unit and Microprogrammed control unit

Memory Subsystem- Semiconductor memories, Memory cells – SRAM and DRAM cells,
Internal Organization of a memory chip, Organization of a memory unit, Error correction
memories, Interleaved memories, Cache memory unit – Concept of cache memory, Mapping
methods, Organization of a cache memory unit, Fetch and write mechanisms, Memory
management unit – Concept of virtual memory, Address translation, Hardware support for
memory management.

Input/Output Subsystem- Access of I/O devices, I/O ports, I/O control mechanisms – Program
controlled I/O, Interrupt controlled I/O and DMA controlled I/O, I/O interfaces – Serial port,
Parallel port, PCI bus, SCSI bus, USB bus, Firewall and Infiniband, I/O peripherals – Input
devices, Output devices, Secondary storage devices.
Parallel Organisations- Introduction to pipelining and pipeline hazards, Design issues of
pipeline architecture , Instruction level parallelism, Introduction to Interconnection Network-
Practical issues, Examples Multiprocessors- Characteristics, Memory organisation,
Synchronization, Models of memory consistency, Issues of deadlock and scheduling, Cache
and related problems, Parallel Processing Concepts.

Text Books
1. Hamacher, Vranesic & Zaky -Computer Organization, , McGraw Hill
2. M. Morris Mano -Digital Logic and Computer Design PHI Edition
3. William Stallings -Computer Organization and Architecture, Prentice Hall.
Reference Books
1. John P. Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, Third Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1998.
2. V.P. Heuring, H.F. Jordan, “Computer Systems Design and Architecture”, Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2004
3. P. Pal Chaudhuri, “Computer Organisation and Design”, Third Edition, PHI,India, 2009
4. Linda Null and Julia Labour, ”Computer Organisation and Architecture”, 2nd edition, Jones and
Bartlett Publishers,LLC, USA

IT 010 404: Theory of Computation

(Common with CS 010 406)
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of theory of automata ,languages and computation.
• To develop understanding about machines for sequential computation, formal
languages and grammars , and classification of feasible and intractable problems.
Module I (10 hours)

Proving techniques-Mathematical induction -Diagonalization principle –Pigeonhole principle-
Functions – Primitive recursive and partial recursive functions – Computable and non
computable functions—-Formal representation of languages – Chomsky Classification.

Introduction to Automata theory – Definition of Automation – Finite Automata –Language
acceptability by Finite Automata –Deterministic and Nondeterministic finite automation-
Regular Expressions – Finite Automation with ∈-Transitions –Conversion of NFA to DFA -
Minimisation of DFA-DFA to Regular Expressions conversion-pumping lemma for regular
languages – Applications of finite automata-NFA with o/p ( moore /mealy)

Context Free Grammar –Simplification of CFG-Normal forms-Chomsky Normal form and
Greibach Normal form- pumping lemma for Context free languages- Applications of PDA -
Pushdown Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by PDA through empty
stack and final state – Deterministic and nondeterministic PDA – designing of PDA-

Turing Machines – Formal definition – Language acceptability by TM –TM as acceptors,
Transducers - designing of TM- Two way infinite TM- Multi tape TM - Universal Turing
Machines- Church’s Thesis-Godelization.- - Time complexity of TM - Halting Problem -
Rice theorem - Post correspondence problem-Linear Bounded Automata.
Module V (12 hours)

Complexity classes- Tractable problems– Class P –P Complete-Reduction problem-
Context grammar nonempty-Intractable problems- Class NP – NP Complete- Cooks
theorem-Reduction problems-SAT-Clique-Hamiltonian-TSP-Vertex Cover-NP Hard
problems.

Reference Books
1. K.L.P. Mishra, N. Chandrashekharan , Theory of Computer Science , Prentice Hall
of India
2. Michael Sipser, Introduction to the Theory of Computation, Cengage
Learning,New Delhi,2007
3. Harry R Lewis, Christos H Papadimitriou, Elements of the theory of computation,
Pearson Education Asia,
4. Rajendra Kumar,Theory of Automata Language & Computation,Tata McGraw
Hill,New Delhi,2010
5. Wayne Goddard, Introducing Theory of Computation, Jones & Bartlett India,New
Delhi2010
6. Bernard M Moret: The Theory of Computation, Pearson Education
7. John Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani & Jeffry Ullman: Introduction to Automata
Theory Languages & Computation , Pearson Edn
8. Raymond Greenlaw,H. James Hoover, Fundamentals of Theory of
Computation,Elsevier,Gurgaon,Haryana,2009
9. John C Martin, Introducing to languages and The Theory of Computation, 3rd
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,New Delhi,2010
10. Kamala Krithivasan, Rama R, Introduction to Formal Languages,Automata
Theory and Computation, Pearson Education Asia,2009
11. Rajesh K. Shukla, Theory of Computation, Cengage Learning, New Delhi,2009
12. K V N Sunitha, N Kalyani: Formal Languages and Automata Theory, Tata
McGraw Hill,New Delhi,2010
13. S. P. Eugene Xavier, Theory of Automata Formal Language & Computation,New
Age International, New Delhi ,2004

IT010 405: DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS


Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms
• To develop understanding about writing algorithms and step by step approach in
solving problems with the help of fundamental data structures.
Module I (10 hours)

Principles of programming – System Life Cycle - Performance Analysis and
Measurements- Time and Space complexity-Complexity calculation of simple
algorithms. Hashing:- Static Hashing-Hash Tables-Different Hash Functions-Mid Square-
Division-Folding-Digit Analysis, Collision-Collision Resolution Techniques.
Module II (12hours)
Study of basic data structures – Arrays- Structures-Sparse matrix – Stacks – Queues-
Circular queues- Priority queues - Dqueues. Evaluation of expressions – Polynomial
representation using arrays.

Linked Lists - Linked stacks and queues - Doubly linked lists – Polynomial
representation using linked lists, Garbage collection and Compaction.

Trees - Binary Trees – Tree Traversal – Inorder - Preorder and Postorder,
Search trees - AVL Trees, height balanced trees, Multiway search Trees- B Trees-B+ Trees.
Graphs – Depth first and breadth first search.
Module V (12 hours)

Sorting methods: Selection sort, Bubble sort, Insertion sort, Merge sort, Quick sort,
Heap sort, Radix sort, External sorting methods.

Reference Books
1. Sahni Sartaj, Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++ (Second Edition),
2. Rajesh K Shukla, Data Structures Using C & C++ ,Wiley India, New Delhi, 2009
3. Yedidyah Langsam, Moshe J Augenstein, Aron M Tenenbaum, Data Stuctures using C and
C++, 2nd ed., PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 1996
4. G. A. V Pai, Data Structures and Algorithms Concepts, Techniques and Applications, Tata
5. Sartaj Sahni , Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in JAVA , 2nd ed., Universities
Press, Hyderabad, 2009
6. Michael T Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, Data Structures and Algorithms in C++,
Wiley India Edition, New Delhi, 2009
7. B.M. Harwani, Data Structures and Algorithms in C++, Dreamtech Press, New Delhi, 2010
8. Brijendra Kumar Joshi, Data Structures and Algorithms in C, McGraw Hill , New Delhi, 2010
9. K R Venugopal, K G Srinivasa, P M Krishnaraj, File Structures using C++, McGraw Hill ,
New Delhi, 2009
10. ISRD Group, Data Structures using C, McGraw Hill , New Delhi, 2010
11. Sudipta Mukherjee, , Data Structures using C 1000 Problems and Solutions, Tata McGraw Hill
, New Delhi, 2010
12. Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structures with C, Schaum’s Outlines, McGraw Hill , New Delhi,
2010
13. R Krishnamoorthy & G Indirani Kumaravel, Data Structures using C, McGraw Hill , New
Delhi, 2008
14. John R Hubbard, Data Structures with C++, Schaum’s Outlines, Tata McGraw Hill , New
Delhi, 2010
15. Jean Paul Tremblay & Paul G Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications,
2nd ed., Tata McGraw Hill , New Delhi, 2010
16. Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structures , Schaum’s Outlines, Tata McGraw Hill , New Delhi,
2006

IT 010 406: OBJECT ORIENTED TECHNIQUES

Objectives:
• To present the concept of object oriented programming and discuss the important
elements of C++ and Java.
• Write simple applications using C++ and Java.
Module I 10
Object-oriented paradigm, elements of object oriented programming – Merits and demerits of OO
methodology – C++ fundamentals – data types, operators and expressions, control flow, arrays, strings,
pointers and functions.
Module II 14
Classes and objects – constructors and destructors, operator overloading – inheritance, virtual functions
and polymorphism, namespaces, Templates, Standard Template Library
Module III 12
An overview of Java, data types, variables and arrays, operators, control statements, classes, objects,
methods – Inheritance. Inner Classes, Anonymous inner classes.
Module IV 12
Packages and Interfaces, Exception handling, Multithreaded programming, Strings and collections,
Streams and I/O programming
Module V 12
JAVA applets-life cycle, devolepment and execution, applet tag. AWT- components, containers, layout,
event handling, Event listeners, Adapter classes.
Comparison of C++ and Java

References :
1. K.R.Venugopal, Rajkumar Buyya, T.Ravishankar, “Mastering C++”, TMH, 2003
2. Herbert Schildt, “The Java 2 : Complete Reference”, Fourth edition, TMH, 2002
3. Rajkumar Buyya,Selvi,Chu. “Object oriented programming with JAVA essentials and
applications” Mc Graw Hill
4. Ira Pohl, “ Object oriented programming using C++”, Pearson Education Asia, 2003
5. Bjarne Stroustrup, "The C++ programming language" Addison Wesley, 2000
6. John R.Hubbard, "Progranning with C++", Schaums outline series, TMH, 2003
7. H.M.Deitel, P.J.Deitel, "Java : how to program", Fifthe edition, Prentice Hall of India private
limited.
8. E.Balagurusamy “ Object Oriented Programming with C++”, TMH 2/e

IT 010 407 LOGIC DESIGN LAB

Objectives:-
• To provide an introduction to Logic Systems Design thereby giving a hands on

experience on working with digital ICS ,which enable the study Computer System
Architecture.
1. Familiarization of Logic Gates and Realization of Logic Circuits using basic Gates.
2. Design and implementation of Arithmetic Circuits:- Half Adder, Full Adder, n bit Ripple Carry
Adder, Carry Look ahead Adder, BCD Adder
3. Study of Flip Flops:- implementation of RS, JK, D, T and MS Flip Flops
4. Design and implementation of Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters, UP/DOWN Counters
5. Design and Implementation of Shift Registers, Counters using Shift Registers – Ring Counter and
Johnson Counter
6. Study of Multiplexers , Demultiplexers, Encoder and Decoder
7. Design of Comparators and Parity Generators.
Reference Books:-
1. Morris Mano - Digital Logic and Computer Design ,Prentice Hall of India
2. Floyd T. L. – Digital Fundamentals- Universal Book Stall

IT 010 408: DATA STRUCTURES AND PROGRAMMING LAB

Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of Algorithms and Data
Structures.
• To acquaint the students with the Data Structures used in the Computer
Science field.
I. Simple experiments to get familiarisation with C++ and Java.

II. Data structure implementations and applications like,
1) Representation of Polynomials using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Polynomials
2) Representation of Sparse Matrix using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Sparse Matrices
3) Representation of Stacks using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Stacks
4) Representation of Queues using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Queues
5) Representation of Double Ended Queue using Arrays and Linked List
and the different operations that can be performed on Double Ended
Queue
6) Representation of Priority Queues using Arrays and Linked List and
the different operations that can be performed on Priority Queues
7) Representation of Binary Trees using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Binary Trees
8) Representation of Graphs using Arrays and Linked List and the
different operations that can be performed on Graphs
9) Infix, Postfix and Prefix conversions.
10) Different Sorting and Searching methods.
11) String representation using Arrays and Linked List and different
pattern matching algorithms
12) Implementation and operations on B-Tree and B+Tree
Any experiment according to the syllabus of IT010 405 can be substituted.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce
Syllabus – B.Tech. Information Technology

EN010501 B Engineering Mathematics IV
(CS, IT)

Objectives: To use basic numerical techniques for solving problems and to know the importance of
learning theories in mathmatics and in queueing system.
Finite difference operators - interpolation using Newtons forward and backward formula –
Newton’s divided difference formula - Numerical differentiation using Newtons forward and backward
formula – Numerical integration – Trapezoidal rule – Simpsons 1/3rd and 3/8th rule
MODULE 2 Z transforms (12 hours)
Definition of Z transforms – transform of polynomial function and trignometric functions – shifting

property , convolution property - inverse transformation – solution of 1st and 2nd order difference
equations with constant coifficients using Z transforms.
MODULE 3 Discrete numeric functions (12 hours)
Discrete numeric functions – Manipulations of numeric functions- generating functions –

Recurrence relations – Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients – Homogeneous
solutions – Particular solutions – Total solution – solution by the method of generating functions.
Functions of complex variable – analytic function - Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem –
Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s series- Laurent’s series – Zeros and singularities – types
of singularities – Residues – Residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals in unit circle –
contour integral in semi circle when poles lie on imaginary axis.
MODULE 5 Queueing Theory (12 hours)
General concepts – Arrival pattern – service pattern – Queue disciplines – The Markovian model
M/M/1/ , M/M/1/N – steady state solutions – Little’s formula.
References
1. C.L.Liu and D.P. Mohapatra – Elements of Discrete Mathematics - Mc Graw Hill

6. V. Sundarapandian - probability ,Statistics and Queueing theory - PHI
8. H. Weif HSU – probability, random variables & Random processes – Schaum’s out lines -
Mc Graw Hill
9. T.Veerarajan - probability ,Statistics & Random processes - Mc Graw Hill
IT 010 IT 502:MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS

Objective:
• To have an in depth knowledge of the architecture and programming of 8-bit and
16-bit Microprocessors, Microcontrollers and to study how to interface various
peripheral devices with them
Module 1: (10 hrs)

Intel 8086 Microprocessor:- Architecture, Pin Diagram, Register Organization, Memory
Organization- Memory Banks- Concept of Segmentation and Physical Address Calculation,
Operating Modes- Minimum and Maximum Modes, Timing Diagram- Concepts of T-State,
Machine Cycle and Instruction Cycle- Memory Read/ Write Cycles, I/O Read/ Write Cycles.
Module 2: (10 Hrs)
Programming with 8086 Microprocessor:- Instruction Set, Assembler Directives,
Addressing Modes, Programming Examples, 8086 Interrupts- Hardware and Software Interrupts.
Module 3: (14 Hrs)
Microprocessor Interfacing:- Memory and I/O Addressing- Memory and I/O Mapped I/O,
USART 8251A, Programmable Peripheral Interface 8255, Programmable Interval Timer 8254,
Programmable Keyboard./ Display Interface 8279, Programmable Interrupt Controller 8259,
Programmable DMA Controller 8257, Hard-disk Interface- SCSI, IDE.
Module 4:(13 Hrs)
Introduction to Microcontrollers:- Comparison of Microcontroller with Microprocessor,
Features of 8051 Microcontroller, Architecture, Pin Diagram, I/O Ports, Addressing Modes,
Instruction Set, Programming Examples.
Module 5:( 13 Hrs)
Memory Organization- External Memory Interfacing, Interrupts and Timers/ Counters-
Applications- Interfacing 8051 with Switches, LEDs, Matrix Keyboards, Seven Segment Display,
LCDs, Stepper Motor
.

`
Text Books:-
1. Douglas V.Hall Microprocessors and Interfacing Tata MCGraw Hill
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller Pearson Education.
Reference:
1. Brey B.B., The Intel Microprocessors - Architecture, Programming & Interfacing,
Prentice Hall
2. Badri RAM Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing Tata MCGraw hill
3. V Udayashankar and M.S. Mallikarajunaswamy 8051 Microcontroller Hardware Software
and Applications- Tata McGraw Hill
4. Ajay Deshmukh Microcontrollers( theory and Applications) Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Kenneth J Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller Penram International

`
IT010 503: DATA COMMUNICATION

Module 1 (12 Hours)

Introduction to Data Communication-Components, Data Representation, Data Flow.
Networks, Network Topologies, Protocols and Standards, Network Models, OSI
Model, Layers in OSI Model, IEEE Standards – Ethernet – Token Ring – FDDI –
Token Bus – Wireless LAN
Module 2 (13 Hours)

Multiplexing - Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) – Time Division
Multiplexing (TDM), Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing –Statistical time
Division multiplexing – Key Techniques - ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK - Channel
capacity - Shannon`s Theorem.
Module 3 (13 Hours)

Digital data transmission – Serial, Parallel, Synchronous, Asynchronous and
Isochronous transmission. Transmission mode- Simplex - Half duplex – Full
duplex, Noise- different types of noise – Basic Principles of Switching (circuit,
packet, message switching)
Module 4 (10 Hours)

Terminal handling – Point to point, Multidrop lines. Components of computer
communication – Transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair cable, coaxial
cable, fiber optic cable. Digital Subscriber Line, Cable TV Networks.
Module 5 (12 Hours)

Media Access Control – SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA – GSM – Architecture,
Protocols, Connection Establishment, Frequency Allocation , Localization,
Handover, Security – GPRS.

References
1. Kennedy,Electronic communication system - Mc Graw Hill.
2. Taub & Schilling Principles of Communication System - Mc Graw Hill.
3. Behurouz & Forozan Introduction to Data Communications & Networking –
Mc Graw Hill.
4. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, 2nd edition, Person Education
5. Fred Halsall Data Communication, Computer Networks & Open Systems -
Pearson Education Asia
6. Vijay K. Garg Principles & Application of GSM - Pearson Education Asia
7. A.S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks - PHI
8. William Stallings,Data and Computer Communication - Pearson Education
Asia

IT010 504: Operating Systems

Objectives
• To understand the fundamental concepts and techniques of Operating Systems.
• To study the basic structure of Linux system.
Module I (8 hours)
Introduction: Operating System – Batch, Multiprogrammed, Time-sharing and Real time
systems – Operating system structure – Operating system operations
System Structures: Operating system service – System calls – System Programs – System
structure – Simple structure, Layered approach – Kernel, Shell.

Process Management: Process concept – Process state, PCB – Process scheduling –
Operations on processes – Interprocess communication – Multithreading –Benefits, Models
Process Scheduling: Basic concepts – Preemptive scheduling, Dispatcher – Scheduling
criteria – Scheduling algorithms – Multiple-processor scheduling.

Process Synchronization: The Critical-Section problem – Peterson’s solution –
Synchronization Hardware – Semaphores – Classic problems of synchronization – Monitors
Deadlocks: System model – Deadlock characterization – Methods for handling deadlocks –
Prevention, Avoidance and Detection – Recovery from deadlock.

Memory Management: Resident Monitor – Dynamic loading – Swapping – Contiguous
memory allocation – Paging – Basic, Multi-level Paging – Segmentation
Virtual Memory – Demand Paging – Page Replacement algorithms – Allocation of Frames –
Thrashing – Cause of thrashing.
Module V (10 hours)

File System: File concept – Access methods – Directory structure – Directory
implementation – Linear list, Hash table – Disk scheduling
Case study: Linux system.

Reference Books
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B.Galvin and Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, John
Wiley & Sons Inc, 8th Edition 2010.
2. D M Dhamdhere, “Operating Systems A Concept-based Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2010.
3. Achyut S Godbole, “Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill , New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2009.
4. Elmasri, Carrick, Levine, “Operating Systems A Spiral Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
5. Gary Nutt, “Operating Systems”, Second Edition, Addison Wesley, 2003.
6. Andew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2001.
7. Promod Chandra P.Bhatt, “An introduction to Operating Systems Concepts and Practice”,
PHI, New Delhi, Third Edition, 2010
8. B Prasanalakshmi, “Computer Operating System”, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, First Edition,
2010
9. D P Sharma, “Foundation of Operating Systems”, EXCEL BOOKS, New Delhi, First Edition
2008
10. Brian L Stuart, “Operating Systems Principles, Design and Applications”, Cengage Learning,
11. Charles Crowley, “Operating Systems A Design Oriented Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill,
12. Pabitra Pal Choudhaury, ” Operating Systems Principles and, Design”, PHI, New Delhi, First
Edition, 2009

IT010 505: Language Translators

Objectives
• To understand the different stages of the process of programming language
translation
Module I (10 hours)

Introduction to programming language translation - Design of Interpreters, Incremental
Compilers, assemblers, macro processors, linkers and loaders (Basic Concepts Only)
Structure of a compiler- Analysis/Synthesis model of compilation, phases of a compiler,
compiler construction tools Lexical Analysis- Interface with input, parser and symbol table,
token, lexeme and patterns, difficulties in lexical analysis, error reporting and
implementation, Specification and recognition of tokens- Regular Expressions, Regular
definitions, Transition diagrams- LEX.

Syntax Analysis- Compile time error handling- Error detection, reporting, recovery and repair
Context free grammars-ambiguity, associativity, precedence Top down parsing- Recursive
descent parsing , transformation on the grammars Predictive parsing-simple LL(1) grammar
Bottom up parsing- Operator precedence grammars, LR parsers - LR(0), SLR(1), LALR(1)
YACC.

Syntax Directed Translation- Syntax directed definitions, Inherited and synthesized attribute,
dependency graph, e valuation order, bottom up and top down evaluation of attributes, L- and
S- attributed definitions Type Checking-Type system, type expressions, structural and name
equivalence of types, type conversion, overloaded functions and operators, polymorphic
functions Run Time Environments- Storage organisation, activation tree, activation record,
parameter passing, symbol table, dynamic storage allocation

Intermediate Code Generation- Intermediate representations, translation of declarations,
assignments, intermediate code generation for control flow, boolean expressions and
procedure calls, implementation issues Code Generation and Instruction Selection- Issues,
basic blocks and flow graphs, register allocation, code generation DAG representation of
programs- Code generation from DAGs, peephole optimization, code generator generators,
specifications of machine
Module V (12 hours)

Code Optimization- Sources of optimizations, Optimization of basic blocks, Loops in flow
graphs, global dataflow analysis, Iterative solution of data-flow equations, Code improving
transformations, dealing with aliases, dataflow analysis of structured flow graphs.

Text Books
1. Aho A.V.,Sethi R, and Ullman J.D. Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools,
Addison-Wesley
Reference Books
1. V Raghavan, “Priniples of Compiler Design”,Tata McGraw Hill, India, 2010
2. Allen Holub, “Compiler Design in C”, Prentice Hall of India, 1993
3. Arthur B. Pyster, “Compiler design and construction: tools and techniques with C
and Pascal”, 2nd Edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. New York, NY, USA
4. Steven S. Muchnick, “Advanced Compiler Design & Implementation”, Morgan
Kaufmann Pulishers, 2000
5. Dhamdhere, “System Programming & Operating Systems”, 2nd edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, India

IT010 506: Database Management Systems

Objectives
Module I (10 hours)


Queries – Views.


Module V (13 hours)


Reference Books
3rd Edition, New Delhi- for oracle
7. Pranab Kumar Das Gupta, Datbase management System Oracle SQL And
8. C.J.Date , An Introduction to Database Systems, Pearson Education Asia, 7th Edition, New
Delhi.
9. Rajesh Narang, Database Management Systems, Asoke K ghosh , PHI Learning, New
Delhi, 2009.
10. Ramakrishnan and Gehrke, Database Management Systems, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd Edition ,
2003.
11. Peter Rob and Carlos Coronel, Database Systems, Thomson Course Technology,
7th Edition, 2007.
12. Satinder Bal Guptha and Adithya Mittal, Introduction to Database Management
System, University Science Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
13. Patrick O’Neil and Elizabeth O’Neil, Database Principles, Programming and
Performance, Morgan Kaufmann, 2nd Edition, New Delhi,2010 .
14. Ramon A Mata-Toledo and Pauline K Cushman, Schaum’s OUTlines Database
Management Systems, Tata Mc Graw Hill , New Delhi, 2007.
15. Michel Kifer, Philip M. Lewis, Prabin K .Panigrahi and Arthur Bernstein, Database
Systems An Application Oriented Approach, Pearson Education Asia, 2nd Edition,
New Delhi, 2008.

IT010 507: PC HARDWARE AND MICROPROCESSORS LAB

Objectives
• To provide experience on assembling and troubleshooting of PC hardware
• To be able to write microprocessor based programs and to understand the
interfacing of peripheral devices with the microprocessors
1. Study of SMPS, TTL and composite type monitor circuits, Emulator, Logic state
analyser, Serial port, Parallel port, Mother board, Display adapter card, Hard disk
controller, Printer Interface, Keyboard Interface
2. Identification of components/cards and PC assembling from components.
3. Trouble shooting and maintenance -Common maintenance problems, Diagnostic

software, Diagnostic cards, Designing and Programming add on cards.
4. Programming with 8086 (Any 3 Experiments including BIOS/DOS Calls, Keyboard

Control, Display, File Manipulation).
5. Interfacing with 8086-8255,8253.
6. Interfacing with 8086-8279,8251.
7. ADC interface, Stepper Motor interface using DAC, Parallel Interface- Printer and
HEX keyboard, Serial Interface- PC to PC serial interface using MODEM. (Any 2
Experiments)
8. 8051 Micro controller based experiments – Simple assembly language programs

(optional).
9. 8051 Micro controller based experiments – Simple control applications (optional).

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

IT010 508: SYSTEMS LAB

Objectives
• To understand operating system structures and the implementation aspects of
various OS functions and schedulers.
• To be able to design databases, write queries and develop applications.
Part 1: Operating systems

1. Basic UNIX commands and shell programming
2. Introduction to the tools providing GUI based human computer interaction (for
example Qt.) Automatic generation of code for interaction using visual programming
(for example Qt Designer).
3. Exercises involving the system calls fork(),exec(),create() etc.
4. Implementation of typical problems such as bounded buffer, dining philosophers etc.
by multiprogramming using threads, semaphores and shared memory
5. Inter-process communication using mailboxes and pipes
Part 2: Database management systems
1. Familiarization of MySQL database- creation and manipulation of tables.

2. Analyze a given situation such as Banking, Electricity Billing, Library Management,
Payroll, Insurance ,Inventory, Health Care, Cricket Board Database, College
Admission, Question Paper Bank, Hostel Management etc. Design and implement the
database. Manipulate the tables using SQL commands.
3. Develop a 2 tier application for the above situation using a suitable front end.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

IT010 601: Computer Networks

Objectives
To teach the mode of operation of different types of computer networks that are used to
interconnect a distributed community of computers and various interfacing standards
and protocols.
Module I (10 hours)

Introduction: - ISO-OSI Reference Model – TCP/IP Reference Model – Comparison
Network hardware-Repeaters, Routers, Bridges, Gateways, Hub, Cable Modem.
Physical Layer: - Transmission Media– ISDN system Architecture – Communication
Satellites – geostationary satellites - Medium Earth Orbit Satellites- Low earth orbit
satellites– Satellite v/s Fiber
Module 2 (12 hours)

Data Link Layer: - Design issues-Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data
link protocols- Sliding window protocols. .
LAN Protocols: - Static & Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and WAN’s,
Multiple access protocols – ALOHA – Pure ALOHA – Slotted ALOHA – Carrier
Sense Multiple Access protocols – persistent and non-persistent CSMA – CSMA with
collision detection – IEEE 802.3 standards for LAN
Module 3 (14 hours)

Network layer: -Virtual Circuits, Datagrams, Routing Algorithm – Optimality
principle - Flooding - Flow Based Routing - Link state routing – Distance vector
routing – Multicasting – Link state multicasting – Distance vector multicasting -
Congestion Control Algorithms – General principles – Packet discarding – Choke
packets - Congestion prevention policies – Traffic shaping – Leaky bucket algorithm
– Flow specifications – jitter control
Module 4 (12 hours)

Transport Layer: - Transport Service - Elements of transport protocols – Internet
Transfer Protocols UDP and TCP – ATM – Principle characteristics.
Module 5 (12 hours)

Application Layer: -Domain name system – DNS name space – Resource records –
Name servers – operation of DNS - Electronic Mail – MIME
Mobile networks: - Mobile telephone systems, Bluetooth - Components – Error
correction – Network topology – Piconet and scatternet – L2CAP layers –
Communication in Bluetooth networks

References
1. Computer Networks (Fourth Edition): Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Pearson

Education Asia/ PHI
2. An Introduction to computer networking: Kenneth C. Mansfield Jr., James L.
Antonakos, Prentice-Hall India
3. Communication Networks: Leon, Garcia, Widjaja Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Computer Networks (Second Edition): Larry L Peterson & Bruce S Davie,
(Harcourt India)
5. Computer Networking: James F Kurose & Keith W Ross, Pearson Education
6. Introduction to Data Communications and Networking: Behrouz, Forouzan,
McGraw Hill

IT 602:DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

2hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week
2+2+0
Objectives:
• To study the fundamentals of discrete-time signals and system analysis, digital filter
design and the DFT
Module 1 (12 Hours)

Introduction: Elements of a Digital Processing System - Advantages of Digital over
Analog Signal Processing - Applications of DSP.
Discrete-Time Signals and Systems: Basic Discrete-Time sequences and sequence
operations: unit sample, unit step, exponential, sinusoidal – periodic and aperiodic
discrete time sinusoids - Discrete time systems: Properties of Systems: Stability,
Memory, Causality, Time invariance, Linearity
Module 2 (12 Hours)

LTI Systems: Representation of Signals in terms of impulses – Impulse response –
Convolution sum– Cascade and Parallel interconnections – Memory, Causality and
Stability of LTI systems – Systems described by linear constant coefficient difference
equations
Frequency Domain representation of discrete-time signals: Fourier transform of a
sequence - Properties of Fourier Transforms – Frequency response of systems
Module 3 (12 Hours)

Z transform: Definition - ROC – Common Z transforms - Inverse z-transform by partial
fraction expansion- Properties of z- transforms - Analysis and characterization of LTI
systems using Z-Transform
Sampling of continuous time signals: The sampling theorem - Aliasing
Module 4 (12 Hours)

Structures for discrete time systems – IIR and FIR systems – Block diagram
representation of difference equations – Basic structures for IIR systems – Direct form -
Cascade form - Parallel form – Structures for FIR systems – Direct and Cascade forms –
Overview of finite precision numerical effects in implementing systems
Module 5 (12 Hours)

Digital filter design: Filter specification –Comparison of IIR and FIR filters – Design of
low pass FIR filters by windowing
The Discrete Fourier Transform: Relation with DTFT - Computation of the DFT –
Decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT - Reduction of computational
complexity

References
1. Alan V. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Schafer, Digital Signal Processing –

Pearson Education Asia, LPE
2. Sanjit K Mitra, Digital Signal Processing, 3e, Tata McGraw - Hill Education,
New Delhi, 2007.
3. John G. Proakis and Dimitris G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing -
Pearson Education, 4th edition
4. L C Ludeman ,Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing –, Wiley
5. Johny R. Johnson, An Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Prentice Hall
6. S.Salivahanan, A.Vallavaraj, C.Gnanapriya, Digital Signal Processing, 2e,
Tata McGraw - Hill Education, New Delhi, 2009
7. Emmanuel C. Ifeachor and Barrie W. Jervis,Digital Signal Processing: A
Practical Approach –Pearson Education Asia, LPE

IT 010 603INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING

3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week 3+1+0
Objectives:
• To provide basic concepts of Information Theory
• To understand the design and analysis of coding/decoding scheme for digital
communication application
Module 1 (12 Hours)

Information theory: - Concept of amount of information -units, Entropy -marginal,
conditional and joint entropies -relation among entropies Mutual information,
information rate, channel capacity, redundancy and efficiency of channels.
Module 2 (12 Hours)

Discrete channels: - Symmetric channels, Binary Symmetric Channel, Binary Erasure
Channel, Cascaded channels, repetition of symbols, Binary unsymmetric channel,
Shannon theorem. Continuous channels: - Capacity of band limited Gaussian channels,
Shannon-Hartley theorem, Trade off between band width and signal to noise ratio,
Capacity of a channel with infinite band width, Optimum modulation system.
Module 3 (12 Hours)

Source coding: - Encoding techniques, Purpose of encoding, Instantaneous codes,
Construction of instantaneous codes, Kraft's inequality, Coding efficiency and
redundancy, Noiseless coding theorem. Construction of basic source codes: - Shannon-
Fano algorithm, Huffman coding, Arithmetic coding, ZIP coding.
Module 4 (12 Hours)

Codes for error detection and correction: - Parity check coding, Linear block codes,
Error detecting and correcting capabilities, Generator and Parity check matrices, Standard
array and Syndrome decoding, Hamming codes, Encoding and decoding of systematic
and unsystematic codes. Cyclic codes: - Generator polynomial, Generator and Parity
check matrices, Encoding of cyclic codes, Syndrome computation and error detection,
Decoding of cyclic codes, BCH codes, RS codes, Burst error correction.
Module 5 (12 Hours)

Convolutional codes: - Encoding- State, Tree and Trellis diagrams, Maximum likelihood
decoding of convolutional codes -Viterby algorithm, Sequential decoding -Stack
algorithm. Interleaving techniques: - Block and convolutional interleaving, Coding and
interleaving applied to CD digital audio system -CIRC encoding and decoding,
interpolation and muting. ARQ: - Types of ARQ, Performance of ARQ, Probability of
error and throughput.

References
1. Ranjan Bose ,Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography 2nd Edition:,
Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008
2. Simon Haykin,Communication Systems: John Wiley & Sons. Pvt. Ltd.
3. Taub & Schilling, Principles of Communication Systems: Tata McGraw-Hill
4. Das, Mullick & Chatterjee, Principles of Digital Communication: Wiley
Eastern Ltd.
5. Error Control Coding Fundamentals and Applications: Prentice Hall Inc.
6. Shu Lin & Daniel J. Costello Jr.,Digital Communications Fundamentals and
Applications: Bernard Sklar, Person Education Asia

IT 010 604 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Objective:
• To help students to develop skills that will enable them to construct software of
high quality – software that is reliable, and that is reasonably easy to understand, modify
and maintain.
• To foster an understanding of why these skills are important
Module 1 (10 Hours)
Introduction: The Nature of Software, Software Process, Software Engineering Practice, A

Generic Process Model, Prescriptive Process Models, Specialized Process Models, The
Unified Process, Personal and Team Process Models, Agile Process, Extreme Programming,
Agile Process Models.
Module 2 (14 Hours)
Requirements Modelling: Requirement Engineering, Eliciting Requirements, Developing

Use Cases, Building the Requirements Model, Requirements Analysis, Scenario-Based
Modelling, UML Models, Data Modelling Concepts, Class Based Modelling, Flow Oriented
Modelling, Behaviour Model, Patterns for Requirements Modelling, Requirements Modelling
for Web Applications.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Design: The Design Process, Design Concepts, The Design Model, Software Architecture,
Architectural Styles, Architectural Design, Architectural Mapping, Designing Class-Based
Components, Component-Level Design, Component Based Development, User Interface
Analysis and Design.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Testing and Quality Assurance: A Strategic Approach to Software Testing, Test Strategies
for Conventional Software, Test Strategies for Object-Oriented Software, Test Strategies for
Web Applications, Validation Testing, System Testing, Debugging, White-Box Testing,
Control Structure Testing, Black-Box Testing, Model-Based Testing, Statistical Software
Quality Assurance, Software Reliability.

Module 5 (12 Hours)
Managing Software Project: The Management Spectrum, Process Metrics and Product
Metrics, Software Measurement, Software Quality Metric, Integration of Metrics, Project
Planning Process, Decomposition Techniques, Empirical Estimation Models, Project
Scheduling, Risk Management.
Text Books:
1. Roger S. Pressman ,” Software Engineering- A Practitioner’s Approach”, Seventh Edition,

Mc GrawHill Higher Education, 2010.
2. Pankaj Jalote ,” Software Engineering”, Narosa Publications.
3. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, PHI learning Private Limited New
Delhi, 2009.
References:
1. Ian Somerville, “Software Engineering “, Pearson Education Asia, 2000.
2. Richard Fairly,” Software Engineering Concepts”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Waaman S Jawadekar,” Software Engineering- A Primer”, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Ali Behforooz and Frederick J. Hudson, “Software Engineering Fundamentals”, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi, 1996.
5. Edward Kit, “Software Testing in the Real World”, Addition Wesley, 2000.
6. Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Software Engineering theory and practice”, Second edition,
Pearson Education Asia, 2001.

IT010 605: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Objectives
• To develop an understanding about basic algorithms and different problem solving
strategies.
• To improve creativeness and the confidence to solve non-conventional problems and
expertise for analysing existing solutions.
Module I (13 hours)

Introduction and Complexity
What is an algorithm – Properties of an Algorithm, Development of an algorithm, Pseudo-
code Conventions, Recursive Algorithms – Performance Analysis - Space and Time
Complexity –Asymptotic Notations – ‘Oh’, ‘Omega’, ‘Theta’, Worst, Best and Average Case
Complexity, Running Time Comparison, Common Complexity Functions -Recurrence
Relations – Solving Recurrences using Iteration and Recurrence Trees – Example Problems –
Profiling - Amortized Complexity.

Divide and Conquer - Control Abstraction, Finding Maximum and Minimum, Costs
associated element comparisons and index comparisons, Binary Search, Divide and Conquer
Matrix Multiplication, Stressen’s Matrix Multiplication, Quick Sort, Merge Sort. –
Refinements.

Greedy Strategy - Control Abstraction, General Knapsack Problem, Minimum Cost
Spanning Trees – PRIM’s Algorithm, Kruskal’s Algorithm, Job sequencing with deadlines.
Dynamic Programming - Principle of Optimality, Multistage Graph Problem, Forward
Approach, Backward Approach, All-Pairs Shortest Paths, Traveling Salesman Problem.

Backtracking – State Space Tree - Fixed Tuple and Variable Tuple Formulation - Control
Abstraction – Generating Function and Bounding Function - Efficiency of the method -
Monte Carlo Method – N-Queens Problem, Sum of Subsets.
Branch and Bound Techniques – FIFO, LIFO, and LC Control Abstractions, 15-puzzle.
Module V (11 hours)

Sophisticated Algorithms - Approximation Algorithms – Planar Graph Coloring, Vertex
cover - String Matching Algorithms – Rabin Karp algorithm - Topological Sort -
Deterministic and Non-Deterministic Algorithms.
Lower Bound Theory - Comparison Trees for Searching and Sorting, lower bound on
comparison based algorithms, Sorting, Selection & Merging; Oracles and Adversary
Arguments –Merging,Basic concepts of randomized algorithm-Las Vagas algorithm for
search.

Reference Books
1. Horowitz, Ellis, Sahni, Sartaj & Rajasekaran, Sanguthevar, Fundamentals of Computer

Algorithms, , 2nd Edition, Universities Press, Hyderabad .
2. Thomas Coremen, Charles, Ronald Rives, Introduction to algorithm, PHI Learning
3. Sara Baase & Allen Van Gelder , Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Design and
Analysis, Pearson Education..
4. Anany Levitin, Introduction to The Design & Analysis of Algorithms, Pearson
Education, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2008.
5. Berman and Paul, Algorithms, Cenage Learning India Edition, New Delhi, 2008.
6. S.K.Basu , Design Methods And Analysis Of Algorithms ,PHI Learning Private Limited,
New Delhi,2008.
7. Jon Kleinberg and Eva Tardos, Algorithm Design, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2006.
8. Hari Mohan Pandey, Design Analysis And Algorithms, University Science Press, 2008.
9. R. Panneerselvam, Design and Analysis of Algorithms, PHI Learning Private Limited, New
Delhi, 2009.
10. Udit Agarwal, Algorithms Design And Analysis, Dhanapat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2009.
11. Aho, Hopcroft and ullman, The Design And Analysis of Computer Algorithms, Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2007.
12. S.E.Goodman and S. T. Hedetmiemi, Introduction To The Design And Analysis Of
Algorithms, McGraw-Hill International Editions, Singapore 2000.
13. Richard Neapolitan, Kumarss N, Foundations of Algorithms, DC Hearth &company.
14. Sanjay Dasgupta, Christos Papadimitriou, Umesh Vazirani, Algorithms, Tata McGraw-Hill
Edition.

IT010 606 L01 SIMULATION AND MODELLING
Objectives:
• To build knowledge on system modelling and system study on various applications.
• To design simulation models for various case studies like inventory, Telephone system,
etc.
• To practice on simulation tools and impart knowledge on building simulation systems.
Module 1 (10 Hours)
The Concepts of a System, Continuous and Discrete Systems, System Modeling, Types of
Models, Physical Models, Mathematical Models, Principal Used in Modeling, Corporate
Model, Environment Segment, Production Segment, Management Segment, The Full
Corporate Model, System Analysis, System Design, System Postulation.
Module 2 (13 Hours)
The Monte Carlo Method, Types of System Simulation, Numerical Computation Technique
for Continuous Models, Numerical Computation Technique for Discrete Models, Distributed
Lag Models, Cobweb Models. Continuous System Models, Differential Equations, Analog
Computers, Hybrid Computers, Digital-Analog Simulators, Continuous System Simulation
Lanuages, CSMP III, Hybrid Simulation, Feedback Systems, Interactive Systems, Real- Time
Simulation.
Module 3 (13 Hours)
Exponential Growth and Decay Models, Modified Exponential Growth Models, Logic
Curves, System Dynamics Diagrams, Multi-Segment Models, Representation of Time
Models, The DYNAMO Language. Stochastic Variables, Discrete and Continuous
Probability Functions, Continuous Uniformly Distributed Random Numbers, Uniform
Random Number Generator, Non-Uniform Continuously Distributed Random Numbers,
Rejection Method.

Module 4 (12 Hours)
Congestion in Systems, Arrival Patterns, Exponential Distribution, Erlang Distribution,

Hyper-Exponential Distribution, Normal Distributions, Queing Disciplines, Simulation of a
Telephone System, Simulation Programming Tasks, Discrete Simulation Languages. GPSS
Programs, Succession of Events, Simulation of a Manufacturing Shop, Facilities and
Storages, Gathering Statistics, Conditional Transfers, Program Control statements, GPSS
Examples.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
SIMSCRIPT Programs, SIMSCRIPT System Concepts, Organization of SIMSCRIPT

Programs, SIMSCRIPT Statements, Management of Sets in SIMSCRIPT, Telephone System
Model, Simulation Programming Techniques.
Text Books
1. Geofferry Gordan, “ System Simulation”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,2004.
Reference Books
1. H. James Harrington and Kerim Tumay, ”Simulation Modeling Methods”, Tata McGraw
Hill New Delhi.
2. Averill M. Law , “Simulation Modeling and Analysis”, 4th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi.
3. Greenlaw, simulation modeling and analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill Education

IT010 606L02 Management Information Systems

Objective:
• To provide information needed to manage organizations effectively
Module 1 (12 Hours)
Information System and Organization: Matching the Information System Plan to the
Organizational Strategic Plan, Identifying Key Organizational Objective and Processes and
Developing an Information System Development, User role in Systems Development
Process, Maintainability and Recoverability in System Design.
Module 2 (12 Hours)
Representation and Analysis of System Structure: Models for Representing Systems

Mathematical, Graphical and Hierarchical (Organization Chart, Tree Diagram), Information
Flow, Process Flow, Methods and Heuristics, Decomposition and Aggregation, Information
Architecture, Application of System Representation to Case Studies.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Systems, Information and Decision Theory: Information Theory, Information Content and
Redundancy, Classification and Compression, Summarizing and Filtering, Inferences and
Uncertainty, Identifying Information needed to Support Decision Making, Human Factors,
Problem characteristics and Information System Capabilities in Decision Making.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Information System Application: Transaction Processing Applications, Basic Accounting

Application, Applications for Budgeting and Planning, Other use of Information Technology:
Automation, Word Processing, Electronic Mail, Evaluation Remote Conferencing and
Graphics, System and Selection, Cost Benefit, Centralized vs. Decentralized Allocation
Mechanism.
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Development and Maintenance Of Information Systems: Systems analysis and design,

System development life cycle, Limitation, End User Development, Managing End Users,
off-the shelf software packages, Outsourcing, Comparison of different methodologies.

Text Books
1. Ken Laudon, Jame Laudon, Rajanish Dass, “Management Information Systems: Managing
the digital firm”,11th edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. K.C.Laudon J.P.Laudon, “Management Information Systems - Organization and
Technology in the Networked Enterprise”, Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2000.
References
1. E.F. Turban, R.K. Turban, R.E. Potter, “Introduction to Information Technology”, John
Wiley and Sons, 3rd Edition, 2004.
2. Wiley and M.E. Brabston, “Management Information Systems: Managing the digital firm”,
Pearson Education, 2002.
3. Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Joey F. George and Joseph S. Valachich, “Modern Systems Analysis
and Design”, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.
4. Robert Schulthesis and Mary Sumner, ” Management Information System-The Manager’s
View, Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi.
5. Waman S Jawadekar, “ Management Information Systems-Text and Cases”, Tata Mc
Graw Hill New Delhi.
6. O’Brien, Management Information Systems, 9e, Tata McGraw-Hill Education

IT010 606L03 : UNIX Shell Programming

(Common with CS010 606L04)
2
Objectives
• To provide a fair knowledge of Unix concepts and gain sharp skills in Unix Shell
programming
Pre-requisites: IT010 504 level of Operating Systems knowledge
Module 1. (8 hours)
Introduction to Unix:- Architecture of Unix, Features of Unix , Basic Unix
Commands - Unix Utilities:- Introduction to unix file system, vi editor, file handling
utilities, security by file permissions, process utilities, disk utilities, networking
commands - Text processing utilities and backup

Introduction to Shells:-Unix Session, Standard Streams, Redirection, Pipes, tee
Command, Command Execution, Command-Line Editing, Quotes, Command
Substitution, Job Control, Aliases, Variables, Predefined Variables, Options,
Shell/Environment Customization. Regular expressions, Filters and Pipes,
Concatenating files, Display Beginning and End of files, Cut and Paste, Sorting,
Translating Characters, Files with Duplicate Lines, Count characters, words or lines,
Comparing Files.

grep:-Operation, grep Family, Searching for File Content.
sed:-Scripts, Operation, Addresses, commands, Applications, grep and sed.
awk:-Execution, Fields and Records, Scripts, Operations, Patterns, Actions,
Associative Arrays, String Functions, Mathematical Functions, User Defined
Functions, Using System commands in awk, Applications of awk, grep and sed

Interactive Shells - Korn Shell, C Shell and BASH - Shell Features, Special Files,
Variables, Output, Input, Exit Status of a Command, eval Command, Environmental
Variables, Options, Startup Scripts, Command History, Command Execution Process.
Shell Programming - Korn Shell, C Shell and BASH -

Basic Script concepts, Expressions, Decisions: Making Selections, Repetition, special
Parameters and Variables, changing Positional Parameters, Argument Validation,
Debugging Scripts, Script Examples.

Process management:- Creation, Hierarchies, Sending signals to processes, exec,
termination, Zombie, waitpid etc - Network management:- tools, Client server
mechanism, address resolution, ping, telnet, ftp, dns and squid – X Window System:-
Overview, Architecture, starting and stopping X, X clients and display

Reference Books
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg,” Unix and shell Programming.”, Cengage
Learning
2. Sumitabha Das , “Unix the ultimate guide”, TMH. 2nd Edition.
3. Kernighan and Pike, “Unix programming environment”, PHI. / Pearson Education
4. Graham Glass, King Ables,” Unix for programmers and users”, 3rd edition, Pearson
Education
5. Maurice J. Bach, “The Design of the Unix Operating System”, First Edition,
Pearson Education, 1999

IT010 606 L04 : Advanced Database Systems

Objectives
• Be able to design high-quality relational databases and database
• applications.
• Have developed skills in advanced visual & conceptual modelling and
• database design..
• Have developed an appreciation of emerging database trends as they
• apply to semi-structured data, the internet, and object-oriented databases.
Pre-requisites: IT010 506 Database Management Systems level of database knowledge
Module 1. Distributed Databases 8

Distributed Databases Vs Conventional Databases – Architecture – Fragmentation
– Query Processing – Transaction Processing – Concurrency Control – Recovery.
Module 2. Object Oriented Databases 15

Introduction to Object Oriented Data Bases - Approaches - Modelling and Design
- Persistence – Query Languages - Transaction - Concurrency – Multi Version
Locks - Recovery.
Module 3. Emerging Systems 12

Enhanced Data Models - Client/Server Model - Data Warehousing and Data
Mining - Web Databases – Mobile Databases.
Module 4. Database Design Issues 13

ER Model - Normalization - Security - Integrity - Consistency - Database Tuning
- Optimization and Research Issues – Design of Temporal Databases – Spatial
Databases.
Module 5. Current Issues 12

Rules - Knowledge Bases - Active And Deductive Databases - Parallel Databases
– Multimedia Databases – Image Databases – Text Database

Reference Books
1. Elisa Bertino, Barbara Catania, Gian Piero Zarri, “Intelligent Database Systems”,
Addison-Wesley, 2001.
2. Carlo Zaniolo, Stefano Ceri, Christos Faloustsos, R.T.Snodgrass,
V.S.Subrahmanian, “Advanced Database Systems”, Morgan Kaufman, 1997.
3. N.Tamer Ozsu, Patrick Valduriez, “Principles Of Distributed Database Systems”,
Prentice Hal International Inc., 1999.
4. C.S.R Prabhu, “Object-Oriented Database Systems”, Prentice Hall Of India, 1998.
5. Abdullah Uz Tansel Et Al, “Temporal Databases: Theory, Design And
Principles”, Benjamin Cummings Publishers, 1993.
6. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, “Database Management Systems”,
Mcgraw Hill, Third Edition 2004.
7. Henry F Korth, Abraham Silberschatz, S. Sudharshan, “Database System
Concepts”, Fourth Ediion, Mcgraw Hill, 2002.
8. R. Elmasri, S.B. Navathe, “Fundamentals Of Database Systems”, Pearson Education,
2004

IT010 606L05: Parallel Computing

Objectives
• To give an introduction to parallel computing that studies problem solving using a
large number of inter connected processors.
• To develop understanding about the various models of parallel computation and
also gives knowledge about the algorithms for merging, sorting, searching and
FFT.
Pre-requisites: IT010 403 Computer Organisation and Architecture
Module I (10 hours)

Parallel processing - Control-Parallel approach - Data-Parallel approach - Data-Parallel
approach with I/O - PRAM Model - PRAM Algorithms - Parallel Reduction - Prefix
Sums - List Ranking - Preorder Tree Traversal - Merging Two Sorted Lists - Graph
Coloring - Reducing Number of Processors

Processor Organizations- Processor arrays- UMA and NUMA multiprocessors –
Multicomputers – nCUBE2 – Connection Machine CM5 – Paragon XP/S- Flynn’s
Txonamy – Speed up and scaled speed up – Parallelizability- Mapping – Dynamic load
balancing on multicomputers-Scheduling

Classifying MIMD Algorithms – Hypercube SIMD Model – Shuffle Exchange SIMD
Model
– 2D Mesh SIMD Model – UMA Multiprocessor Model – Broadcast – Prefix Sums.
Enumeration Sort – Lower Bound on Parallel Sorting – Odd-Even Transposition Sort –
Bitonic Merge – Parallel Quick Sort

Complexity of Parallel Search – Searching on Multiprocessors - P-Depth Search –
Breadth Death Search – Breadth First Search – Connected Components – All pair
Shortest Path – Single Source Shortest Path – Minimum Cost
Spanning Tree.
Module V (10 hours)

Matrix Multiplication on 2-D Mesh, Hypercube and Shuffle Exchange SIMD Models –
Algorithms for Multiprocessors – Algorithms for Multicomputers – Row oriented
algorithm and block oriented algorithm.

Reference Books
1. Michael J. Quinn, Parallel Computing – The Theory and Practice, McGraw-Hill, INC
2. Ananth Grame, George Karpis, Vipin Kumar and Anshul Gupta, Introduction to
Parallel Computing, 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley, 2003
3. Selim G. Akl, The Design and Analysis of Parallel algorithms, PHI,
4. V. Rajaraman and C. Siva Ram Murthy, Parallel Computers – Architecture and
Programming, PHI,
5. Michael J. Quinn, Parallel Computing – Parallel Programming In C With Mpi And Openmp,
McGraw-Hill,INC,

IT010 606L06: Optimization Techniques

Objectives
•
• To provide graduate students with a systematic training in the use of nonlinear
optimization techniques in research and applications
Pre-requisites: EN010 101, EN010 301, EN010 401, EN010 501B level knowledge
Module1 Classical optimization techniques (12 Hours)

Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints
– Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality
constraints – Lagrange multiplier method – Multivariable optimization with
inequality constrains – Kuhn- Tucker conditions.
Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimization (12 Hours)

Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method –
Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation
methods.
Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization (12 Hours)
Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method –
Powells method – Hook and Jeeve’s method.
Module 4 Integer – Linear programming problem (12 Hours)

Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer
programming problems, mixed integer programming problems.
Module 5 Network Technique (12 Hours)

Shortest path model – Dijkstra’s Algorithm – Floyd’s Algorithm – minimum
spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm.
Reference Books
1. Optimization theory and application - S.S. Rao, New Age International P. Ltd.
2. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering - A. D. Belegundu, T.R.
Chandrupatla, Pearson Education Asia.
3. Principles of Operations Research for Management - F. S. Budnick, D. McLeavey, R.
Mojena, Richard D. Irwin, INC.
4. Operation Research an introduction - H. A. Taha, Eastern Economy Edition.
5. Operation Research – R. Pannerselvam, PHI

IT010 607 NETWORK PROGRAMMING LAB

Objective:
• To impart a solid foundation of the state of the art trends in computer networking and to provide a
hands on experience of the same. The lab aims to give an overarching insight to all arenas of
networking. The experiments may be taken up with the intention to solidify the foundations of the
basic networking course. The simulation experiments are included to have familiarization of the
architecture and internal working of the tool and to equip the students with a free to use mindset
afterwards.
1 Java network programming –
1.1 Processing Internet Addressing
1.2 Applications with UDP datagram and sockets
1.3 implementation of TCP/IP client and server
2 Unix Network Programming

2.1 TCP and UDP Socket programming and applications
2.2 Client-server using RPC
2.3 Concurrent Server using Threads or Process
2.4 Implementations of PC-to-PC file transfer using serial port and MODEM.
3 Simulation of ARP/RARP.
4 Simulation of GoBackN, Selective Repeat or Sliding Window protocol.
5 Remote Procedure Call (RPC) programming.
6 Study of Network Simulators (NS2 / Glomosim)
6.1 Simulation of different network topologies
6.2 Performance analysis of routing protocols both for wired, wireless
networks

References
1. W.R. Stevens, “Unix Network Programming, Vol 1”, 2nd ed., Prentice-Hall
Inc., 1998.
2. Using Java2 Platform – Weber (AWL)

3. Douglas E.Comer, Hands on Networking with Internet Technologies, Pearson
Education
4. http://www.isi.edu/nsnam/ns/doc/
5. http://pcl.cs.ucla.edu/projects/glomosim/

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

IT010 608 MINI PROJECT

Objectives
To estimate the ability of the student in transforming the theoretical knowledge

studied so far into application software.
For enabling the students to gain experience in organisation and implementation
of a small project and thus acquire the necessary confidence to carry out main
project in the final year.
To understand and gain the knowledge of software engineering practices, so as to
participate and manage large software engineering projects in future.
In this practical course, each group consisting of two/three members (four in special
cases) is expected to design and develop practical solutions to real life problems related to
industry, institutions and computer science research. Software life cycle should be followed
during the development. The theoretical knowledge, principles and practices gained from
various subjects should be applied to develop effective solutions to various computing
problems. The knowledge gained during various practical subjects to work with various
software tools, Designing tools, programming languages, operating systems, etc. should be
utilized in various stages of development. Structured/ Object Oriented design techniques may
be used for the project. Software Requirements Specification (SRS), Modeling Techniques,
Design and Testing strategies should be documented properly.
A committee consisting of minimum three faculty members will perform the internal
assessment of the mini project. A report on mini project should be submitted for evaluation
and project work should be presented and demonstrated before the panel of examiners.
Internal Continuous Assessment (50 marks)
40% - Design and development (30% by guide and 10% by committee)

30% - Final result and Demonstration (15% by guide and 15% by committee)
20% - Report (10% by guide and 10% by committee)
10% - Regularity in the class (by guide)

20% - Demonstration of mini project
50% - Practical test connected with mini project
20% - Viva voce
10% - Project report

Polymer Engineering (PO)
EN010 301A: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II

Objectives
• To apply standard methods and basic numerical techniques for solving
problems and to know the importance of learning theories in Mathematics.

Scalar and vector fields – gradient-physical meaning- directional
derivative-divergence an curl - physical meaning-scalar potential conservative field-
identities - simple problems
Line integral - work done by a force along a path-surface and volume
integral-application of Greens theorem, Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence
theorem
Finite difference operators and - interpolation using
Newtons forward and backward formula – problems using Stirlings formula,
Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula
Numerical differentiation using Newtons forward and backward
formula – Numerical integration – Newton’s – cotes formula – Trapezoidal rule –
Simpsons 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – Difference equations – solution of difference equation
Definition of Z transforms – transform of polynomial function and
trignometric functions – shifting property , convolution property - inverse
transformation – solution of 1st and 2nd order difference equations with constant
coifficients using Z transforms.
Reference
4. K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National publishing
co
2
EN010 302: Economics and Communication Skills

Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Commercial banks-functions- Role of Small Industries Development Bank of India
and National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development
Module II (6 hours)

Module IV (5 hours)
Inflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of inflation-government measures to
control inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
3
Objectives
• To enable them to express themselves fluently and appropriately in
social and professional contexts

Communication nature and process, Types of communication - Verbal and Non
verbal, Communication Flow-Upward, Downward and Horizontal, Importance of
communication skills in society, Listening skills, Reading comprehension,
Presentation Techniques, Group Discussion, Interview skills, Soft skills

Technical writing skills- Vocabulary enhancement-synonyms, Word Formation-
suffix, affix, prefix, Business letters, Emails, Job Application, Curriculum Vitae,
Report writing- Types of reports

REFERENCES
2. Communication skills for Engineers and Scientists, Sangeeta Sharma and
Binod Mishra, PHI Learning private limited, 2010
3. Professional Communication, Kumkum Bhardwaj, I.K. International (P)
House limited, 2008
PO010 303: Polymer Science - I

Objectives
• To impart the fundamental concepts of polymeric materials
• To familiarize polymerization reaction mechanisms and kinetics
Module 1 (10 hours)

Importance in everyday life, Functionality of monomers- bi-functional systems, poly
functional systems. polymerisability, degree of polymerization, Differences between polymer
and low molecular weight systems, Classification- examples for natural polymer, synthetic
polymer, homo polymer, copolymer, inorganic polymer and biopolymer. Idea about linear
4
polymer, branched polymer, ladder polymer, crosslinked polymer, homochain polymer and
hetero-atomic chain polymers. Nomenclature
Module 2 (15 hours)
Need for average polymer molecular weight, Different averages in polymer molecular
weight- Number average, weight average, viscosity average, z- average molecular weights,
molecular weight distribution, polydispersity index, simple numerical problems to illustrate
average molecular weight, basic principles of the following methods: end group analysis,
colligative property measurements, osmometry, vapour phase osmometry, light scattering,
ultracentrifugation, viscometry and gel permeation chromatography
Module 3 (10 hours)

Addition polymerization, mechanism and kinetics of free radical polymerization, cationic
polymerization and anionic polymerization, free radical initiators, control of molecular
weight, inhibition, autoacceleration, chain transfer
Module 4 (15 hours)

Condensation polymerisation, Carother’s equation, gelation, coordination polymerisation,
Ziegler-Natta catalysts, ring opening polymerization, copolymerization, different types of
copolymers, monomer reactivity ratio, copolymer equation
Module 5 (10 hours)

Polymerization techniques, bulk polymerization, solution polymerization, suspension
polymerization, emulsion polymerization, interfacial polymerisation
References
1. F.W. Billmeyer, Textbook of Polymer Science, Wiley international publishers, 1984.
2. Joel R. Fried, Polymer science and Technology, Prentice Hall, NJ, 1995
3. J.M.G. Cowie, Polymers: Chemistry and Physics of Modern Materials, Blackie,
London, 1991.
4. R.J. Young and P.Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, 2nd Ed., Chapman & Hall, 1991.
5. Premamoy Ghosh, Polymer Science and Technology of Plastics and Rubbers, Tata
McGraw - Hill, New Delhi, 1990.
6. H.R. Allcock and F.W. Lampe, “Contemporary Polymer Chemistry”, Prentice Hall
1981.
7. F.W.Billmeyer, “ Text Book of Polymer Science”, Wiley Interscience, 1971.
8. F.Rodrigues, “ Principles of Polymer systems”, Mc Graw Hill, 1970
PO010 304: Computer Programming

Objectives
• To provide the basic concepts of computer hardware and software
• To generate C programming concept among the students
Module 1 (12 hours)

Computer fundamentals, classification, mainframe, mini and microcomputers, block
schematic of personal computers. Concept of software and hardware, concept of operating
systems. Programming languages, classification, machine language, assembly language and
5
high level language. Program development, flow charts and algorithms. Compilers,
assemblers
Module 2 (15 hours)

C Programming, Introduction to C programming language, compilation of C programs.
Structure of a C program, input/output statements, fundamental data types, variables,
identifiers, keywords, operator precedence and associativity, arithmetic expressions. Loop
statements-for, while, do-while. Decision statements-if, nested if, switch statements, break
and continue statements, example for a simple C program
Module 3 (15 hours)

Arrays and structures: single and multidimensional arrays, character arrays and its
initializations. String and its initializations. Declaration and initialisation of structure
variables, array of structures and nested structures. Example programs using structures,
unions
Module 4 (8 hours)
Functions-concept, function declaration and calling, arguments and local variables, parameter
passing methods in C function, array passing in C function. Concept of recursive functions
Module 5 (10 hours)

Pointers and files: declaration, passing pointers to a function, accessing array elements using
pointers, operation on pointers. Opening and closing a file, creating and processing a file
References
1. Programming in C : E Balaguruswamy
2. Let us C : Y.P.Kannetkar
3. Pointers in C : Y.P.Kannetkar
4. Programming with C : Bryan.S.Gottfried,Tata McGrawHill
PO010 305: Organic Chemistry

Objective
• To familiarize the organic reaction mechanisms and spectroscopic methods
Module 1 (10 hours)

Chemical bonding and molecular structure, electronic effects in organic molecules, inductive,
mesomeric and hyperconjugation effects, acids and bases, reactive intermediates in organic
chemistry- carbocations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes and nitrenes.
Module 2 (15 hours)

Organic reaction mechanisms, introduction. Substitution and Elimination reactions: detailed
study of SN1, SN2, SNi, SN1’, SN2’ and borderline mechanisms. Nucleophilicity and basicity,
leaving group effects, solvent effects, neighboring group participation. Detailed study of
elimination reactions (E1, E2, and E1cb mechanisms), substitution vs. elimination.
Module 3 (10 hours)

6
Rearrangement Reactions: common rearrangements in organic chemistry, rearrangement of

carbocations, non-classical carbocations. Catalysis by acid & bases, Lewis acid catalysis,
Phase transfer catalysis and applications of crown ethers. Methods of determination of
organic reaction mechanisms.
Module 4 (15 hours)

Isomerism of organic compounds: isomerism, definition and classification, molecular
representation, stereo isomerism, conformation, configuration, chirality and optical activity,
stereocentre, racemisation and methods of resolution, chiral synthesis, optical purity and
enantiomeric excess, configurational nomenclature, D, L, R and S, determination of
configuration, geometrical isomerism, E/Z notation, interconversion of geometrical isomers,
conformational analysis of acyclic and cyclic molecules, rotation about bonds, concepts of
dihedral angle, torsional strain, optical rotatory dispersion and circular dichroism.
Module 5 (10 hours)

Organic Spectroscopy: principles and applications of UV, IR, NMR, ESR spectroscopic
techniques for the structure elucidation of organic compounds, problem solving approach.
Recent advances in NMR techniques, 13C–NMR, 2 dimensional NMR spectroscopy.
References
1. Morrison & Boyd, Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall. New Delhi, 6th edition,1992
2. B.S.Bahl and Arun Bhal, Advanced Organic Chemistry, S. Chand & Co. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 15th edition, 1998
3. I.L.Finar, Textbook of Organic Chemistry, ELBS, 5th edition, 1996
4. Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, New york, 1992
PO010 306(CE) Strength of Materials & Structural Engineering

(Common with ME010 306(CE), AU010 306(CE) and PE010 306(CE))
Teaching Scheme:-
Objectives
• To study internal effects produced and deformations of bodies caused by
externally applied forces.
• To understand the stresses and strains in different materials and analyse
strength characteristic of structural members.
Module I (15 hours)


bending moment.
7


Module V (10 hours)

Text Books
Reference Books
PO010 307: Chemistry Lab

Objective
• To create skills in organic synthesis and skills in analytical methods
A. Organic synthesis
1. Synthesis of ethyl n- butyl acetoacetate by the acetoacetic ester condensation
2. Synthesis of 3-nitrobenzoic acid from benzoic acid
3. Nitration of aromatic hydrocarbons.
4. Side chain oxidation of aromatic hydrocarbons.
5. Benzoylation of phenols.
6. Preparation of solid esters.
7. Bromination of amines.
B. Purification and characterization of organic compounds

8
1. Purification (fractional crystallization, fractional distillation, chromatography) and

separation of the components of a binary organic mixture (liquid-liquid, liquid-solid
and solid-solid) using chemical analysis and IR and NMR spectral data.
2. Identify the components of the given binary mixture.
3. Checking the purity of the separated components on TLC plates.
PO010 308: Computer Lab

1. Familiarisation of DOS commands and WINDOWS.

2. Simple C programs with control statements and loops.
3. Programs handling one-dimensional array.
4. Programs handling multidimensional array
5. Programs using a simple function.
6. Functions having arguments.
7. Recursive functions.
8. Programs handling structures.
9. Programs using pointers.
10. Programs involving files.
11. A simple graphic program.
9
EN010 401: Engineering Mathematics III

2 hours lecture
Objectives: andstandard
Apply 2 hour tutorial
methods perofweek
mathematical &statistical analysis

Dirichlet conditions – Fourier series with period 2 π and 2l – Half range sine and
cosine series – Harmonic Analysis – r.m.s Value
Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transforms – derivative of transforms-
convolution theorem (no proof) – Parsevals identity
Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – solution of
Lagrange’s equation – Charpits method –solution of Homogeneous partical
differential equations with constant coefficients
Concept of random variable , probability distribution – Bernoulli’s trial – Discrete
distribution – Binomial distribution – its mean and variance- fitting of Binominal
distribution – Poisson distribution as a limiting case of Binominal distribution – its
mean and variance – fitting of Poisson distribution – continuous distribution- Uniform
distribution – exponential distribution – its mean and variance – Normal distribution –
Standard normal curve- its properties
Populations and Samples – Hypothesis – level of significance – type I and type II
error – Large samples tests – test of significance for single proportion, difference of
proportion, single mean, difference of mean – chi –square test for variance- F test for
equality of variances for small samples
References
2. M.K. Venkataraman – Engg. Mathematics vol II 3rd year part A & B – National
Publishing Co.
5. Richard A Johnson – Miller Fread’s probability & Statistics for Engineers-
Pearson/ PHI
7. G. Haribaskaran – Probability, Queueing theory and reliability Engg. – Laxmi
Publications
10. A.K.Mukhopadhyay-Mathematical Methods For Engineers and Physicists-
I.K.International
10
EN010 402(ME): PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

(COMMON WITH EN010 502(ME))
Objectives
• To develop an understanding of different functional areas of
management.
• To understand the functions and duties an individual should perform in
an organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.
11
PO010 403: Polymer Physics

Objectives
• To impart the concept on polymeric deformation
• To impart the awareness on rheological properties
Module 1 (10 hours)

Stress- engineering stress, true stress. Strain- engineering strain, true strain. Modulus-
Young’s modulus, compression modulus, bulk modulus. Compliance, Poisson’s ratio, elastic
solid, Hooke’s Law, viscous fluid, Newton’s law, viscoelastic materials, difference in the
response of elastic solid, viscous fluid and viscoelastic materials under static and dynamic
conditions, factors affecting viscoelasticity
Module 2 (15 hours)

Short-term properties, Long-term properties-creep, stress relaxation. stress- strain curves,
hysteresis, tangent modulus, secant modulus, proportionality limit, Mechanical models-
spring, dashpot, Maxwell and Voigt models, Generalised equations for Maxwell and Voigt
models, Equations for Maxwell and Voigt models under creep and stress relaxation situations,
Maxwell-Weichert model, Burger model, Deborah number
Module 3 (10 hours)

Time-temperature equivalence principle, Boltzmann superposition principle, simple
numerical problems based on Boltzmann superposition principle. Dynamic mechanical
properties- storage modulus, loss modulus, tan δ, damping
Module 4 (10 hours)

Rubber elasticity, molecular requirements of rubber-like elasticity, energy driven elasticity,
entropy driven elasticity, thermoelastic experiment, Gough-Joule effect, thermodynamics of
rubber elasticity
Module 5 (15 hours)

Newtonian fluids and non-Newtonian fluids, Power law, shear rate dependent fluids-
psuedoplasticity, dilatancy. Time dependent fluids- thixotropy, rheopexy. Rheological
measurements- plasticity retention index, oscillating disc rheometer: curing characteristics,
scorch time, induction time, cure time, capillary rheometer: entrance effect, Rabinowitsch
correction, cone and plate viscometer, Mooney viscometer, melt flow index. Elastic effects in
polymer melt flow- die swell, elastic turbulence, melt fracture, shark skin, draw down
References
1. David J. Williams, Polymer Science and Engineering, Maclaren and Sons,
Newyork1978
2. H.F. Haufman and J.J. Falcetta, Introduction to Polymer science and Technology, S P
E Text Book, John Wiley & Sons New York 1997
3. J. D. Ferry, Viscoelastic Properties of Polymers, John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1971
4. R.J.Samuels, Structured Polymer Properties, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1974.
5. J. A. Brydson, Flow Properties of Polymer Melts
12
PO010 404: Polymer Science - II

Objective
• To impart the basic knowledge in structure-property relationship of polymers
Module 1 (10 hours)

Amorphous state, molecular motion, first order and second order transitions, Tg, Tm, factors
affecting Tg, secondary transitions, free volume, kinetic, and thermodynamic views of glass
transition, factors influencing glass transition temperature
Module 2 (10 hours)

Crystalline state, crystal systems, unit cells, primitive cell, Bravais lattices, polymorphism,
polymer single crystals, lamellae, spherulites, supermolecular structures, fringed micelle
model, degree of crystallinity, factors affecting crystallinity, X-ray diffraction, copolymers,
linear and cyclic arrangement.
Module 3 (15 hours)

Polymer solutions, terms and definitions, types of solutions, Hildebrand approach, Flory
Huggins theory, thermodynamic view of miscibility, upper critical solution temperature
(UCST), lower critical solution temperature (LCST), concentration regimes in polymer
solutions, theta conditions.
Module 4 (15 hours)

Chemical reactivity of linear and crosslinked polymers, hydrolysis, acidolysis, aminolysis,
hydrogenation, addition and substitution reactions, cross linking reactions, reactivity of
functional groups, polymer analogous reactions, polymer bound reagents, chain end and
random degradation, degradation by oxygen, ozone, heat, UV light, micro-organism, crazing,
weathering, stabilisation to prevent degradation.
Module 5 (10 hours)

Effect of polymer structure on dielectric constant, capacitance, dielectric loss, power factor,
dissipation factor and loss factor, prediction of molar polarization and effective dipole
moment, effect of additives on electrical properties of polymers, effect of polymer structure
on optical properties, clarity, transparency, haze, transmittance, reflectance, gloss, prediction
of refractive indices of polymers by group contributions.
References
1. Paul C. Painter and Michael M. Coleman, Fundamentals of Polymer Science,
Technomic Publishing Co. Inc., Lancaster, USA, 1994.
2. Ulf W. Gedde, Polymer Physics, Chapman & Hall, 1995.
3. D.W. Van Krevelen And P.J. Hoftyzen, “Properties Of Polymer, 3rd Edition Elsevier
Scientific Publishing Company Amsterdam – Oxford – Newyork. 1990
4. J.E. Mark Ed.AIP, Physical Properties Of Polymers Hand Book, Williston, Vt, 1996.
5. D.A.Seanor, ed., Electrical properties of polymers, Acadamic press, Newyork, 1982.
6. Jozef.Bicerano, Prediction Of Polymer Properties, Second Edition, Marcel Dekker
Inc. Newyork, 1995.
7. I.M.Ward & D.W.Hadley, An Introduction to the Mechanical Properties of Solid
Polymers, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester, England, 1993.
13
PO010 405: Chemical Engineering - I

Objectives
• To create basic concepts of chemical engineering and fluids
Module 1 (10 hours)

Introduction, units, concept of atomic weight, equivalent weight and moles, composition of
solids- weight percent and mole percent, composition of liquids and solutions, concentration,
molarity and normality, pH, specific gravity scales, gas constant, gaseous mixtures, ideal gas
law, van Der Waal’s equation, Dalton’s law, Amagat’s law, average molecular weight and
density, critical properties
Module 2 (15 hours)

Material balance without chemical reactions- introduction, key component, recycling and
bypass operations, purging, steady and unsteady state operations, material balance problems
involving mixing, leaching, evaporation, distillation and absorption. Material balance with
chemical reactions- definition of terms, limiting reactant, excess reactants, percentage yield,
degree of completion- typical problems
Module 3 (10 hours)

Properties and nature of fluids, ideal fluid, real fluid, density, specific weight, specific
volume, surface tension, compressibility, capillarity, absolute and gauge pressures, fluid
statics, hydrostatic equilibrium, Pascal’s law, measurement of pressure using manometer, U-
tube manometer, differential manometer, inverted manometer, micro manometer
Module 4 (15 hours)

Fluid flow phenomena, flow of incompressible fluid, classification of flow, steady and
unsteady state flow, uniform and non uniform flow, one, two, and three dimensional flow,
Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, viscosity, momentum flux, Reynolds experiment,
laminar and turbulent flow, turbulence, nature of turbulence, flow in boundary layers,
boundary layer separation, isothermal and adiabatic flow, temperature lapse rate, barometric
equation
Module 5 (10 hours)

Equation of continuity, Euler equation, Bernoulli’s theorem, correction factors, friction factor,
Hagen Poisuille equation, velocity distribution for laminar flow, velocity distribution for
turbulent flow, measurement of fluid flow, pitot tube, orificemeter, venturimeter, rotameter
References
1. Mc Cabe and J.M Smith, Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill
publishing company, New Delhi
2. Streeter, Fluid Mechanics,
3. Jagadish Lal, Fluid Mechanics,
4. P.N Modi, Hydraulics and Fluid mechanics,
5. Stochiometry, Tata McGraw Hill Company limited, New Delhi, Bhatt & Vora
14
PO010 406: Electrical Technology

Objectives
• To provide an overview of electrical machines and its applications
Module 1 (12 hours)

Basic Principles of Electric Machines- concept of motoring and generating action, DC
generator, characteristics, working, load test, DC motor, characteristics,, load test, speed
control, field control, armature control, basic principles, applications.
Module 2 (15 hours)

Transformers: Transformer action, EMF equation, step up and step down transformer, load
test, calculation of efficiency, design of typical step down transformers like 280/6-0-6V,
230/9-0-9 V, 280/12-0-12 V for inverters and rectifiers. Auto and three phase transformers,
basic principles of current transformers (no analysis) basic principles of servo stabilizer.
Module 3 (11 hours)

A C Machines; Basic principles of operation of synchronous and induction motor
characteristics (no analysis), starting of induction motors, starters, single phase induction
motor, constructional features, types, working and characteristics only (no analysis).
Module 4 (11 hours)

Special Machines AC&DC servo motors, synchros constructional features, working of tacho
generators, stepper motor, construction working, applications& specifications of stepper
motors, universal motors, constructional features, typical applications, criteria for selection of
motors, electromagnetic relays, AC&DC contactors.
Module 5 (11 hours)

Batteries: Dry cells, secondary cells, lead acid cells, charging and discharging characteristics,
Ampere hour rating of batteries, construction of button cells, lithium batteries, specifications
chargeable batteries, battery charging circuits, Maintenance of batteries, characteristics of
nickel cadmium, nickel metal hydride, and lithium ion batteries, used for pagers and cellular
phones, concept of UPS, block schematic of UPS, fields of applications.
References
1. Electrical Technology -B.L.Thereja
2. Electrical Machines -R.K. Rajput
3. Electrical Design Estimating And Costing -K.B. Raina & Bhattacharya
4. Electrical machines and Power systems -Vincent Del Toro
5. Electric Engineers Hand Book -Donald G. Fink
PO010 407: Polymer Preparation & Characterisation Lab

Objective
• To familiarise the students about various polymer preparation and monomer
characterisation methods
15
1. Synthesis of the following Polymers: Polymethyl methacrylate, Polyacrylamide,

Regenerated Cellulose, Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (Novolac and Resol),
Polystyrene, Polyurethanes and Glyptal resins, Urea-Formaldehyde and Melamine-
Formaldehyde.
2. Quantitative estimation of the following monomers: Aniline, Phenol, Acetone, Ethyl
Acetate, Formaldehyde, Acrylonitrile, Urea, Glycol, Methyl methacrylate
3. Determination of molecular weight by viscosity method.
4. Estimation of Polymers: Acrylonitrile content of NBR, Chlorine content of CR,
Rubber hydrocarbon content of NR.
5. Analysis of Polymer Compounds: Iodine value of rubber compounds, Carbon black
content, Free sulphur content, Total inorganic content, Silica content.
PO010 408: Electrical Machines Lab

Objective
• To impart practical knowledge on electrical & electronic machines and parts
A total of 8 experiments (4 from Group A and 4 from Group B) out of 16 suggested below
shall be done in the laboratory.
GROUP A
1. O.C.C and Load test on DC generator.
2. Load test on DC shunt motor.
3. Load test on Single phase induction motor.
4. Load test on 3-phase cage induction motor.
5. Load test on 3-phase slip ring induction motor.
6. Load test on single phase transformer.
7. Load test on 3-phase alternator – regulation at different power factor –
8. Demonstration of terminal voltage control.
GROUP B
1. Characteristics of diode and Zener diode.

2. Half-wave and full-wave rectifier – study of wave forms and regulations.
3. Transistor biasing – assemble CE amplifier – study input and output
4. Waveforms.
5. Assemble RC phase shift oscillator – study waveforms.
6. Study of SCR – assemble single phase controlled rectifier – study phase control.
7. Operational amplifier circuit – adder, integrator.
8. Study of logic gates – AND, OR, INVERTER, NAND, NOR, Half adder and full
adder using NAND gates.
16
EN010 501A: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV

Objectives: Use basic numerical techniques to solve problems and provide scientific
techniques to decision making problems.

Analytic functions – Derivation of C.R. equations in cartision co-ordinates –
harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or
imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal mapping of z2 , - Bilinear
transformation – cross ratio – invariant property (no proof) – simple problems

Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s
series- Laurent’s series – Zeros and singularities – types of singularities – Residues –
Residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals in unit circle – contour integral in
semi circle when poles lie on imaginary axis.
MODULE 3 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations (10

hours)
Successive bisection method – Regula –falsi method – Newton –Raphson method -
Secant method – solution of system of linear equation by Gauss – Seidel method

Taylor’s series method – Euler’s method – modified Euler’s method – Runge – Kutta
method (IV order) - Milnes predictor – corrector method

Definition of L.P.P., solution, optimal solution, degenerate solution – graphical
solution –solution using simplex method (non degenerate case only) Big -M method –
Duality in L.P.P. – Transportation problem –Balanced T.P. – initial solution using
References
2. M.R.Spicgel , S.Lipschutz , John J. Schiller, D.Spellman – Complex variables,
schanm’s outline series - Mc Graw Hill
3. S.Bathul – text book of Engg.Mathematics – Special functions and complex variables
–PHI
5. Dr.M.K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National
publishing co
17
PO010 502: Plastics - Science & Technology

Objectives
• To create concept on various plastic materials, their synthesis and applications
Module 1 (10 hours)

Advantages and disadvantages of plastics, monomer preparation, polymerisation, properties
and application of LDPE, HDPE, cross linked and chlorinated PE, PP and PS
Module 2 (15 hours)

Monomer preparation, polymerisation, properties and application of PVC, polyvinilidine
chloride, PVA, polyvinyl acetate, PMMA and PAN
Module 3 (15 hours)

Monomer preparation, polymerisation, properties and application of PU, PTFE, PVF, ABS,
PC, polyacetal, polyester, SAN, epoxies
Module 4 (10 hours)

Monomer preparation, polymerisation, properties and application of nylon-5, 6, 66, 612 and
polyacrylamide
Module 5 (10 hours)

Monomer preparation, polymerisation, properties and application of PF, novolac, resol, MF
and UF resins
References
1. K.J. Saunders, “Organic Polymer Chemistry, Chapman and Hall “, London.1973.
2. J.A. Brydson, “ Plastic materials”, Newnes Butterworths.
3. Encyclopaedia of Polymer Science and Technology.
PO010503: Polymer Processing - I

Objectives
• To familiarize various compounding ingredients and mixing equipments
Module 1 (7 hours)
Compounding ingredients, stabilizers, fillers, antioxidants, antiozonants, UV absorbers, flame
retardants, peptiser, retarder, curing agents
Module 2 (8 hours)
Compounding ingredients, plasticisers, process aids, extenders, factice, mould release agents,
tackifying agents, blowing agents, bonding agents, fragrances, antistatic agents, colorants, and
other special additives
Module 3 (15 hours)

Compound development, factors to be considered for compound development, formulation of
a mix, compounding for specific applications, ozone resistance, heat resistance, weather,
18
resistance, oil resistance, radiation resistance, permeability, medical, liquid resistance, low
temperature resistance, electrical applications and optical applications
Module 4 (15 hours)

Compounding, different methods, principles of mixing, dispersive and distributive mixing,
mastication, two-roll mill mixing, internal mixers, comparison between open mill and internal
mixer, Banbury mixing, Brabender plasticorder, continuous mixing, master batching.
Module 5 (15 hours)

Processing techniques, compression moulding, types-flash, positive and semipositive,
compression moulding cycle, troubleshooting, moulding of thermosets and rubber, automatic
compression moulding. Transfer moulding, transfer moulding cycle, advantages, limitations,
theoretical and design consideration, general mould design consideration, troubleshooting.
References
1. D.V. Rosato Kluwer, Injection moulding hand book. - Academic Publishers Boston
2nd edtion 1995.
2. Richard C. Progelhof James. L. Throne, Polymer Engg. Principles, Hanser Publisher
Munich 1993
3. N.P. Charemisinoff & P.N. Chere, Hand book of applied Polymer Processing Tech,
Marcel Dekker, inc, NY 1996.
4. Herbert Recs, Understanding of Injection moulding Tech., Hanser Pub., Munich
1994.
PO010 504: Chemical Engineering - II

Objective
• To create knowledge on heat transfer
Module 1 (10 hours)

Modes of heat transfer, conduction and Fourier law, thermal conductivity, steady state
conduction through single resistance and compound resistances in series, heat flow through
rectangular, cylindrical and spherical systems, critical and optimum thickness of insulation,
general heat diffusion equation, derivation, Poisson’s equation, Laplace equation, equation for
one dimensional conduction.
Module 2 (8 hours)
Transient conduction, lumped capacitance method, validity of lumped capacitance analysis
with all boundary surfaces subjected to convection, part of the boundary under convection,
boundary condition and other part with prescribed heat flux condition, significance of biot
number and Fourier number, concept of thermal diffusivity, fins - types, longitudinal and
transverse, fin efficiency
Module 3 (20 hours)

Convection boundary layer, velocity and thermal boundary layer, concept of individual and
overall heat transfer coefficients, forced convection- evaluation of forced convection heat
transfer coefficients using dimensional analysis, Buckingham π theorem, empirical
correlation for forced convection heat transfer for external and internal flows under laminar
and turbulent conditions, internal laminar flow - thermally and hydraulically developed flows,
simultaneously developing laminar internal flow situations for both constant heat flux and
wall temperature conditions, external laminar flow- empirical correlation for heat transfer for
19
flow over flat plates and other geometries, correlation for forced convection heat transfer for
external and internal flows under turbulent conditions, concept of reference temperatures,
analogy between heat and momentum transfer - Reynolds’s and Colburn analogy, significance
of Prandtl number, number, Peclet number, Nusselt number, Sieder Tate equation, Coulburn
equation, natural convection - principles, evaluation of natural convection heat transfer
coefficient using dimensional analysis, empirical correlation for natural convection heat
transfer from vertical and horizontal planes and cylinders under isothermal and constant heat
flux conditions
Module 4 (12 hours)

Classification of heat exchangers, concept of overall heat transfer coefficient, derivation of
expression, concept of fouling factors, determination of overall heat transfer coefficient with
and without fouling, concept of logarithmic mean temperature difference and its correction
factor, temperature-distance plots for different flow arrangements, determination of area,
length, number of tubes required for a given duty in different configurations using LMTD
method, 1-1 shell and tube heat exchangers, 1-2 exchanger, 2-4 exchanger, constructions,
double pipe heat exchangers, construction, various steps for the design
Module 5 (10 hours)

Evaporation, types of evaporators, construction and operation, natural circulation, forced
circulation, falling film, climbing or rising film evaporators, agitated thin film evaporators,
plate evaporators, single effect evaporators, enthalpy balance, multiple effect evaporators,
methods of feeding, capacity, economy, boiling point elevation, Duhring’s rule, calculation of
heat transfer area
References
1. Mc Cabe and J.M Smith, Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill
publishing company, New Delhi
2. Badger, Introduction to Chemical Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi
3. Mc Dams, Heat transmission, Tata McGraw- Hill, New Delhi,
4. Binay K.Dutta, Heat Transfer- Principles and Applications, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi,
5. Incropera and Dewit, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, McGraw- Hill,
PO010 505: Latex Technology

Objective
• To impart knowledge on processing and product development of polymer latices
Module 1 (8 hours)
Natural latex, preservation, Fundamental latex characteristics, particle size and distribution,
stability and destabilisation, coacervation, viscosity-concentration relationship, surface free
energy and wetting behaviour, zeta potential, electrical properties of colloidal system, thermal
movement of molecules, Brownian motion, synthetic lattices and their blends
Module 2 (12 hours)

Latex concentration methods, concentrated latex, significance of specification limits, test
methods, total solids, dry rubber content, total alkalinity, coagulum content, sludge content,
pH, KOH number, mechanical stability time, VFA number, surface tension, redox potential
changes, degradation leading to acid formation, zinc oxide stability, stability tests, volatile
fatty acids.
20
Module 3 (10 hours)

Principles of latex compounding, deammoniation of latex, vulcanising agents, accelerators,
antioxidants, fillers, dispersing and emulsifying agents, stabilisers, thickening agents, and
other miscellaneous additives, special ingredients, preparation of dispersions and emulsions,
latex compounding.
Module 4 (15 hours)

Manufacture of rubber goods from latices and from solid elastomers, a comparison,
impregnation, spreading, fabric proofing and coating. Rubber textile composite products,
latex bonded fibrous structures, coir foam, latex treated rugs and carpet backing, latex
application to paper. Dipping Methods, straight dipping, dipping with porous formers,
coagulant dipping, heated formers, drying, surface treatments, extraction of surface soluble
materials, vulcanisation, compounding of latex, manufacture of dipped goods like rubber
band, surgeons gloves, household gloves, dipped fabric gloves, balloon, nipples,
prophylactics.
Module 5 (15 hours)

Latex foam processing methods, ammonia content of latex, compounding, mechanical
frothing by beating, vulcanisation, washing, and drying, gelling, gelling systems, merits and
demerits of gelling systems, continuous foam production, typical latex compounds for foam
production, latex casting, principles, production of hollow articles, solid articles, use of
porous moulds in casting, manufacture of rubber thread, latex cement and adhesives, latex
paints, protective coatings, chewing gum, use of latex in road rubberisation.
References
1. D. C. Blackley, High Polymer Latices, Vol I&II, Maclaren & Sons, London
2. Madge, Latex Foam Rubber, Maclaren & Sons Ltd; 1982
3. Mausser, Vanderblit Latex Handbook, 3rd edition, Pub.R.T.Vanderbilt Co. Inc.,
U.S.A. 1987
4. Dipped goods, J. of Rubber Developments, V 25, pp.12-14-1972
PO010 506: Rubbers - Science & Technology

Objective
• To impart knowledge on structure, properties and production of natural and
synthetic rubbers
Module 1 (10 hours)

Natural rubber, source, chemical formula, molecular weight distribution, crystallisation,
structure property relationship, chemical reactivity, electrical and oxidation properties, anti
degradants, strength of rubbers, Various forms of natural rubber- crumb, sheet, crepe, SP
rubber, DPNR, LNR, liquid rubber, classes of liquid elastomers, telechilic polymers,
powdered rubber
Module 2 (15 hours)

Vulcanisation, chemical and physical aspects, curing characteristics such as scorch time,
induction time, cure time, activators, accelerators, promoters, Mechanism of crosslinking by
different crosslinking agents- sulphur, sulphur monochloride, nitrosourethane, diazo esters,
phenolic resins, metal oxide, diamines, peroxides, oximes, different curing systems, EV, semi
21
EV, conventional and sulphur less cure, assessment of state of cure, Vulcanisation techniques,
batch and continuous vulcanization: press cure, autoclave, hot air, cold and hot water,
fluidised bed, molten salt bath, drum curing, radiation, microwave curing
Module 3 (15 hours)

IR, BR, IIR, SBR, -synthesis of monomers, polymerisation, structure, chemical properties,
crosslinking by different methods, oxidation and ageing, halogenation of IIR, characterization
and crosslinking
Module 4 (10 hours)

Monomer preparation, polymerization, structure, crosslinking by different methods, properties
and application of NBR, CR, PU, silicone and EP rubbers, Comparison of the oxidation
properties of saturated and unsaturated rubbers, antioxidants, antiozonants,
Module 5 (10 hours)

Monomer preparation, polymerization, structure, properties and application of the following
rubbers- chlorosulphonated polymers, fluorine containing rubbers, nitrosofluoro elastomers,
phosphonitrillic elastomers, poly(thiocarbonyl fluoride) and related elastomers, acrylic
rubbers, poly (vinyl ether) elastomers, polysulphide rubber, polyalkenamers, polynorbornene,
thermoplastic rubbers, polycarbonate rubbers
References
1. J.A. Brydson, Rubber Chemistry, allied Science publishers, London, 1978.
2. M.Morton, Rubber Technology, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1987.
3. J.A. Brydson, Rubber Materials and Their Compounds Elsevier, 1988.
4. A.Whelan and K.S. Lee, Developments in Rubber Technology (Vol. I-IV) Applied
Science Publishers.
PO010 507: Specification Tests Lab

Objective
• To create practical knowledge on specification tests for latex and dry rubber
1. Specification tests for field latex

Viscosity, density, pH
2. Specification tests for preserved latex
Ammonia content, Magnesium content, Copper and manganese content, Dry rubber
content, Total solid content, KOH number, Volatile fatty acid number, Sludge content,
Coagulum content, Mechanical stability time, Heat stability time, ZnO stability.
3. Specification tests for dry rubber
Volatile matter, Ash content, Dirt content, Nitrogen content, Estimation of Cu,
Estimation of Fe, Estimation of Mn, P0, PRI.
22
PO010 508: Polymer Analysis Lab

Objective
• To familiarise the analysis of polymers and polymer compounds
1. Identification of Rubbers: NR, SBR, BR, IR, IIR, EPDM, CR, NBR, Hypalon,
Thiokol, Silicone.
2. Identification of Plastics: PE, PP, PS, PVC, PVA, PF, UF, MF, Polyester.
3. Identification of Thermoplastic Elastomers: SIS, SBS, SEBS, Hytrel.
23
PO010 601: Engineering Statistics & Quality Control

Objective
• To provide knowledge on scientific methods of quality control
Module 1 (8 hours)
Population and sampling, large and small samples, random sampling, stratified sampling,
estimating the mean and variance, confidence intervals, choice of sample size for estimation.
Testing of hypotheses for large samples, means, proportions, difference of means and
standard deviations. Testing of hypothesis for small samples, t-distribution, test of hypothesis
for mean, difference of means, test for paired data, F-distribution, f-tests and properties,
contingency table, χ2 distribution, goodness of fit and independence of attributes
Module 2 (12 hours)

Meaning of quality, variables and attributes data, benefits of control charts, control charts for
variables, check list for  and R charts, calculation of 3-sigma limits for , control charts for
range, OC curve for  chart, OC curve for R chart, average run length (ARL) for the  chart
Module 3 (15 hours)

Control charts for fraction rejected, control chart for attributes, control limit for the p-chart,
control chart for non-conformities, c-chart in statistical process control, applications of c-
chart, limits for c-chart, Q-chart for quality scores, D-chart for demerit classification
Module 4 (15 hours)

Acceptance sample, types of acceptance, sampling plans, determination of probability of
acceptance by these sampling plans, sampling risks, design of sampling for stipulated
producers risk and consumers risk. Concepts of AQL, LTPD, AOQL in sampling, QC curves,
construction, standard sampling plans, MIL, STD, LOSD, plan, Dodge-Roming (D-R)
sampling plans, continuous and sequential sampling plans.
Module 5 (10 hours)

Definition of reliability, maintainability, failure rate, mean time between failures, factors
contributing to reliability of products, failure cycle of products, bathtub curve, reliability tests,
operating characteristics, curves for acceptance.
References
1. R.C.Gupta, Statical Quality Control, Khanna Publishers, 8th edition, Delhi, 2008
2. I.W.Burr, Engineering Statics and Quality Control, Mc-Graw Hill, 1975
3. A.J.Duncon, Quality Control and Industrial Statistics, Richard. Irwin, Inc., 1975
4. Granth and Leavenworth, Statistical Quality Control, TMH, 7th edition, 1996
5. Sigmund Halpern, An Introduction to Quality Control and Reliability,
6. Quality Control Handbook (TMH)
7. Gupta and Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics.
PO010 602: Polymer Processing - II

Objective
• To create awareness on various techniques used in polymer product manufacturing
24
Module 1 (15 hours)

Injection moulding, terminology, process description, moulding cycle, classification of
moulds, 2-plate and 3-plate moulds, different types of gates, cavity lay-out, setting up of
mould, types of injection unit, elements of plasticating process, classification of screw, screw
design, process control, clamping unit, classification of machine hydraulics, ancillary
equipment, computer operation, trouble shooting of injection moulding, reaction injection
moulding
Module 2 (15 hours)

Extrusion, principle, types of extruders, single screw and twin-screw extruders, metering,
screw design, process control variables, types of dies, die design, elastic properties and die
swell, manufacturing of pipes, cables, wire coating, extrusion profiles, blown films, flat film,
sheets, filaments, lamination, extrusion of elastomers
Module 3 (10 hours)

Blow moulding, terminology, basis, process variables, injection & stretch blow moulding,
single and multi layer, extrusion blow moulding, extrusion heads, process controls for blow
moulding machine, process and product controls, trouble shooting in blow moulding
Module 4 (10 hours)

Thermoforming, definition, methods of forming, thermoforming machinery, heating of sheet,
heating cycle, stretching, concept, hot strength, blistering, sags, cooling and trimming the
parts, heat balance, shrinkage, trimming operations, finishing and machining of plastics,
joining, welding and assembling of plastics
Module 5 (10 hours)

Rotational moulding, types of machines, moulds, materials, part design, calendering, types of
calenders and strainer, embosser, winder, take off-systems, crowning, machinery powder
coating, manufacturing methods, application methods, types of powder coating,
References
1. Edited by Michael L. Berlin Plastics Engineering. Handbook. Society of the plastic
Industries Chapman & Hall NY 1991.
2. James L. Throne, Technology of Thermoforming. Hanser, Publisher Munmich 1996.
3. M.J. Stevens and J.A. Covas, Extruder principle and operation. Chapman & Hall UK,
2nd edtion 1995.
4. D.V. Rosato & D.V. Rosato, Blow moulding Hand book, Hanser Published 1998.
PO010 603: Industrial Engineering

Objective
• To generate basic concepts of industrial engineering
Module 1 (15 hours)

Introduction, evolution of modern concepts, functions of an industrial engineer, field of
application, entrepreneurship, concept of project, types of investment, capital budgeting,
investment proposals, project development cycle, preinvestment analysis, project
environments, government regulations, import-export status, foreign exchange regulations,
technical collaborations, means of raising capital, availability of resources, marketing survey
and strategies.
25
Module 2 (10 hours)

Selection of factory site, building design, construction, plant layout and material handling,
product and process, layout, comparison of flowchart, use of time study data, physical
facilities, constructional details, environmental control like lighting, temperature, humidity,
ventilation, noise, dust, industrial waste disposal-principles of material handling, types of
material handling equipment, selection and application.
Module 3 (10 hours)

Product development and research, design function, objectives of design, manufacture Vs
purchase, development of design, experimentation, prototype production, testing,
simplification, standardization, product development, selection of materials and processes,
human factors in design, value engineering
Module 4 (10 hours)

Maintenance and replacement, preventive and breakdown maintenance, economic aspect,
replacement of equipment, methods of providing for depreciation, determination of economic
life, criteria for selection of equipment
Module 5 (15 hours)

Methods Engineering, analysis of work methods using different types of process charts and
flow diagrams, critical examination, micro motion study and Therblings, SIMO chart,
principles of motion economy, determination of standard time and allowances, accounting
and costing, element of double entry book keeping, trial balance, trading profit and loss
account, balance sheet, principles of costing, methods of allocation of overhead costs, finance
and capital requirements, price fixation, cash flow statements, return of investment, source of
finance
References
1. Production System - J.L.Riggs
2. Production Control - Hiegel
3. Human Factors in Engg. Design - Mc Cornic, E.J.
4. Time and Motion Study - Barnes R.M.
5. Operations Management - Buffa E.S.
6. Value Engineering - Miles L.D.
7. Methods Engineering -Krick
8. System Analysis and Project Management -Cleand &king.
PO010 604: Chemical Engineering – III

Objective
• To develop knowledge on mass transfer
Module 1 (10 hours)

Molecular diffusion, molecular diffusion in gases and liquids, Fick’s law, mass transfer
coefficient, steady state diffusion of A through stagnant B and equimolar counter diffusion in
binary gases and liquids, diffusivity of liquids and gases. Applications of molecular diffusion,
mass, heat and momentum transfer analogies.
26
Module 2 (10 hours)

Distillation, vapour-liquid equilibrium, Dalton’s law, Raoult’s law and Henry’s law, relative
volatility, boiling-point diagrams, equilibrium diagrams, rectification, simple distillation,
flash distillation, Rayleigh equation, derivation and problems
Module 3 (10 hours)

Construction of fractionating column, calculation of the number of theoretical plates by Mc-
Cabe Thiele method, feed quality and feed line, feed plate location, total reflux, minimum
reflux, optimum reflux, plate efficiency – overall, local, murphree efficiency
Module 4 (15 hours)

Drying, principles of drying, heat transfer in drying, mass transfer in drying, equilibrium
moisture content, bound, unbound and free moisture, critical moisture content, batch drying,
rate of batch drying, constant drying rate period, factors affecting the constant drying rate
period, falling rate period, time of drying, rate of drying curve, material and enthalpy balances
in drying, equipments for drying, batch dryers, rotary dryers, tunnel dryers.
Module 5 (15 hours)

Gas absorption, absorption equipment, tray towers, continuous contact equipment, packed
columns, properties of tower packing, types of tower packing, tower construction, solubility
of gas in liquid, two component systems, ideal liquid solutions, non ideal liquid solutions,
choice of solvent, material balance in absorption, counter current flow, minimum liquid-gas
ratio, absorption factor, number of plates by graphical construction.
References
1. Unit operations in chemical engineering, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited, New
Delhi, Mc Cabe & Smith.
2. Introduction to Chemical Engineering, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited, New
Delhi, Badger
3. Mass transfer Operations, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited, New Delhi, Treyball
PO010 605: Polymer Blends & Composites

Objective
• To impart basic knowledge on blends and composite materials
Module 1 (10 hours)

Introduction, preparation of polymer blends, thermodynamic criteria for polymer miscibility,
specific interactions, copolymer effect, phase separation, spinodal decomposition, nucleation
and growth, phase diagram, morphology, blend characterisation techniques
Module 2 (15 hours)

Structure-property relationship, rubber plastic blends, phase morphology, properties of blends
prepared by dynamic vulcanization, technological application, thermoplastic styrene block
copolymers, polyester thermoplastic elastomers, thermoplastic polyurethane elastomers, basic
structure, manufacture, morphology, commercial grades, applications, thermoplasic 1,2-
polybutadiene, trans 1,4-polyisoprene, ionic thermoplastic elastomers, silicone based
thermoplastic elastomers, polyamide 1,2-elastomers.
27
Module 3 (15 hours)

Introduction to particulate and fibre filled composites, applications, function of matrix,
function of fibres, polymer-fibre interface, factors influencing the performance of composite,
coupling agents, bonding agents, short fibre composites, continuous fibre composites,
analysis of long fibre composites, analysis of short fibre composites, critical fibre length, rule
of mixtures
Module 4 (10 hours)

Preparation and properties of glass fibre, carbon fibre and aramid fibre, polymer concrete,
polymer impregnated concrete, polymeric binders for rocket propellants
Module 5 (10 hours)

Composite manufacturing techniques, hand lay-up, spray-up, compression moulding, vacuum
bag moulding, pressure bag moulding, filament winding, resin transfer moulding, pultrusion,
Reinforced Reaction Injection Moulding
References
1. Hand book of Elastomers, New Developments and Technology (Eds), A.K.
Bhowmic, and H.C. Stephense, Markel Dekker, Inc., New york.
2. O.Olabisi, I.W. Robeson, and M.T. Shaw, Polymer-polymer Miscibility Academic
Press, New York, 1979
3. Paul S. Newman (Ed) ‘Polymer Blends’” Academic Press, New York, 1978
4. G.Alliger, etal, Rubber world, 164930,51(1971)
5. Goettler inc, the role of the polymeric matrix in the processing and structural
prpperties of copmposite materials (J C Sferis and L.Nicolars, (Edn) Plenum, New
York 1983.
PO010 606L01: Bio Medical & Bio Polymers

(Elective - I)

Objective
• To familiarize various biomedical and biopolymers and their applications
Module 1 (10 hours)

Biomaterials, biocompatibility, stabilisation, inflammation and wound healing, blood clotting
system, kinn system, biological responses to implants, implant design and applications,
silicone polymer implants.
Module 2 (15 hours)

Biomedical applications of polymers, permanent implants for function, orthopaedics, cardio
vascular, respiratory patches and tubes, digestive system, genitourinary system, nervous
system, orbital (corneal and lens prosthesis) permanent implant for cosmoses, other
applications of engineered material in clinical practices, silicone implants, polymer
membranes, polymer skin, polymeric blood, poly (vinyl pyrollidone)
Module 3 (12 hours)

Contact lenses, hard lenses, gas permeable lenses, flexible lenses, soft lenses, hydrogels,
equilibrium swelling, absorption and desorption, oxygen permeability, types of soft lenses,
manufacture, cleaning and disinfection,
28
Module 4 (13 hours)

Dental applications, denture base, denture reliners, crown and bridge resins, plastic teeth,
mouth protectors, maxillofacial prosthetic materials, restorative materials, polyelectrolyte
based restorative sealants, adhesives, dental impression and duplicating materials, agar,
algmater elastomers.
Module 5 (10 hours)

Chemistry of peptides, polypeptides and proteins, synthetic approach to polypeptides and
proteins, structural organisation in proteins, nucleic acids, RNA, DNA, structure, chemistry of
polysaccharides, starch and cellulose, chemical modifications of cellulose, regenerated
cellulose, viscose rayon and cuprammonium rayon
References
1. R.H. Yocum and E.B. Nyquist, Eds., Functional Monomers, Volume 1,Marcel
Dekker Inc.,NewYork,1973,Chapter 3,PP 299-487
2. M.A.Galin and M.Ruben, Ed, Soft contact lenses:Clinical and Applied
Technology,John Wiley and sons,Inc.,NewYork,1978.
3. Lehninger, “Principles of Biochemistry, Shulz and Bhirmer ,”Principles of protein
structure “,Academic Press.
4. H.F. Mark (Ed), Encyclopedia of polymer science and engineering, John Wiley and
Sons New York, 1989.
5. Galin and M. Ruben Ed., Soft compact Lenses clinical and applied Technology.
6. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York, 1978. Comprehensive Polymer Science
Vol.7
7. (Ed) David Byrom, “Bio-Material” Macmillan Publishers Ltd. and ICI Biological
products Business, 1991.
8. Wilfred Lynch, Hand book of Silicone rubber fabrication, Van Nostrand Reinhold
Company, 450 west 33 rd Street, New York 1000.
PO 010 606 L02: Information Technology

(Elective - I)

Module 1 (8 hours)
Data Structures, introduction, storage structures for arrays, stacks, application of stacks,
queues, pointers and linked allocations, linked linear list, operations, circularly and doubly
linked list, applications, sorting techniques, selection sort, bubble sort, exchange sort,
searching techniques, sequential searching, binary searching.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Operating systems, generation and history of operating systems, multi programming and time
sharing concepts, process states, transition, PCB, interrupt processing, job and process
scheduling, disk scheduling, seek optimization, rotational optimization.
Module 3 (15 hours)

Software engineering, planning and cost estimation, importance of software, defining the
problem, developing a solution strategy, planning, development process, organizational
structure, software cost estimation, introduction, software cost factors, cost estimation
techniques, staffing level estimation.
29
Module 4 (15 hours)
Software design concepts, introduction, fundamental design concepts, modules and

modularization criteria, design notations and techniques, detailed design consideration, real
time and distributed system design, test plans, milestone, walkthroughs and inspections,
design guidelines, computer security, fundamental concepts of cryptosystems.
Module 5 (10 hours)

Computer networks, introduction, uses of computer networks, network hardware & software,
reference models, network topologies, examples of network, internet programming, HTML,
DHTML, front page, introduction to dream weaver. E-commerce, introduction, applications
in business, E-commerce framework.
References
1. Jean-Paul Tremblay& Paul.G.Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with
Applications, Mc Graw Hill, II edition, 1984.
2. Harvey.M.Detail, An Introduction to Operating Systems, Addison Wesley Publication
Company, 1998.
3. James.L.Peterson, Abraham Silberschatz, Operating System Concepts, Addison
Wesley Publication Company, 1985.
4. Richard Fairley, Software Engineering Concepts, Mc Graw Hill, 1985.
5. Pressman R.S., Software Engineering, Mc Graw Hill, II edition, 1987.
PO 010 606 L03: Engineering Economics & Industrial Management

(Elective - I)
Module 1 (12 hours)
Nature and scope of engineering economics, definition and scope of study of the subject,
significance of economic analysis in business decisions, demand and supply analysis,
determinants of demand, law of demand, Elasticity of demand, Demand forecasting, Law of
supply, Elasticity of supply, Market price.
Module 2 (15 hours)

Cost analysis, fixed cost, variable cost, marginal cost, cost output relationship in the short run
and the long run, equilibrium of the firm, pricing decisions, situations demand, pricing
decisions, pricing in practice, full cost pricing, marginal cost pricing, bid pricing, pricing for a
rate of return, statutory price fixation in India, break even analysis, break even point, basic
assumptions, break even chart, managerial uses of break even analysis.
Module 3 (12 hours)

Capital budgeting, need for capital budgeting, method of appraising project Profitability, rate
of return, pay back period, present value comparison, cost benefit analysis, preparing of
feasibility report, appraisal process, economic and commercial feasibility, financial
feasibility, technical feasibility.
Module 4 (11 hours)

Work study, production, productivity, factors affecting productivity, role of work study,
human factor, methods study, objectives and procedure, SIMO chart, principles of motion
economy, work measurement, stop watch time study, rating concept and systems, allowances,
work sampling
30
Module 5 (10 hours)
plant layout, factors governing plant location, objectives of a good plant layout, process
layout, product layout and combination layout. Material handling- principles, equipments,
methods.
References
1. O.P. Khanna- Industrial Engineeering and Management- Dhanpatrai Publications-
New Delhi-1998
2. R. L. Varshney & K.L. Maheswari-Managerial Economics-S Chand and Co.
3. Samuelson P. A. & Nordhaus. W. D-Economics-Mc'Grawhill-1992
PO 010 606 L04: Total Quality Management & Reliability

Engineering
(Elective - I)
Module 1 (8 hours)
Basic concepts, evolution of total quality management, definitions of quality, deming, crosby,
juran, taguchi, ishikawa theories, inspection, quality control, TQM system, human
component, service and product quality, customer orientation.
Module 2 (14 hours)

Quality planning & techniques, quality planning, goal setting, designing for quality,
manufacturing for quality, process control, CPK, 6σ, process capability, data based approach,
statistical tools, 7QC tools, bench marking, QFD, FMEA, 5S, continuous improvement
techniques, POKAYOKE, deming wheel.
Module 3 (12 hours)

Human dimension & system development in TQM, TQM mind set, participation style, team
work, team development, quality circle, motivational aspect, change management,
documentation, structure, information system, ISO 9000, ISO 14000, QS 9000, certification,
clauses, procedure, TQM road map.
Module 4 (14 hours)

Reliability, definition, probabilistic nature of failures, mean failure rate, meantime to failure,
meantime between failures, hazard rate, hazard models, weibull model, system reliability,
improvement, redundancy, series, parallel and mixed configurations, reliability in design, case
studies of aircraft engines, brake system in automobiles and aircraft, electronic equipollents.
Module 5 (12 hours)

Maintainability, introduction, choice of maintenance strategy, mean time to repair (MTTR),
factors contributing to mean down time (MDT), fault diagnosis, routine testing for unrevealed
faults, factors contributing to mean maintenance time, (MMT), on-condition maintenance,
periodic condition monitoring, continuous condition monitoring, economics of maintenance.
References
1. Joel E. Rose, Total Quality Management, 2nd edn., Kogan page Ltd., USA, 1993.
2. Srinath L.S., Reliability Engineering, Affiliated East West Press, New Delhi – 1975.
3. John Bentley, Introduction to Reliability and Quality Engineering, 2nd edn., Addison –
Wesley, 1999.
4. John Bank, TQM, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ly\td., New Delhi, 1993.
31
5. Patrick P.T. O’ Connor, Practical Reliability Engineering 2edn., John Wiley & Sons,
1985.
6. Balagurusamy E., Reliability Engineering, Tata McGrew Hill Pub. Co., New Delhi,
1984.
PO 010 606L05: Production Engineering

(Elective - I)

Module 1 (10 hours)
Lathe, types of lathe specification, parts of center lathe, operations, single point tool
nomenclature accessories and attachment, capstan and turret lathe, parts, difference, automatic
lathe, single spindle and multispindle types.
Module 2 (15 hours)

Shaping, types, operations, parts of standard shaper, specifications, planning, types, parts of
double housing, planning machine, operations table drive mechanism only, specifications,
milling, types, specifications, operations only, drilling, types, specification, operations, twist
drill nomenclature, boring, types, specification, grinding, types, abrasives, girt, grade and
structure of grinding wheel, bonding process, fine finishing, honing, super finishing, buffing,
metal spraying, electro plating.
Module 3 (10 hours)

Special machining, electrical discharge machining, electro chemical machining, electron
beam machining, ultrasonic laser machining, plasma arc machining, abrasive jet machining,
chemical machining.
Module 4 (15 hours)

Transfer machines, types, components, N.C. machines, open and closed loop control system,
analogy and digital control system, absolute and incremental position control, part
programming, manual part programming technique and computer aided part programming
technique
Module 5 (10 hours)

Measurement principles, classification of measuring instruments, gauges, height gauge, slip
gauges, sine bars, autocollimator, go, no gauges, classification, surface roughness, terms,
symbols, measurement.
References
1. S.K. Hajra Choudry, Elements of Workshop Technology Vol. I & II Media
promoters and Publishers, 1999, 9th Edition.
2. Workshop Technology, W.A.J. Chapman, Vol. I, II & III.3
3. Manufacturing Technology, M. Hastle Hurst.
PO 010 606 L06: Project Management

(Elective - I)
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of Project selection.
32
• To develop an understanding of tools, techniques and software available

for Project Management.
Module 1 (10 hours)

Introduction, Capital Investments, Phases of Capital Budgeting, Project Characteristics,
Taxonomy of Projects, Project Identification and Formulation. 7-S of Project Management.
Project feasibility Analysis- Market and Demand Analysis, Technical Analysis, Financial
Analysis, Ecological Analysis, Social Cost Benefit Analysis.
Module 2 (14 hours)

Cost of the Project, Means of Finance, Financial Evaluation of projects- Pay back period
method, Accounting Rate of Return method, Net Present Value method, Internal Rate of
Return method, Benefit Cost Ratio method, etc., Simple Problems.
Module 3 (13 hours)

Risk Analysis-risk in economic analysis-measuring risk in investment; Sources, Measures and
Perspectives on Risk, Techniques used for risk analysis – Decision trees, Simulation, Break-
even Analysis etc., Techniques for Managing Risk.
Module 4 (14 hours)

Project Management- nature and scope- PERT and CPM techniques, Estimates -time, cost,
resources (man, material, tool), Crashing of Projects, Project scheduling with constrained
resources, resource leveling, resource Allocation.
Module 5 (9 hours)
Computer Aided Project management, Essential Requirement of Project Management
Software, MS Project 2010 software, Features and Facilities in Project 2010, Types of
Reports available in Project 2010 etc. Project Management Information Systems (PMIS),
PMIS sotware, Web- Enabled Project Management.
References
1. Corter, Mastering MS Project 2000, BPB Publishers.
2. Harvey Maylor, Project Management, Pearson Education.
3. Prasanna Chandra, Projects, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Nagarajan K, Project Management 4th edition, New Age International (P) Ltd.
5. Khan & Jain, Financial Management
6. Nicholas J. M. & Steyn H., Project Management, Elsevier.
7. Brian Kennemer and Sonia Atchison, Using Microsoft Project 2010, Que Publishing.
PO010 607: Latex Product Lab

Objective
• To develop practical skill for latex products manufacturing
1. Preparation of dispersion, slurry and emulsions

2. Creaming of NR latex.
3. Manufacture of rubber bands, balloons, finger caps, household gloves, surgeons’
gloves, latex thread and articles by casting.
4. Heat sensitized dipping.
5. Latex impregnation in textiles
6. Preparation of SP, CV and LV rubber
7. Preparation of latex based adhesives
33
8. Work practice in the production of latex foam

9. Work practice in the production of bonded coir
PO010 608: Product Manufacturing Lab

Objective
• To create skill for dry rubber and plastic product manufacturing
1. Determination of Cure time.

2. Effect of mastication time on plasticity/ viscosity
3. Work practice in mastication, band formation, homogenisation and mixing using a
laboratory mill
4. Preparation of micro cellular sheet, V-strap, tea mat, teats, injection bottle cap, play
ball, man made hose, solvent based adhesives, solid tyre, sponge, eraser and oil seal.
5. Work Practice in calendaring, injection moulding, rotational moulding and extrusion
6. Visit to factories manufacturing tyres and non tyre products.
Automobile Engineering (AU)

Objectives


difference formula


Reference

Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
Objectives


Types of reports

REFERENCES
limited, 2008
AU010 303: Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery

Objectives
• The student is introduced to the mechanics of fluids through a thorough understanding of

the properties of the fluids.
• The dynamics of fluids is introduced through the control volume approach which
gives an integrated under standing of the transport of mass, momentum and energy.
• The applications of the conservation laws to flow though pipes and hydraulics machines
are studied
Module I (12 hours)
Properties of fluids- pressure, force, density, specific weight, compressibility, capillarity,

surface tension, dynamic and kinematic viscosity, Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids.
Pascal’s law-fluid statics-measurement of pressure-manometry, –various types of manometers
and pressure gauges.
Buoyancy – Centre of buoyancy –Metacentre– Stability of floating bodies – Determination of
metacentric height.
Kinematics of flow, velocity, acceleration, circulation and vorticity.

Continuity equation for one dimensional steady flow – Bernoulli’s equation for steady one
dimensional incompressible flow – venturimeter – Orifice meter – Pitot tube, Orifice and
mouth piece.
Types of flow – Streamline, Path line and Streak line, Stream tube, Velocity Potential, Stream
Function, Flow Net- Laplace’s Differential equation in rectangular co-ordinates for two
dimensional irrotational flow
Flow through pipes: Laminar and Turbulent flow – Reynold’s experiment, loss of head due to
friction, Darcy – Weishbach Equation, Chezy’s formula, Minor losses in pipes.
Hydraulic Gradient and Total Energy Lines: Flow through long pipes – Pipes in series and
parallel, Siphon, Power Transmission through pipes and flow through nozzles.
Laminar Flow: Navier Stoke’s Equation ,Hagen poiseuille Equation, Flow through open
channels: Notches – Weirs.
Impact of jet on vanes – flat, curved, stationary and moving vanes, continuity equation and
momentum equation, hydraulic turbines – classification, velocity triangle for Pelton wheel
and Francis turbine– work done and efficiency–specific speed – draft tube – tail race – pen
stock, water hammer- surge tank – governing – cavitation – selection of water turbines for
power plants.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Automobile Engineering

Module V (12 hours)
Centrifugal Pumps: Classifications-types of casing and impellers, Velocity triangle for

pumps, Head of pump, Losses and efficiency, Minimum starting speed, Specific speed,
NPSH, Multistage pump, Pumps in parallel and series, selection of pumps.
Positive displacement pumps – working principle, types of reciprocating pumps, Indicator
diagram- work done, effect of acceleration and frictional resistance, slip and coefficient of
discharge., separation in suction and delivery pipes, Air vessel.
Gear pump, Lobe pump, Vane pump, Screw pump
Text Books
1. Dr. Bansal R.K., A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machines, Laxmi
publications, New Delhi.
2. Jagadish Lal, Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machines, Metropolitan Book Co Pvt Ltd
Reference Books
1. Frank M White ,Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill publishing

2. K Muralidhar & G.Biswas , Advanced Engineering fluid mechanics, Narosa
3. Dr. P.N.Modi , Dr. S.M. Seth , Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics , Standard book house
4. Ramamritham. S, Hydraulics and Fluid Machines, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi
5. Rathakrishnan. E, Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall of India, Delhi.
6. Irving H Shames , Mechanics of fluids, McGraw Hill
7. R.K.Rajput, Textbook of Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines, S Chand & Company Ltd

AU010 304(ME): Metallurgy and Material Science

(Common with PE 010 304(ME) and ME010 304)
Objectives
Module 1 (12 hours)
Module 2 (12 hours)
Module 3 (12 hours)
Syllabus - B.Tech. Automobile Engineering.

Module 4 (12 hours)
Module 5 (12 hours)
Text Books
1.Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – Tata McGraw Hill.
2.Callister William. D. – Material Science and Engineering – John Wiley.
3.Dieter George E. – Mechanical Metallurgy – McGraw Hill.
4.Higgins R.A. – Engineering Metallurgy part - I – ELBS.
5.Raghavan V. - Material Science and Engineering - Prentice Hall.
Reference Books
1.Anderson J.C. et.al. – Material Science for Engineers – Chapman and Hall.
2.Clark and Varney - Physical metallurgy for Engineers – Van Nostrand.
3.Manas Chanda - Science to Engineering Materials - Vol I, II and III - Macmillan India.
4.Reed Hill E. Robert – Physical Metallurgy Principles – East West Press.
5.Richards C.W. – Engineering Material Science.

AU010 305: Programming in C

(Common with PE010 305 and ME010 305)

Objectives
Module I (15 hours)



Simple Operations;

Arguments
Module V (10 hours)

Text Books
Reference Books

AU010 306(CE) Strength of Materials & Structural Engineering

(Common with ME010 306(CE), PO010 306(CE) and PE010 306(CE))
Teaching Scheme:-
Objectives
applied forces.
Module I (15 hours)


bending moment.


Module V (10 hours)


Text Books
Reference Books

AU010 307: Computer Lab

Objectives
• To familiarize with operating systems. file directories, editors, compilers
computation like MatLab

vi. Implementation of Numerical Integration using Simpson’s and Trapezoidal
rules
Syllabus – B.Tech. Automobile Engineering

AU010 308: Fluid Mechanics Lab

(Common with AN010 308 , PE010 308 and ME010 308)

Objectives
flow measurement .
tools.
current meters.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce



References

Co.


Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.

AU010 403: Auto Power Plant

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of automotive engines

• To impart the Constructional details of engine components
Module I (12 hours)
Introduction: Types of power plant, basic engine nomenclature, classification of I.C engines
(Classification by cylinder arrangement, Valve arrangement and Type of valves). Working of
two stroke and 4 stroke with relative merits and demerits. Firing order, Applications and
merits of IC Engines.
Constructional details of engine components: Cylinders – types, cylinder liners, engine block,
types of cylinder head, gasket materials, and piston - types, materials, piston rings, piston
pins, connecting rod, crank shaft, flywheel, cam shaft, valve and valve mechanism, inlet and
exhaust manifold construction, hydraulic tappets.
Two stroke engines: Principles of engine operation (SI & CI), Port timing diagrams,
Symmetrical & unsymmetrical timing, Three port engine.
Theoretical Scavenging processes, Scavenging parameters, Comparison of Different
Scavenging Systems; Cross flow, loop flow, uniflow, Pre blow down, Blow down.
Scavenging pumps, blowers.
Relative merits & demerits of petrol, diesel engines in general. Advantages and disadvantages
of diesel engines for two wheelers, power plant for electric bikes.
Valve and valve mechanism: Angle of seat, Operating Conditions, operating temperatures,
valve cooling, Sodium cooled valves, Valve rotators, valve seats, valve guides, , valve
springs, valve clearance, valve timing, OHV, OHC,DOHC, V-TEC valve systems. Valve
train component details, Camshaft,-drives of cams, cam types, tappets, push rods, rocker arms
& rocker Shaft.
Intake system components, Discharge coefficient, Pressure drop, Air filter, Intake manifold,
connecting pipe. Exhaust system components, Exhaust manifold and exhaust pipe, Spark
arresters, Waste heat recovery, Exhaust mufflers, Type of mufflers.
Fuel supply system in petrol engines: Types of fuel feed systems, fuel tank, fuel pumps and
fuel filters (types and construction), air filter types. Carburetion, simple carburettor, different
circuits in carburettor, types of carburettor (Solex,SU,Carter only).Comparison between GDI,
MPFI and carburettor system.
Fuel supply system in diesel engines: Cleaning system, transfer system, injection pump, their
functions and necessity, simple and multi unit pump, CAV Bosch pump, maximum and
minimum speed governors, injection nozzles and types of nozzles. Heavy duty air filters,
diesel filters, cold starting devices.

Module V (12 hours)
Cooling system: Necessity of cooling, types of cooling including forced cooling, thermostat,
water pump, radiator, antifreeze solution, oil cooling. Temperature gauges.
Lubricating system: Function and types of lubrication systems, classification and properties of
lubricants, service ratings of oils, oil filter, oil pumps, crank case ventilation, oil additives,
and specification of lubricants. pre-lubrication systems, effect of engine conditions on
lubricating oil, consumption of lubricating oil, Oil pressure warning system, oil pressure
gauges.
Text Books
1. Kirpal Singh – Automobile Engineering Volume 1 & 2 standard publications, New Delhi.
2. T. R. Banga and Nathu Singh – Text book on Automobile Engineering, Khanna Publishers,
New Delhi.
3. Gupta R.B , Automobile Engineering , Satya Prakashan
Reference Books
1. Newton K / Steeds W / Garrett T.K – Motor Vehicle, Butterworth Heinemann Ltd
2. William H Crouse / Donald L Anglin, Automotive Mechanics , Tata McGraw-Hill Publishers
3. Joseph Heitner- Automobile mechanics, CBS Publishers, New Delhi
4. A. W. Judge – Modern petrol engine, Chapman and hall, London.
5. P. M. Heldt – High speed diesel engines, Chillon Co. New York.
6. I.C.Engines by Taylor, MIT Press England
7. I.C.Engines By Lichty., McGraw Hill
8. Fuels & Combustion By Smith & Stinson., McGraw-Hill

AU010 404: Manufacturing Process

(Common with ME010 404)

Objectives
1. To gain theoretical and practical knowledge in material casting processes and
develops an understanding of the dependent and independent variables which control
materials casting in a production processes.
2. Provide a detailed discussion on the welding process and the physics of welding.
Introduce students to different welding processes weld testing and advanced
processes to be able to appreciate the practical applications of welding.
3. The course will also provide methods of analysis allowing a mathematical/physical
description of forming processes.
Module I (12 hours)

Patterns: - types, allowances, color code – Molding sand:- constituents, types, properties,
testing, types of mould, molding machines – Cores:- sands, types prints, machines, chaplets,
forces acting on molding flasks - Gating system:- fluid flow and heat transfer in metal casting,
elements and design of gating system, sprue, gating ratio, slag trap system – Risering:-
risering design, chills, feeding devices - Cupola operation -pouring and cleaning of castings -
defects in castings - inspection and quality control - Casting:- continuous, strip, shell mold,
vacuum, investment, slush, pressure, die, centrifugal, precision investment, squeeze casting
and semi solid metal forming, economics and surface finish obtainable - casting machines -
comparison of casting with other production processes. (Include necessary figures and
equations).

Welding:- diffusion, definition of welding, metallurgy of welding, applications, classification,
mechanism - welding design:- effect of weld parameters on weld quality, heat input, heat flow
and distortions - Gas welding:- details, equipment, fluxes and filler rods – flame cutting - Arc
welding:- applications, equipment, polarity, governing factor in fusion welding - electrodes
and types – TIG - GMA - CO2 process - Submerged arc, electroslag, plasma arc and flux
cored arc welding - Resistance, thermit solid state welding - Electron and laser beam welding
– explosive welding - inspection and defects in welding - heat affected zone, grain size
variations in joint strength - Brazing and soldering - adhesive bonding – Extrusion: Metal
flow – mechanism and types – extrusion defects.

Rolling:- principles - types of rolls and rolling mills - mechanics of flat rolling, roll pressure
distribution - neutral point - front and back tension, roll forces in hot rolling, roll torque and
power, friction, deflection and flattening - friction and lubrication in metal forming - defects -
hot and cold rolling - rolling machines - strip velocity and roll velocity - roll and roll pass
design - theories of rolling and effect of parameters - load calculation - rolling of tubes,
wheels, axles, I-beam thread, gear rolling.
Module IV 12 hours)
Forging:- classification - open die forging, forces and work of deformation - Forging methods
analysis:- slab method only, solid cylindrical, rectangular work piece in plane strain, forging
under sticking condition - deformation zone geometry – die forging:- impression, close,

coining, skew rolling etc. – defects in forging – forgeability tests – die design and materials –
equipments - heating in forging - quality assurance for forging -non destructive testing -
mechanics of rod and wire Drawing:- ideal deformation, ideal deformation and friction,
drawing of flat strips etc – drawing defects – drawing practices.
Module V (12 hours)

Locating methods:- methods, degrees of freedom - principle of clamping:- clamping types -
work holding principle – Die cutting:- Different types - shearing - types of presses –cutting
action in punch and die operations – die clearances – types of die:- progressive, compound,
combination die – Bending dies:- bending methods, minimum bend radius, bendability, spring
back, forces, bend allowances – Forming dies:- solid form, curling, embossing, coining,
bulging dies - Shear and tube spinning - High energy rate forming:- need, energy sources -
material behavior - pneumatic, mechanical, electrohydraulic, electromagnetic, and explosive
forming – Deep drawing:- deep drawability, punch forces.
Text Books
Reference Books

AU010 405: Machine Drawing
Objectives :
Module-1(15hrs)
Module-2 (20 hrs)

Fully dimensioned and sectional drawing of the following Joints-
knuckle joint-jib and cotter
shaft couplings-types of keys- protected types of flanged couplings-bushed pin type flexible coupling-
Oldham’s coupling
Pipe joints-spigot and socket joint-flanged joint-
Shaft bearings and support-Plummer block IC engine parts-piston-connecting rod
Module-3(25hrs)
Assembly and working drawings of the followingValves
-stop valve-spring loaded safety valve –dead weight safety valve-feed check valve-feed check valve
Machine elements-screw jack –lathe tool post-spindle-tailstock
Note:
•
References:
Question III:One question of 60 marks from module-3
.
AU 010 406(EE) Electrical Technology

(Common with ME010 406 (EE) and PE010 406 (EE))

Objectives
Module I (8 hours)



Module V (10 hours)


Text Books
Reference Books

AU010 407: Automobile Workshop I

3 hour practical per week
Study
1. Study of hand tools, special purpose tools, sketching and it’s uses
2. Writing technical specifications and description of all types of chassis and
transmission components of automobiles, including body and interiors (two wheeler,
four wheeler and heavy vehicle – one each)
Experiments
1. Servicing of clutch assembly, checking the spring tension of coil springs in spring
tester.
2. Dismantling of gear box, inspecting components, servicing, checking the gear ratios.
3. Dismantling of differential assembly, servicing, backlash adjustments, check for drive
axis ratio.
4. Servicing of A. C. mechanical fuel pump and testing the pump.
5. Servicing of Carburetor, Study Various Circuits on it, tuning of carburetor.
6. Servicing master and wheel cylinders in hydraulic brake system & bleeding of brakes.
7. Valve timing setting including valve clearance adjustment.
8. Servicing of steering gear box, checking for end play in shafts.
9. Overhauling of a complete strut type suspension system.
10. Dismantle and assemble C.V joint. Also examine a slip joint, U.J cross in propeller
shaft.
11. Compression test of petrol and diesel engine.
12. Disassembling cylinder head, decarbonizing , Valve Seat Grinding
13. Disassembling of engine: inspection of engine components, servicing of components,
measurement of dimensions of different components of engine, compare with
standard specifications, piston ring setting, assembling using special tools.
14. Dismantling of gear box, inspecting components, servicing, checking the gear ratios.
15. Rectifying the troubles in ignition system, adjusting spark plug and C. B. Point gap,
checking ignition timing.

40% - Internal Practical examination at the end of semester
20% - viva
20% - Rough record & fair record
20% - Regularity in the class
University Examination Pattern (Maximum Marks-100)
20% - Initial Write Up (Aim, Tools Required, Materials Required, Theory, Procedure)
40% - Performance in Test
20% - Viva
10% - Result / Inference
10% - Rough record & Fair Record

AU010 408 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB
(Common with ME010 408 and PE010 307)

List of Experiments

8. Fatigue Test
11. Strut Test.
Note
References
Inc.Newyork.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

simple problems
case only)
References
AU010 502 Computer Aided Design & Manufacturing


Objectives
operations.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Module 2 (12 hours)

DNC.
tachometer.
Module 3 (12 hours)

graphics.
examination)
Module 4 (12 hours)



Module 5 (12 hours)

TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCE BOOKS:

AU010 503: Auto Chassis

Objective
• To familiarize the students with the fundamentals of Automobile Chassis.
• Students will be able to know the basics of Automobile Chassis Components and
Construction &Working principle of Front Axle, Rear Axle, Wheels, Tyres, Final
Drive, Steering System, Brakes and Suspension System.
Module I (8 hours)
Introduction: General consideration relating to chassis layout, types of automobiles, layout

of an automobile with reference to power plant. Relative merits & demerits of different
layouts. Components and Description of an automobile.
Frames: Types of frames-Conventional, Semi integral, Integral, Frame Sections, Sub frames,
materials, cross members and x members, Defects in Chassis Frame, Testing of frames.
Unitised frame body construction: Loads acting on vehicle frame.
Front axle and steering: Introduction to front axle, construction, classification-live, dead,
Stub axle types.
Steering system- parts , functions, working and description, different types of steering gears
and their construction, Steering linkages- conventional steering linkage, linkage for
independent front suspension, power steering, under steering and over steering effects. Wheel
condition for true rolling ,Steering Mechanisms- Ackermann and Davis steering gear,
Steering ratio, Steering geometry- castor, camber, king pin inclination, toe in, toe out, Wheel
alignment
Suspension: Objectives, basic considerations, classification and elements of suspension

system, types and description of suspension springs, leaf springs, coil springs, torsion bar,
rubber springs, plastic springs, air bellows, pneumatic suspension, hydro elastic suspension,
constructional and working details of telescopic shock absorbers. Types of independent
suspension and its comparison with rigid axle suspension function of stabilizer bar.
Drive line: Torque reaction, driving thrust, Hotch kiss drive, torque tube drive, propeller
shaft, critical speeds, universal joints, types, Front wheel drive, differential action,
constructional details, differential lock, limited slip differential, axle housing, types,
construction, Construction details of multi drive axle vehicles, double reduction.
Brakes: Functions, requirements of good braking system, principle of braking, stopping times
and distance, braking efficiency, weight transfer, brake shoe theory, self energization,
determination of braking torque.
Classification and working of brakes on different considerations- purpose, construction,
actuation, braking effort, and locations ( disc, drum, band, hydraulic brakes, mechanical
brakes, air brakes, electric brake, servo brakes, power assisted brakes, fail safe brakes,
exhaust brakes, parking brakes, hill holding brake, vacuum boosted hydraulic brakes layout
and details of components).

Master & wheel cylinders, bleeding of brakes, brake drums, brake linings, brake fluid, factors
influencing operation of brakes such as operating temperature, lining, brake clearance, pedal
pressure, and linkages, Antilock Braking System (ABS).
Module V (12 hours)
Wheels and tires: Requirement of good wheel, types and construction of wired, disc and
alloy wheel, wheel dimensions. Tire types and construction, bias, radial and belted ply
comparisons, treaded patterns, inflation pressure and its effects, static and dynamic properties
of pneumatic tires, aspect ratio, factors affecting tire performance and life, tire retreading, tire
rotation, tubeless tire and its merits, different tire specifications, desirable properties of tires.
Text Books
2. Gupta R.B , Automobile Engineering , Satya Prakashan
3. Giri NK - Automobile Technology- Khanna Publishers
Reference Books
3. Joseph Heitner- Automobile mechanics, CBS Publishers, New Delhi
4. N. K. Giri – Automobile mechanics – Khanna Publishers.

AU010 504: Kinematics of Machinery

Objectives
a system/machine.
trains.
Module I (14hours)

Module II (12hours)



Module V (12 hours)

Reference Books
2009
4 A. Ghosh, A. K. Malik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, Affiliated East West Press
5 A. G. Erdman, G. N. Sandor, Mechanism Design: Analysis and synthesis Vol I & II,
Prentice Hall of India

AU010 505 I. C. Engines & Combustion

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of IC Engine and Combustion
Module I (15 hours)

Working of two stroke and four stroke engines and valve timing diagrams of – Petrol
and diesel engine. (Review only). Fuel air cycles. Ignition systems- Battery and magneto
systems- ignition timing and spark advance. Fuels – Qualities, rating of fuels - Octane and
Cetane numbers. Alternative fuels.
Types of engines - Wankel engine,- Stirling engine - Stratified charge engine - VCR engine -
free piston engine.

Air fuel mixture requirements – Solex Carburettor. Stoichiometric and excess air calculations.
Fuel injection systems in SI and CI engines - Fuel injection pumps.- nozzle- direct and
indirect injections. MPFI systems and GDI engines. CRDI technology.
Lubrication systems- types – properties of lubricants. Flash point, fire point and viscosity
index.

Thermodynamics of combustion. Combustion reaction of common fuels. Exhaust gas
composition. Flue gas analysis. Air fuel ratio from exhaust gas composition. Variation of
specific heats- heat losses- Dissociation.
Engine cooling systems- Air and liquid system- Super charging and turbo charging

Combustion in SI engines- P-θ diagram- Stages of combustions- Ignition lag. Flame
propagation – Abnormal combustion – detonation effects. Combustion in CI engines, P-θ
diagram - Ignition delay, diesel knock- controlling methods.
Air motion- Squish, tumble, swirl motions. Different types combustion chamber for SI and CI
engines.
Module V (10 hours)

Pollutants in SI and CI engines. NOx, CO, unburned hydrocarbons ,smoke and particulate.
Measurement of exhaust emission. (HC, CO, NOx and smoke intensity ) Exhaust gas
treatment.- Catalytic converter – Thermal reaction -Particulate trap.
Testing of IC engines - Indicated power – Brake Power - Volumetric efficiency - Heat
balance test - Morse test.

Text Books
V Ganesan, Internal Combustion Engine Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
New Delhi 2006. -
Reference Books
John B Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company
Sigapur,1998.
Obert E F,Internal Combustion Engine and air Pollution Mc Graw Hill book company New York.
Mathur and Sharma,A course in Internal Combustion Engine - Dhanpat Rai Publications new
Delhi, 2004.
Sharma S.P, Fuels and Combustion, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
New Delhi.1990.
Spalding D.B. Some Fundamentals of Combustion Better Worths Scientific Publications London,
1955.

AU010 506 Thermodynamics

(Common with PE 010 506 and ME010 506)
Objectives
studied)
Module I (10 hours)

Laws of thermodynamics- Zeroth law of thermodynamics – Thermal equilibrium – Concept
of temperature – Temperature scales – Thermometry – Perfect gas temperature scales. –
Thermometry – Perfect gas temperature scales. Work and heat – First law of thermodynamics
– Concept of energy _ First law for closed and open systems – Specific heats – internal
energy and enthalpy – Steady flow energy equations _ Jule Thompson effect.
Module V (10 hours)
Text Books
Reference Books
New Delhi 2002.
York, 1988.
Company Ltd. New Delhi 1989.

AU010 507: Computer Graphics & Drafting

3 hour practical per week
Modeling – Introduction. Development of 2D and 3D geometric modeling using anyone

parametric software. Exercises on automotive components - 3D modelling
Software’s – Pro-E, CATIA, UNIGRPHICS, Solid works etc.

30%- Test/s
Note: Exercise in Rapid prototyping may be demonstrated for the entire batch

70% - Procedure, modeling steps, results
30% - Viva voce

AU 010 508 Electrical & Electronics Lab

Objectives
PART A
2. OCC of self excited D.C machines – critical resistances of various speeds. Voltage built-up
with a given field circuit resistance. Critical speed for a given field circuit resistance
characteristics.
6. Swinburne’s test on D.C machines
8. Brake test on D.C series motors and determination of characteristics.
9. Brake test on D.C compound motors and determination of characteristics.
PART B

3. Design and testing of rectifier circuits – Half wave – Full wave (centre – tapped and bridge)
circuits. Filter circuits.

Sweep circuits
References

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

AU010 601 Mechanics of Machines


Objectives
• To understand the method of static force analysis and dynamic force analysis of
mechanisms
• To understand the principles of governors and gyroscopes.
• To understand the design of flywheel
• To understand the working of different types of brakes and dynamometers
Module I (14 hours)
Force analysis of machinery - static and dynamic force analysis of plane motion
mechanisms - graphical method - principle of superposition –matrix methods -
method of virtual work.
Governors: - terminology; Watt, Porter, Proel, Hartnell, Hartung, Wilson-Hartnell,

and Pickering governors-spring controlled governors of gravity type-effort and
power-controlling force diagram-quality of governors-effect of friction-
insensitiveness-stability-inertia governors- governor speed, torque characteristics of
an engine-governor and flywheel.
Turning moment diagram and Flywheel: - coefficient of fluctuation of energy and

speed- energy saved in a flywheel-punching press-dynamically equivalent two mass
system-centre of percussion-kinetic equivalence-reversed effective force analysis-
piston effort-crankpin effort- crank effort-turning moment diagrams for I.C. engines.
Gyroscope: - Principle-Angular acceleration-Effect of gyroscopic couple on bearings,

airplanes, and ships-stability of automobile and two wheel vehicles-Gyroscopic
stabilization of sea vessels and grinding mills-Rigid disc at an angle fixed to a rotating
shaft
Module V (12 hours)
Brakes and clutches: Shoe, double block, long shoe, internally expanding shoe,
band, band & block, hydraulic, mechanical, air and power brakes-braking of a
vehicle-cone, single plate, multiple, centrifugal clutches.
Dynamometers: Pony brake. rope brake, epicyclic train, belt transmission and
torsion dynamometers-effort and power.

Reference Books
2009
4 A. Ghosh, A. K. Malik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, Affiliated East West
Press
5. C. E. Wilson, P. Sadler, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd edition, Pearson Education.
6. Holowenko, Dynamics of Machinery, John Wiley

AU010602: Heat and Mass Transfer

Objectives
Module I (12 hours)





Module V (12 hours)

Data Book:
References:
Text Books
Reference Books
Wiley & Sons

AU010 603: Automotive Transmission

Objectives
• To impart basic knowledge to students with respect to transmission system of
automobiles and impart knowledge that will enable the students to understand the
latest developments in the field.
Module I (14 hours)
Clutches: Necessity of clutch in a automobile, different types of clutches, friction

clutches, cone clutch, Single plate - multi plate, helical spring` & diaphragm spring
clutches, centrifugal clutches, electromagnetic clutches, hydraulic clutches, torque
capacity of clutches, clutch facing materials, clutch adjustments, over running clutches,
sprag and roller clutches, necessity and field of application.
Gear box: Need for a gear box, types of gear transmission, number of gear ratios, 3 speed
and 4 speed transmission, determination of gear ratios for vehicles, performance curves
in different gears, Types of gearboxes- progressive & Selective types, sliding mesh,
constant mesh, synchromesh gear box, Transfer box, selector mechanism, gear types &
materials, gearbox oil seals- static & dynamic seals.
Epicyclic transmission: Principle of planetary gear transmission, Fundamental laws,

Typical 2 speed and three speed planetary gear box, Ford-T-model gear box - Wilson
planetary transmission, Overdrive unit - Principle of Overdrive, Advantage of Overdrive,
Electric control system for overdrive.
Hydrodynamic drive: Advantages and limitations, fluid flywheel- constructional details,

working, merits and demerits, torque transmission and slip characteristics, constructional
details of typical torque converters - single and dual stator, matching of torque converters,
torque converter lockup-centrifugal, hydraulic & viscous, comparison of torque converter
Module IV (12hours)
Hydrostatic drive: Basic hydrostatic principle, pump and motor combinations for hydrostatic
drives , principles of hydrostatic drive systems: construction and working of typical
drives, comparison of hydrostatic with hydrodynamic drives, Continuously variable
transmission (CVT) –mechanical and hydrostatic, Relative merits and demerits.
Module V (10 hours)
Automatic transmission: General description of working of typical automatic

transmissions and their control system, components and parts of Automatic
transmission, comparison with conventional transmission. Three speed and reverse
Transaxle automatic Transmission, ECTi Automatic transmission with intelligent electronic
control system.

Text Books
1. Jack Erjavec – Automotive Engineering Manual Transmissions & Transaxles
5. Anil Chhikara - Automobile Engineering Vol 2 Power Transmission- Satya Prakashan
Reference Books
1. W. Thomson: Fundamentals of automotive transmission, pitman and paperbacks
Publications
2. Narang: Automobile Engineering, Khanna Publications, New Delhi.
3. Judge.A.W, “Modern Transmission systems ", Chapman and Hall Ltd., 1990.
4. SAE Transactions 900550 & 930910.
5. “Hydrostatic transmissions for vehicle applications ", I Mech E Conference, 1981-88.
6. Crouse. W.H., Anglin. D.L., “Automotive Transmission and Power Trains construction ",
McGraw-Hill, 1976.

AU010 604: Metrology and Machine Tools

Objectives
• Understand and appreciate the importance of basic principles of traditional
material removal processes.
• Understand the application of those principles in practice.
• To understand the principles of metrology and measurements, methods of
measurement and its application in manufacturing industries.
Module I (12 hours)

Conventional Machining Processes Turning machines:- Types - method of holding work and
tool, accessories, attachments-operations and types of tools for each operation - tool room
lathe - duplicating lathe - Capstan and Turret lathe – knurling - Drilling:- types of drilling
machines - types of drills - nomenclature of drill point - drill wear - types of chip breakers -
cutting forces in drilling - Boring:- types of boring machines, tool geometry - counterboring,
spot facing, countersinking, trepanning – Reaming:- types of reamers - tool nomenclature -
cutting forces - tool materials and surface roughness obtainable in each operations.
Shaping, planing and slotting machines:- Types and specifications - quick return motion -
hydraulic feed and its advantages - automatic feed-speed, feed and depth of cut -work holding
devices - types of operation and examples of work done - shaping of V-blocks, planing of
guide gibs, slotting of keyways – Broaching:- - basic process - different cutting elements –
force required for broaching and strength of broach – tool materials and surface roughness
obtainable in each operations.

Milling operations:- different types milling machines - Different methods of milling -
nomenclature of milling cutters – cutting forces in milling – different types of milling cutters
– attachments for milling:-vertical milling and universal milling attachment, high speed
milling attachment, rack milling and slot attachments, parking bracket, rotary table, universal
dividing head, vices, arbors, adaptors and collet chucks – tool materials and surface
roughness obtainable in milling – machining centers: applications and advantages - Grinding:
- types of machines - Grinding mechanisms:- grinding debris, grinding force power, specific
energy - Grinding wheels:- different types of abrasives, grain size, different types of bond,
grade, structure – marking system of grinding wheels - Grinding fluids – Truing and dressing
of grinding wheels - Grinding temperature, thermal damage and surface roughness obtainable.
Horning: Types of machines, methods of honing – types honing stones – honing conditions -
cutting fluids - surface roughness obtainable - Lapping: - types of hand lapping - types of
lapping machines - surface roughness obtainable – Burnishing:- processes and surface
roughness obtainable.

Gear cutting process: - Gear milling: - gear milling machines and different gear milling
operations - Gear hobbing: - principle of the hobbing process and hobbing machines, basic
types of hobbing machines, different hobbing techniques, nomenclature of hob, hob wear,
spur gear hobbing, helical gear hobbing - gear shaping: - principle of gear shaping process -
gear finishing - gear errors - Thread production process: - different thread production
processes: screw cutting on lathe, thread milling, thread whirling, die threading, tapping,
thread rolling, and thread grinding.
Syllabus – Automobile Engineering


Engineering Metrology
General measurements concepts:- Principles for achieving accuracy; methods for estimating
accuracy and precision, precision Vs accuracy, systematic and constant errors; progressive,
random, erratic, drunken errors - Fits and tolerances:- types of fits: hole and shaft basis
system – limit gauges:- gauge tolerance, presentation of gauge tolerances – Taylor’s theory of
gauging – limit gauges for screw threads - Design and operation of linear measurements:-
Principle of alignment (Abbe’s), accuracy and precision etc. – Principle of kinematics:
complete constraints, one degree of freedom – Gauge blocks:- gauge materials, accuracy and
standards, effect of temperature, surface roughness and manufacturing of gauge blocks –
Comparators:- mechanical, mechanical-optical, pneumatic and horizontal length comparator –
Angle measurements:- three disc, sine bar and dial gauge – measurement of taper plug ring
gauges and taper bores – Precision levels, clinometer – Optical instruments for angle
measurements:- optical principles of projector, microscope, telescope, collimator, auto
collimator - optical flat and optical parallel applications – auto collimator, angle dekkor,
combination of angle gauges, optical flat.
Module V (12 hours)

Tool makers microscope – profile projector – optical microscope, SEM and TEM - straight
edge – surface plate – measurement of squareness:- squareness testing with dial gauge, tilting
bar, optical square, checking an internal right angle - Measurement of surface roughness:
meaning of surface texture and causes – stylus probe instrument, RMS, CLA, peak to valley,
Ra, Rt, Rz etc. – stylus, skid, effect of sampling length, magnification, cut-off, evaluation
length etc. – comparison of surface roughness of different machining process – concept of
apparent to real area of contact of mating surfaces, applications in clutch plate surface, brake
liner, inner race of a bearing, cylinder liner, machine tool guide way, significance of surface
roughness in crack initiation – assessment of roundness errors:- least square reference circle,
minimum circumscribed circle, minimum zone reference circle and maximum inscribed circle
– roundness parameters:- eccentricity, concentricity and runout – three wire system of thread
pitch diameter measurement - gear tooth measurement by vernier caliper, pin method of
measuring gear teeth – Alignment tests for machine tools:- test for level installation of a lathe
bed – spindle tests of concentricity and alignment with guide ways – tests for straightness and
flatness of a lathe bed guide ways – test for squreness of a drilling machine spindle with table
– CMM, laser interferomerty and applications.
Text Books
Reference Books
Syllabus – Automobile Engineering

AU010 605 Mechatronics and Control systems


Objectives
• To impart basic concepts of mechatronics and control systems.
Module 1 [12 Hours]

Introduction:-Scope of Mechatronics-Systems-Microprocessor based controllers-
mechatronic approach-sensors-transducers-force-velocity-displacement-temperature-
inputting data by switches-signal conditioning-operational amplifiers-filtering-
multiplexers-data acquisition-modulation. Data presentation systems:- Displays-
measurement systems-calibration-pneumatic and hydraulic systems-control valves-
actuators-mechanical and electrical activation systems-relays and solenoid switches-
proximity pickups.
Module 2 [12 Hours]
Input/output Systems:-Ports, interface requirements, adaptors-programmable logic
controllers-data handling digital communications-system, networks, protocols,
interfaces, fault finding- design and mechatronic design solutions. Electromechanical
systems:-CD, DVD Rom, OCR, Printers.
Module 3 [12 Hours]
Introduction to Control Systems Engineering:-Concept of automatic control-open loop and
closed loop systems-servomechanisms-Block diagrams-transfer functions-Representation of
control components and systems-Translational and rotational mechanical components –series
and parallel combinations-comparators ,integrating devices, hydraulic servomotors,
temperature control systems, speed control systems.
Module 4 [12 Hours]
System Response:-First and second order system-Response to step, pulse, ramp and
sinusoidal input-systems with distance, velocity lag. Control System Analysis:-
Transient Response of simple control systems –Stability of control systems –Routh
Stability criteria –Error Analysis.
Module 5 [12 Hours]
Frequency Response Analysis :- Polar ,Rectangular and Logarithmic plots –
Experimental determination of frequency response -Bode and Nyquist stability
criteria – Gain and phase margin. Root locus of simple transfer function.
Text Books
1. Mechatronics-W.Bolton-Pearson
2. Control Systems- A. Nagoor Kani
References
1. Mechatronics-A.Smaili&F.Mrad-Oxford
2. Control Systems Engg –T .J. Nagrath & M .Gopal.
3. Automatic Control Theory-Ravan.
4. Modern Control Engg.-K. Ogatta
5 Control Systems Engg -Benjamin C Kuo

AU010 606LO1: Vehicle Transport Management

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of vehicle transport management.
• To develop an understanding about transport organisation and management, route
planning and scheduling, fleet management, fare structure and fare collection
system, vehicle design and motor vehicle act.
Module I (12 hours)
Infrastructure: Types of roads, traffic condition, relief of congestion – pedestrian, bus stops,
shelters, bus stations, garages – layout of premises, equipments, use of machinery.
Organization and management: Forms of ownership, principle of transport management –
Internal organization, centralized condition, decentralized condition (Engineering, traffic and
administration), administration, recruitment and training, welfare, health and safety.
Management Training and Operations- Basic principles of supervising, Organising Time
and people, Job instruction training - Training devices and techniques - Driver and
mechanic hiring.
Route planning and Scheduling: Sources of traffic, town planning, turning points,
stopping places, survey of rout, factors affecting frequency, direction of traffic flow,
estimated traffic possibility. time table layout, use of flat graph method, preparation of
vehicle and crew schedules, duty roaster, use of vehicle running numbers, determination
of vehicle efficiency, checking efficiency of crew, duty arrangements, duty of drivers and
conductors.
Vehicle maintenance, supply management and budget: Scheduled and unscheduled
maintenance - Planning and scope - Evaluation of PMI programme – Work scheduling -
Overtime - Breakdown analysis - Control of repair backlogs - Cost of options. Cost of
inventory - Balancing inventory cost against downtime - Parts control - Bin tag systems
– Time management - Time record keeping - Budget activity - Capital expenditures -
Classification of vehicle expenses
Fleet Management, Data Processing And Fare Structure : Fleet management and data
processing - Data processing systems - Software Model - Computer controlling of fleet
activity - Energy management, Basis of fares, effect of competition and control,
calculating average charge, zone systems, straight and tapered scales fare structure -
Methods of fare collection - Preparation of fare table.
Public relations work: Dissemination of information, maintaining good will, handling
complaints, traffic advisory committee, local contacts, co-operation with the press news and
articles, forms of publicity, importance of quality, inter departmental liaison, advertisement,
general appearance of premises, specialized publicity.

Fare collection system: Principles of fare collection, way bill, bell punch system, will brew
system, T. I. M. and straight machines, box system, personal and common stock, flat fare
basis.
Fare structure: Basis of fares, effect of competition and control, calculating average charge,
zone systems, straight and tapered scales, co-ordination of tables, anomalies, double booking,
private hire charges.
Operating cost and types of vehicles: Classification of costs, average speed, running costs,
supplementary costs, depreciation obsolescence, life of vehicles, sinking fund, factor affecting
cost per vehicles mile incidence of wages and overheads, 100 seats miles basis, average
seating capacity, vehicles size and spread overs, types of vehicle economic considerations
authorization of trolley, bus services, statuary procedure taxes and hire car.
Module V (12 hours)
Vehicle design: Buses & coaches, types & capacities, basic features, entrances & exits,
comfort & capacity, steps & staircases, miscellaneous arrangements & fitments, articulated
buses, standardization. Traffic navigation and global positioning system.
The future: a projection from the past, future demand, environmental and social issues, the
energy situation, new technology, hybrid, battery/trolley bus, other types of hybrid, lead acid
battery bus, advanced battery bus
Motor vehicle act: Importance of motor vehicle act: VIII, IX, X & XI schedules, types of
driving licenses, procedure for obtaining driving license, registration of vehicle, types of
permits, procedure for obtaining permits, third party insurance.
Text Books
1. Bus operation - L.D.Kitchen, Iliffe & Sons , London
2. Bus & coach operation - Rex W. Faulks, Butterworth Version Of 1987, London
Reference Books
1. Compendium of transport terms - Cirt,Pune
2. M.V. Act 1988 - Central Law Agency, Allahabad
3. The elements of transportation - R.J. Eaton
4. Goods vehicle operation - C.S. Dubbar
5. Road transport law - L.D. Kitchen
6. Automobile engineering-G B S Narang, Khanna Publications

AU010 606L02 Computer Aided Vehicle Design

Objectives
• To understand how computer can be applied in vehicle design.
• To familiarize with Concepts of modeling in 2D and 3D, Concepts of computer
graphics, Theory of analysis and its implementation in CAD.
Note: Use of Software Packages for Analysis and Design of Automobile Systems should use
for Design Problem
Module I (12 hours)
Vehicle Frame and Suspension: Study of Loads-Moments and Stresses on Frame Members.
Computer Aided Design of Frame for Passenger and Commercial Vehicles. Computer Aided
Design of Leaf Springs-Coil Springs and Torsion Bar Springs
Front Axle and Steering Systems: Analysis of Loads-Moments and Stresses at different
sections of Front Axle. Determination of Bearing Loads at Kingpin Bearings. Wheel Spindle
Bearings. Choice of Bearings. Determination of Optimum Dimension and Proportions for
Steering Linkages ensuring minimum error in Steering
Drive Line and Read Axle: Computer Aided Design of Propeller Shaft. Design of Final Drive
Gearing. Design details of Full-floating., Semi-floating and Three Quarter Floating, Rear
Axle Shafts and Rear Axle Housings.
Clutch: Torque capacity of Clutch. Computer Aided Design of Clutch Components. Design
details of Roller and Sprag Type of Clutches.
Module V (12 hours)
Gear Box: Computer Aided Design of Three Speed and Four Speed Gear Boxes.

Text Books
1. Dean Averns, “Automobile Chassis Design ", Iliffe Books Ltd. – 1992
2. Heldt.P.M., " Automotive Chassis ", Chilton Co., New York- 1992
3. Steeds.W., " Mechanics of Road Vehicles ", Iliffe Books Ltd. – 1992
Reference Books
1. Giles.J.G., Steering, " Suspension And Tyres ", Iliffe Books Ltd
2. Newton, Steeds & Garret, " Motor Vehicle ", Iliffe Books Ltd
3. Heldt.P.M., " Torque Converter ", Chilton Book Co., New York

AU010 606L03 Computer Simulation of I C Engines

Objectives
• To make the students understand the basic principles of simulation of the combustion processes
in engines used for automobiles and the heat transfer mechanism and friction losses of the
different systems.
Module I (12 hours)
Combustion Calculations: Heat of reaction at constant volume and constant pressure, Calculation of
properties of the working medium in an engine, Constant volume and constant pressure adiabatic
combustion, Calculation of Adiabatic flame temperature.
Simulation of SI Engine Combustion: Engine kinematics, Ideal Otto cycle, SI engine simulation with
adiabatic combustion with air as the working substance under full and part throttle conditions. Actual SI
engine heat release rate curves. SI engine combustion models including Wiebe’s function
Simulation of CI Engine Combustion: CI engine simulation with adiabatic combustion with air as the
working substance under naturally aspirated, supercharged and turbocharged conditions. Actual heat
release rates of diesel engines, Hardenberg and Hase and other ignition delay models for diesel engines,
Zero dimensional combustion models for CI engines – Watsons and White House and Way models.
Gas Exchange Processes: Flow through valves their characteristics, compressible and incompressible flow
through valves, volumetric efficiency and Mach index, Effect of valve timing on volumetric efficiency,
Swirl and squish, SI engine simulation with gas exchange, influence of valve timing and area. CI engine
simulation with gas exchange.
Module V (12 hours)
Heat Transfer and Friction in Engines: Engine friction variation, models for engine friction, Heat transfer
mechanisms in engines, Models for heat transfer in engines. Two stroke engine scavenging parameters
like delivery ratio, scavenging efficiency, trapping efficiency. Perfect displacement and perfect mixing
models for scavenging.

Text Books
1. Computer simulation of compression ignition engine processes by V.Ganesan, Universities
Press
2. Computer simulation of Spark Ignition Engine Processes by V Ganesan,Universities Press
3. Richard Stone, Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines
Reference Books
1. Internal Combustion Engines – Applied Thermo Sciences, Colin R Ferguson, John Wiley and
Sons.
2. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, John B Heywood, Mc Graw Hill

AU010 606L04 Tribology

Module I (12 hours)
Introduction to Tribilogy: Properties of oils and equation of flow: Viscosity, Newton’s of

viscosity, Hagen-Poiseuille Law, Flow between parallel stationary planes, viscosity
measuring apparatus. Lubrication principles, classification of lubricants.
Hydrodynamics Lubrication: Friction forces and power loss in lightly loaded bearing,
Petroff’s law, Tower’s experiments, idealized full journal bearings.
Mechanism of pressure development in an oil film, Reynold’s investigations, Reynold’s

equation in two dimensions. Partial journal bearings, end leakages in journal bearing,
numerical problems.
Slider / Pad bearing with a fixed and pivoted shoe: Pressure distribution, Load carrying
capacity, coefficient of friction, frictional resistance in a pivoted shoe bearing, influence
of end leakage, numerical examples.
Oil flow and thermal equilibrium of journal bearing: Oil flow through bearings, self-contained
journal bearings, bearings lubricated under pressure, thermal equilibrium of journal bearings.
Hydrostatic Lubrication: Introduction to hydrostatic lubrication, hydrostatic step bearings,

load carrying capacity and oil flow through the hydrostatic step bearing.
Module V (14 hours)
Bearing Materials: Commonly used bearings materials, properties of typical bearing

materials. Wear: Classification of wear, wear of polymers, wear of ceramic materials, wear
measurements, effect of speed, temperature and pressure.
Behaviour of tribological components: Selection, friction, Wear of ceramic materials, wear
measurements, effects of speed, temperature and pressure. Tribological measures: Material
selection, improved design, surface engineering

Text Books
1. Basu S K., Sengupta A N., Ahuja B. B.,Fundamentals of Tribiology, PHI 2006
2. Mujumdar B. C., Introduction to Tribiology bearings, Wheelers and company pvt. Ltd 2001.
Reference Books
1. Fuller, D., Theory and Practice of Lubrication for Engineers, New York company 1998
2. Moore, Principles and applications of Tribiology, Pergamaon press 1998
3. Srivastava S., Tribiology in industries, S Chand and Company limited, Delhi 2002
4. Redzimovskay E I., Lubrication of bearings – theoretical principles and design, Oxford press
company 2000

AU010 606L05 Alternate Fuels and Energy systems

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of energy and its sources.
• To develop a clear understanding about the alternative fuels for the I.C engines.
Module I (15 hours)
Types of energy sources (conventional and non-conventional energy), their

availability. Scenario of conventional automobile fuels, oil reserves of the world, need
of alternative energy sources. I.C engine fuel ratings- octane number, cetane number,
diesel index, fuel properties, additives, fuel quality aspects related to emissions.
Implementation barriers for alternative fuels, roadmap for alternative fuels.
Module II (15hours)
Alcohols for SI engines- manufacture of methanol, manufacture of ethanol,

comparison of properties of alcohols and gasoline as SI engine fuels, engine
performance with pure alcohols, alcohol gasoline fuel blends-gasohol- E85.
Alternate fuels for Diesel engines: Alcohols as diesel fuels, vegetable oils as diesel
fuels, straight vegetable oils and bio-diesels, performance properties of
engines with bio-diesel, Indian specification for bio-diesel,
Hydrogen energy: Properties of hydrogen, sources of hydrogen, production of

hydrogen, electrolysis of water, thermal decomposition of water, thermo – chemical
production and biochemical production, storage and methods, applications to engines,
modifications necessary, hazards and safety systems for hydrogen , performance
characteristics in engines. Emissions from hydrogen fuel engines. Fuel cell working,
advantages and limitations.
.
Gaseous fuels: Availability of CNG, LNG, properties, modification required to use

CNG in engines, performance and emission characteristics of CNG.
LPG as an IC engine fuel, modification required for the engine, performance and
emission characteristics of LPG. Description of hybrid LPG – gasoline engine.
Biogas production, application of biogas as a single fuel and dual fuel dual fuel
Module V (15 hours)
Solar power: Collection and storage of solar energy, collection devices, flat plate
collectors, concentrating type collectors, storage methods, principle and working of
photovoltaic conversion, application to automobiles.

Electric vehicles: Design considerations, limitations, opportunities for improvement,

batteries, problems, future possibilities, capacities, types, applicability of electric cars,
cost of electric car.
Text Books
1. Mathur & Sharma – IC engines, Dhanpatrai publications

2. Dr.N.K.Giri- Automobile technology, khanna publications
Reference Books
1. T. K. Garrett: Automotive fuels system, SAE INC, Warrendale, 1991

2. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley - Automotive Fuels reference book, SAE
3. Richard L. Bechtold- Alternate fuels guide book, SAE
4. Energy research group- Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd
5. T.N Vezgirigiu- Alternative energy sources
6. Nagpal - “Power Plant Engineering” - Khanna Publishers –
7. G.D Rai Solar energy

AU010606L06: Quantitative Techniques

Objectives
• To understand and apply Quantitative techniques to industrial operations.
• To equip the students to grasp the various optimization techniques
Module I (8 hours)
Linear programming, Definition, scope of Operations Research, O.R. approach and

limitations of OR Models, Characteristics and phases of OR, Mathematical formulation of
L.P. Problems. Graphical solution methods.
The simplex method - slack, surplus and artificial variables. Concept of duality, two phase
simplex method, dual simplex method, degeneracy, and procedure for resolving degenerate
cases.
Formulation of transportation model, Basic feasible solution using North-west corner rule,
least cost or Matrix Minima method, Vogel’s approximation method, Optimality Methods-
modified distribution method – stepping stone method, unbalanced transportation problem,
degeneracy in transportation problems, maximisation problems, application of Transportation
problems.
Assignment Problem: Formulation, Hungarian assignment method, maximisation problem -
unbalanced problem, multiple solution problems, restriction on assignment
Game Theory: Von Neumann’s theorem– Two Person Zero-Sum Games, Pure Strategies,
Games with Saddle Point, Mixed strategies, Rules of Dominance, Solution Methods of Games
without Saddle point – method of matrices – method of linear programming – iterative
method of approximate solution-Graphical solution (2xn, mx2 game).
Module V (8 hours)
Basic structure of queuing models – exponential and Poisson distributions – queuing models
based on Poisson inputs and exponential service times – basic model with constant arrival rate
and service rate – Poisson–exponential single server model, infinite population – Poisson-
exponential single server model, finite population – Poisson-exponential multiple server
model, infinite population.

TEXT BOOKS
1. N.D.Vohra, “Quantitative Techniques in Management “ Tata Mcgraw Hill
2. Taha H.A, “Operation Research”, Pearson Education sixth edition.
REFERENCES
1. Frederick.S.Hiller and Gerald.J.Lieberman, “Operations research concepts and cases”, TMH
edition.
2. J.K.Sharma, “Operations research theory and applications”, Macmillan India .
3. Hira and Gupta “ Problems in Operations Research”, S.Chand and Co.
4. Panneerselvam, “Operations Research” Prentice Hall of India.
5. G Srinivasan, “Operations research principles and applications”, PHI .
6. Wagner, “Operations Research”, Prentice Hall of India.

AU010 607: HEAT ENGINES LABORATORY
(Common with ME010 607 and AN010 607)

Objectives


calorific values

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

AU 010 608 Machine Tool Laboratory
List of Experiments
1. Study of precision tools used in machine tool laboratory: – Vernier caliper,
micrometers, surface plates, surface gauges, gauge block, straight edges, dial
gauge, plug and ring gauges, slip gauges, sine bar, care of tools and gauges.
– 2 practices.
2. Study of lathe tools and accessories: - Selection of tool for different operations -
tool materials: high carbon steel, HSS, cemented carbides, coated WC, indexable
inserts, alumina, cBN, diamond etc. - tool nomenclature and attributes of each
tool angles on cutting processes – effect of nose radius, side cutting edge angle,
end cutting edge angle and feed on surface roughness – tool grinding and safe
working practices. - 1 practice.
3. Selection of speeds, feeds and depth of cut – selection of cutting fluids – different
methods of holding work. - 1 practice.
5. (a) Measurement of cutting forces in turning process using dynamometers.
(b) Experiment on lathe:- Facing, plain turning, step turning and parting - groove
turning.
(c) Measurement of flank wear in turning process using tool makers microscope.
- 3 practices.
9. Study and demonstration of N.C. machines:- CNC machines components - Point
to point, straight cut and contouring positioning - incremental and absolute
systems – open loop and closed loop systems – DDA integrator and interpolators -
part programming fundamentals - manual programming – tape format – sequence
number, preparatory functions, dimension words, speed word, feed world, tool
world, miscellaneous functions – Computer aided part programming:- APT
language structure: geometry commands, motion commands, postprocessor
commands, compilation control commands – programming, simulation and
demonstration exercises involving plane taper and form turning etc.
- 3 practices.
Besides to the skill development in performing the work, prepare the control charts and
oral examination should also be carried out. Observation and record books are to be
maintained.
bonafides, oral examination etc and University examination shall be carried out by the
faculty members (lecturer and above).
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCE BOOKS:
3. Yoram Koren, Numerical Control of Machine Tools, McGraw-Hill.
Aeronautical Engineering (AN)


Objectives
• To apply standard methods and basic numerical techniques for solving
problems and to know the importance of learning theories in Mathematics.

Scalar and vector fields – gradient-physical meaning- directional
derivative-divergence an curl - physical meaning-scalar potential conservative field-
identities - simple problems
Line integral - work done by a force along a path-surface and volume
integral-application of Greens theorem, Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence
theorem
Finite difference operators and - interpolation using
Newtons forward and backward formula – problems using Stirlings formula,
Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula
Numerical differentiation using Newtons forward and backward
formula – Numerical integration – Newton’s – cotes formula – Trapezoidal rule –
Simpsons 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – Difference equations – solution of difference equation
Definition of Z transforms – transform of polynomial function and
trignometric functions – shifting property , convolution property - inverse
transformation – solution of 1st and 2nd order difference equations with constant
coifficients using Z transforms.
Reference
4. K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National
publishing co
Syllabus - B.Tech. Aeronautical Engineering.


Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Commercial banks-functions- Role of Small Industries Development Bank of India
and National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
Inflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of inflation-government measures to
control inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References

Objectives
• To enable them to express themselves fluently and appropriately in
social and professional contexts

Communication nature and process, Types of communication - Verbal and Non
verbal, Communication Flow-Upward, Downward and Horizontal, Importance of
communication skills in society, Listening skills, Reading comprehension,
Presentation Techniques, Group Discussion, Interview skills, Soft skills

Technical writing skills- Vocabulary enhancement-synonyms, Word Formation-
suffix, affix, prefix, Business letters, Emails, Job Application, Curriculum Vitae,
Report writing- Types of reports

REFERENCES
2. Communication skills for Engineers and Scientists, Sangeeta Sharma and
Binod Mishra, PHI Learning private limited, 2010
3. Professional Communication, Kumkum Bhardwaj, I.K. International (P)
House limited, 2008

AN010 303: Fluid Mechanics

Objectives
Module I (15 hours)

Flow through pipes-laminar and turbulent flow in pipes-critical Reynolds number- Darcy
Module V (11 hours)
Text Books
Reference Books
8.Syllabus
Mody-& B.Tech. Aeronautical
Seth, Fluid Engineering.
Mechanics& Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi
AN010 304: Basic Thermodynamics

Objectives
Module I (---8---hours)
Module II (---15---hours)
Las of thermodynamics- Zeroth law of thermodynamics – Thermal equilibrium –
Concept of temperature – Temperature scales – Thermometry – Perfect gas temperature
scales. – Thermometry – Perfect gas temperature scales. Work and heat – First law of
thermodynamics – Concept of energy _ First law for closed and open systems – Specific
heats – internal energy and enthalpy – Steady flow energy equations _ Jule Thompson effect.
Module III (---15---hours)
Module IV (--11--- hours)
Module V (----11-- hours)
Text Books
Reference Books
New Delhi 2002.
York, 1988.
Company
Syllabus - B.Tech. Ltd. New
Aeronautical Delhi 1989.
Engineering.
AN010 305: Elements of Aeronautics

Objectives
• To introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and
the current developments in the related fields
Module I (10 hours)

Historical evaluation
Early airplanes, biplanes and monoplanes, Developments in aerodynamics,
materials, structures and propulsion over years.

Aircraft configurations
Components of an airplane and their functions. Different types of flight
vehicles, classifications. Conventional control, Powered control, Basic instruments for
flying, typical systems for control actuation.

Introduction to principles of flight
Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere, Temperature, pressure and
altitude relationships, Evolution of lift, drag and moment. Aerofoils, Mach number,
Maneuvers.

Introduction to airplane structures and materials
General types of construction, Monocoque, semi-monocoque and geodesic
construction, Typical wing and fuselage structure. Metallic and non-metallic materials, Use of
aluminum alloy, titanium, stainless steel and composite materials.
Module V ( 12hours)
Power plants used in airplanes
Basic ideas about piston, turboprop and jet engines, Use of propeller and jets for thrust
production. Comparative merits, Principles of operation of rocket, types of rockets and typical
applications, Exploration into space.
Text Books
I. Anderson, J.D., "Introduction to Flight", McGraw-Hi II, 1995.
Reference
Kermode, A.c., "Flight without Formulae", McGraw Hill, 1997

AN010 306: Basic Strength of Materials

Objectives
applied forces.
Module I (15 hours)


concentrated and U.D loading (analytical method) Relation between load shear force and
bending moment.


Module V (10 hours)

Text Books
6. Popov E.P., Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
Reference Books
2. Gere,
Syllabus JamesAeronautical
- B.Tech. M , Mechanics of Materials, Cengage Learning.
Engineering.
AN010 307: Basic Strength of Materials Lab

List of Experiments
1. Hardness test (Brinell, Vicker’s and Rebound)

5. Torsion test on mild steel rod
6. Impact test on metal specimen (a) Izad (b) Charpy
7. Fatigue test (a) Reverse plate bending (b) Rotating beam
8. Tests on springs (open and close coiled).
9. Block compression test.
10. Deflection test on beams
11. Strain Measurement using Rosette strain gauge

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

AN010 308: Fluid Mechanics Lab

(Common with ME010 308, PE010 308 and AU010 308)
Objectives
flow measurement .
tools.
current meters.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce



Dirichlet conditions – Fourier series with period 2 π and 2l – Half range sine and
cosine series – Harmonic Analysis – r.m.s Value
Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transforms – derivative of transforms-
convolution theorem (no proof) – Parsevals identity
Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – solution of
Lagrange’s equation – Charpits method –solution of Homogeneous partial
differential equations with constant coefficients
Concept of random variable , probability distribution – Bernoulli’s trial – Discrete
distribution – Binomial distribution – its mean and variance- fitting of Binominal
distribution – Poisson distribution as a limiting case of Binominal distribution – its
mean and variance – fitting of Poisson distribution – continuous distribution- Uniform
distribution – exponential distribution – its mean and variance – Normal distribution –
Standard normal curve- its properties
Populations and Samples – Hypothesis – level of significance – type I and type II
error – Large samples tests – test of significance for single proportion, difference of
proportion, single mean, difference of mean – chi –square test for variance- F test for
equality of variances for small samples
References
2. M.K. Venkataraman – Engg. Mathematics vol II 3rd year part A & B – National
Publishing Co.
5. Richard A Johnson – Miller Fread’s probability & Statistics for Engineers-
Pearson/ PHI
7. G. Haribaskaran – Probability, Queueing theory and reliability Engg. – Laxmi
Publications
10. A.K.Mukhopadhyay-Mathematical Methods For Engineers and Physicists-
I.K.International
12. A.K.Mukhopadhyay-Mathematical Methods For Engineers and
Physicists-I.K.International

AN010 402: Gas Dynamics

Objectives
• To understand the basics and concepts of gas dynamics
Module I (12 hours)
Thermodynamics of gas flow.
Introductory concepts of compressible flow, Isentropic flow, Stagnation properties, Sonic
velocity, Isentropic flow of vapours and ideal gases through nozzles and diffusers, Super
saturation in nozzles, Irreversible adiabatic flow through nozzles.

Effect of normal shock on gas flow.
Normal shocks, Stationary and moving applications, applications to supersonic wind tunnels,
Shock tubes, Supersonic pitot probes.

Effect of oblique shocks.
Oblique shock, Reflection, Prandtl Meyer expansion flow, Fanno flow, and Raleigh flow
under and over expanded nozzles, Shock expansion method for flow over airfoils.

Airfoil theory.
Prandtl, Glauert and Goethert rules, Aukerets supersonic airfoil theory
Module V (12 hours)

Perturbation equations in Compressible flow.
Small perturbation equations for subsonic, Transonic, Supersonic and hypersonic flow,
Experimental characteristics of air foils in compressible flow.
Text Books
Reference Books
1. Anderson Jr. D, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, Mc grow Hill
2. P. Balachandran , Gas Dynamics For Engineers, PHI Learning.
3. Robert D. Zucker and Oscar Biblarz, Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics, Second
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
4. E. Rathakrishnan, Gas Dynamics, PHI Private Ltd, 2003.

AN010 403: Propulsion I

Objectives
To understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft power plants.
Module I (12 hours)

Fundamentals of gas turbine engines
Illustration of working of gas turbine engine - The thrust equation - Factors affecting thrust -
Effect of pressure, velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor - Methods of
thrust augmentation - Characteristics of turboprop, turbofan and turbojet -
Performance characteristics.
Subsonic and supersonic inlets for jet engines
Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets - Boundary layer separation -Major
features of external flow near a subsonic inlet - Relation between minimum area
ratio and eternal deceleration ratio -Diffuser performance -Supersonic inlets -Starting problem
on supersonic inlets - Shock swallowing by area variation - External declaration -Models of
inlet operation.
Combustion chambers
Classification of combustion chambers - Important factors affecting combustion
chamber design Combustion process - Combustion chamber performance - Effect of
operating variables on performance Flame tube cooling - Flame stabilization - Use of flame
holders - Numerical problems.
Nozzles
Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles - Convergent nozzles and nozzle choking - Nozzle throat
conditions, Nozzle efficiency - Losses in nozzles - Over expanded and under - expanded
nozzles - Ejector and variable area nozzles - Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces
- Thrust reversal
Module V (12 hours)
Compressors
Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor - Work done and pressure rise -
Velocity diagrams - Diffuser vane design considerations - Concept of prewhirl -
Rotation stall - Elementary theory of axial flow compressor - Velocity triangles - degree of
reaction – Three dimensional flow- Air angle distributions for free vortex and
constant reaction designs - Compressor blade design - Centrifugal and Axial compressor
performance characteristics.
Text Books
Hill, P.G. & Peterson, C.R. "Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion" Addison -
Wesley Longman INC, 1999.
Reference Books
1. Cohen, H. Rogers, G.F.e. and Saravanamuttoo, H.I.H. "Gas Turbine Theory",
Longman, 1989.
2. Oates, G.e., "Aero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Components", AIAA
Education Series, New York, 1985.
3. "Rolls Royce Jet Engine" -Third Edition -1983.
Mathur, M.L. and Sharma, R.P., "Gas Turbine, Jet and Rocket Propulsion", Standard
Publishers & Distributors, Delhi, 1999.

AN010 404: Aerodynamics I

Objectives
To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on
airfoil sections in the incompressible flow regime.
Module I (10 hours)

Fluid mechanics fundamentals
Continuity, momentum and energy equations.

Two dimensional flows
Basic flows -Source, Sink, Free and Forced vortex, uniform parallel flow. Their
combinations, Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in
ideal and real fluid flows. Kutta Joukowski's theorem.

Conformal transformation
Joukowski Transformation and its application to fluid flow problems, Kutta condition, Blasius
theorem.

Airfoil and wing theory
Joukowski, Karman -Trefftz, Profiles -Thin aerofoil theory and its applications. Vortex line,
Horse shoe vortex, Biot and Savart law, Lifting line theory and its limitations.
viscous flow:Newton's law of viscosity, Boundary Layer, Navier-Stokes equation,
displacement, Momentum thickness, Flow over a flat plate, Blasins solution.
Module V (12 hours)

Viscous flow
Newton’s law of viscosity, Boundary Layer, Navier-Stokes equation, displacement,
Momentum thickness, Flow over a flat plate, Blasin solution.
Text Books
1. Anderson, J.D., "Fundamentals of Aerodynamics", McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York,
1985
Reference Books
1. Houghton, E.L., and Carruthers, N.B., "Aerodynamics for Engineering
students", Edward Arnold Publishers Ltd., London, 1989.
2. Milne Thomson, L.H., "Theoretical aerodynamics", Macmillan, 1985.
3. Clancey, L.J., "Aerodynamics", Pitman, 1986

AN010 405: Aircraft Structures I

Objectives
To study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of load and
supports with emphasis on aircraft structural components.
Module I (12 hours)

Statically determinate structures
Double integration and moment area methods, Conjugate beam method, Principle of
superposition, Beams of constant strength, Analysis of plane truss - Method of joints -
3 D Truss - Plane frames

Statically indeterminate structures
Composite beam - Clapeyron's Three Moment Equation - Moment Distribution
Method.

Energy methods
Strain Energy due to axial, shear, bending and Torsional loads - Castigliano's theorem
- Maxwell's Reciprocal theorem, Unit load method - application to beams, trusses,
frames, rings, etc.

Columns
Columns with various end conditions - Euler's Column curve - Rankine's formula - Column
with initial curvature - Eccentric loading - South well plot - Beam column.
Module V (14 hours)

Theories of failure
Maximum Stress theory - Maximum Strain Theory - Maximum Shear Stress
Theory- Distortion Theory Maximum Strain energy theory - Application to
aircraft Structural problems.
Text Books
Donaldson, B.K., "Analysis of Aircraft Structures -An Introduction", McGraw-Hill, 1993.
Reference
Timoshenko, S., "Strength of Materials", Vol. I and II, Princeton D. Von Nostrand Co,
1990.

AN010 406: Electrical Technology and Machines

Objective
• To study the performance of different dc and ac machines

• To familiarise various electrical measuring instruments
• To give an overview of electric drives and power electronic
control scheme
Module I (12hours)
Review of DC generators – DC generator on no load – open circuit characteristics – basics of
armature reaction and commutation – load characteristics of shunt, series and
compound generators – Review of dc motors – characteristics of shunt, series and compound
motors – starter – 3 point and 4 point starters – losses in DC machines – power flow
diagram – efficiency – applications of DC motors.

Review of transformers – Real transformer – winding resistance and leakage reactance –
equivalent circuit – phasor diagram – voltage regulation – losses and efficiency – open circuit
and short circuit test – Autotransformer – saving of copper – 3 phase transformer - ∆-∆, Y-Y,
∆ - Y, Y - ∆ connections – applications. Principle of indicating instruments – moving
coil, moving iron and dynamometer type instruments – extension of range of ammeter
and voltmeter using current transformer and voltage transformer – principle and working of
induction type energy meter

Review of alternators – distribution and chording factor – EMF equation – armature reaction
– phasor diagram – voltage regulation – predetermination of voltage regulation by EMF
method.
Review of 3-phase induction motor – slip – rotor frequency – equivalent circuit – phasor
diagram – torque equation – torque-slip characteristics – losses and efficiency – power flow
diagram – no-load and blocked rotor tests – starting of 3-phase induction motors – direct-on-
line, auto transformer, star-delta and rotor resistance starting.

Electrical Drives - Parts of electrical drives - Choice of electric drives - Status of DC and AC
drives - Dynamics of Electric drives - Fundamental torque equations – Speed
torque conventions and multiquadrant operation - Components of load torque -
Nature and classification of load torque - Steady-state stability – load equalisation.
Module V (10 hours)

Power semiconductor devices - Symbol and control characteristics of SCR – comparison of
SCR, TRIAC, MOSFET and IGBT – Basic concepts of Rectifier (AC-DC) , Inverter (DC-
AC ) and Choppers (DC-DC) (no derivations) - Chopper control of separately excited dc
motor - Three phase Induction motor drives - Stator voltage control - Frequency control -
Voltage and frequency control

Text Books
1. Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, Prentice-Hall of India
2. Hughes, Electrical technology, Tata Mc Graw Hill
3. Dubey G.K., Fundamentals a/Electrical Drives, Narosa
Reference Books
1. K. Sawhney, Electrical and Electronics measuring Instruments, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.
2. P.S. Bhimbra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publishers
3. K. Murukesh Kumar, DC machines and Transformers, Vikas Publishing house Pvt Ltd
4. Rashid M.H, Power Electronics, Prentice Hall of India

AN010 407: Structures Lab

Objectives
To study experimentally the load deflection characteristics of structural
materials under different types of loads.
List of experiments
1. Determination of Young's modulus of steel using mechanical extensometers.

2. Determination of Young's modulus of aluminium using electrical extensometers
3. Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile materials
4. Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of brittle materials
5. Stress Strain curve for various engineering materials.
6. Deflection of beams with various end conditions.
7. Verification of Maxwell's Reciprocal theorem & principle of superposition
8. Column -Testing
9. South -well's plot.
10. Tests on riveted Joints.
Sl No. Equipments Qty Experiment No.

1 Universal Testing Machine 1 1,2,3,4,5,10
2 Mechanical Extensometer 1 1
3 Electrical Strain Gauge 10 2
4 Strain Indicator 1 2
5 Dial Gauges 12 3,4
6 Beam test set up with various end conditions 2 3,4
7 Weight 1kg 10 3,4
8 Weight 2kg 10 3,4
9 Weight Pans 6 3,4
10 Column test apparatus 1 5,6
11 Rivets 30 10

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

AN010 408: Propulsion Lab

Objectives
To understand the basic concepts and carryout experiments in Aerospace Propulsion.
List of experiments
1. Study of an aircraft piston engine. (Includes study of assembly of sub systems,

various components, their functions and operating principles)
2. Study of an aircraft jet engine (Includes study of assembly of sub

systems, various components, their functions and operating principles)
3. Study of forced convective heat transfer over a flat plate.
4. Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate
5. Cascade testing of a model of axial compressor blade row.
6. Study of performance of a propeller.
7. Determination of heat of combustion of aviation fuel.
8. Combustion performance studies in a jet engine combustion chamber.
Sl.No Equipments Qty Expt. No

1 Piston engines 2 1
2 Jet engine model 1 2
3 Forced convection apparatus 1 3
4 Free convection apparatus 1 4
5 Axial compressor blade row model with pressure tapping 1 5
6 Water tube manometers (20 tubes) 2 5,8,9
7 Subsonic wind tunnel 1 4
8 Propeller model static and total pressure probes 4 8,9
9 2D travers in mechanism 2 8
10 Free jet set up 1 9
11 Aluminium plates with deflection mechanism 1 10

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce



Objectives: Use basic numerical techniques to solve problems and provide scientific
techniques to decision making problems.

Analytic functions – Derivation of C.R. equations in cartision co-ordinates –
harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or
imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal mapping of z2 , - Bilinear
transformation – cross ratio – invariant property (no proof) – simple problems
Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s
series- Laurent’s series – Zeros and singularities – types of singularities – Residues –
Residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals in unit circle – contour integral in
semi circle when poles lie on imaginary axis.
MODULE 3 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations (10
hours)
Successive bisection method – Regula –falsi method – Newton –Raphson method -
Secant method – solution of system of linear equation by Gauss – Seidel method
Taylor’s series method – Euler’s method – modified Euler’s method – Runge – Kutta
method (IV order) - Milnes predictor – corrector method
Definition of L.P.P., solution, optimal solution, degenerate solution – graphical
solution –solution using simplex method (non degenerate case only) Big -M method –
Duality in L.P.P. – Transportation problem –Balanced T.P. – initial solution using
References
2. M.R.Spicgel , S.Lipschutz , John J. Schiller, D.Spellman – Complex variables,
schanm’s outline series - Mc Graw Hill
3. S.Bathul – text book of Engg.Mathematics – Special functions and complex variables
–PHI
5. Dr.M.K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National
publishing co


Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.

AN010 503: Computer Programming

Module I (15 hours)



Simple Operations;

Arguments
Module V (10 hours)

Text Books
Reference Books

AN010 504: Flight Dynamics I

Objectives
To study the performance of airplanes under various operating conditions
Module I (10 hours)

Drag on airplane
Forces and moments acting on a vehicle in flight - Equation of motion of rigid flight vehicles
- Various types of drags - Drag polar of vehicles from low speeds to hypersonic speeds.

Variation of thrust / pressure with velocity and latitude.
Review of variation of thrust / power and S F C with altitude and velocity for various au
breathing engine and rockets.

Air plane in level flight.
Performance of air plane in level flight - glide - climb - accelerated flight turn maneuvers take
off and landing flight limitations.

Flight testing.
Altitude definitions - Speed definitions - Air speed - Altitude and temperature measurements
- Errors and calibration measurement of engine power. Charts and corrections - Flight
determination of drag polar.
Module V (16 hours)

Static longitudinal stability.
Degree of freedom of rigid bodies in space - Static and dynamic stability - Purpose of
controls in airplanes Static longitudinal stability - Basic equilibrium equation stability
criterion - Effect of fuselages and nacelle, Influence of C G location - Power effects - stick
fixed neutral points - Stick free stability - Hinge moment coefficient - Stick free neutral points
- Symmetric maneuvers - Stick force gradients - Stick force per g.- Aerodynamic balancing -
Determination of neutral points and maneuver points from flight test.
Reference Books
1. Lancaster, Jet propulsion engines, Princeston University press 1959

2. A.G. Kermode, Mechanics of Flight, Sir Issac Pitman 1962
3. A.G. Sutton, Science of flight, Penguin Books
4. E. I Houghton and A E Brock, Aerodynamics for engineers.

AN010 505: Aerodynamics II

Objectives
To understand the behavior of airflow both internal and external in compressible flow regime
with particular emphasis on supersonic flows.
Module I (8 hours)
One dimensional compressible flow
Energy - Momentum - continuity and state equations - velocity of sound - adiabatic steady
state flow equations - Flow through converging - diverging passages - Performance under
various back pressures.

Normal, oblique shocks expansion waves
Prandtl equation and Rankine -Hugonoit relation - Normal shock equations - Pitot static tube -
corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows - Oblique shocks and corresponding equations -
Hodograph and pressure turning angle - shock polars - flow past wedges and concave corners
– strong - weak and detached shocks.

Expansion waves, Rayleigh and Fanno Flow
Flow past convex corners - Expansion hodograph - Reflection and interaction of shocks and
expansion – waves - Families of shocks - Methods of Characteristics - Two dimensional
supersonic nozzle contours- Rayleigh and Fanno Flow.

Differential equations of motion for steady compressible flows
Small perturbation potential theory - solutions for supersonic flows - Mach waves and Mach
angles - Prandtl Glauert affine transformation relations for subsonic flows - Linearised two
dimensional supersonic flow theory – Lift - drag pitching moment and center of pressure of
supersonic profiles.
Module V (14 hours)

Airfoil in high speed flows
Lower and upper critical Mach numbers - Lift and drag divergence - shock induced separation
- Characteristics of swept wings - Effects of thickness - camber and aspect ratio
of wings - Transonic area rule - Tip effects.
High speed wind tunnels
Blow down - indraft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features – Transonic,
supersonic and hypersonic tunnels and their peculiarities - Helium and gas tunnels - Shock
tubes - Optical methods of flow visualization.
Text Books
1. Rathakrishnan, E., "Gas Dynamics", Prentice Hall of India, 2003.
Reference
1. Shapiro, A.H., "Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow",
Ronold Press, 1982.
2. Zucrow, M.J. and Anderson, J.D., "Elements of gas dynamics", McGraw-Hill Book
Co., New York, 1989. ..
3. Mc Cornick. W., "Aerodynamics, Aeronautics and Flight Mechanics", John Wiley,
New York, 1979.
4. Anderson Jr., D., -"Modern compressible flows", McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York
1999
AN010 506: Propulsion II

Objectives
• To study in detail about gas turbines, ramjet, fundamentals of rocket
propulsion and chemical rockets
Module I (12 hours)

Aircraft and gas turbines
Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines – Velocity triangles and power output –
Elementary theory – Vortex theory – Choice of blade profile, pitch and chord –
Estimation of stage performance – Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine
performance – Methods of blade cooling – Matching of turbine and compressor
Ramjet propulsion
Operating principle – Sub critical, critical and supercritical operation – Combustion in
ramjet engine – Ramjet performance – Simple ramjet design calculations – Introduction to
scramjet.

Fundamentals of rocket propulsion
Operating principle – Specific impulse of a rocket – internal ballistics- Rocket nozzle
classification – Rocket performance considerations.

Chemical rockets
Solid propellant rockets – Selection criteria of solid propellants – Important hardware
components of solid rockets – Propellant grain design considerations – Liquid propellant
rockets – Selection of liquid propellants. Cooling in liquid rockets – Hybrid rockets.
Limitations of hybrid rockets Relative advantages of liquid rockets over solid
rockets - Numerical Problems.
Module V (12 hours)

Advanced propulsion techniques
Electric rocket propulsion – Ion propulsion techniques – Nuclear rocket – Types – Solar
sail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzle less propulsion.
Text Books
th
1.Sutton, G.P., "Rocket Propulsion Elements", John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 5 Edn.
1993.
2.Hill, P.G. & Peterson, C.R. "Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion" Addison
-Wesley Longman INC, 1999.
Reference Books
I. Cohen, H., Rogers, G.F.C. and Saravanamuttoo, H.l.H., "Gas Turbine Theory", Longman
Co., ELBS Ed., 1989.
1.Gorden, C Y., "Aero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsion", AIAA
Education Series, New York, 1989.
2.Mathur, M., and Sharma, R.P., "Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket Propulsion", Standard
Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.

AN010 507: Wind tunnel Lab

List of experiments
1. Calibration of subsonic tunnels.

2. Calibration of supersonic tunnels.
3. Determination of Mach number of subsonic and supersonic waves using wind
tunnel.
4. Measurement of pressure, velocity and force by three component balances.
5. Measurement of pressure, velocity and force by six component balance
method.
6. To measure angular distribution of velocities in subsonic wave.
7. To measurement angular distribution of velocities in supersonic wave.
8. Effect of shock wave.
9. Turbulence measurements.
10. Study of flow visualization by optical method

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

AN010 508: Propulsion Lab II

Objectives
To understand the basic concepts and carryout experiments in Aerospace Propulsion.
List of Experiments
1. Study of an aircraft piston engine. (Includes study of assembly of sub systems,

various components, their functions and operating principles)
2. Study of magneto and ignition system.
3. Study of an aircraft jet engine compressor.
4. Study of jet engine combustion chamber.
5. Study of jet engine turbine.
6. Study of forced convective heat transfer over a flat plate.
7. Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate
8. Study of free jet.
9. Study of wall jet.
10. Study of ram jet.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

AN010 601: Avionics

Objectives
To introduce the basic concepts of navigation & communication systems of aircraft.
Module I (12 hours)

Introduction to avionics
Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems -Integrated Avionics and
Weapon system -Typical avionics sub systems -Design and Technologies.

Principles of digital systems
Digital Computers – Digital number system - number systems and codes-Fundamentals
of logic and combinational logic circuits –Digital arithmetic – interfacing with analogue
systems - Microprocessors – Memories.

Digital avionics architecture
Avionics system architecture– salient features and applications of Data buses MIL – STD
1553 B – ARINC 429 – ARINC 629.

Flight deck and cockpits
Control and display technologies CRT, LED, LCD, EL and plasma panel - Touch screen
- Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit : MFDS, HUD, MFK, HOTAS
Module V (12 hours)

Avionics systems
Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar
electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification.
Text Books
1. Malcrno A.P. and Leach, D.P., “Digital Principles and Application”, Tata McGraw-Hill,
1990.
2. Gaonkar, R.S., “Microprocessors Architecture – Programming and Application”,
Wiley and Sons Ltd., New Delhi, 1990.
Reference Books
1. Middleton, D.H., Ed., “Avionics Systems, Longman Scientific and Technical”,

Longman Group UK Ltd., England, 1989.
2. Spitzer, C.R., “Digital Avionic Systems”, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., USA.,
1987.
3. Brain Kendal, “Manual of Avionics”, The English Book House, 3rd Edition, New Delhi,
1993.

AN010 602: Experimental Aerodynamics

Objectives
To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testing.
Module I (12 hours)

Wind tunnel testing
Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic win
tunnels - calculation of running time and storage tank requirements.

Experiments in subsonic wind tunnels
Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foils
from pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity using
traversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

Experiments in high speed tunnels
Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge –
preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures, nozzle area ratios, mass flow
for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads.

Measurement techniques
Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity
measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and
total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers, Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters.
Module V (12 hours)

Special problems
Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layer
velocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wall
shear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems.
Reference Books
1. Rae W.H and Pope. A “Low speed wind tunnel testing” John Wiley Publication, 1984
2. Pope. A and Goin. L “High speed wind tunnel testing” John Wiley, 1985
3. Rathakrishnan. E “Instrumentation, Measurement and Experiments in Fluids”, CRC
Press, London, 2007

AN010 603: Aircraft Structures II

Objectives
To study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different
loading conditions
Module I (12 hours)

Unsymmetrical bending
General, Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric
sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections.

Shear flow in open sections
Thin walled beams, Concept of shear flow, shear centre, Elastic axis. With one axis of
symmetry, with wall effective and ineffective in bending, unsymmetrical beam sections.

Shear flow in closed sections
Bredt – Batho formula, Single and multi – cell structures - Shear flow in single & multicell
structures under torsion. Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with walls
effective and ineffective.

Buckling of plates
Rectangular sheets under compression, local buckling stress of thin walled section-
Crippling stresses by Needham’s and Gerard’s methods, Thin walled column strength-
sheet stiffener panels-Effective width.
Module V (12 hours)

Stress analysis in wing and fuselage
Shear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagner’s) – Shear and bending
moment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams-loads on aircraft –
lift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads
Text Books
nd
1. Peery, D. J., and Azar, J. J., “Aircraft Structures”, 2 edition, McGraw–Hill, N.Y.,
2007.
2. Megson, T.M.G., “Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students”, Edward Arnold,
2007.
Reference Books
1. Bruhn. E. H. “Analysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structures”, Tri – state off
set company, USA, 1985.
2. Rivello, R. M., “Theory and Analysis of Flight Structures”, McGraw-Hill, 1993.

AN010 604: Heat Transfer

Objectives
• To introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to
design components subjected to thermal loading.
Module I (12 hours)

Heat conduction
Basic Modes of Heat Transfer - One dimensional steady state heat conduction- Composite
Medium Critical thickness - Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity - Extended Surfaces
- Unsteady state. Heat Conduction: Lumped System Analysis - Heat Transfer in Semi infinite
and infinite solids - Use of Transient - Temperature charts -Application of
numerical techniques.
Convective heat transfer
Introduction - Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat
plate - Empirical relation in free convection - Forced convection - Laminar and turbulent
convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates, over a flat plate and in a
circular pipe. Empirical relations, application of numerical techniques in problem solving.

Radiative heat transfer
Introduction to Physical mechanism - Radiation properties - Radiation shape factors
-Heat exchange between non - black bodies - Radiation shields.

Heat exchangers
Classification - Temperature Distribution - Overall heat transfer coefficient - Heat Exchange
Analysis LMTD Method and E-NTU Method.
Module V (12 hours)

Heat transfer problems
Heat transfer problems in aerospace engineering High-Speed flow Heat Transfer,
Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers - Rocket thrust
chambers - Aerodynamic heating - Ablative heat transfer.
Text Books
1. J. Yunus A. Cengel., "Heat Transfer -A practical approach", Second Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2002.
2. Incropera. F.P .and Dewitt.D.P. “Introduction to Heat Transfer", John Wiley and Sons
-2002.
Reference Books
1.Lienhard, J.H., "A Heat Transfer Text Book", Prentice Hall Jnc. 1981.
th
2.Holman, J.P. "Heat Transfer", McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York, 6 Edn. 1991.
3.Sachdeva S C, "Fundamentals of Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer", Wiley Eastern Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1981.
4.Mathur M. and Sharma, R.P. "Gas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsion",
Standard
Publishers, New Delhi 1988.

AN010 605: Theory of Vibration

Objectives
• To understand the basic concepts and issues related to vibration
Module I (12 hours)
Fundamentals of vibration
Introduction, Definitions, Vector method of representing harmonic motions, Additions of two
Simple Harmonic Motions of the same Frequency, Beats Phenomenon.
Undamped free vibrations of single degree of freedom
Introduction, Derivation of differential equation, Solution of differential equation, Torsional
Vibrations, equivalent stiffness of Spring Combinations, Energy Method.

Damped free vibrations of single degree of freedom system
Introduction, Different types of Damping, Free Vibrations with viscous damping, Logarithmic
decrement, Viscous dampers, Dry Friction or Coulomb damping, Solid or Structural damping.
Forced vibrations with constant harmonic excitation

Introduction, Forced Vibrations with constant harmonic excitation, Forced Vibrations due to
excitation of the Support, Energy dissipated by damping, Forced vibrations with Coulomb
damping, Forced vibrations with Structural damping, Determination of Equivalent viscous
damping from frequency-response curve, Vibration isolation and transmissibility, Vibration
measuring instruments, Critical speed of shafts
Two degree of freedom systems

Introduction, Principal modes of Vibration, Other cases of simple two degrees of freedom
systems, Combined rectilinear and angular modes, Systems with damping, Undamped forced
vibrations with Harmonic excitation, Vibration absorbers, Vibration Isolation Natural
frequencies and mode shapes (eigenvalues and eigenvectors), orthogonal properties of normal
modes, Introduction to Model analysis,
Module V (12 hours)

Continuous systems – vibrating strings - axial vibration of rod – transverse vibration of beams
– torsional vibration of shafts.
Text Books
1. Leonard Meirovitch, "Fundamentals of Vibrations", International Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2001.
2. Singiresu S Rao, “Mechanical Vibrations", Fourth Edition, Pearson.
3. V. P. Singh, “Mechanical Vibrations", Dhanpat Rai & sons
4. William T Thomson, “Theory of Vibration with applications", Prentice Hall, 1993.

AN010 606L01: Composite Structures

Objectives
• To understand the fabrication, analysis and design of composite materials &

structures.
Module I (12hours)
Stress strain relation
Introduction- Advantages and application of composite materials - reinforcements and
matrices – polymer matrix composite - metal matrix composite - ceramic matrix composite -
Generalised Hooke’s Law – Elastic constants for anisotropic, orthotropic and isotropic
materials.
Module II (12hours)
Micro mechanics – Mechanics of materials approach, elasticity approach to determine
material properties – Macro Mechanics – Stress-strain relations with respect to natural
axis, arbitrary axis – Determination of material properties. Experimental characterization of
lamina.
Classical and improved theories of laminated structures. A, B, D matrices
Deformation due to extension/shear and bending/torsion- – angle ply and cross ply laminates-
Special cases of laminate stiffness
Sandwich constructions-Basic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for
sandwich construction
Concepts of failure of laminates-Tensile failure of fiber composites Compressive failure
of fiber composites Effect of multiaxial stresses (failure criteria by Tsai-Wu, Tsai-
Hill, etc.)
Module V (10hours)
Laminated plates- Governing differential equation for a general laminate
Laminated composite beams –Governing differential equation for orthotropic symmetric
laminate-application of boundary conditions
Text Books
1. Calcote, L R. “The Analysis of laminated Composite Structures”, Von – Noastrand
Reinhold Company, New York 1998.
2. Jones, R.M., “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, McGraw-Hill, Kogakusha Ltd.,
Tokyo, 1998, II edition.
Reference Books
1. Agarwal, B.D., and Broutman, L.J., “Analysis and Performance of Fibre

Composites”, John Wiley and sons. Inc., New York, 1995.
2. Lubin, G., “Handbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glass”, Von Nostrand
Reinhold Co., New York, 1989.

AN010 606L02: Fatigue and Fracture

Objectives
• To study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism
of components
Module I (12 hours)

Fatigue of structures
S.N. curves -Endurance limits -Effect of mean stress, Goodman, Gerber and
Soderberg relations and diagrams -Notches and stress concentrations -Neuber's
stress concentration factors -Plastic stress concentration factors -Notched S.N. curves.

Statistical aspects of fatigue behaviour
Low cycle and high cycle fatigue -Coffin -Manson's relation -Transition life -cyclic strain
hardening and softening -Analysis of load histories -Cycle counting techniques -Cumulative
damage -Miner's theory- Other theories.

Physical aspects of fatigue and fracture
Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations -
fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies - Potential
energy and surface energy - Griffith’s theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffith’s theory
to ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors
for typical geometries.

Fatigue design and testing
Safe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in
aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structures.
Module V (12 hours)

Fundamentals of failure analysis
Common causes of failure. Principles of failure analysis. Fracture mechanics approach
to failure problems. Techniques of failure analysis. Service failure mechanisms - ductile
and brittle fracture, fatigue fracture, wear failures, fretting failures, environment induced
failures, high temp. failure. Faulty heat treatment and design failures, processing failures
(forging, casting, machining etc.)
Text Books
1. Prasanth Kumar – “Elements of fracture mechanics” – Wheeter publication, 1999.
2. Barrois W, Ripely, E.L., “Fatigue of aircraft structure”, Pe/gamon press. Oxford, 1983.
Reference Books
1. Sin, C.G., “Mechanics of fracture” Vol. I, Sijthoff and w Noordhoff International

Publishing Co., Netherlands, 1989.
2. Knott, J.F., “Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics”, Buterworth & Co., Ltd., London,
1983
3. Subra suresh, “Fatigue of materials” , II edition, 1998.
4. T. L. Anderson, “Fracture mechanics: Fundamentals and applications”, III edition,
2004.

AN010 606L03: Finite Element Analysis

Objectives
• To learn the mathematical background of finite element analysis
• To solve structural mechanics problems using finite element approach
Module I (12 hours)

Introductory Concepts: Introduction to FEM. Brief History. General FEM procedure.
Applications of FEM in various fields. Advantages and disadvantages of FEM.
Differential Equations in different fields : Types of Differential Equations. Primary and
Secondary Variables and types of Boundary Conditions.
Approximate solution of differential equations-- Weightaed residual techniques,
collocation, Least squares and Galerkin methods.

FEM Procedure : Definitions of various terms used in FEM likeelement, order of the
element, internal and external node/s, degree of freedom, primary and secondary
variables, essential boundary conditions, natural boundary conditions, homogeneous and
nonhomogeneous boundary conditions.
Minimization of a functional. Principle of minimum total potential. Piecewise Rayleigh-
Ritz method. Comparison with weighted residual method.

Piecewise approximations. Basis of Finite Element Methods. Formulation of matrix
method--.stiffness matrix.; transformation and assembly concepts.
Example problems in one dimensional structural analysis (Plane Trusses, Bar and Beam)
and heat transfer.

Two dimensional finite element formulations. Three nodded triangular element, four
nodded rectangular element, compatibility, four nodded quadrilateral element, eight
nodded quadrilateral element.
Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric
problems.
Module V (12 hours)

Natural coordinates and coordinate transformations. Isoperimetric elements. Applications
to two and three-dimensional problems
Convergence criterion, patch test and errors in finite element analysis. Method of
Elimination.
Text Books
1. Robert D.Cook, “Concepts and applications of Finite Element Analysis”,
Wiley India, Fourth Edition, 2003.
2. Daryl L.Logan, “A first course in the Finite Element Method”,
Cengage Learning, Fourth Edition, 2007.
Reference Books
1. Reddy J.N. “An Introduction to Finite Element Method”, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
2. Krishnamurthy, C.S., “Finite Element Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.
3. Bathe, K.J. and Wilson, E.L., “Numerical Methods in Finite Elements Analysis”,

AN010 606L04: Operation Research

Objectives
• To understand the basic concepts of operation research
Module I (12hours)
Development – Definition– Characteristics and Phases – Types of models – operation
Research models–applications. Allocation: Linear Programming Problem Formulation –
Graphical solution– Simplex method– Artificial variables techniques -Two–phase method,
Big-M method – Duality Principle.
Module II (12hours)
Transportation problem– Formulation – Optimal solution, unbalanced transportation
problem–Degeneracy. Assignment problem – Formulation – Optimal solution – Variants of
Assignment Problem-Travelling Salesman problem. Sequencing – Introduction – Flow –Shop
sequencing–n jobs through two machines–n jobs through three machines – Job shop
sequencing – two jobs through ‘m’ machines.

Replacement: Introduction – Replacement of items that deteriorate with time – when money
value is not counted and counted – Replacement of items that fail completely, group
replacement.

Theory of games: Introduction – Minimax (maximin) – Criterion and optimal strategy –
Solution of games with saddle points – Rectangular games without saddle points – 2 X 2
games–dominance principle– m X 2 & 2 X n games -graphical method
Module V (14 hours)

Inventory: Introduction – Single item – Deterministic models – Purchase inventory models
with one price break and multiple price breaks – shortages are not allowed – Stochastic
models–demand may be discrete variable or continuous variable – Instantaneous production.
Instantaneous demand and continuous demand and no set up cost.
Waiting lines: Introduction – Single Channel – Poisson arrivals – exponential service times –
with infinite population and finite population models– Multichannel
Text Books
1. S.D.Sharma, “Operations Research”, eleventh edition, Kedar Nath and Ram Nath & Co.,
1997
Reference Books
1. Wagner, “Operations Research”, PHI Publications.
2. A. M. Natarajan, P. Balasubramani and A. Tamilarasi, “Operations Research”, Pearson
Education.
3. J.K.Sharma, “Operations Research”, MacMilan.
4. R.Pannerselvam, “Operations Research”, PHI Publications.

AN010 606L05: Ecology and Environment

Objectives
• To impart the basic knowledge of surroundings and latest environmental issues.
Module I (12hours)
Definition, Scope & Importance, Need For Public Awareness- Environment definition, Eco
system – Balanced ecosystem, Human activities – Food, Shelter, Economic and social
Security.Effects of human activities on environment-Agriculture, Housing, Industry, Mining
and Transportation activities, Basics of Environmental Impact Assessment. Sustainable
Development.
Module II (12hours)
Natural Resources- Water Resources- Availability and Quality aspects. Water borne diseases,
Water induced diseases, Fluoride problem in drinking water. Mineral Resources, Forest
Wealth, Material cycles- Carbon,Nitrogen and Sulphur Cycles.Energy – Different types of
energy, Electro-magnetic radiation. Conventional and Non-Conventional sources – Hydro
Electric, Fossil Fuel based Nuclear, Solar, Biomass and Bio-gas. Hydrogen as an alternative
future source of Energy

Environmental Pollution and their effects. Water pollution, Land pollution. Public Health
aspects, Solid waste management. Current Environmental Issues of Importance: Population
Growth, Climate Change and Global warming-Effects, Urbanization-Automobile pollution.-
Acid Rain, Ozone Layer depletion, Animal Husbandry
Module IV (`12 hours)

Air Quality Sources and effects of air pollution, major air pollutants, air quality control,
treatment of emissions, dispersion of air pollutants. Noise Pollution Effect of noise on human
health and its control
Module V (12 hours)

Environmental Protection- Role of Government, Legal aspects, Initiatives by Non-
governmental Organizations (NGO), Environmental Education, Women Education.
Text Books
1. Benny Joseph, “Environmental studies”, Tata McgrawHill, 2005.
2. Dr. D. L. Manjunath, “Environmental studies”, Pearson Education, 2006.
3. M. Anji Reddy, “Text book of Environmental science and Technology”, B. S. Publication.
4. R. Rajagopalan, “Environmental studies”, Oxford Publication, 2005.

AN010 606L06: Non Destructive Testing

Objectives
• To understand the various non destructive testing techniques
Module I (12 hours)

Introduction- Visual methods: Optical aids, In-situ metallography, Optical holographic
methods, Dynamic inspection.

Penetrant flaw detection – Principles – Process - Penetrant systems - Liquidpenetrant
materials – Emulsifiers - cleaners developers – sensitivity – Advantages – Limitations -
Applications.

Radiographic methods - Limitations - Principles of radiography - sources of radiation,
Ionising radiation - X-rays sources, gama-rays sources Recording of radiation - Radiographic
sensitivity - Fluoroscopic methods.
Ultrasonic testing of materiald: Advantages, disadvantages, Applications, Generation of.
Ultrasonic waves, general characteristics of ultrasonic waves - methods and instruments for
ultrasonic materials testing.

Magnetic methods: Advantages, Limitations, Methods of generating fields: magnetic particles
and suspending liquids Magnetography, field sensitive probes: applications.
Electrical methods: Eddy current methods: potential-drop methods, applications.
Module V (12 hours)

Electromagnetic testing: Magnetism: Magnetic domains: Magnetization curves: Magnetic
Hysteresis: Hysteresis-loop tests: comparator - bridge tests Absolute single-coil system:
applications.
Other methods: Acoustic Emission methods, Acoustic methods: Leak detection: Thermal
inspection.
Text Books
1. R. Halmshaw, “Non-Destructive Testing”.
Reference
1. Metals Handbook Vol.II, Nondestructive inspection and quality control

AN010 607: Heat Engines Laboratory

(Common with ME010 607 and AU010 607)
Objectives


calorific values

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

AN010 608: Aero Engines Lab

Objectives
• To introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet
aero engines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines.
List of Experiments
1. Dismantling of a piston engine

2. Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning, visual inspection, NDT checks.
3. Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks.
4. Study of carburetor.
5. Piston – Engine reassembly.
6. Dismantling of a jet engine
7. Jet Engine – identification of components & defects.
8. Jet Engine – NDT checks and dimensional checks
9. Jet Engine – reassembly.
10. Engine starting procedures.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

Production Engineering (PE)

Objectives
MODULE 1 Vector differential calculus (12 hours)


difference formula
MODULE 4 Difference Calculus (12 hours)


Text books:-

Reference

PART A: Short answer questions (one/two sentences) 5 x 3 marks=15

marks
PART B: Analytical/Problem solving questions 5 x 5 marks=25
marks
PART C: Descriptive/Analytical/Problem solving
questions 5 x 12 marks=60
marks
Two questions from each module with choice to answer
one question
Teaching scheme
Objectives
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Module II (6 hours)
Module IV (5 hours)
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
Text Books
References
Objectives


Types of reports

REFERENCES
limited, 2008
PE010 303: Fluid Mechanics

(Common with AN010 303 & ME010 303)

Objectives
Module I (15 hours)


Flow through pipes-laminar and turbulent flow in pipes-critical Reylond’s number- Darcy
Module V (11 hours)

Syllabus - B.Tech. Production Engineering

Text Books
Reference Books
8. Mody & Seth, Fluid Mechanics& Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi

All questions are compulsory. There should be at
least one question from each module.


PE010 304: Metallurgy and Material Science

(Common with ME 010 304 and AU010 304(ME))
Objectives
Module 1 (12 hours)
Module 2 (12 hours)
Module 3 (12 hours)
Syllabus - B.Tech. Production Engineering.

Module 4 (12 hours)
Module 5 (12 hours)
Text Books
1. Avner -Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Callister William. D. – Material Science and Engineering – John Wiley.
3. Dieter George E. – Mechanical Metallurgy – McGraw Hill.
4. Higgins R.A. – Engineering Metallurgy part - I – ELBS.
5. Raghavan V. - Material Science and Engineering - Prentice Hall.
Reference Books
1. Anderson J.C. et.al. – Material Science for Engineers – Chapman and Hall.
2. Clark and Varney - Physical metallurgy for Engineers – Van Nostrand.
3. Manas Chanda - Science to Engineering Materials - Vol I, II and III - Macmillan India.
4. Reed Hill E. Robert – Physical Metallurgy Principles – East West Press.
5. Richards C.W. – Engineering Material Science.




PE010 305: Programming in C

(Common with ME010 305(ME) and AU010 305(ME))

Objectives
Module I (15 hours)



Simple Operations;

Arguments
Module V (10 hours)

Text Books
Reference Books




PE010 306(CE) Strength of Materials & Structural Engineering

(Common with ME010 306(CE), PO010 306(CE) and AU010 306(CE))
Teaching Scheme:-
Objectives
applied forces.
Module I (15 hours)


bending moment.


Module V (10 hours)

Text Books
Reference Books



PE010 307 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY

List of Experiments

8. Fatigue Test
11. Strut Test.
Note
References
Inc.Newyork.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce
PE010 308: Fluid Mechanics Laboratory

(Common with ME010 308, AN010 308 and AU010 308)

Objectives
flow measurement .
tools.
current meters.

30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce
Syllabus – B.Tech. Production Engineering


MODULE 1 Fourier series (12 hours)
MODULE 2 Fourier Transform (12 hours)

MODULE 3 Partial differential equations (12 hours)
MODULE 4 Probability distribution (12 hours)
MODULE 5 Testing of hypothesis (12 hours)
Text books:-

Co.
References


PART C: Descriptive/Analytical/Problem solving 5 x 12 marks=60 marks
questions


Objectives
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)



network.

Module V (12 hours)

research.
Text Books
Reference Books
Khanna Publishers.




PE010 403: Hydraulic Machines

Objectives
• To impart knowledge regarding principles and operations of various
hydraulic machines.
Module I (12 hours)

Dynamic Action of Fluid: Impulse Momentum equation- applications– impact of jet – flow of
an incompressible fluid over fixed and moving vanes – workdone and efficiency – reaction
principle – propulsion of ships. Basic equation of energy transfer in rotodynamic machines-
components of energy transfer-Classification-Axial flow, radial flow, impulse and reaction
machines.

Hydraulic turbines: Classification-– impulse and reaction turbines – Euler`s turbine equation-
velocity triangles - Pelton wheel, Francis turbine Kaplan turbine – construction features and
performance characteristics – theory of draft tube – speed regulation of turbines – run away
speed- selection, type and speed of turbines

Pumping machinery: General classification –Rotodynamic pumps - construction features-
classification of impellers, impeller shapes – types of casings -working of centrifugal pumps,
priming, Euler`s head equation – velocity triangles – losses, head and efficiencies–
performance pump characteristics: main, operating characteristics curves- selection of pumps
from performance curves – NPSHrequired– NPSHavailable– multistage pumps – pumps in parallel
& series operation- propeller pumps.

Dimensional analysis – Rayleigh’ s method – Buckingham’s Pi theorem – non diamesional
parameters in fluid mechanics and fluid machinery – principle of similitude, geometric,
kinematic and dynamic similarity – model studies. Non dimensional numbers (Reynold’s
number, Froude’s number, Euler’s number, Weber’s number and Mach’s number) Non
dimensional parameters for incompressible flow machines –Capacity coefficient, Head
coefficient, Power coefficient, Reynolds number, shape number, specific speed – Non
dimensional performance curves for pumps- effect of change of outlet vane angle, impeller
diameters and speed–Principle of similitude- Non dimensional parameters for comparative
study of turbine performance – unit speed, unit power, unit quantity, geometric similarity –
model laws – effect of specific speed on runner speed, runner size, flow type etc. Cavitation
in fluid machines – installations susceptible to cavitation – collapse of bubble theory –
Thoma`s prameter – factors affecting cavitation in pumps and turbines –prevention of
cavitation damage.
Module V (12 hours)

Positive displacement pumps: reciprocating pump, effect of vapour pressure on lifting of
saved – Slip - efficiency – pump characteristics – applications.
Theory & application of self-priming pump, jet pump, airlift or compressor pump, slurry
pump, hydraulic ram - Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear, screw, vane pumps.

Hydraulic accumulator, intensifier, fluid coupling & lift – principle of operation- hydraulic
cranes, hydraulic press- Hydraulic symbols (Description only, no problems).
Text Books
1. Jagadishlal, Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitan Publishers.
Reference Books
1. Abdulla Sheriff, Hydraulic machines, standard publishers.
2. Govinda Rao N. S, Fluid flows machines, TMH.
3. Pippinger, Industrial hydraulics.
4. Stepanoff John A. J, Centrifugal and axial flow pumps, Wiley & sons
5. Lewitt E. H, Hydraulic & Fluid Mechanics
6. Som S K and Biswas G, Introduction to fluid mechanics and fluid machines, TMH.
7. Yahya S M, Turbines fans and compressors, TMH.
8. R.K.Rajput, Hydraulic Machines, S.Chand & Company.
9. Modi & Seth, Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi



PE010 404: Manufacturing Process

Objectives
• To gain theoretical and practical knowledge in material casting processes and
develops an understanding of the dependent and independent variables which
control materials casting in a production processes.
• Provide a detailed discussion on the welding process and the physics of
welding. Introduce students to different welding processes weld testing and
advanced processes to be able to appreciate the practical applications of
welding.
• The course will also provide methods of analysis allowing a
mathematical/physical description of forming processes.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Patterns: Different types of patterns – colour codes of patterns.

Moulding sands: Natural and synthetic sand- ingredients of moulding sands- special
sand additives sand mixing- general properties of moulding sand – testing of
moulding sand - effect of ingredients and Additives on properties of moulding sand-
reusability of moulding sands- sand conditioning.
Core and core making: Purpose of cores - core prints – types of cores – core sand
ingredients – requirements of core sand- core sand mixing – binding materials – core
boxes, core making, baking, coating, reinforcing and venting.
Module 2 (12 hours)
Risering:- reasons for risering – riser size and location on directional solidification –
methods for controlling solidification:- insulation, exothermic sleeves and riser
components, chills, chaplets, padding, - riser shape, size, and contact area, location of
risers – theoretical consideration of risering:- Caine’s and modulus method, riser size
and solidification- riser treatment –riser feeding distance-risering of alloys.
Gating System: The fluid flow, Bernoulli’s theorem, turbulent and streamline flow -
top, parting line, bottom and step gates – gating design considerations:- pouring cups,
basins, streamlined gating - details of gating ratio – eliminating slag and dross –
theoretical aspects of gating:- turbulence, velocity calculations in real gating, tapered
sprue.
Module 3 (12 hours)
Ferrous foundry metallurgy: Gray cast iron – composition – effect of composition in
properties – types of graphite in gray cast iron – foundry characteristics of grey cast
iron – effect of inoculation and inoculants – low alloy and high alloy cast iron –
malleable iron – white heart and black heart malleable iron – malleablisation – S.G.
iron – composition and properties.

Module 4 (12 hours)

Non-ferrous foundry metallurgy: Foundry characteristics of copper and
aluminium base alloys – degassing and melt treatment. Melting and pouring:
Types of furnaces used for C.I., steel and non-ferrous metals – details and charge
calculation in cupola charging
Module 5 (12 hours)
Cleaning and inspection: Knock out and fettling – destructive and non-destructive
testing- salvaging.
Mechanisation in foundry: Elementary ideas of mechanisation in sand conditioning
and supply, moulding, core making, knock out and fettling.
Text books:-
References



PE010 405: Machine Drawing

Objectives :
Module-1(15hrs)
Module-2 (20 hrs)

Fully dimensioned and sectional drawing of the following Joints- knuckle joint-jib and cotter - shaft couplings-
types of keys- protected types of flanged couplings-bushed pin type flexible coupling-Oldham’s coupling -
Pipe joints-spigot and socket joint-flanged joint- Shaft bearings and support-Plummer block IC engine parts-
piston-connecting rod.
Module-3(25hrs)
Assembly and working drawings of the following Valves - -stop valve-spring loaded safety valve –dead
weight safety valve-feed check valve-feed check valve - Machine elements-screw jack –lathe tool post-
spindle-tailstock.
Note:
References:

Question III: One question of 60 marks from module-3
.
PE010 406(EE) Electrical Technology

(Common with ME010 406 (EE) and AU010 406 (EE))

Objectives
Module I (8 hours)



Module V (10 hours)


Text Books
Reference Books
PART A: Short answer questions (one/two 5 x 3 marks=15 marks

sentences)
All questions are compulsory. There should be
at least one question from each module.
All questions are compulsory. There should be
at least one question from each module.
PART C: Descriptive/Analytical/Problem solving 5 x 12 marks=60
questions marks
Two questions from each module with choice
to answer one question.
Ma im m Total

PE010 407: Hydraulic Machines Laboratory


Objectives
• To provide experience on various Hydraulic machineries.
• To acquaint the students with the measurement of various parameters.
Experiments
Performance characteristic tests on Pelton wheel (Load test & best speed).
Performance characteristic tests on Francis turbine (Load test & best gate
opening).
Performance characteristic tests on Kaplan turbine (Load test & best gate,
vane angle opening).
Performance characteristic tests on single stage, multi stage centrifugal pumps
at constant speed & at variable speed. Actual & predicted curves.
Performance characteristic tests on self-priming pump, Jet pump, Airlift pump
and deep well pump
Performance characteristic tests on axial flow pump.
Performance characteristic tests on Hydraulic ram.
Performance characteristic tests on reciprocating pump at constant speed.
Performance characteristic tests on Gear pump.
Performance characteristic tests on Screw pump.
Text Books
Delhi
Reference Books


30%- Test/s

30% - Viva voce

PE010 408: Computer Programming Laboratory
Objectives
• To familiarize with operating systems. File directories, editors, compilers
computation like MatLab.

vi. Implementation of Numerical Integration using Simpson’s and Trapezoidal rules


simple problems
case only)
Text books:-
References
PART University Examination Question Paper Pattern MARKS
Short answer questions (one/two sentences)

A All questions are compulsory. There should be at
5 x 3 = 15
least one question from each module
Analytical/Problem solving questions

B All questions are compulsory. There should be at 5 x 5 = 25
least one question from each module
Descriptive/Analytical/Problem solving questions

C Two questions from each module with choice to 5 x 12 = 60
answer one question
Maximum Total Marks 100

PE 010 502 Theory of Metal Cutting

Objectives:
• To introduce developments in metal cutting theory and different processes.
• To analyze the mechanics of cutting, economy in cutting etc.
MODULE 1 (12 hours)

Introduction to metal removal process – types of machine tools, Lathes: Engine
Lathes – specification-general study of main parts and tool and work holding devices,
lathe operations and cutting tools used, speed and feed for turning, turning time
calculations. Typesof lathes - Capstan, Turret, Copying. Automatic and semi-
automatic lathes - their working principles, applications and essential difference from
engine lathe.
MODULE 2 (12 hours)
Theory of metal cutting: Historical back ground –Classification of manufacturing
process – Deformation of metals, shearing etc (review only) – Performance & process
parameters - Oblique & orthogonal cutting – Mechanism of chip formation, types of
chip – Tool geometry systems – Mechanism of orthogonal cutting: Thin and thick
zone model, Merchant’s analysis, – Friction process in metal cutting: nature of sliding
friction, adhesion theory, ploughing, sub layer flow – Effect of rake angle, cutting
angle, nose radius etc. on cutting force and surface finish – Empirical determination
of force component.
MODULE 3 (12 hours)

Thermal aspects of machining: Source of heat; temperature distribution in chip, shear
plane & work piece - effect of speed, feed & depth of cut etc on cutting force and
surface roughness – different tool materials, HSS, WC, coated WC, Alumina, cBN,
diamond etc. - Cutting fluids, classification and applications of fluids – Tool wear and
tool life – Tool wear mechanisms- Taylor’s equation and wear land; rapid, steady and
catatospheric wear – Economics of machining – Machineability index.
MODULE 4(12 hours)

Grinding: - cylindrical, centerless, internal, surface grinding machines. Grinding
wheels: - types of abrasives – grain size – type of bonds – grade – structure – marking
system – fluids –truing and dressing – evaluation of grinding wheel performance –
grinding principle – grinding forces.
MODULE 5 (12 hours)

Milling:- column and knee type, bed type milling machines – different methods of
milling – conventional and climb milling – nomenclature of milling cutters – cutting
forces in milling– attachments and accessories for milling process.
Text Books:-
1. Armarego & Brown, The Machining of Metals, Prentice - Hall

2. HMT, Production Technology, Tata McGraw Hill

3. Kalpakjian, Manufacturing Engineering & Technology, Addison – Wesley, 4nd
edn.
4. Paul. H. Black, Theory of Metal Cutting, McGraw Hill
REFERENCES
1. Metcut research, Machinablity Data Center Vol.1 & 2, Metcut research
associates, Cincinnati
2. Lal G.K., Introduction to Machining Science, New Age publishers
3. Shaw Milton C. Metal cutting principles, Oxford.
4. Malkin S. Grinding Technology, Ellis horwood.
5. Boothroyd G. Fundamentals of machining and machine tools, Marcel Dekker.
6. Trent E.M. Metal cutting, Buttorworth.
University Examination Question Paper Pattern

PART MARKS
A All questions are compulsory. There should be at least one
5 x 3 = 15
question from each module
B All questions are compulsory. There should be at least one 5 x 5 = 25
C Two questions from each module with choice to answer one 5 x 12 = 60
question

PE010 503: Advanced Mechanics of Materials
Objectives
1. To impart concepts of stress and strain analysis in a solid.
2. To study the methodologies in theory of elasticity at a basic level.
3. To acquaint with energy methods to solve structural problems.
Module I (12 hours)

Basic equations of Elasticity, Stress at a point with respect to a plane - normal and tangential components
of stress - stress tensor - Cauchy’s equations - stress transformation - principal stresses and planes - strain
at a point - strain tensor - analogy between stress and strain tensors - constitutive equations - generalized
Hooke’s law - relation among elastic constants – equations of equilibrium -strain-displacement relations –

Compatibility conditions - boundary conditions - Saint Venant’s principle for end effects –uniqueness
condition. 2-D problems in elasticity. Plane stress and plane strain problems – Airy’s stress function – solutions
by polynomial method – solutions for bending of a cantilever with an end load and bending of a beam under
uniform load.

Equations in polar coordinates - Lame’s problem - stress concentration problem of a small hole in a
large plate. Axisymmetric problems - thick cylinders - interference fit - rotating discs. Special
problems in bending: Unsymmetrical bending - shear center - curved beams with circular and rectangular
cross-section

Energy methods in elasticity: Strain energy of deformation - special cases of a body subjected to
concentrated loads, due to axial force, shear force, bending moment and torque – reciprocal relation -Maxwell
reciprocal theorem - Castigliano’s first and second theorems - virtual work principle -minimum
potential energy theorem - complementary energy
Module V (12 hours)

Torsion of non-circular bars: Saint Venant’s theory - Prandtle’s method - solutions for circular and
elliptical cross-sections - membrane analogy - torsion of thin walled open and closed sections- shear flow
Text Books
1. L. S. Sreenath, Advanced Mechanics of Solids, McGraw Hill
2. S. M. A. Kazimi, Solid Mechanics, McGraw Hill
3. S. P. Timoshenko, J. N. Goodier, Theory of elasticity, McGraw Hill
Reference Books
1. J. P. Den Hartog, Advance Strength of Materials, McGraw Hill

2. C. K. Wang, Applied Elasticity, McGraw Hill

5 x 3 = 15
question
PE 010 504 Industrial Engineering

Objectives
• To provide an exposure to the fundamental tools and techniques in Industrial
Engineering for integration and improvement of inter related work activities and
productivity management.
Module I
Introduction: Evolution of industrial Engineering, Branches and Fields of application of
Industrial Engineering, Functions of Industrial Engineer. Types of production- Productivity-
Productivity index- factors affecting productivity-techniques for productivity improvement.
Product development and design: Requirements of a good product design- product
development process- product analysis. Value Engineering: Fundamental Concepts- reasons
for poor values- types of values- Applications and benefits of Value Engineering.
Module II
Facility planning: Plant location-Procedure for site selection- Plant layout-Objectives and
principles of plant layout- types of layout- Factors influencing layout- introduction to layouts
based on group technology, just-in-time and cellular manufacturing systems.
Material Handling: Functions and Principles of material handling, Selection of material
handling equipments-types of material handling equipments.
Module III
Materials Management: Objectives, functions and scope of materials management.
Purchasing - Objectives and functions-purchasing procedure- buying techniques- Vendor
development and rating system- Stores management.
Inventory Control: Objectives of inventory control-inventory costs-Determining inventory
level-EOQ model-Models with shortages-Continuous and Periodic Review systems-ABC
analysis- Make or buy decision-Vendor Managed Inventory.
Module IV
Methods engineering: Work study-Procedure for motion study- Recording Techniques-
Micro motion study- Work measurement techniques- Time study.
Industrial Ergonomics: Introduction to Ergonomics-Objectives of Human Engineering-
Aspects of Man- Machine System- Workplace design.
Job Evaluation and Merit Rating: Objectives of Job evaluation, methods of job evaluation,
merit rating, Types of merit rating.
Module V
Inspection and Quality Control: Objectives and kinds of inspection-methods of inspection-
Objectives of quality control- Statistical quality control-control charts, problems- Acceptance
sampling-Total quality management- ISO systems-QFD- Benchmarking.

Text Books
1. Verma A.P., Industrial Engineering, S. K. Kataria & Sons.
Khanna Publishers.
Reference Books
2. Tompkins J.A and White J.A. , Facilities Planning, John Wiley, N.Y.,1984.
3. Tony Arnold, J.R, Introduction to materials management, Prentice hall inc, N.J,1998.
4. Tayyari and Smith J.L., Occupational Ergonomics; principles and Applications, Chapman
and Hall publication, U.K., 1997

PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE 010 505 Metrology &Instrumentation

Objectives:
• To study the concepts about measurements and instrumentation which are
essential to measure and evaluate systems.
• To understand the relevant concepts and equipments used for selecting the
measuring instruments and instrumentation procedures.
MODULE 1 (12 hours)

Metrological concepts - Abbe principle – need for high precision measurements –
problems associated with high precision measurements.Standards for length
measurement – shop floor standards and their calibration – light interference – method
of coincidence – slip gauge calibration – measurement errors. Comparator: -
Mechanical, Optical, Pneumatic, Electrical and Electronic comparators. Optical
Measuring Instruments: - Principle of Interferometry – Optical flat, principle–
Interferometers – angle dekkor Autocollimators, Tool makers- Microscope.
MODULE 2 (12 hours)
Various tolerances and specifications, gauging principles selective assembly,
comparators. Angular measurements – principles and instruments. Thread
measurements. Surface and form metrology – flatness, roughness, waviness,
roundness, cylindrically etc. Computer aided metrology – Principles and interfacing
software metrology.
MODULE 3 (12 hours)
Transducers: - Classification- Static and Dynamic characteristics of Transducers and
Dynamometers. Stress- Strain Measurement: Types of strain gauges- Strain
measurements by using resistance strain gauges and Mechanical strain gauges-types,
application. Basic concept in static and dynamic measurements: Analysis of
Experimental errors Gaussian and normal error Distribution- methods of Least
Squares- Simple problems.
MODULE 4 (12 hours)
Laser metrology – application of leasers in precision measurements – laser
interferometer, speckle measurements, laser scanners. Co-ordinate measuring machine
– types of CMM – probes used – application – non-contact CMM using Electro
optical sensors for dimensional metrology – non contact sensors for surface roughness
measurements.
MODULE 5 (12 hours)
Image processing and its application in metrology. And Automated machine vision
applied to assembly and inspection tasks traditionally performed by human operators.
Text books:-
1. Hume - Metrology, McDonald
2. Sharpe - Metrology, ELBS
Reference: -
1. ASME - Hand book of industrial Metrology
2. Taher - Metrology, ELBS

3. Ted Busch - Fundamentals of Dimensional Metrology, 3rd

Edition, Delmar Publishers
4. Collet C.V. and Hope A.D., Engineering Measurements, Second Edition, ELBS
Longman.

PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE010 506 Thermodynamics

Objectives
studied)
OBJECTIVES:- To learn about thermodynamic systems and boundaries, study the

basic laws of thermodynamics, understand various forms of energy including heat
transfer and work, identify various type of properties, use tables, equations, and
charts, in evaluation of thermodynamic properties, apply conservation of mass, first
law, and second law in thermodynamic analysis of systems, enhance their problem
solving skills and fundamentals of heat transfer with its concepts in the operation of
internal combustion engines.
MODULE 1
Fundamental concepts-Scope and limitations of thermodynamics- Thermodynamic
systems – different types of systems-macroscopic and microscopic analysis-
continuum-Properties-State-Processes- -Thermodynamic equilibrium-Equation of
state of an ideal gas-PVT system-Real gas-Real gas relations-Compressibility factor-
Law of corresponding states.
MODULE 2
Laws of thermodynamics-Zeroth law of thermodynamics-Thermal equilibrium-
Concept of temperature –Temperature scales-Thermometry-Perfect gas temperature
scales. Work and Heat-First law of thermodynamics-concept of energy-first law for
closed and open systems-specific heats- internal energy and enthalpy- Steady flow
energy equation- Joule Thompson effect.
MODULE 3
Second law of thermodynamics-Various statements and their equivalence-Reversible
process and reversible cycles – Carnot cycle-Corollaries of the second law-Thermo
dynamic temperature scale- Clausius inequality-Concept of entropy-Calculation of
change in entropy in various thermodynamic processes-Reversibility and
irreversibility-Available and unavailable energy – Third law of thermo dynamics.
Internal Combustion Engines
MODULE 4
Working of two stroke and four stroke - Petrol and Diesel Engines (Review Only).
Combustion in S. I. Engine- Ignition limits - stages of combustion - combustion
quality - Ignition lag - Flame propagation - Abnormal combustion - detonation -
effects - Theory, chemistry and control - flash point, fire point and viscosity index.
MODULE 5
Combustion in C. I. Engines - Air Fuel ratio in C. I. Engines - Ignition Lag - diesel
knock - Controlling Methods - Various stages of combustion - vaporization of fuel
droplets and spray formation - Air motion - Swirl - combustion chamber - Engine

operating characteristics - Testing of I. C. Engines - Indicated power - Brake power -

Volumetric Efficiency - Heat balance Test - Morse Test.
Text Books
1. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals - John B. Heywood
2. Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution - Obert E. F.
3. Heat and Thermodynamics - M.N.Zemansky
Reference Books
1. Internal Combustion Engine - Lichty L. C.
2. Internal Combustion Engine - V. Genesan
3. A course in internal combustion Engine - V. Genesan
4. Engineering Thermodynamics - P.K.Nag
5. Engineering Thermodynamics - M.Achuthan
6. Thermodynamics - Keenan
7. Thermodynamics - Obert
8. Thermodynamics - Holman

PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE010 507: Thermal Engineering Laboratory

Objectives:
• To understand the working of various IC engines.
• To get a hand on experiences on various parts of different engines
Study of systems and components of IC Engines and automobiles - study of

dynamometers used in engine testing - study of IC Engine repairs and maintenance.
Study of boilers, boiler mountings and accessories - study of steam engine parts and
systems.
Testing of IC engines - Performance analysis of IC engine using computerized test

rig-Load test on petrol and diesel engines- determination of indicated and brake
thermal efficiencies - mechanical efficiency - relative efficiency - volumetric
efficiency - air-fuel ratio and compression ratio - valve timing diagram - retardation
test - Morse test - heat balance - effect of varying the rate of cooling water and
varying the speed on the performance characteristics of engines. Testing of steam
boiler - boiler trial - steam calorimeters and steam nozzles - performance test on steam
turbines – exhaust gas analysis.
Testing of fuels and lubricants - determination of flash and fire points of petroleum
products - determination of kinematics and absolute viscosity of lubricating oils -
determination of calorific value of fuel.
Reference Books
1. John B Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill Publishing
Company Sigapur,1998.
2. Obert E F,Internal Combustion Engine and air Pollution Mc Graw Hill book company
New York.
3. Mathur and Sharma,A course in Internal Combustion Engine - Dhanpat Rai
Publications new Delhi, 2004.
4. Sharma S.P, Fuels and Combustion, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
New Delhi.1990.
5. Spalding D.B. Some Fundamentals of Combustion Better Worths Scientific Publications
London, 1955.

PE 010 508 Electrical & Electronics Lab

Objectives
PART A

2. OCC of self excited D.C machines – critical resistances of various speeds. Voltage
built-up with a given field circuit resistance. Critical speed for a given field circuit
resistance
characteristics.
6. Swinburne’s test on D.C machines.
8. Brake test on D.C series motors and determination of characteristics
9. Brake test on D.C compound motors and determination of characteristics
PART B

3. Design and testing of rectifier circuits – Half wave – Full wave (centre – tapped and
bridge) circuits. Filter circuits.
Sweep circuits
References

PE010 601: Kinematics of Machinery

Objectives
a system/machine.
trains.
Module I (14hours)

Module II (12hours)



Module V (12 hours)

Text books:-
Reference Books
2. S .S Rattan Theory of Machines, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, Delhi,
2009
3. A. Ghosh, A. K. Malik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, Affiliated East West
Press
4. A. G. Erdman, G. N. Sandor, Mechanism Design: Analysis and synthesis Vol I & II,

PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE010602: Heat and Mass Transfer

Objectives
Module I (12 hours)





Module V (12 hours)

Data Book:
Text Books
Reference Books
Wiley & Sons

PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE 010 603 Control and Automation

Objective:
• To expose students to the breadth of knowledge required by the modern
practice of control and automation.
MODULE 1 (12 hours)

Introduction to Mechatronics – Sensors and transducers: characteristics. Displacement
and position sensors. Resolvers and synchros. Velocity and motion sensors. Principle
and types of force, temperature, vibration and acoustic emission sensors. Pneumatic,
hydraulic and mechanical actuation systems used for mechatronics devices.
MODULE 2 (12 hours)

Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS): Fabrication methods - Working and
applications of MEMS based accelerometer, pressure sensor and gyroscope Design of
modern Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines and mechatronics elements
Machine structure: guide ways, drives. Bearings: anti-friction bearings, hydrostatic
bearing and hydrodynamic bearing. Roller and ball screws. Measuring system for NC
machines: direct and indirect measuring system.
MODULE 3 (12 hours)

System modelling - Mathematical models and basic building blocks of general
mechanical, electrical, fluid and thermal systems. Adaptive control of machine tools.
Mechatronics in Robotics-Electrical drives: DC, AC, brushless, servo and stepper
motors. Harmonic drive.
MODULE 4 (12 hours)

Robotic force and pressure sensors: piezoelectric sensor and strain gauge. Tactile
sensor. Proximity sensors: Magnetic, optical, ultrasonic, inductive, capacitive and
eddy current methods. Range finders: ultrasonic and light based range finders
MODULE 5 (12 hours)

Robotic vision - Image acquisition: Vidicom and charge coupled device (CCD)
cameras. Image processing techniques: histogram analysis, thresholding and
connectivity method.. Case studies of mechatronics systems: Pick and place robot,
automatic car park barrier system, and automobile engine management system.
Text books:-
1. W. Bolton, Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and
Electrical Engineering, Person Education Limited, New Delhi 2007.
2. HMT, Mechatronics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi
2004.

References
1. K.P. Ramachandran, G.K. Vijayaraghavan, M.S. Balasundaram.
Mechatronics: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems. Wiley India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi 2008.
2. David G. Aldatore, Michael B. Histand, Introduction to Mechatronics and
Measurement Systems, McGraw-Hill Inc., USA 2003.
3. Vijay K. Varadan, K. J. Vinoy, S. Gopalakrishnan, Smart Material Systems
and MEMS: Design and Development Methodologies, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd., England 2006.
4. Saeed B. Niku, Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, Systems, Applications,
Person Education, Inc., New Delhi 2006.
5. Gordon M. Mair, Industrial Robotics, Prentice Hall International, UK 1998.

PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE010 604 Computer Aided Design & Manufacturing

Objectives
operations.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Module 2 (12 hours)

DNC.
tachometer.
Module 3 (12 hours)

graphics.
examination)
Module 4 (12 hours)


Module 5 (12 hours)

TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCE BOOKS:

A All questions are compulsory. There should be at least
5 x 3 = 15
one question from each module
B All questions are compulsory. There should be at least 5 x 5 = 25
one question from each module
C Two questions from each module with choice to answer 5 x 12 = 60
one question

PE 010 605 Production Engineering

Objectives:
• To learn on the various metal joining processes, welding design and quality
control of welded joints.
MODULE 1 (12 hours)

Metal Joining: Classification-Welding power sources- Arc and Arc characteristics-
Behaviour of arc with variation in current and voltage- Different arc welding
processes- Welding electrodes - ISI specifications for electrodes- Electrode selection
MODULE 2 (12 hours)

Welding Metallurgy: Heat flow in welding – Metallurgical transformation in and
around weldment – Implication of cooling rates – Heat affected zone (HAZ) –
Weldability of plain carbon steels, Stainless steels, Cast iron, Aluminium and its
alloys.
MODULE 3 (12 hours)

Design of weldments: Joint design- Weldability criteria-Residual stresses and
distortion-Welding and Cladding of dissimilar materials- Overlaying and surfacing.
MODULE 4 (12 hours)

Newer welding processes: Plasma arc, Laser beam, Electroslag, and Ultrasonic
welding- Joining by brazing- Soldering- Adhesive bonding Techniques for the
production of defect free Welding
MODULE 5 (12 hours)

Quality Control in Welding: Testing of welded joints – Destructive Tests and Non-
destructive tests (NDT). Quality assurance v/s Quality control - Weld quality -
Discontinuities in welds, their causes and remedies - Quality conflicts.
Text books:-
1. Rossi, “Welding Engineering”
2. Nikodaco and Shansky, “Advanced Welding processes” – MIR Publications.
3. ASM hand book - welding
Reference books:
1. A.W.S., “Welding Engineering Handbook”
2. Udin, Funk and Wulf, “Welding for Engineers”
3. R.L Little, “Welding and Welding Technology”


PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE010 606L01 Computational Fluid Dynamics

(Common with ME 010 606L01)

Objectives
• To introduce the primary components of learning and practicing CFD
• To develop an understanding of solution methods for fluid motion and energy
transfer equations
Module 1 (15 hours)

Basic concepts: conservation principles – derivation of transport equations: control volume –
Langangian and Eulerian approach- mass conservation equation-momentum conservation
equations-stress laws-mass transfer equation-energy equation-rate change-convection and
conduction-volumetric generation-work done by surface and body forces- dimensionless form
of Navier-Stokes equations- introduction to numerical methods, advantages and limitations.
Module 2 (10 hours)
One dimenensional conduction: The governing equation- grid layout-discretisation-stability
and convergence-explicit, implicit and semi-implicit procedures-methods to handle non-
linearities- Solution methods-Gauss-Siedel method and TDMA-Simple problems.
Module 3 (10 hours)
One dimensional conduction-convection: exact solution-discretisation- central difference
scheme-upwind difference schemes- numerical false diffusion-stability of unsteady equation-
exact solution-explicit finite difference form-implicit finite difference form.
Module 4 (10 hours)
Two dimensional boundary layers: governing equations- descretisation method- symmetry,
wall and free stream boundary conditions- dealing with source terms –defining initial
conditions-choice of grid size and iterations-applications (excluding turbulence)
Module 5 (15 hours)
Two dimensional Convection-Cartesian Grids: simple mathematical models for
incompressible, in viscid, potential and creeping flows-approximations of hyperbolic,
parabolic, elliptic, and mixed flows. Solution strategies for 2D convection problems- SIMPLE
algorithm-descretisation- pressure correction equation- solution procedure- Solution methods:
iterative solvers-evaluation of residuals-under relaxation-boundary conditions - simple
description on treatment of turbulent flows - applications (laminar flows only).
Text Books
1. Anderson J.D., Computational Fluid Dynamics, McGraw- Hill Co.
2. Joel H. Ferzigerand Peric M., Computational methods for Fluid Dynamics, Springer Werlag
Publishers
Reference Books
1. Patankar S.V., Numerical Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer , Hemisphere, New York
2. Anil W. Date, Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University Press
3. Hiderbrand F.B., Introduction to Numerical Analysis , Tata McGraw- Hill


PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE 010 606 L02 Foundry and Welding Technology

Objectives
• To learn melting and casting processes
• To understand welding processes in detail.
Module 1 (12 hours)
Degassing: Gas Porosity – Molten Metal Filtration: sources of inclusions, methods

for removal of inclusions – Castability: factors influencing fluidity, hot tearing -
Semisolid Metal Processing - viscosity evolution during continuous cooling - Rapid
Solidification: microstructural modification, heat flow - Solidification during
Casting of Metal-Matrix Composites:- incorporation of reinforcements,
reinforcement-metal wettability, solidification, distribution of reinforcements.
Module 2 (12 hours)
Hot Isostatic Pressing of Castings:- Reasons for using HIP, effect of HIP on
mechanical properties, effect of HIP on the shape and structure of castings, problems
encountered in HIP, economics of HIP – Low Pressure Metal Casting:-
conventional methods, low-pressure furnace and tooling, cores, vacuum
riserless/pressure riserless casting – High Pressure Die Casting:- die casting alloys
and processes, hot and cold chamber, advantages, disadvantages - Hot and Cold
Chamber Die Casting:- melting process, injection components, distinctions between
hot and cold chamber processes, gate and runner design, temperature control.
Module 3 (12 hours)
Vacuum High-Pressure Die Casting:- vacuum riserless casting, high-vacuum die

casting – Semisolid Casting (SSM):introduction, fundamentals: advantages of SSM
processing, SSM processing - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Castings: effects of
alloying and impurity elements, structure control, secondary dendrite arm spacing,
nondendritic microstructures, grain structure, grain-refinement, welding, molten metal
fluidity, hot cracking - Titanium and Titanium Alloy Castings: effects of alloying
elements, microstructures of titanium castings, cast microstructure of Ti - 6Al - 4V,
melting and pouring, molding methods, postcasting practice, welding, heat treatment -
Nickel and Nickel Alloy Castings: structure and property correlations, melting
practice and metal treatments, foundry practice, pouring practice, gating systems,
risers, welding, heat treatment and applications.
WELDING TECHNOLOGY
Module 4 (12 hours)
Heat Flow in Fusion Welding - Fluid flow phenomena during Welding: mass
transport in the arc in gas tungsten arc welding, deep-penetration electron beam and
laser welds, in gas metal arc welding, in submerged arc welding.

Module 5 (12 hours)
Transfer of Heat and Mass to the base metal in gas metal arc welding - Arc Physics
of Gas -Tungsten Arc Welding: electrode regions and arc column - Introduction to
Special Welding processes: Underwater Welding: underwater welding
pyrometallurgy, micro structural development of underwater welds, heat sources,
applications - welding for cryogenic service -welding in space and low - gravity
environments: metallurgy of low-gravity welds.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ASM Handbook, Volume 15, Casting, ASM International, Metals Park, Ohio,
USA.
2. ASM Metals Handbook. Volume 6, Welding Brazing and Soldering, ASM
International, Metals Park, Ohio, USA, 1993.
3.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Amstead B.H., Phillip E Ostwald and Myron L.Begeman, “Manufacturing
Processes” John Wiley & Co., New York.
2. American Welding Society, Welding handbook, Vol. 1 and 2, 7th edition.
3. AWS Welding Handbooks, AWS, New York, 1995.
4. Flimm, Fundamentals of Metals Casting, Addison Wesley.
5. Gourd L.M., Principles of Welding Technology, ELBS/ Edward Arnold.
6. Howard B Cary., Modern Welding Technology, 4th edition, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey, USA, 1997.
7. Koenigsberger and Adaer, Welding Technology, Macmillan.
8. Lancaster, The Physics of Welding; Pergaman Press.
9. Lancster and George Allen, The Metallurgy of Welding, Unwin Ltd. U.K.
10. Lincoln Electric Co, Procedure Handbook of ARC Welding; Lincoln Electric
Co. USA.
11. Richard W.Heine, Carl R.Loper and Phlip C.Rosenthal, “Principles of Metal
Casting”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
12. Rossi, Welding Technology, McGraw Hill.
13. Salman and Simans, Foundry Practice, Issac Pitman.

PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question


PE010 606L03: Finite Element Analysis

Objectives
• To learn the mathematical background of finite element analysis
• To solve structural mechanics problems using finite element approach
Module I (12 hours)

Introductory Concepts: Introduction to FEM. Brief History. General FEM procedure.
Applications of FEM in various fields. Advantages and disadvantages of FEM.
Differential Equations in different fields : Types of Differential Equations. Primary and
Secondary Variables and types of Boundary Conditions.
Approximate solution of differential equations-- Weightaed residual techniques,
collocation, Least squares and Galerkin methods.

FEM Procedure : Definitions of various terms used in FEM likeelement, order of the
element, internal and external node/s, degree of freedom, primary and secondary
variables, essential boundary conditions, natural boundary conditions, homogeneous and
nonhomogeneous boundary conditions.
Minimization of a functional. Principle of minimum total potential. Piecewise Rayleigh-
Ritz method. Comparison with weighted residual method.

Piecewise approximations. Basis of Finite Element Methods. Formulation of matrix
method--.stiffness matrix.; transformation and assembly concepts.
Example problems in one dimensional structural analysis (Plane Trusses, Bar and Beam)
and heat transfer.

Two dimensional finite element formulations. Three nodded triangular element, four
nodded rectangular element, compatibility, four nodded quadrilateral element, eight
nodded quadrilateral element.
Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric
problems.
Module V (12 hours)

Natural coordinates and coordinate transformations. Isoperimetric elements. Applications
to two and three-dimensional problems
Convergence criterion, patch test and errors in finite element analysis. Method of
Elimination.
Text Books
1. Robert D.Cook, “Concepts and applications of Finite Element Analysis”,
Wiley India, Fourth Edition, 2003.
2. Daryl L.Logan, “A first course in the Finite Element Method”,
Cengage Learning, Fourth Edition, 2007.
Reference Books
1. Reddy J.N. “An Introduction to Finite Element Method”, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
2. Krishnamurthy, C.S., “Finite Element Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.
3. Bathe, K.J. and Wilson, E.L., “Numerical Methods in Finite Elements Analysis”,


PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE 010 606 L04 Financial Management

2 hours lecture and 2hour tutorial per week
Objectives:
• Familiarizing the students with the financial environment of business,
especially the financial markets, imbibing knowledge about the decisions and
decision variables involved in building the liability side of balance sheet of the
firm, developing skills for interpretation business information and application
of financial theory in financing related decisions
MODULE 1 (12 hours)

Introduction - finance and related disciplines scope of financial management -
functions -objectives of financial management - an overview on Indian financial
system.
MODULE 2 (12 hours)

Financial analysis - financial statement analysis - ratio analysis.Statement of change
in financial position
MODULE 3 (12 hours)

Working capital basis only Capital budgeting: nature - evaluation techniques -
traditional technique - discounted cash flow techniques (NPV & IRR)
MODULE 4 (12 hours)

Working capital: nature - determinants - computation of working capital Sources of
corporate finance - capital market.
MODULE 5 (12 hours)

Stock exchanges - equity - debt – other financial instruments - foreign investments
and financing sources - Euro currency market, Euro issues, GDR, ADR etc.
Text books:-
1. Prasanna Chandra, "Financial Management", TMH
2. Shapiro A.C., "Modern Corporate Finance", Max well Macmillan
References:
1. Khan and Jain, "Financial Management", TMH
2. Brealey and Onyers, "Principles of corporate Finance”, McGraw Hill
3. Pandey I.M., "Financial Management", Vikas publisher


PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE010 606L05: Industrial Hydraulics

(Common with ME 010 606L05)
Objectives
machinery
Module 1 (14 hours)

Introduction to hydraulic / pneumatic devices. Symbols and nomenclature. Power
transmission, Hydraulic pumps-classifications, characteristic Comparison of electric,
hydraulic and pneumatic devices. Hydraulic accumulators.
.
Module II (14-hours)
Pumps and motors: Principle of working. Hand pumps-single acting, double acting, multi-
displacement. Gear pumps- internal, external and gear ring. Screw, vane, piston pumps – axial
piston pump, swash pump, bent axis pump radial and series pumps. Types of hydraulic
motors, gear motors, vane motors, piston motors- radial piston, rolling vane, ball piston,
oscillating motor-characteristics. Telescopic cylinder, cylinder cushion.
Module III (12 -hours)
Hydraulic valves: Directional control valve, shuttle valve, pressure control valve
Stop valve- non return valve-relief valve-sequence valve-counter balance valve-
pressure reducing valve – flow control valve –direction control valves- throttling, non
throttling- open centre and closed centre and tandem centre valves- their principle of
operation.
Module IV ( 12 - hours)
Hydraulic Circuits and Circuit fundamentals. Flow divider and combiner. Piping
terminology, control terminology, flow control of hydraulic pump, velocity control-
characteristics. Different types of switching and its merits Meter in and meter out.
Applications of unloading valve. Application of pressure reducing and pressure sequence
valve.
Module V ( 8 - hours)
Properties of commonly used hydraulic fluids-Typical hydraulic circuits used in
machine tools –Rivetter- pneumatic Hammer, hydraulic press, and power steering
Text Books
1. S.R.Majumdar, Oil Hydraulics and Systems-Principles and maintenance, TMH
2. John Pippenger & Tyler Hicks - Industrial Hydraulics
Reference Books
1. Daniel Bonteille -Fluid Logic and Industrial automation.
2. Pneumatic Systems –Principles and Maintanance by S.R Majumdar, TMH
3. Esposito- Fluid power with applications.


PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE 010 606 L06 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS)

Objectives:
• To understand the terminology, operation and performance of different MEMS
systems and solid state sensors
• To understand different types of advanced deposition process.
MODULE 1 (12 hours)

Science For Microsystems:- molecular theory, doping, diffusion, plasma physics and
electrochemistry. Mechanics For Microsystems: - static bending of thin plates,
mechanical vibrations, thermomechanics and fracture mechanics, problems. Thermo
Fluid For Microsystems:-incompressible fluid flow in microconduits, fluid flow in
submicrometer – overview of heat conduction in solids, heat conduction in
multilayerd thin films, heat conduction in solids in submicrometer scale.
MODULE 2 (12 hours)

Scaling Laws In Miniaturization:- scaling in geometry, rigid body dynamics,
electroststic forces, electromagnetic forces, electricity, fluid mechanics and heat
transfer – materials for MEMS.
MODULE 3 (12 hours)

Fabrication Process: Ion implantation – diffusion - oxidation- CVD:- principle,
structure, reactions, rate of deposition, different types of CVD, enhanced CVD –
PVD: principle, structure, reactions, different types of PVD, magnetron sputtering
etc.
MODULE -4 (12 hours)

Micro Sensors: - acoustic wave, bio, chemical, optical and thermal sensors. Micro
Actuation: - by thermal force, shape memory alloys, piezoelectric crystals and
electrostatic forces. Micro Actuators: –micro grippers, motor, valves, pumps and
micro fluidics, fluid resistance in micro channels, capillary electrophoresis.

Design of pressure sensors – design of accelerometers – design of resonant micro
sensors, stress and strain in thin films etc. Micro machined amplitude modulated and
waveguide optical sensors - micro machined optical pressure sensor – micro
machined Bragg gratings - micro machined interferometric distance sensors - micro
machined optochemical and bio sensors - micro machined nano probes.
Text books:-
1. Jaeger R.C.,Introduction to Microelectronic Fabrication, Wiley, 1989
2. Lawrence J.Kamm, Understanding Electro – Mechanical Engineering, An
Introduction to Mechatronics, Prentice Hall, 2000.

References:
1. M.Elwenspoek, Silicon Micromachining, Cambridge Press, 1998
2. Marc J. Madou., Fundamentals of Microfabrication, The science of
miniaturization, IEEE press
3. Marc Madou, Fundamentals of Micro fabrication, CRC Press, 1997
4. Rai Choudhury P., MEMS and MOEMS technology and applications, PHI
learning, New Delhi.
5. StephenD Senturia, Microsystem Design, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2003
6. Trimmer, Micromechanics and MEMS, IEEE Press, 1997.
7. Tai Ran Hsu, MEMS and Microsystems design and manufacture, TMH, New
Delhi.

PART MARKS
5 x 3 = 15
question

PE 010 607 Metrology Laboratory
Objectives:
• Understanding of various types mechanical measurement equipments
List of Experiments
1. Study and use of laser interferometer for calibration of linear measurements.

2. Study of slip gauges – wringing – surface roughness - standards.
3. Study of surface plates, straight edges, angle palte, V-block etc and applications.
4. Measurement of out of roundness using roundness measuring instrument, V block and dial
indicator etc. - reasons for out of roundness etc.
5. Measurements of straightness using sprit level, auto collimator.
6. Measurement of thread parameters using three wire method.
7. Measurement of tool angles of single point tool using tool maker’s microscope.
8. Measurement of gear parameters using profile projector.
9. Evaluation of straightness error using autocollimator, sprit level, straight edge etc.
10. Calibration and determination of uncertainties of the following;
a. Strain gauge load cells
b. Bourdon tube pressure gauge
c. LVDT
d. Thermocouples
e. Tachometers using stroboscopes, etc.
11. Study and measurement of surface roughness using surface roughness instrument.
12. Study and measurements with coordinate measuring machines.
13. Experiments on limits and fits.
14. Study and use of ultrasonic flaw detector.
15. Study of different types of dial indicators - stands and holders for dial gauges.
16. Study and use of different types of comparators.
17. Exercises on measurement system analysis
18. Study and making measurements with precision vernier calipers, dial calipers, spline
micrometer, point micrometer, wire groove micrometer, depth micrometer, V- anvil
micrometers, depth gear tooth micrometer, thread micrometer, disc micrometer, thread pitch
gauge, vernier height gauge, slip gauges, optical flat, three pin micrometer, pyrometer, RTD,
bore dial gauge, depth gauge, pitch gauge, thickness gauge, radius gauge, holetest, bench
center etc.
19. Angular measurements using bevel protractor, sine bar, clinometers etc.
20. Measurement of vibration.
21. Analysis of automobile exhaust gas and flue gas.
22. Study and determination of area using planimeter.
23. Polishing, etching and determination of grain size and microstructure studies using optical
microscope.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sharp K.W.B., Practical Engineering Metrology, Sir Isaac Pitman and sons Ltd, London,
1958.
2. Shotbolt C.R. and Gayler J.F.W, Metrology for Engineers, 5th edition, ELBS, London.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Figliola, Richard S, and Beasley, Donald E, “Theory and Design for Mechanical
Measurements”, Third edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc.
2. Collett, C.V. and Hope, A.D, “Engineering Measurements”, Second edition,
ELBS/Longman.
3. Tarasevigh Y. and Yavosih E., Fits, Tolerances and Engineering Measurements, Foreign
language publishing house, Moscow.
PE 010 608 Machine Tools Laboratory
Objectives:
• Understanding of various types of machines and their mechanisms, manufacturing
processes of machine tool components, machine parts and components of all types of
machines included in the equipment list
List of Experiments
2. Experiment on shaping machine: - flat surfaces, dovetail cutting – grooving,
keyway cutting etc. - 2 practices.
3. Experiment on slotting machine: - flat surfaces, dovetail cutting – grooving,
keyway cutting etc. - making hexagonal hole using slotting machine. - 1 practice.
4. Experiment on lathe:- Facing, plain turning, step turning and parting - groove
turning. - 3 practices.
8. Study and demonstration of N.C. machines:- programming, simulation and
demonstration exercises involving plane taper and form turning etc. - 3 practices.
9. Experiment on milling machine: - 1 - plane milling, keyway cutting, cutting of
splines - 1 practice.
10. Experiment on milling machine: - 2 – cutting of spur, helical and bevel gears –
study of different methods of indexing - multi slot cutting on milling machine by
indexing. - 3 practices.
11. Study of surface grinding machine and demonstration of grinding of plane surface
- study of cylindrical grinding machine and demonstration of plane cylindrical
grinding – study and demonstration of planing machine – study and demonstration
of broaching machine - 2 practices.
Besides to the skill development in performing the work, oral examination should be
conducted.
A detailed report on the work carried out is to be prepared. Observation and record books are
to be maintained.
bonafides, oral examination etc and University examination shall be carried out by the faculty
members (lecturer and above).
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCE BOOKS:
3. Yoram Koren, Numerical Control of Machine Tools, McGraw-Hill

Syllabus MG University PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Syllabus MG University PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mahatma Gandhi University

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

2. Admission to Diploma Holders

A candidate who has a diploma in engineering awarded by the State Board of

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

4. Duration of the Course

1. Civil Engineering (CE)

The course calendar, published by the University, shall be followed by all

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

Assessment of students for each subject will be done by internal continuous

(a) Assessment in Theory Subjects

The weightage to award internal continuous assessment marks should be as follows:

Test papers (minimum two) – 60%

Assignments (minimum two) such as home assignments,

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

Regularity in the class – 20%

(b) Assessment in Practical Subjects

Internal continuous assessment and Semester-End practical examinations will

Test papers – 30%

Regular work/drawing/workshop record/lab record/

Regularity in the class – 20%

An external examiner and an internal examiner, appointed by the University, shall

No candidate will be permitted to attend the Semester-End practical examinations

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

The question papers of Semester-End examinations of theory subjects shall be able

(a) covering all sections of the course syllabus

Duration of Semester-End examinations will be 3 hours. The pattern of questions for

PART A: Short answer questions (one/two sentences) 5 x 3 marks=15 marks

PART B: Analytical/Problem solving questions 5 x 5 marks=25 marks

PART C: Descriptive/Analytical/Problem solving questions 5 x 12 marks=60 marks

Weightage for categories such as problem solving, descriptive, drawing, or diagrammatic

9. Minimum for Pass

A candidate shall be declared to have passed in an individual subject of a semester

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

A candidate shall be declared to have passed in a semester examination in full in first

Candidates will be assigned grades according to the marks scored.

10. Credit System

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

12. Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) and Cumulative Grade

where, n is the number of subjects registered during the semester, Ci is the

where, m is the number of courses registered up to that semester, Ci is the

An up-to-date assessment of overall performance of a student is obtained by

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

A candidate shall be permitted to appear for the Semester-End examinations only

It shall be open to the Vice Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance

15. Eligibility for Promotion to Higher Semester – Procedure for

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

Note: As this is an academic prerequisite, no exemption should be granted in this

16. Registration for end Semester examination

17. Additional Requirements for the degree

Students are expected to undertake industrial training(s) of total 10 days minimum

18. Examination Monitoring Cell

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

To conduct all the theory examinations, a Chief Superintendent and Senior

20. Class Committee

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

The responsibilities of the class committee are:

21. Eligibility for the Degree

22. Classification of Successful Candidates

B.Tech. Degree Course Regulations

23. Grievance Cell

24. Anti-Ragging Cell

Head of Institution shall take necessary steps to constitute anti-ragging committee